Inbox News: October 2025 - Issue 647

Week One November 2025: (October 27 - November 2)

Ollie - By Sadiel Gomez

Description:

After a year and a half of waiting to make my short film "Ollie" available for the general public, the moment has arrived to finally share it with all of you. It's remarkable how this project began as a school assignment without putting much effort into the production, but later, when I sat down to edit and weave the narrative together, a wave of appreciation washed over me. I fell in love with the way I had told the story and the powerful message it carried.

Working with my dog Charlie as the main character proved to be a challenge of its own. It took countless hours to coax him into the right positions, and when I think back on this process, I appreciate the dedication required of any filmmaker working with animal actors. While I know there are areas that can be improved, I take immense pride in what I have accomplished as a solo filmmaker. The unexpected reception of "Ollie" at numerous film festivals has astounded me, serving as a testament to the notion that one can create something meaningful with minimal equipment and still garner recognition.

The journey of creating "Ollie" has been a profound learning experience, reinforcing the belief that anyone with passion and determination can produce a piece of cinema that resonates deeply. I am grateful for the opportunity to share this film with the general public, inviting them to witness the magic that unfolds when we embrace the power of storytelling, even in the most humble of circumstances.

Synopsis:

Ollie tells the story of the daily life of a dog at the beginning of the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic. The dog realises that his human has stopped leaving the house for work in the morning. He feels extremely happy that his human stays in the house all day, every day with him. But one day, the human becomes very sick and suddenly is gone. The dog stays alone for many days without knowing if his human will return.

13-year-old Maiia masters HSC Advanced Maths

Our youngest HSC student is an ace on the tennis court and in the maths class. Jim Griffiths reports.

October 28 2025

Narrabeen Sports High Year 10 student Maiia Salbieva ... brilliant on and off the court

At just 13 years of age, Narrabeen Sports High School student Maiia Salbieva is the youngest public school student to sit an HSC exam.

Currently in Year 10, having started at the school at the young age of 10, she now has HSC Advanced Maths under her belt.

Due to her parents being on a bridging visa at the time, Maiia was home schooled for her primary years, completing the curriculum at her own fast pace.

“Year 7 was a struggle, as I didn’t many friends at the very beginning of the year. I spent a lot of my time studying in the library and didn't do many extracurricular activities,” she said, noting she was the second shortest person in the whole school.

“But I gained confidence because I was at school and ended up blending in and made friends along the way.”

While Maiia appreciated the new experience of having teachers and other students in class learning with her, she found she was also well ahead in Year 7 maths.

“I realised I knew everything that they were talking about and I was bored. The school put me in the year 8 class, so then I was learning new stuff,” she said.

Then next year, Maiia joined an accelerated program, doing Year 9 maths in Year 8, and tackling HSC maths in Year 10.

However, Maiia is what deputy principal Tracy Postle describes as ‘talented across more than one domain’, as she excels academically and in tennis, requiring a High Potential and Gifted Education plan to enable her to succeed.

“We also meet regularly with the high potential gifted education team to make sure that things are working for Maiia,” Ms Postle said.

This plan, along with remarkable time management skills sees Maiia balance 20 hours a week of tennis training, leaving school at 12:30pm three days a week, with her studies.

“I train for five hours straight but also ensure that I keep up with all my schoolwork. I don't like to get behind on any work,” Maiia said.

With an interest in marine biology, Maiia is planning on studying science and playing college tennis in the US after finishing high school – when she will be 15.

NSW Win 2025 AJC Team Championships: Pittwater High School Student Captains Team + Wins his division

October 2025

NSW have rallied to take out the 2025 Australian Junior Championships Team Event in both divisions on the final day of competition at Ballarat Squash & Racquetball Fitness Centre.

It came down to the final session on Saturday morning for the Division Title to be decided with NSW and Queensland facing off on the Courts.

Worth noting is Pittwater High School's Jackson Wylie (Year 12) achieved outstanding success at the 2025 Australian Junior Squash Championships, winning the individual U19's event to become the Australian National U19's Junior Squash Champion, with an impressive undefeated record.

Additionally, Jackson captained the NSW Team to victory in the Australian Junior Teams event, securing wins in both Division 1 and Division 2, while maintaining an undefeated record in Division 1. This achievement marked a historic milestone, as Jackson led the first NSW team to win both divisions.

Squash Australia said:

''In the U19 Boys NSW representative Jackson W proved why he was the top seed in the U19s Boys draw. Yet to drop a game all tournament, fellow NSW rep Marcus Wang came close, before Wylie closed out the first game 12-10.''

''A proud member of the Elanora Squash Club, Wylie would go on to seal the championship tie to assert his dominance with a 3-0 (12-10, 11-9, 11-2) win in the Final.''

Congratulations Jackson - great stuff!

A competitive round of fixtures saw NSW holding on to defeat Queensland 9-7. Victoria locked up third place in the final day after dispatching South Australia 14-2.

NSW continued where they left off in their Division 2 tie against Victoria. Going on to take the title after defeating the Victorians 7-1.

In other matches on the final day, Queensland tied up second spot on the Division 2 ladder with a strong 7-1 win over the ACT.

One of the highlights of the competition came on the final day of play with Tasmania claiming points with a 5-3 victory over Western Australia. The 2025 edition of the Australian Junior Championships saw Tasmania make their return to the national stage at junior level and will be happy with their progress throughout their time in Ballarat.

Bungan Boardriders take out Womens Surf Tag Division: Congratulations to Longy(Mens) and NASA (Grommets)

The 2025 SURFTAG Finals ran last weekend and saw North Narrabeen Boardriders go back-to-back winning the 2025 SURFTAG SERIES at South Curl Curl Beach. The North Narrabeen Mens team of Nathan Webster, Christo Hall, Rhys Clark, Matt Hardy and Brett Bannister finished runners up to Long Reef Boardriders to narrowly finish on top of the Rankings ahead of Long Reef and Queenscliff. North Narrabeen Boardriders are the most successful Club in SURFTAG History.

2025 SURFTAG SERIES FINAL RANKINGS

  • 1st North Narrabeen   3615
  • 2nd Long Reef            3525
  • 3rd Queenscliff            3510
  • 4th Bondi                     2730
  • 5th North Steyne         2680
  • 6th Scarborough         2505
  • 7th Cronulla                2213
  • 8th North Avalon         2055
  • 9th Dee Why               2010
  • 10th Elouera               1875

 The Long Reef Mens team of Zahn Foxton (11.34), Arnie Grainger (12.55), Nick James (17.31), Tim Grainger (11.60) and Paul Groenendyke (10.61) held off the fast-finishing North Narrabeen team to win by less than one point with last year’s Masters Champions North Steyne finishing third and Queenscliff fourth. North Steyne’s Dayyan Neve won the Creatures of Leisure Highest Score in the Final with a two-wave total of 17.59.

2025 TITAN FORD MASTERS SURFTAG

  • 1st Long Reef                      67.41
  • 2nd North Narrabeen   66.58
  • 3rd North Steyne             61.19
  • 4th Queenscliff                 55.83

Earlier on Sunday North Avalon Surfriders Association finished ahead of Freshwater, Mona Vale and Scarborough Boardriders to win the GYG GROMMETS SURFTAG. The NASA Under 14 team of Ted Badgery (11.81), Loci Cullen (19.20), Maverick MacGugan (5.41), Kaoni Aguair (11.17) and Xavier Van der Wallen (9.21) dominated the Grommets Division winning all their heats on the way to the Final.

Grom sensation Loci Cullen won the Creatures of Leisure Highest Score in the Final (19.20) that included an 8.00-point ride. Jaques Callebaut was the standout for Freshwater scoring 13.80 with Henry Smith the top scorer for Mona Vale with 13.21. The third-place finish for Mona Vale was their first finals appearance in 24 years of SURFTAG.

2025 GYG GROMMETS SURFTAG

  • 1st North Avalon             59.80
  • 2nd Freshwater                 55.34
  • 3rd Mona Vale                    44.21
  • 4th Scarborough              43.25

On Saturday Bungan Boardriders won their first ever SURFTAG event with victory in the TITAN FORD WOMEN’S SURFTAG. The Bungan Women’s team of Molly Donohoe (9.53), Lucy Brown (13.30), Halina Morley (9.07), Mila Grainger (6.87) and Hunter Roberts (12.89) won the fifty-minute final by over 10 points with Ulladulla finishing second, North Narrabeen third and Jones Beach fourth. Lucy Brown was the standout for Bungan with fifth surfer Hunter Roberts securing the win with a 4.83 power wave on her second wave. Kat Nyholm was Ulladulla’s best scoring 11.03 with North Narrabeen’s Elle Northey winning the Creatures of Leisure Highest score in the Final with 13.67.

2025 TITAN FORD WOMEN’S SURFTAG

  • 1st Bungan                           55.66
  • 2nd Ulladulla                       45.64
  • 3rd North Narrabeen   45.48
  • 4th Jones Beach               33.14

North Narrabeen Boardriders Results 2025 SURFTAG SERIES

  • RJ THOMAS SOLICITOR MENS SURFTAG     7th
  • GYG JUNIOR SURFTAG                                   2nd
  • GYG GROMMETS SURFTAG                            5th
  • TITAN FORD WOMEN’S SURFTAG                  3rd
  • TITAN FORD MASTERS SURFTAG                 2nd

2025 SURFTAG SERIES Dates & Venues

  • 30th August – RJ Thomas Solicitor MEN’S SURFTAG – Queenscliff Beach, Sydney
  • 21st September – GYG JUNIOR SURFTAG – Juniors – Curl Curl Beach, Sydney
  • 18th & 19th October – GYG JUNIOR SURFTAG – Grommets – Curl Curl Beach, Sydney
  • 18th October – Titan Ford WOMEN’S SURFTAG – Queenscliff Beach, Sydney
  • 19th October – Titan Ford MASTERS SURFTAG – Curl Curl Beach, Sydney

The 2025 SURFTAG SERIES was proudly supported by Guzman y Gomez, RJ Thomas Solicitor, Titan Ford Brookvale, Jaecoo Brookvale, Dripping Wet Surf Shop, Creatures of Leisure, Swellnet, Sydney Surf Daily and Liveheats.

For all SURFTAG SERIES information visit www.surftag.au

For Social Media follow @surftagseries @sydneysurfdaily

For Live Scores visit www.liveheats.com/surftag

Founded in 2001 by Steve Harrison, SURFTAG is a tag team surfing series. Starting with a Men’s Division in 2001 and adding Women in 2008, the 2022 SURFTAG SERIES saw Grommets (Under 14’s), Juniors (Under 18’s) and Masters (Over 40’s) Divisions added with the overall SURFTAG SERIES Champions being determined by ratings points from each Division.

Also described as a surfing relay, the SURFTAG Format creates pressure surfing with wave selection and time management paramount, resulting in clutch finishes with surfers sprinting up the beach to beat the countdown clock. As such, SURFTAG is all about teamwork and representing your local community.

Bungan Boardriders Womens Team:

  • Molly Donohoe
  • Lucy Brown
  • Halina Morley
  • Mila Grainger
  • Hunter Roberts

Total: 55.66 - Won by 10.02

Bungan Womens Team


2nd:  Ulladulla Boardriders, 45.64 Comb. 13.03

3rd: North Narrabeen Boardriders, 45.48, Comb. 12.19

4th: Jones Beach Boardriders, 33.14, Comb. 23.53

North Narrabeen Boardriders Women's Team

  • Elle Northey
  • Sienna Hinwood
  • Belinda Hardwick
  • Kyla Whitfield
  • Annalise Wong

Men's Final

1st: Long Reef Boardriders; 67.41, Won by 0.83

2nd:  North Narrabeen Boardriders; 66.58, Needed 0.84

3rd: North Steyne Boardriders; 61.19. Needed 6.22

4th: Queenscliff Boardriders Club; 55.83 Comb. 13.59

Long Reef Boardriders

  • Zahn Foxton
  • Arnie Grainger
  • Nick James
  • Tim Grainger
  • Paul Groenendyke

Longy Men's Team. Photo: Surftag/Bernadette Johnson

North Narrabeen Boardriders

  • Nathan Webster
  • Christo Hall
  • Rhys Clark
  • Matt Hardy
  • Brett Bannister

North Steyne Boardriders

  • Beau Mitchell
  • Richie Lovett
  • Dayyan Neve
  • Thomas Cravarezza
  • James Mitchell

Queenscliff Boardriders Club

  • Austin Ware
  • Alex Macdonald
  • Danny Hamilton
  • Ryan Alagich
  • Mark Tickle

Grommets Division

1st: North Avalon Surfriders - 59.80, Won by 4.46

2nd: Freshwater Boardriders Inc - 55.34, Needed 4.46

3rd: Mona Vale Boardriders - 44.21, Comb. 16.6

4th: Scarborough Boardriders Club, 43.25, Comb. 19.56

North Avalon Surfriders

  • Ted Badgery
  • Loci Cullen
  • Mav Macgugan
  • Kaoni Aguair
  • Xavier Van Der Wallen

Freshwater Boardriders Inc

  • Harry Hodgson
  • Jaques Callebaut
  • Max Bakker
  • Xavier Cadzow
  • Jones Ceiriog

Mona Vale Boardriders

  • Byron Berrell
  • Casper Coulter
  • Henry Smith
  • Luke Munro
  • Riley Shulenburg

Scarborough Boardriders Club

  • Noah Kornek
  • Olli Keed
  • Sam Kornek
  • Cale Riegler
  • Logan Frost

Bungan girls Screenshots: Mila Grainger

Youth Advisory Board helps launch Support Services Traineeship

Two Support Services Traineeships have been funded through the NSW Department of Education’s 1,000 NSW Public Sector Apprentices and Trainees Program, thanks to the efforts of the district’s Youth Advisory Board (YAB).

The two-year program, which commenced in March 2025, is designed to support young people entering the workforce directly from high school.

It provides an alternative pathway into the health sector for those interested in non-clinical roles, with trainees completing a Diploma of Leadership and Management through SWC Training while rotating across various placements at NSLHD (Northern Sydney Local Health District).

Trainees Jessica Culhane and Caleb Perry have spent the year gaining a broad understanding of corporate and operational support functions, while also building foundational skills and experience in a dynamic health environment.

Caleb and Jessica

''This program is designed for young people who may find themselves in a similar position to what I was in post-school. It is realistic, achievable, and offers a fantastic opportunity for growth and development.'' said NSLHD Youth Advisory Board Co-Chair Rhi Campton

The district’s Youth Advisory Board, made up of staff aged 18–35, provides a platform to voice priorities and drive initiatives for young staff and community members, and played a major role in bringing this program to life at NSLHD.

NSLHD Youth Advisory Board Co-Chair Rhi Campton said the program is about creating opportunities for young people who may not follow a traditional education pathway.

“When I finished school, I had absolutely no idea what I wanted to do. I lived in public housing, came from a single-parent family, and no one in my family had ever attended university or completed any formal education,” she said.

“This program is designed for young people who may find themselves in a similar position to what I was in post-school. It is realistic, achievable, and offers a fantastic opportunity for growth and development.

“The success of this program is the result of strong collaboration between the Youth Advisory Board, NSLHD executives, and the Department of Education. I hope it will inspire more initiatives that open doors.”

Students across NSW upskill for an AI workforce of the future

October 29, 2025

The NSW Department f Education states more than 500 students from 134 schools across New South Wales have signed up to complete a week of work placement with Amazon Web Services (AWS) and industry partners on artificial intelligence (AI).

Students are taking part in a virtual work placement program that is overcoming the challenges of learning across distance to inspire the digital workforce of the future.

The 2025 Vocational Education and Training (VET) Virtual Work Placement Program is an initiative between the NSW Department of Education and four members of the NSW Digital Skills and Workforce Compact, AWS, CommBank, IBM ANZ and Accenture.

The organisations are working together to address the projected digital skills shortage, which is forecasted to be 85,000 digital workers by 2030.

With AI adoption in Australia accelerating at an unprecedented rate, the VET Virtual Work Placement Program aims to inspire students to pursue a career in AI through interactive seminars, hands-on workshops and collaborative group work under the guidance of industry mentors.

Research from AWS’ Unlocking Australia's AI Potential 2025 report indicates that AI is becoming increasingly mainstream across businesses’ operations, with over half of Australian businesses now using it in some form.

From 27-31 October, students learnt about AI applications in cybersecurity, problem-solving, responsible use and storytelling, accessed via virtual workshops from hubs across Wagga Wagga, Dubbo, Coffs Harbour and Sydney.

Students also gained industry insight and explore digital careers as they immerse themselves in an authentic, online corporate environment.

The learners are studying their Certificate II in Information and Digital Technology and will be completing their 35-hour work placement requirement for their qualification.

The program builds on five years of success between the NSW Department of Education and AWS, which has seen over 1,500 students graduate from the program.

This year, the program has expanded to include three other technology partners to provide a broader work placement program for students.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan had the opportunity to speak with learners participating in the Virtual Work Placement Program today.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan said:

“This collaboration between the NSW Government and four of the country’s leading digital technology pioneers and innovators is an investment into the digital workforce of the future.

“With a forecasted 85,000 digital workers shortfall by 2030, we are taking a proactive approach to inspiring the next generation of tech innovators who can maximise our economy’s potential.

“Experiences like the VET Virtual Work Placement Program are giving equitable access to students across the state, ensuring that local talent is invested in rural, regional and remote communities.

“I was delighted to see the students’ curiosity and passion for AI and am eager to see how they will shape the digital landscape.”

Amazon Web Services, Managing Director of ANZ Public Sector, Louise Stigwood, said:

“AI is one of the most transformative technologies of our generation.

“If Australia is going to unlock the full potential of cloud and AI, we need to ensure students are inspired about future careers in technology and the exciting opportunities that AI and cloud can bring to transform industry and business.

“We believe this is one of the largest virtual K-12 digital skills work placement programs in New South Wales, and we’re excited to be involved in making these learning opportunities as accessible as possible to students to promote technology literacy, confidence, and trust in technology.”

Accenture Australia and NZ CEO, Peter Burns, said:

“Emerging technologies like AI, cloud, and automation are reshaping jobs and industries faster than ever and accelerating the need for more digital skilling programs.

“Accenture is thrilled to join this important initiative to provide students across the state with hands-on learning opportunities and insights from our team of technology experts, which we hope will inspire them to build the skills and mindsets needed to thrive in a Gen AI-enabled future.

“As industry leaders, we can’t wait for the workforce we need in the future, we have to build it.”

IBM ANZ, Managing Director, Nick Flood, said:

"As an industry, we must continue to inspire, educate and upskill the future workforce that will play a pivotal role in the growth of our sector.

“IBM is proud that our AI experts will contribute to this program by providing hands-on learning opportunities to help inspire and educate the next generation of Australian technology professionals.

“Initiatives like this, which bring together government and the tech sector, are critical to ensuring we equip the next generation with the skills needed to be the digital workforce of the future.”

CommBank, Executive General Manager, Human Resources, Jane Adams, said:

"At CommBank, we believe that equitable access to digital learning helps young Australians gain the skills they need for the future.

“Through the VET Virtual Work Placement Program, we’re proud to help students from across NSW gain hands-on experience with AI and workforce relevant technologies, while connecting with mentors who reflect the diversity and innovation of Australia’s tech sector.

“This program is more than a placement – it’s a launchpad for the next generation of digital talent."

Youth Advisory Council for 2026: Members announced

October 31, 2025

The NSW Government states it is continuing work to put young people at the heart of decision making for issues impacting them with twelve passionate young leaders from across NSW appointed to the 2026 Youth Advisory Council (YAC).

The new Youth Advisory Council will convene its first meeting on the 9th of November and work directly with the Minister for Youth Rose Jackson on issues which are front of mind for young people across the state including mental health, cost of living, and climate change. 

The appointment of these young leaders follows the establishment of the first dedicated NSW Office for Youth in August this year

The Office for Youth is engaging young people on their terms and ensuring their leadership is formally recognised, respected, and integrated into decision-making processes across government. 

Each year, a dozen young people between the ages of 12 and 24 will be appointed to the YAC, giving them a platform to have their say on government policies, programs, and legislation concerning young people.  

Members of the inaugural Youth Advisory Council represent a diverse range of backgrounds and perspectives including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and CALD members, members living with a disability and members from both regional and metropolitan communities.  

The 2026 Members are:  

  • Fayra Petriaton, Tamworth
  • Hafsa Faizan, Leppington
  • Daphne Hutchison, Wollondilly
  • Amelia Hines, Maitland
  • Romone Dunlop, Port Macquarie
  • Ahmad Chatah, East Hills
  • Lara Ristic, Riverstone
  • Nathanael Guo, North Shore
  • Chloe Richards, Murray
  • Josua Relf, Castle Hill
  • Keziah Cameron, Epping
  • Thomas Norman, Junee  

Minister for Youth Rose Jackson said:

“The Government is committed to listening to young people – it’s why we established the Office for Youth and it’s why the Youth Advisory Council is so important. 

“When young people are genuinely empowered to shape the decisions that impact their lives, we can create programs that truly deliver real and relevant outcomes for the next generation of New South Wales. 

“I’m excited to work with the new members of the Youth Advisory Council and hear about the issues that are front of mind for them.” 

NSW Advocate for Children and Young People, Zoë Robinson said:

“I continue to support the YACs work across the state, ensuring that they are given opportunities to influence policy development.    

“Young people deserve a genuine seat at the table when it comes to the policies, laws, and services that shape their world. The YAC serves as a direct connection to government, amplifying young voices and empowering the next generation of leaders to create lasting change across NSW.” 

Palm Beach wharf at high tide. Photo: AJG/PON

Six young leaders join boards of NSW’s oldest cultural institutions

October 30, 2025

The state’s oldest cultural institutions, the Sydney Opera House, Art Gallery of NSW, Powerhouse Museum, Australian Museum, State Library of NSW and Museums of History NSW, have each added a new director aged 18-28 to their boards.

These appointments fulfil one of the NSW Government's key commitments in the Creative Communities policy to ensure the next generation of cultural leaders are at the decision-making table.

Selected through a rigorous Expression of Interest appointment process that received almost 1,000 submissions from nearly 400 candidates across NSW.

The inaugural six Cultural Institution Young Board Member appointees are:

  • Dylan Goh - Sydney Opera House: an independent street dancer, producer, and curator with a decade of experience in the creative industries. He is the Australian founder of Palette Session, a not-for-profit experimental dance collective in Sydney and Seoul.
  • Elijah Ingram - Museums of History NSW: a Wiradyuri digital artist, filmmaker, and cultural leader based in regional NSW, dedicated to First Nations storytelling, language revitalisation, and youth advocacy. He is the Co-Founder and Creative Director of Miil Miil Productions.
  • Hamani Tanginoa - Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences (Powerhouse): a proud Wiradjuri, Dharug, Gooreng Gooreng, and Tongan man, with Kinship connections to Dharawal, Yuin and Dhungutti Country, and currently resides on Dharawal Country, in Campbelltown, NSW. Hamani has a strong background in Community leadership, youth advocacy, and governance.
  • Melissa Applin - Australian Museum: an emerging arts and culture professional with a strong foundation in archaeology, museum education, youth leadership and performing arts.
  • Vivian Pham - State Library of NSW: a Vietnamese-Australian writer, educator, and literary advocate from Western Sydney, her debut novel The Coconut Children was published by Penguin Random House in 2020.
  • Will Cook - Art Gallery of NSW: strategic public relations professional with extensive experience in tourism, media relations, and stakeholder engagement. 

Each member will serve a three-year term. They will each receive training from the Australian Institute of Company Directors to undertake the Foundations of Directorship™ (Public Sector) course. The Advocate for Children and Young People will also support their onboarding process.

The six appointees will also take up a senior membership role in the Creative Youth Network to develop its future priorities. The Creative Youth Network advises key government Ministers directly on issues impacting young people engaged in the arts, culture and creative industries.

Minister for the Arts John Graham said:

“The overwhelming interest, and calibre of candidates is a testament to the important role our Cultural Institutions play in our state.

“I congratulate Will, Melissa, Vivian, Elijah, Hamani and Dylan on their appointments. Our Cultural Institutions, and everyone who loves the arts, will benefit from your ideas and perspectives.

“Young, next generation practitioners and audiences are essential to strengthen NSW’s arts, culture and creative industries for the long-term.

Minister for Youth Rose Jackson said:

“Young people are the future of our state’s oldest and revered Cultural Institutions so including them on governing boards just makes sense if we want them to thrive in years to come.

“We are delivering on our firm commitment to ensure the next generation of creative leaders are at the decision-making table, confirming NSW’s position as the national leader in cultural policy. 

“These young directors will bring new life to the state’s six iconic Cultural institutions with their unique insights, expertise and experience.

“We will all benefit from empowering the next generation of leaders to play a crucial role in shaping and strengthening the future of arts, culture and science in NSW.

NSW Advocate for Children and Young People, Zoe Robinson said:

“I look forward to supporting Will, Melissa, Vivian, Elijah, Hamani and Dylan, who will play a crucial role in shaping and strengthening the future of arts, culture and science in NSW.

“We know that young people are engaging in our cultural and creative industries, and having these incredible young people on these boards will ensure that their peers are represented in the spaces that matter.

“I commend the NSW Government for ensuring the voices and experiences of young people are heard in these spaces, and I look forward to providing ongoing support throughout the onboarding process.”

Four young women spark change in electrotechnology trades

A group of four young women are challenging stereotypes and lighting the way for future female tradies as they progress through their electrotechnology apprenticeships at TAFE NSW Hornsby.

Lily Bolton, Sarah Burke, Tayla Jones, and Katelyn Raftery are among a small but growing number of women pursuing careers in electrical trades, an industry still largely dominated by men.

For 22-year-old Lily Bolton, the pathway into the industry was a natural one. A third-generation electrician, Lily is following in the footsteps of her father and grandfather and currently works at Weidmuller, an industrial connectivity company for power, signal and data. “I’ve always been interested in what my dad does, and now I get to be a part of it too,” Lily said. “It’s really encouraging to come into class and see other girls doing the same thing. It makes it feel more normal, like we belong here.”

Seventeen-year-old Sarah Burke also followed her dad into the trade and now works in industrial electrical for EC Group, gaining experience on schools, warehouses and childcare centres. “I wasn’t really enjoying school, so I did two weeks of work experience and realised I loved it,” Sarah said. “My dad used to be an electrician and suggested I give it a go, now I can’t imagine doing anything else.”

Sarah admits she was nervous at first, but says the support from her team and teachers has made all the difference. “Everyone’s willing to help and I’ve learned so much already. I’d 100 per cent encourage other girls to consider a trade in electrotechnology.”

TAFE NSW Head Teacher of Electrotechnology, Craig Pollard, said having four women in one class is a welcome sign of change. “The electrical trade has long been male-dominated, but we’re seeing more women step up with real skill, determination, and passion,” he said. 

“These students are not only technically capable, but they’re also role models for other young women who might be considering a trade.”

With demand for skilled workers in the electrotechnology trade at an all-time high, there’s never been a better time for women to take the leap.

8 Student-Backed Study Tips To Help You Tackle The HSC

For those who may spend some of this Spring School holidays break prepping for exams.
Tips By University of Sydney

Our students have been through their fair share of exams and learned a lot of great study tactics along the way. Here they share their top study tips to survive and thrive during exam time.

1. Start your day right

Take care of your wellbeing first thing in the morning so you can dive into your day with a clear mind. 

“If you win the morning, you can win the day,” says Juris Doctor student Vee Koloamatangi-Lamipeti.

An active start is a great way to set yourself up for a productive day. Begin your morning with exercise or a gentle walk, squeeze in 10 minutes of meditation and enjoy a healthy breakfast before you settle into study.

2. Schedule your study

“Setting up a schedule will help you organise your time so much better,” says Master of Teaching student Wesley Lai.

Setting a goal or a theme for each study block will help you to stay focused, while devoting time across a variety of subjects will ensure you've covered off as much as possible. Remember to keep your schedule realistic and avoid over-committing your time.

Adds Wesley, “Make sure to schedule in some free time for yourself as well!”

3. Keep it consistent

“Make studying a habit,” recommends Alvin Chung, who was undertaking a Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws when we first ran this list.

With enough time and commitment, sitting down to study will start to feel like second nature rather than a chore.

“Do it every day and you’ll be less likely to procrastinate because it’s part of your life’s daily motions,” says Alvin.

4. Maintain motivation

Revising an entire year of learning can seem like an insurmountable task, which is why it’s so important to break down your priorities and set easy-to-achieve goals.

“I like to make a realistic to-do list where I break down big tasks into smaller chunks,” says Bachelor of Arts and Advanced Studies student Dannii Hudec.

“It’s also really important to reward yourself after you complete each task to keep yourself motivated.”

Treat yourself after each study block with something to look forward to, such as a cup of tea, a walk in the park with a friend or an episode of your latest Netflix obsession.

5. Minimise distractions

With so many distractions at our fingertips, it can be hard to focus on the task at hand. If you find yourself easily distracted, an “out of sight, out of mind” approach might do the trick.

“What helps me is to block social media on my laptop. I put my phone outside of my room when I study, or I give it to my sister or a friend to hide,” says Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws student Caitlin Douglas.

While parting ways with your phone for a few hours may seem horrifying, it can be an incredibly effective way to stay on task.

“It really helps me to smash out the work and get my tasks done,” affirms Caitlin.

6. Beware of burnout

Think of the HSC period as a marathon rather than a sprint. It might be tempting to cram every single day but pacing out your study time will help to preserve your endurance.

“Don’t do the work for tomorrow if you finish today’s work early,” suggests Daniel Kim, who is currently undertaking a Bachelor of Commerce and Advanced Studies.

 “Enjoy the rest of your day and save the energy for tomorrow,” he recommends.

Savouring your downtime will help you to avoid burning out before hitting the finish line.

7. Get a good night's sleep

Sleep is one of your greatest allies during exam season.

“I’ve found that a good night’s sleep always helps with concentration and memory consolidation,” says Bachelor of Science (Medical Science) student Yasodara Puhule-Gamayalage.

We all know we need to be getting around 8 hours of sleep a night to perform at our best, but did you know the quality of sleep also matters? You can help improve the quality of your sleep with some simple tweaks to your bedtime routine.

“Avoid caffeine in the 6 hours leading up to sleep, turn off screens an hour before going to bed, and go to bed at the same time every night,” suggests Yasodara.

8. Be kind to yourself

With exam dates looming and stress levels rising, chances are high that you might have a bad day (or a few!) during the HSC period.

According to Bachelor of Arts and Advanced Studies student Amy Cooper, the best way to handle those bad days is to show yourself some kindness.

“I know that if I’m in a bad state of mind or having a bad day, I’m not going to be able to produce work that I’m proud of,” she says.

For Amy, the remedy for a bad day is to take some time to rest and reset.

“It’s much more productive in the long run for me to go away, do some things I love, and come back with a fresh mind.”

Immerse yourself in a mentally nourishing activity such as going for a bushwalk, cooking your favourite meal, or getting stuck into a craft activity.

If you feel completely overwhelmed, know you're not alone. Reach out to a friend, family member or teacher for a chat when you need support.

There are also HSC Help resources available at: education.nsw.gov.au/student-wellbeing/stay-healthy-hsc

Thursday 16 October, 2025:  HSC written exams start. Friday November 7, 2025: HSC exams finish.

ReachOut has a range of support for students including for sleepexam stress and school and study.  ReachOut also has an Online Community for young people and peer support available via ReachOut PeerChat.  

Parents and carers can play an important role in helping their teens manage their sleep and exam and study stress. For tips, information and support parents and carers can visit ReachOut Parents

If you are experiencing negative thoughts or feelings, there are services out there to listen and help you out. They are free, confidential, and available 24/7. 
Please contact:
  • Lifeline – 13 11 14
  • Kids Helpline – 1800 55 1800
  • 13YARN – 13 92 76 to speak with an Aboriginal & Torres Strait Islander crisis supporter
  • If you are in immediate danger dial 000

Links To ReachOut Support Content 

For young people:
ReachOut’s Online Community - Sleep discussion

For parents and carers:
For schools:
About ReachOut
ReachOut is the leading online mental health service in Australia supporting young people during tough times.

ReachOut helps young people feel better about today and the future, no matter what challenge they’re facing. They provide a safe place where young people can openly express themselves, explore what’s happening in their lives, connect with people who understand their situation, and find the resources to help them manage their challenges now and in the future.

Anonymous, free and 100% online, ReachOut has been designed specifically for – and with – young people. From one-to-one support from experienced peer workers, to online forums, as well as tips, stories and resources, ReachOut offers a wide range of support options that allow young people to engage in the ways they want to, when they want to, and has been doing so for more than 20 years.

And, ReachOut Parents and ReachOut Schools provide valuable information, resources and advice to help parents, carers and educators to better understand the young people in their lives and to play an active role in their wellbeing.

Year 12 final exams: Here’s how to keep calm and stay positive

Klaus Vedfelt/ Getty Images
Kylie Trask-KerrAustralian Catholic University and Steven LewisAustralian Catholic University

Thousands of Year 12 students across Australia are getting ready to sit their final exams.

Students may be feeling a lot of things right now – from heightened pressure to excitement it will all be over soon. Families may be seeking strategies to help their young people to feel confident and stay calm.

Here are some research-backed strategies to help.

Reframe the narrative

Students, schools and the media often talk about Year 12 exams as the culmination of schooling. This may not be helpful to everyone, as not everyone will receive the results they want.

Stress tends to increase throughout the final year of school.

Although a moderate level of stress is normal, and some pressure may even be useful, too much worry about exams can affect performance and overall wellbeing.

Remember, one exam is not the whole story of your ATAR or your future.

It is healthier to think about the bigger picture. Education isn’t just about exams. They are one part of a bigger journey that includes the relationships you’ve formed with peers and teachers, all the things you learned and all the experiences you’ve had.

Students have already achieved a great deal in 13 years of school – regardless of what happens in their exams or ATAR.

What is ‘success’?

In our 2021 study, colleagues and I looked at how different ideas of “success” relate to young people’s wellbeing.

A review of existing studies suggests teenagers who focus on their connections to others and their personal growth may have greater wellbeing than those who focus on “extrinsic” goals or external approval.

Families can help students by emphasising the importance of life beyond the classroom.

You’ve got options!

Keep in mind, your future does not hinge on this result.

There are more alternative pathways into university or further study than ever before. This can include going to TAFE or non-ATAR entry schemes for university.

Reminding yourself – or your child – about these options may help to reduce stress.

Have a clear plan for your exams

As you near the end of your study revision period, think about your plan for certain exams.

You will likely already have done practice exams and revision questions, so you know what format to expect.

Remind yourself when you get into the exam room to take your time to read the instructions carefully and be aware of sections where there is a choice. Pay attention to the weighting of questions as this can help you to plan the time well.

And remind yourself to stop and understand the “command terms”. These are words that tell you what to do in a question, like “analyse”, “compare” or “discuss”.

What if something goes wrong?

You may come out of an exam feeling like you didn’t do your best or something didn’t go to plan. This is very common!

So having a strategy to manage when things do not go well can be important –especially when the setbacks happen early in the exam schedule.

Research tells us planning and persistence are key components of “academic buoyancy”, or students’ resilience in the face of a setback.

This means you should revisit your plan for the next exam, whether it is tomorrow or next week. Plan your timing and approach. Look at any feedback you received on the practice exams, or advice you have received from teachers. Feeling prepared for the next exam will increase your confidence.

Remember, resilience is not just an individual trait: it comes from relationships and contexts too.

You don’t have to handle setbacks alone. In fact, it’s better if you ask for help.

Talking with a trusted friend, teacher, family member or counsellor can put things into perspective or help reframe your approach for the next exam.

Keep some balance in your life

In among your revision and preparation, don’t forget to look after your health.

Get plenty of sleep, eat well, take breaks and spend time in nature – these will all help you maintain focus and wellbeing.The Conversation

Kylie Trask-Kerr, Senior lecturer, School of Education, Australian Catholic University and Steven Lewis, Associate Professor of Education Policy, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

 

Photographers of Early Pittwater: William Applegate Gullick – August 1st 1881 Visit by Princes Albert and George to Pittwater on Day Barrenjoey Lighthouse commenced to light the headland

A newly digitised by the State Library of NSW album of old photos contains images of Barrenjoey Lighthouse and the Broken Bay Customs station that may be familiar to others, and one of the First Royal Visitors to Pittwater aboard the steamer that took them up the estuary to Barrenjoey before heading up the Hawkesbury

Due to that digitisation work, William Applegate Gullick’s ‘A week on the Hawkesbury’ Album, allows us to identify their creator. 

Taken circa 1881-1886 a letter attached to the flyleaf, dated 8 May, 1917 from the donor W.A. Gullick (Government Printer 1896-1922, N.S.W. Public Service Lists, MLQ351.2/N) to W.H. Ifould, states that the photographs are 'nearly all of my own taking'. The cover is inscribed with the initials 'W.A.G.', dated 'June 1881' and titled 'A week on the Hawkesbury'. Nine of the mounts bear dates, in pencil, ranging between 1881 and all of the mounts bear titles in either ink and/or pencil.

Some of these photos feature Barrenjoey Lighthouse as it was then, and the building which had been completed and lit for the first time on Monday August 1st 1881, along with the Broken Bay Customs Station, then on Station beach, beneath Barrenjoey, during the time when Albert Black was head Coast Waiter and made vast improvements to the station and its buildings.

Those photos provide more than photographic evidence of the Princes on the steamer Pelican that took them from Newport, up to the Customs Station and Barrenjoey Lighthouse. There is even a photograph of the Collaroy beached on the stretch of sand that would soon be named for her they would have seen along the way on the Boulton coach to Newport – and this image too has been reused by many, in Abbott's book on NSW Steamers, and elsewhere, without crediting Mr. Gullick. This proves once more the worth of the State Library’s digitisation project, supported by the State Government, as in this instance they may well have restored the credit for the work done to whom did that work.

The high resolution version of the steamer Collaroy beached allows us to see what that stretch of sand from Collaroy and into the distance of Narrabeen was like, landscape wise, before the subdivisions and weekend shacks turned into filling the whole block with concrete or builds up to units multiple stories high, to the point where the shoreline is now supporting the concrete seawall of Collaroy to compensate for building your home on sand - which the Bible warned about, thousands of years before.

The second Royal visitors to our shores, Princes Albert and George, grandfather of Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, came here in 1881 for a visit, boarding a steamer at Newport Wharf for a tour along the Hawkesbury River. They travelled overland in a coach they boarded at Manly – their uncle’s experience at Clontarf not deterring a chance to see the beauty of this place. 

Newport Wharf, the first version - which was then called ''Victoria Wharf' after these young princes grandmother, Queen Victoria- had just been completed, partly in anticipation of having these princes as guests and being able to take them on a scenic cruise around Pittwater and up the famed Hawkesbury aboard a steamer called the 'Pelican' owned by the gentleman who had also built the wharf and the first version of the Newport Hotel.

The year before those laying the foundation stone for Barrenjoey Lighthouse had embarked aboard Jenanerett's 'Florrie' from Boulton’s jetty, in ‘Old Mangrove Bay’ alongside that to the south of the hotel site:

But our steamer, the good ship Florrie, owned by Mr. Jeannerett, was in waiting, lying alongside a jetty at the head of the bay, so we immediately embarked for our destination, Barrenjoey, a distance of about eight miles. On the opposite side of the bay is New Port, the property of Messrs. Mills and Pile and Mr. Jeannerett, who are erecting an hotel, for the accommodation of visitors to the bay. It will have a fine situation ; and when the place becomes more widely known, as it deserves to be, the hotel will doubtless be largely availed of. 

The trip down the bay was greatly enjoyed ; and every point of interest critically scanned. Shortly before 1 o'clock, or about on hour after leaving the wharf, we steamed opposite the jetty, at the Customs-house landing, a short distance away-the depth of water not permitting us to go alongside, and soon Mr. Black, with his whaleboat, came along-side. The whole of the party were then transferred to her, and safely taken on shore, while the provisions, ice. &c, were conveyed in another boat. After a short stay at Mr. Black's house, we prepared to make the assent of the frowning rock upon which the lighthouse is to be erected. LAYING the FOUNDATION-STONE of a NEW, LIGHTHOUSE at BARRENJOEY. (1880, April 17). The Sydney Morning Herald(NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 7. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13458288

This wasn't the Pelican's first encounter with royalty. The State Library of NSW also holds a painting of her when she was among those to farewell the first Royal Visitor to our shores.

H.M.S. Galatea passing the Sydney Heads with the Pelican and Emu in attendance, ca. 1868

This work depicts the departure of H.M.S. Galatea from Sydney (presumably April 1868). There are two steamers following the Galatea, which are the Emu and the Pelican. At the left of the work is North Head coastline. The South Head Old Macquarie Lighthouse is visible on the right, with the South Head Congregational Chapel, constructed in 1839 and demolished in 1910. There are several spectator boats viewing the departure, which are filled with people, in addition to small human figures on the South Head coast.

Prince Alfred, second son of Queen Victoria, was given command of the wooden steam frigate H.M.S. Galatea in 1866. He visited Australia as part of a world tour, going to Adelaide, Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane and Tasmania. On 21 January 1868, the Duke of Edinburgh arrived in Sydney. His stay in Sydney lasted four months, departing in April 1868. On 12 March 1868 while attending a picnic at Clontarf, he was shot and wounded in an assassination attempt by Fenian sympathiser Henry James O'Farrell. The Duke of Edinburgh was the first royal visitor to arrive on Australian shores.

See: The First Royal Visitor to Australia: the Incident at Clontarf, March 12th, 1868 

The newspapers of then tells us they visited our area on Monday August 1st, 1881, the same day Barrenjoey Lighthouse was due to light up the point for the first time. That report reads:

Yesterday morning a party from Government House and the Detached Squadron made an excursion up the Hawkesbury, and fortunately the weather was so fine that every lovely scene on the river appeared to the best advantage.

The Royal Princes were of the party. At an early hour those engaging in the excursion left Man-o'-war Stairs, and proceeded in the steam launch Nea to Manly, whence they were conveyed by Mr. Boulton's coaches to Newport. There they were received by Mr. Jeannerett on board the steam launch Pelican. 

Barrenjoey was passed about 11 o'clock. At Barrenjoey Mr. A. T. Black and friends were invited on board the Pelican and the boat then proceeded up the river.

The day being beautifully clear, the scenery of the Hawkesbury was, seen to the best advantage, and was very much admired. Wiseman's Ferry was reached about 3 o'clock in the afternoon. The Pelican stopped at the wharf for a few minutes, and on the Princes appearing the residents assembled, and an address of royal welcome was read and presented to them by the master of the Public school, on behalf of the inhabitants of the village. The school children sang the " National Anthem," and those assembled then gave three hearty cheers for the Queen and the Princes. Prince Edward acknowledged the, compliment in a few appropriate words. The arrangements made by Mr. Jeannerett for the comfort and convenience of the party appeared to give great satisfaction. The Pelican resumed her journey, and we. up the river as far as Sackville Roach, at which spot the party disembarked, and drove thence to Windsor, returning from Windsor to Sydney by special train at night.

The Princes slept at Government House, and will probably remain guests of Lord Augustus Loftus for a few days, after which they will rejoin their old ship the Bacchante, which has now finished her coaling and provisioning..  THE DETACHED SQUADRON. (1881, August 2). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 5. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13491533

Gullick's album contains a photo of the two young princes on the Pelican, indicating he and his camera were part of the trip, while Albert Black, head Coast Waiter at the Broken Bay Custom Station at Barrenjoey Headland, can be seen to the right in the background behind them, directly beside the tall man with the hat on mid-photo, indicating they have already left there and are heading up the river when this photo is taken:


HRH Prince Albert Victor Christian Edward, Duke of Clarence, and HRH Prince George Frederick Ernest Albert of Wales as midshipmen in the Royal Navy, 1881 / photographer J. Hubert Newman, Sydney - photos courtesy of the State Library of NSW

Albert Thomas Black in his early years, courtesy John Black, great grandson of A T Black.

Albert Thomas Black, who has relatives still living in Pittwater, commenced duties at Broken Bay Customs Station in the 1860’s, with all his children born there, and passed away in August 22nd, 1890 due to illness and at only fifty years of age, at his then home at Woollahra. His wife Kate did not leave the Customs Station until February 24th 1891, continuing her duties as postmistress during this time. 

In A Ride to Barranjoey this is described as:

Just under Barranjoey is the pretty cottage of the Customs officer, Mr Ross and the residences of those connected with the Customs station. There is evidence of taste in the gardens and the other cultivated ground around the station, and an air of peaceful comfort quite refreshing to those engaged in the turmoil of city life. From the station to the flagstaff on the top of the mount, the ascent is by a pretty walk, which must have taken to make and on either side are various shrubs so planted as to throw an acceptable shade over the road. The view from here is a fitting climax to those on the journey down  -to the south-west is a harbour that would hold the  fleets of Great Britain, to the west the mouth of the Hawkesbury, to the north Pyramid Island and the entrance to Brisbane Water, and the innumerable inlets that dent the land stretching far into the sea and forming the South Head of Broken Bay, and on the east the unbroken curve of the Pacific. The Ross's house had a pretty rustic appearance with its neatly painted front, and leaf covered verandah, but, as he informed me, the beauty was all in appearance, since the house, a timber erection, had been built so many years ago, that slabs and posts and weatherboards were now so far decayed as to make it doubtful on the occasion of every gale of wind, whether it would stand it out, or succumb before the blast. However, by dint of constant painting and repairing, it is kept in an apparently comfortable state, despite the rottenness that lurks below the surface, and what is worse, the leakage from the roof above. In front of the house is a small, but well kept garden, on a terrace, built up on the side of the hill evidently after a considerable amount of labour, and overlooking from the farther side the men's hut and the beach beyond. From the side of the house, a wicket gate opens upon a broad pathway leading down to the beach, formed into broad low steps, by means of protecting logs, behind which gravel and stones have been laid just sufficiently off the level to secure drainage. The men's hut is a large slab house with a shingle roof admitting wind and rain everywhere, since the lower ends of the slabs have completely rotted away, and they rock away crazily in the wind in all the helplessness of extreme old age; whilst the boat's crew have their slumbers protected from the pelting rain that would otherwise penetrate the leaky rotten roof, only by the large tarpaulin, or sail, or whatever it is, that is thrown over it. A large boathouse, under which was stored the new and crack boat of the station, stands to the right of the men's hut, with a workshop, in which was a very good and complete supply of tools, attached to it; and at the back, under a shed or lean-to, a little punt, sufficient to accommodate three or four persons, was in course of construction, for use on fishing expeditions.

Running out from the beach immediately in front of these is a long and well constructed jetty, built on piles, and carried into good deep water at the lowest tides. At the back of the cottage we were shown, with evident pride, the arrangements that had been made for supplying the station with water. These were effected by bringing the water of a beautifully clear and crystal spring, by means of long troughs from a dank, rocky gully in the mountain's side, whence it took its source, down to the bask of the premises, and within easy reach of the domestics. This stream, which has never been known to fail, even in the dryest season, is said to be deliciously cold and refreshing…A RIDE TO BARRANJOEY. (1867, March 23). Sydney Mail (NSW : 1860 - 1871), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article166798985

Along with these photos, the collection includes views of the Hawkesbury River and District, the Colo River, the Macdonald River, the Warregamba River, the Nepean River, Sackville Reach, Wilsons Creek (Lane Cove), Greenwich Bay, Balls Head and Goat Island.

The full album is available at: collection.sl.nsw.gov.au/record/9PQ8RZ2n for those who want to look through the others.

Here are those of Barrenjoey and Pittwater (with a few sections from for details)and a few from the Hawkesbury, given Pittwater's historical and ongoing connection to that mighty river through the great volunteers of Marine Rescue Cottage Point.

Given the angle and aspects of these photos, it would appear HRH Prince Albert Victor Christian Edward, Duke of Clarence, and HRH Prince George Frederick Ernest Albert of Wales visited the lighthouse the day it commenced its duties, although no stone marker exists to attest to this on the headland, and no image of any ribbon cutting or any other celebrations is in the album, just the fact that they are taken of and from there, and on the same day, Monday August 1st, 1881.

A few notes from the Barrenjoey Lighthouse Construction history page run below on this opening day. Although no mention of any official opening by Royalty forms any part of those reports, archives held elsewhere, or even the journals and letters of the Princes, may mention their visit. 

Barrenjoey's Custom Station Wharf in August 1881

workmen's shed and tracks still in place

Some Hawkesbury ones:

Bar Glen or Island (?), Hawkesbury

Caption at base reads; 'Hawkesbury River near Wiseman's'.

Caption reads 'Sackville Reach'

The King and I on the Hawkesbury

This is not the only instance where a family member of the Royals have visited the Hawkesbury and Pittwater. Just last year Chris Hendrikson, Whale Beach SLSC Life Member and from the family who owned and ran the Whale Beach Kiosk, shared a photo from his family albums, from May 1966, of Prince Charles, the current King, visiting a fishing camp course. Chris calls this his 'King and I' photo.

Having received numerous requests from all over Australia for several years about if and when King Charles visited Pittwater as a young man and where he stayed while here, and only being able to track down a few threads, it was great to have previous Pittwater MP, the Hon. Rob Stokes, who has a deep interest in local history and a lot of knowledge of the same, confirmed:

''It was a headmaster who Prince Charles would stay with. His name was Rod West, and his wife was Janet.  
Rod was a housemaster at Timbertop before becoming Principal at Trinity in Sydeny.  They lived in Goodwin Street Newport.  
While Rod was a Liberal, his daughter, Katherine, went to Ravenswood in Gordon and is now a Labour MP in the House of Commons!''

The other gentleman in Chris' photo is Mr. West:

The news and confirmation by Rob was welcomed by Peter Bodman who set the news service the task of finding out more in October 2020. Peter had been holidaying at The Basin when the news flew all over Pittwater, as it does, that Prince Charles was here.

On 20 March 1983, the Prince of Wales, this time with the Princess of Wales, and their son Prince William, landed in Alice Springs for an official visit, 26 October – 8 November 1985 visiting Victoria for 150th anniversary of the state. This tour included visits to Brisbane and Canberra. The Prince and Princess of Wales also made a visit during the bicentenary celebrations in 1988.

On this visit the Prince and Princess of Wales had an afternoon on Pittwater, this time boarding a vessel at the historical Bayview Wharf. 

Brian Friend OAM, then part of the Water Police, shared during an interview for his Profile:

We drove Di’ and Charles from Bayview up to Gosford on a 60 footer.

So no blast up the Hawkesbury that time, but a return to the pristine waters of Pittwater, and a time of year in a place his senses would have remembered, even if Pittwater was a little changed in the 20 years between jaunts. 

Prince Charles on the Hawkesbury with Timbertop Housemaster Roderick West (1933–2016) in May 1966. Chris is in the dark top with white stripe down the side at the back. Photo: Chris Hendrikson

About William Applegate Gullick

William Applegate Gullick (September 19 1858 – April 27, 1922) was a publisher and inspector of stamps in New South Wales. He was an early photographer and is also known for having designed the coat of arms of New South Wales.

William A Gullick

William Applegate Gullick was baptised in Edington, Wiltshire in 1858, son of William Ransom Gullick and Matilda Hill Applegate. He and his family, including his sister Annie Matilda, emigrated to Sydney where his mother died in childbirth in 1864, the child, ‘Matty’ also not surviving. 

His father remarried in 1866, to Sarah Dust, and they went on to have another 3 boys and 2 girls.

William Ransom Gullick, who worked as a printer’s broker, was declared bankrupt in 1869 and 1880.

William A Gullick started his printing career around 1876 working for printing company John Sands and Co. This company published directories and also worked on heraldry. 

He married Mary Ann Pierce in 1886 in Balmain and the couple had five children, whom they named Zoe (born 1886), Marjorie, also spelt Marjory (born 1888), Chloe(born 1890), Dorothy (born 1893) and Noel (born 1899).

William A. Gullick was asked to create the coat of arms for New South Wales. The interpretation of the ideas that he had were published in 1907 and later a book on the seals in 1914. He was honoured to have his designs approved by the King, and Gullick expected these "emblems of distinction to be prized and guarded jealously". The motto of the arms had originally been devised for Sydney University, but it was Gullick who decided that his arms would bear the message “Orta recens quam pura nites” (Newly risen, how brightly you shine).

Mr. Gullick experimented with the early use of colour photography in Australia. The Lumière brothers' autochrome process that he used relied on using potato starch dyed to the three key colours of red, blue and green. The photo of his wife and daughters was taken with this process in about 1909 only two years after the process first went on sale. The three basic colours of the Lumière process is thought to be the reason why Gullick's family are wearing different coloured dresses. The photo is at their home in Killara.

 Zoe Gullick, Mary Gullick, Marjory Gullick and Chloe Gullick in an early colour picture. 

Intriguingly these were the same three colours as basic stamp denominations used across Australia. Gullick is thought to have influenced the heraldic nature of the stamp designs. His eldest daughter Zoe Gullick (in the red dress) helped Gullick as a laboratory assistant when he was working on his photography. 

A year before his ideas about coloured photos began to attract attention:

Mr. Gullick's Coloured Pictures.

The Hon. A. Norton, M.L.C., has received a letter from Mr W. A. Gullick, Government Printer, Sydney, in reply to an invitation extended to him to show his coloured pictures at the Science Association Congress, commencing on January 11 next. Mr Gullick states that he is awaiting the advent of a cargo steamer with the apparatus before anything further can be done. He has received invitations to exhibit his pictures at the Sydney University, the Royal Society, the Affiliated Photographic Societies of Victoria, the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain, and the Dresden International Photographic Exhibition. 

Mr. Gullick states that the outfit will be capable of travelling and use wherever there is an electric current, and he hopes it will travel to Brisbane, Melbourne and Adelaide, and, at a later date, to the old country for immigration purposes Once practically started Mr Gullick anticipates that he will be able to detach himself from its details and take up some other avenue, such as the exemplification of the work on large posters, or for book or wall illustrations. In the meantime he is providing material for large pictures for framing on the carbon principle. He adds that he will advise Mr Norton when he gets things going on a large scale, but there is still a lot of work to do, even when the apparatus is to hand, before he will be able to go on night after night like the cinematograph. 

Mr Norton states that last month, when in Sydney, he was invited to attend a private exhibition of the pictures, and saw between eight and one hundred thrown upon the wall with perfectly natural colouring. The process, it is understood, is of German origin, but was not successful until taken in hand by Mr. Gullick. Mr. Gullick's Coloured Pictures. (1908, November 20). The Brisbane Courier (Qld. : 1864 - 1933), p. 2. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article19550320

Mr. Gullick died suddenly, and his will indicates that he did not leave his family the money they might have expected. His obituary lists his hobbies which included both coin and stamp collecting and he left a lathe, many woodworking tools and a camera.

Some insights from the newspapers of the past into his activities pre-photography and his tributes:

PRESENTATION TO MR. W. A. GULLICK.

Mr. W. A. Gullick, the new Government Printer, was yesterday afternoon the recipient of a handsome silver tea and coffee service from the employees of the firm of John Sands, printers and lithographers, George-street, with which firm Mr. Gullick has been associated for upwards of 20 years. 

The presentation was made in the George-street factory in the presence of about 150 employees of both sexes. Mr. Robert Sands, the head of the firm, presided over the gathering, and In stating the object of their meeting together spoke of the sterling qualities of Air. Gullick in connection with the trade. Mo was sure that that gentleman would make a success of his new work, as he had made a success of the business of John Sands during his managerial career. He thought they would all admit that their guest had attained the greatest position possible for any young man in Australia to attain in the trade. Mr. IT. Watsford (accountant), by whom the presentation was made, also spoke in flattering terms of Mr. Gullick. One could safely say that they all had golden opinions of Mr. Gullick, who had for so long managed the business with satisfaction to his employers and with credit to himself. (Applause.) 

Manliness, straightforwardness, and uprightness had at all times governed his actions, and It was with feelings of extreme regret that they said good-bye. He had won the "blue ribbon" of the trade. The firm of John Sands was the oldest-established business of its kind in Australia, notwithstanding that many other firms disputed the fact. It was established in 1827. He begged of Mr. Gullick to accept the tea and coffee service as a token of the esteem in which he was held by the employees of John Sands, and in doing so wished him long life and every happiness. (Loud applause.) The heads of the various departments also spoke in terms of eulogy of Mr. Gullick, who, In responding, said that he hardly knew how to thank them for their kindness. Their gift would ever recall fond recollections and remembrances and old acquaintances. The gathering dispersed with cheers for Mr. and Mrs. Gullick and the firm. PRESENTATION TO MR. W. A. GULLICK. (1896, November 14). The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW : 1883 - 1930), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article238553442 

GOVERNMENT PRINTER.

DEATH OF MR. W. A. GULLICK.

Mr. William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer of New South Wales, died suddenly on Thursday night at his home, Hillcrest, Pymble.

He was in his 64th year.

The late Mr. Gullick attended his office as usual on Thursday, and except for what he thought was merely an attack of indigestion he appeared to be in the best of health, leaving for his home at the usual time at the end of the day. He died at about 10 o'clock the same night. The late Mr. Gullick suffered from an attack of influenza some months ago and it was not for a considerable time that he recovered from it.

By his death the Public Service has suffered a severe loss. He entered the service 26 years ago as Government Printer, in succession to the late Mr. Potter. Before that Mr Gullick held an important post in the establishment of Messrs John Sands and Co., with whom his father had also been associated for a number of years.

Mr. Gullick was the type of man with never an idle moment. He was an enthusiastic philatelist and was no less keenly interested in the collection of old coins. Of heraldry he was a keen student. Other hobbies outside literature were photography, especially colour photography, in which he conducted many experiments, carpentering, and fishing. It was all these things, in association naturally with an artistic temperament, that made the late Mr Gullick one of the most delightful of companions. His versatility was seen also in his private workshop, for he was a mechanic of no mean order.

Although a strict disciplinarian, Mr. Gullick was well liked among the big body of men who served under him, and thus he won their loyal co-operation.

The funeral will leave his late residence at Pymble at 1.30 p.m. to-day for the Field of Mars Cemetery.

TREASURER'S TRIBUTE.

"The country has sustained a tremendous loss by the death of Mr. Gullick," said the

Treasurer (Mr A. A. C. Cocks) last night. "I knew Mr. Gullick personally. Besides his great qualifications as a printer he was possessed of those attributes that everywhere win respect and esteem from decent men. He was a high type of commercial man, and he applied to his department a greater amount of business knowledge than if he had grown up in the Government service. His was the kind of service and ability that the State can ill afford to lose."

GOVERNMENT PRINTER. (1922, April 29). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 12. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article16000204 

OBITUARY. MR. W. A. GULLICK.

The funeral of Mr. W. A. Gullick, Government Printer, took place at the Field of Mars Cemetery on Saturday afternoon. The com-mittal service was conducted by the Rev. A. C. Cutts. The chief mourners were Mr. Noel Applegate Gullick (son) and Messrs. R. C. King, K. Upward, and R. Peacock (son-in-law). The Government Printing Office was represented by Messrs. D. Campbell (superintendent), A. J. Kent (accountant), J. J. Hyde (chief overseer), C. Wilkey (linotype section), R. Woods, and C. Wilson (permanent composing staff), and A. E. Hocking and E. J. Bought-wood (representing the temporary chapel).

Amongst other present were Dr. C. Blackwell, Messrs. D. Millar (Country Press), W. D. Loveridge (Public Service Board), W. Franks (representing Mr. Robert Sands), E. G. Baker (Government Printer, Papua), C. J. Saunders, W. A. Gilder, B. Haigh, T. H. Jackson, C. E. Boyd, J. J. Bouse, W. Dixson, G. H. Partridge, E. J. Rouse, A. Wilson, and L. Upward. A great number of wreaths were sent by Government Printing Office departments, printing trades-unions, and by private persons. OBITUARY. MR. W. A. GULLICK. (1922, May 2). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 10. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article16000511 

The State Library of NSW States:

William Applegate Gullick (1858-1922) and his family epitomised those who settled in the upper North Shore at the turn of the 20th century. A prominent public servant, Gullick was New South Wales Government Printer and Inspector of Stamps from 1896 to 1922. He lived with his wife Mary and five children at Altoncourt, Killara, as well as a number of other houses in the area.

A 1925 description of Killara reads: 'this suburb may justly claim to be both attractive and select. There are many substantial residences, the homes of the well-to-do citizen; and altogether the dwellings are of a superior class'. (Wilson’s Authentic Directory. Sydney and Suburbs, Sydney: Wilson & Co., 1925, ML 981.1/W)

Gullick had a passionate interest in heraldry and designed the New South Wales coat of arms in 1906. He was also a keen amateur photographer and was one of the first people in Australia to experiment with autochrome plates, an early colour photography process. In 1909, his expertise in the area was acknowledged when he was invited by Sydney University's Science Society to give a lecture on colour photography.

The Library has a striking series of his autochrome colour plates depicting his family life at their home in Killara.

Reference: Library correspondence file

All photos and the painting courtesy Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales

Barrenjoey Lighthouse: 1881 Notes


Mr. John Kelly was Foreman of Works thereafter, and guided by Mr. E. S. W. Spencer, the then Clerk of Works. The stone used for the lighthouse, lighthouse keepers and assistant lighthouse keepers cottages was quarried from the headland itself, just below the site of the current assistant lighthouse-keeper cottages. The other materials required were brought by ship to the Customs Station Wharf and carried via the trolley devised by Mr Banks to the constructions site. The original estimate did not include the lights needed and by completion twenty thousand pounds had been spent. Build time was fourteen months, completion on July 20th, 1881.


Barrenjoey July 1881 - from Australian National Archives


Barrenjoey Lighthouse, circa 1881 - contractors and workers - courtesy AGNSW 

Of lighthouses the Colonial Architect has the completion of four under his direction. The principal one is that known as the Macquarie lighthouse, near South Head. Several months ago this reached its full height so far as the tower is concerned, but its completion has been delayed pending the arrival of the lantern from England, which has taken more time to prepare than was anticipated. This will be fitted with an electric light, which Mr. Douglas, of the Trinity Board, has written to state will be superior to any in the world. In order to make it as perfect as possible, Professor Tyndall, whose authority on light is unquestioned, was consulted. Mr. J. Elphinston is the contractor for the erection of the lighthouse, and the work is estimated to cost £11,300.

Barrenjoey lighthouse will be ready for use early in August, the building being nearly completed. A second-class red dioptric light, produced from oil, will be introduced. Mr. Banks is the contractor, and the work of erection is estimated to cost £18, 695. 

1877 -1879 Barnet Plan of the Assistant Keepers€™ cottages for Barrenjoey Lighthouse showing the underground water tanks inside the enclosed yards (Source: NAA 4957002 Series A9568)

At Montague Island the quarters of the lighthouse keeper are being roofed in. The tower of the  lighthouse, which is situated on a huge granite boulder, and is to be built of granite, is about ten feet out of the ground. When completed a lantern containing a first-class revolving dioptric light will be added to it.Mr. Jennings is the contractor, and the work is estimated to cost £16,950. The fourth lighthouse is situated at Green Cape, towards the southern boundary of the colony. Mr. Aspinall, the contractor, has just commenced operations, his first work being the formation of a tramway, about four miles long, from the beach to the site of the building, for the easy conveyance of materials. The lighthouse will be constructed of concrete ; the men's quarters of rubble. A first-class revolvingdioptric light will be introduced. The work is estimated to cost £12,936. Public Works in Progress. (1881, May 5). The Maitland Mercury & Hunter River General Advertiser (NSW : 1843 - 1893), p. 6. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article817064

The light shone for the first time on the 1st of August 1881. 

The New Lighthouse at Barrenjuey.

{From the S. M. Herald.)

The necessity for a lighthouse at Barrenjuey, the South Head of Broken Bay, was brought under the notice of the Government as far back as 1868, when the present site was selected as the best adapted for the purpose, the land being private property. Captain Hixson, R.N., President of the Marine Board, recommended the erection of two wooden buildings in which the lights might be exhibited. This recommendation was approved of by the then Colonial Treasurer, Mr. Geoffrey Edgar, the work being carried out by Messrs. Hudson Brothers of Sydney, under the superintendence of Mr. W. Coles, first clerk of works in the Colonial Architect's department, at a cost of about £300, including £85 for two lanterns, &c, completed in August, 1868. They were named the Stewart Lights, after Mr. Robert Stewart, the then member of Parliament for East Sydney, by whose efforts these lights were established, and they have been in use for the last thirteen years. 

In the year 1873, at a conference of the principal officers of the marine departments of the Australian colonies, held at Sydney, comprising Captain Hixson(chairman), representing this colony, Captain Heath, R.N., for Queensland, Captain Ferguson for South Australia and Western Australia, Captain Payne, for Victoria, and Mr. C. W. Maxwell, for Tasmania, it was resolved to recommend the erection of one lighthouse at Barrenjuey, to take the place of the two temporary lights, with lights of the second order of fixed dioptric red lights ; and in the year 1874 plans for a permanent lighthouse and quarters were prepared, and the sum of £5000 was also in that year voted towards the erection of the buildings. The matter, however, was postponed from time to time, and tenders were not accepted until October,1878. Those received being considered too high, they were declined. Ultimately in October, 1879, the tender of Mr. Isaac Banks, amounting to £13,695, was accepted, and preparations were at once made for commencing the work. 

This tender, however, did not provide for the lantern light, and the light rooms, &c. The lantern was obtained from Messrs. Chance Brothers, of England, at a cost of £2210. The entire work was completed by the contractor on the 20th instant. The lantern is capacious and well ventilated, having modern improvements, placed on a substantial iron light-room, the whole standing upon a strong tower, built with the excellent freestone of the locality. The height of the light is 371 feet over high-water mark, and is visible about 15 miles distant. The tower is fitted with an iron spiral stair, communicating with the upper floor. Adjoining the tower is an oil-room, with passage, and exterior stairway communicating with the principal quarters. The under-keepers' quarters' are placed slightly lower on the hill, to the south-west, and sheltered by the north-eastern cliff. The tower and the buildings are replete with every convenience for the efficient working of the light. 

These works were designed by Mr. James Barnet, the Colonial Architect, and under his direction they were carried out, the superintending officers being Mr. E. S. V. Spencer, clerk of works, and Mr. John Kelly, the mason foreman of the works. The latter left for Montague Island Lighthouse works in December, 1880, being succeeded by Mr. Archibald Murray, carpenter, from the South Solitary Lighthouse works. The light will be exhibited for the first time on the night of August 1st, by Mr. George Mulhall, the principal keeper, and his assistants. Mr. James Barnet and Captains Hixson, Broomfield, Jenkins, Robertson, M'Lean, and commander Lindeman paid an official visit to the new lighthouse on Friday, in order to inspect the works and to test the efficiency of the light from sea. They proceeded hence at noon in the Captain Cook (B.), and reached Broken Bay about 2.30 p.m., where the whole party disembarked, and made an inspection of the lighthouse and buildings, after which they re-embarked on the Captain Cook, and for the first time the lighthouse was  lighted up.It was viewed from various parts of the bay, and then from the sea. Mr. Barnet expressed himself highly pleased with the work and the manner in which Mr. Banks had carried out his contract, and expressions of a similar nature were made by the members of the Marine Board, The visitors got back to Sydney at half-past 9 o'clock on Friday night, after a rather rough trip. The New Lighthouse at Barrenjuey. (1881, August 2). The Maitland Mercury & Hunter River General Advertiser (NSW : 1843 - 1893), p. 6. Retrieved, from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article818977

On the Opening:

THE BARRENJUEY LIGHTHOUSE. 

The new lighthouse at Barrenjuey, an illustration of which appears in this issue, was  lit up for the first time on Monday night, August 1, by Mr. George Mulhall, the lighthouse-keeper. On Friday an official visit was made to the lighthouse by Mr. James Barnet, and Captains Hixson. Jenkins, Broomfield, Robertson, M'Lean, and Lieut. Lindeman, R.N. The party left in the Captain Cook during the afternoon, and returned to town about 10 o'clock after a somewhat rough passage. At a conference of though principal officers of the Marine Departments of the colonies held in 1870, at which were present Captain Hixson (chairman), representing this colony, Captain Heath, R.N., for Queensland; Captain Ferguson, for South Australia and Western Australia ; Captain Payne, for "Victoria; and Mr. C. W. Maxwell for Tasmania, it was resolved to recommend the erection of one lighthouse at Barrenjuey, to take the place of the two temporary lights, with lights of the second order of fixed diopiric red lights ; and in the year 1871 plans for a permanent lighthouse and quarters were prepared, and the sum of  £5000 was also voted towards the erection of the buildings. In October, 1879, the tender of Mr. Isaac Banks, amounting to £13 005, was accepted, and preparations were at once made for commencing the work. This tender, however, did not provide for the lantern light, and the light rooms, &c. The lantern was obtained from Messrs. Chance Bros., of England, at a cost of £2210. The entire work was completed by the contractor on the 20th ultimo. The lantern is capacious and well ventilated, having all modern improvements, placed on a substantial iron lightroom, the whole standing upon a strong tower, built with the excellent freestone of the locality. The height of the light is 371ft over high water mark, and is visible about 15 miles distant, latitudes 33deg 35 mins S., longitude 151deg 21min 

The tower is fitted with an iron spiral stair, communicating with the upper floor. Adjoining the tower is an oil-room with passage and exterior stairway communicating with the principal quarters. The underkeepers' quarters are placed slightly lower on the hill to the south-west, and sheltered by the north-eastern cliff. The works were designed by Mr. James Barnet, the Colonial Architect, and under his direction they were carried out, the superintending officers being Mr. E. S. V. Spencer, clerk of works, and Mr. John Kelly, the mason foreman of the works. The latter loft for Montague Island lighthouse works in December, 1880, being succeeded by Mr. Archibald Murray, carpenter, from the South Solitary lighthouse works. The members of the Marine Board and Mr. S Barnet express themselves as very pleased with the manner in which Mr. Banks has carried out his contract. THE BARRENJUEY LIGHTHOUSE. (1881, August 6).Australian Town and Country Journal (Sydney, NSW : 1870 - 1907), p. 37. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article70958591 

THE BARRENJUEY LIGHTHOUSE, BROKEN BAY.-OPENED ON MONDAY NIGHT. (SEE SHIPPING INTELLIGENCE.) THE BARRENJUEY LIGHTHOUSE, BROKEN BAY.”OPENED ON MONDAY NIGHT. (SEE SHIPPING INTELLIGENCE.). (1881, August 6).Australian Town and Country Journal (Sydney, NSW : 1870 - 1907), p. 32. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article70958799 

Research/report: A J Guesdon, 2025

Opportunities:

Greece and Crete named as destinations for 2026 Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour

Wednesday October 22, 2025

NSW Premier Chris Minns and Minister for Veterans David Harris today announced Greece and Crete as destinations for the 2026 Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship school study tour exploring Australia's military history of the Second World War.

The announcement comes a week after students from schools across NSW returned from the 2025 study tour to the Republic of Korea and Singapore.

The students visited the site of the Battle of Kapyong, the Demilitarised Zone and the UN First Battle Memorial in the Republic of Korea. In Singapore, the tour included visits to the Kranji War Memorial, Changi Prison Chapel and Museum, and the Fort Siloso and Surrender Chambers.

Sixteen students from across NSW will be selected to participate in next year’s study tour to Greece and Crete, with 2026 marking the 85th anniversary of the Greek and Crete campaigns of 1941.

Key locations on the tour include Athens, war cemeteries at Phaleron and Suda Bay, and the historic site of the Battle of Rethymno, where Australian and Greek troops faced a fierce German paratrooper assault. Of the more than 17,000 Australians who served in the campaigns, nearly 600 died and over 1,000 were wounded. Each site holds deep significance in the nation’s involvement in the Second World War.

Applications opened today for Accompanying Teachers for the 2026 tour that will take place in the Term 3 school holidays.

NSW teachers of Stage 5 History and/or Stage 6 Modern History are encouraged to apply for this unique professional development opportunity to enrich their understanding and teaching of Australian war time history.

Student applications will open in early 2026.

Applications for the role of Accompanying Teacher for the 2026 tour close at 11:59pm on 26 November 2025. Eligible teachers can apply here: https://veteransaffairs.smartygrants.com.au/PAMS2026Teachers.

Students who will be in Year 10 or 11 in 2026 are encouraged to register their interest. 

More information is available here: https://www.veterans.nsw.gov.au/education/premiers-anzac-memorial-scholarship/

NSW Premier Chris Minns said:

“The Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship is a wonderful opportunity for high school History students to further develop their understanding of the history of Australians at war.

“The 85th anniversary of the Greek and Crete campaigns of 1941 provides a unique opportunity to offer NSW high school students passionate about history a chance to commemorate and better understand the experience of Australian men and women who served in this important theatre of the Second World War.”

Minister for Veterans David Harris said:

“The PAMS tour presents a unique opportunity for teachers and students from all over New South Wales, and I highly recommend that history teachers consider applying.

“The 2026 tour will explore Australia’s military history during the Second World War, visiting locations that experienced the war’s impact first-hand. Students and teachers will hear the stories of those who served and sacrificed their lives in these campaigns that defined our nation’s involvement in the Second World War.

“The study tour is an important initiative in ensuring the legacy of our Second World War veterans is preserved. By connecting young Australians with the places where our veterans served, we honour their courage, service and sacrifice, while strengthening our commitment to remembrance.”

Elizabeth Farmer, Nowra High School teacher and 2025 PAMS accompanying teacher said:

"The Premiers’ Anzac Memorial Scholarship experience is more incredible than can be believed. From gaining experiential learning ideas on the ground where Australians have fought to deepening your understanding of syllabus content, the study tour was an outstanding opportunity to further my knowledge of HSIE content, but to also link my family history and service to locations vital to Australian history.

“The Scholarship offers more than a chance to walk in the footsteps of our past servicemen and servicewomen, it offers the chance to help shape the way future generations interact with our shared history and our past, present and future veterans."

Christian Bell, Christian Brothers' High School Lewisham teacher and 2025 PAMS accompanying teacher said:

"The Premiers’ Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour is one of the most rewarding professional development experiences a History teacher can undertake. It offers the rare chance to explore overseas sites of Australian service, memorials including museums, and battlefields, alongside expert historians, whose knowledge and storytelling bring history vividly to life.

“Equally inspiring is working with the students. A group of curious, respectful, and deeply engaged young people whose enthusiasm for learning about Australia’s military past makes every moment on tour meaningful. I strongly encourage teachers to apply.”

Biana Nguyen, 2025 PAMS Scholar, St George Girls High School:

"The Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour to Korea and Singapore was a powerful experience that reshaped how I see history.

“Visiting sites of remembrance and learning about the impacts of war in both countries made the past feel real and immediate.

“Standing in places where Australians once served and hearing stories of resilience, loss and recovery gave me a deeper understanding of the legacy of military service.”

Liam Harrison, 2025 PAMS Scholar, Mereweather High School said:

"Participating in the PAMS tour was a transformative experience that deepened my understanding of history far beyond the classroom. Through immersive visits to significant sites and memorials, gained a significant appreciation for the complexities of war and the enduring legacy of those who served.

"I very much encourage other students to apply for the scholarship. It’s more than a tour, it’s an opportunity to grow, connect, and carry forward the memory of our shared past."

Avalon Sailing Club Try Sailing Day is Saturday 15th November.

It's an opportunity for members of the public to visit the club, explore the facilities and try sailing on a yacht or dinghy. Speak to members and experts about ways to get into sailing.

Sailing opportunities at Avalon for all ages from 8 years up to 88 !

Click here for details: www.revolutionise.com.au/avalonsailingclub/events/321427

Busk at The North Narrabeen NSHS P&C Boot Sale

Are you a budding musician? The NSHS P&C is turning up the volume at our November 30 Car Boot Sale with a brand-new initiative — Busk @ the Boot! 

Whether you’re an up-and-coming performer, a seasoned street musician, or just love to share your sound, we want YOU to help bring the vibe!

Here’s the deal:
  • Open to NSHS students and local community artists
  • Buskers keep 100% of the money collected during their set
Questions? Contact our CAPA Coordinator Katherine Moore at moore.moorefitness@gmail.com


The P&C Executive is committed to making every event more vibrant, inclusive, and fun — and we believe live music is the key to that energy! So, whether you’re acoustic, electric, solo, or in a group, come and help us make this Boot Sale sing!

Narrabeen SLSC Ocean Swim 2025

Our Annual Narrabeen Beach Challenge Ocean Swim kicks off Sydney’s Ocean swim season on Sunday 2 November 2025. It is a favourite for both local athletes and casual swimmers of all ages. This year, we are introducing a 300 metre Junior Swim alongside our regular 800-metre and 1.8-km races.

Everyone can enter this event via oceanswims.com website or via here. We are looking forward to a wonderful day for our swimmers.

Kevin Lee

Narrabeen Beach Challenge Ocean Swim Co-Organiser, Narrabeen Beach SLSC

Battle Of The Bands: opportunity to listen to great local music at Mona Vale

Every Friday in November
12 Bands | 4 Weeks | One Epic Showdown
At The Mona (Mona Vale Hotel - Park Street Mona Vale)
The Line Up has been finalised, and we're counting down the days! 
Get ready for an epic month of live music, incredible local talent and unforgettable Friday night at The Mona. 

FINAL LINE UP & DATES 
Week 1: Friday, 7th November 
  • Hour Language
  • Josh Evans 
  • Bangalley 
  • Necko 
Week 2: Friday, 14th November 
  • Ramstone 
  • There Goes me
  • Speaking Of Which 
  • Gilroy 
Week 3: Friday, 21st November 
  • Selene and The Strange 
  • Apocalypseboyo
  • Woodhill
  • Social Strangers 
Week 4: Friday, 28th November THE FINAL 
  • To be determined...

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: fugue

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. Music; a composition in which a short melody or phrase (the subject) is introduced by one part and successively taken up by others and developed by interweaving the parts. 2. Psychiatry; a loss of awareness of one's identity, often coupled with flight from one's usual environment, associated with certain forms of epilepsy.

In classical music, a fugue (/fjuːɡ/, from Latin fuga, meaning "flight" or "escape") is a contrapuntal, polyphonic compositional technique in two or more voices, built on a subject (a musical theme) that is introduced at the beginning in imitation (repetition at different pitches), which recurs frequently throughout.

Etymology: The English term fugue originated in the 16th century and is derived from the French word fugue or the Italian fuga. This in turn comes from the Latin fuga, which is itself related to both fugere ("to flee") and fugare ("to chase"). The adjectival form is fugal. Variants include fughetta ("a small fugue") and fugato (a passage in fugal style within another work that is not a fugue).

Compare Fug (Noun)

1. fustiness, staleness, dampness, fug, stuffiness, reek. 2. a strong unpleasant smell or stink.

Origin: People refer to the atmosphere somewhere as a fug when it is smoky and smelly and there is no fresh air. [mainly British]late 19th century (originally dialect and schoolchildren's slang): of unknown origin. 

Compare Fugitive

Noun

1. a person who has escaped from captivity or is in hiding.

Adjective

1. quick to disappear; fleeting.

From late Middle English: from Old French fugitif, -ive, from Latin fugitivus, from fugere ‘flee’.

The story of MTV: The downfall of music disrupter

The Buggles’ song “Video Killed the Radio Star” became the first video clip to be broadcast on MTV. Ilustrasi: Rino/The ConversationCC BY
Farhan MutaqinUniversity of Edinburgh and Naufal RafiansyahUniversity of Edinburgh

When The Buggles’ music video “Video Killed the Radio Star” aired on August 1, 1981, it marked a historic moment for both television and music. The day marked the launch of the Music Television channel (MTV).

MTV rapidly became a trendsetter and remained one for over two decades by offering something revolutionary: a nonstop stream of music videos, visual storytelling, and youth culture.

Just like The Buggle’s iconic song, MTV’s innovation disrupted radio. It became the tastemaker long before YouTube, TikTok, and artificial intelligence-based recommendations ever existed.

Everyone looked forward to the countdown and the MTV awards — shared rituals that shaped youth culture, music tastes, and even communities.

But that’s it for MTV. Last week, it announced its various UK music channels would be shutting down later this year. Only one reality show-based channel — MTV HD — will remain.

MTV wasn’t immune to the overall decline of TV viewership. Video jockeys (VJs) that once guided audiences through playlists have been replaced by algorithms. Consumers’ endless scrolling habits take away the excitement of waiting for the next fixed show.

MTV’s decline goes beyond a mere business downturn or the shutdown of some television channels. It is the end of an era when music videos brought people together in the same beat.

The golden age

MTV sparked excitement upon its launch. At the time, the public was captivated by how it transformed music into something that could no longer just be heard, but also seen and felt through videos.

Musicians also took advantage of the opportunity to show off through videos: combining music, fashion, and visual performance. The “King of Pop”, Michael Jackson, was a perfect example of what MTV’s influence did for his career.

Track songs like Thriller, Beat It, and Billie Jean brought Michael Jackson to the pinnacle of fame. Other artists such as Duran Duran and Madonna also got their long-lasting popularity from MTV.

Its dominance took shape after Viacom Inc. (now Paramount Global) acquired it for US$667.5 million in 1985.

Together with Paramount, MTV presented various variety of genre-based programs, such as Yo! MTV Raps and Headbangers Ball, which targeted youth cultural segments and fostered a sense of shared identity.

MTV created something more than just a television network. It also symbolised a shared culture, reflecting how people listened to music, dressed, and imagined their futures.

Its expansion turned out to be a massive success. Paramount polished MTV into one of the world’s most influential channels for decades. At some point, MTV annual revenue touched US$400 million and reached 112 million viewers in just one year.

Lost and slow adaptation

Technological advancements began disrupting the entertainment landscape at the start of the 21st century. The digital revolution beat up traditional television, and of course MTV itself.

People who used to watch TV shifted their attention to the internet. The emergence of music and video entertainment platforms offering on-demand services made MTV’s music channel outdated.

Through Spotify, Apple Music, and YouTube, people have instant and unlimited access to music without having to schedule their days.

This shift in viewing habits stems from changes in consumer behaviour, corporate pressures, and the evolution of digital media. The demise of MTV and the new disruption wave of on-demand platforms reflect a major shift in the global cultural landscape.

The pressure also came from MTV itself. Former MTV UK Head of Digital Matthew Kershaw said the management’s reluctance to break away from its old business model contributed to its downfall.

MTV’s vast network of channels was once seen as innovative. But its increasingly corporate approach shifted the focus toward reality shows like Jersey ShoreMTV Cribs, and Jackass. While these programs were popular for a time, MTV drifted away from its music roots.

But these innovations weren’t relevant anymore. Back then, these channels united audiences because everyone watched the same music videos, talked about them in school, and formed a collective identity.

Now, people enjoy music in more personal and customised ways — thanks to algorithms and AI.

As of July 2025, MTV Music only attracted around 1.3 million viewers. There is a huge gap from its heyday in the 1980s-90s which reached hundreds of millions.

Did nothing — and it Backfired

MTV’s downfall is a reminder that in the digital age, technological adaptation, time management and the ability to adapt to consumer behavior are crucial.

MTV certainly made history as a disruptor of the old model. Yet over time, MTV has now become the one being disrupted by the very thing it once used: technology.

People can now watch whenever and wherever they want with the current innovation. There’s no need to wait for a fixed schedule to enjoy the music from their favourite artists.

Still, Even today’s disruptors must stay vigilant. Slowly but surely, TikTok is the phantom manace. This Chinese social media platform has successfully captured the popular trend of dancing combine with music.

MTV basically has resources, even more, than platforms that now dominate music entertainment like Spotify and YouTube. It is all about consumer behaviour and needs mismatch. MTV’s lack of agility to meet next generation needs just paid off.

MTV was once a phenomenon built on the slogan “video killed the radio star.” Now it must admit that streaming has killed the video star.The Conversation

Farhan Mutaqin, PhD Researcher, University of Edinburgh and Naufal Rafiansyah, Marketing science, University of Edinburgh

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A white poet and a Sioux doctor fell in love after Wounded Knee – racism and sexism would drive them apart

Native American children ride bikes near the cemetery at Wounded Knee, the site of the Dec. 29, 1890, massacre of Sioux tribal members. Richmatts/iStock via Getty Images
Julie DobrowTufts University

Like many star-crossed lovers, Elaine Goodale and Charles Alexander Eastman came from different worlds.

Goodale, born in 1863 to a family claiming Puritan roots, grew up on a farm in a remote part of western Massachusetts. In 1858, a baby first named Hakadah, later called Ohíye S’a, who then became widely known as Charles Alexander Eastman for most of his adult life, was born near Redwood Falls, Minnesota. A Wahpeton Santee Dakota, he fled to Manitoba, Canada, with tribal members during the 1862 Dakota War between the U.S. military and several bands of Dakota collectively known as the Santee Sioux.

In December 1890, the two unexpectedly met each other while working at the Pine Ridge Agency in the newly declared state of South Dakota. Even more improbably, they fell in love.

Just weeks later, booming Hotchkiss rifles 15 miles away signaled the start of the Wounded Knee Massacre. Federal troops ended up killing at least 250 Lakota Sioux men, women and children; the traumatic event, historian David Martínez writes, sparked “the abrupt transformation of Indian nations from geopolitical powers … to symbols of conquest.”

It also transformed Goodale and Eastman’s nascent relationship: They resolved to marry and to work together for Native American causes.

Wounded Knee, however, would also prove an unfortunate metaphor for their marriage.

In the research for my new dual biography, “Love and Loss After Wounded Knee: A Biography of an Extraordinary Interracial Marriage,” I dove into letters, photographs and hundreds of newspaper articles documenting this high-profile, late-19th-century relationship.

I came to understand that their marriage failed not only because of interpersonal tensions and a clash of values, but also because of some of the ways in which ideas about gender, race and Indigenous identity were rapidly changing in the U.S.

From writer to teacher

At 13, Goodale started publishing poetry in St. Nicholas Magazine, a popular children’s periodical. Her poems generated attention from the press, in addition to fan mail from notable men of letters, including Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. By the time she was 20, she had published five books.

Black-and-white portrait of young woman.
Elaine Goodale Eastman in 1890, when she worked as the Supervisor of Education for the Dakotas. South Dakota Historical Society

But because poets without family fortunes needed other means to support themselves – and because women in the late 1800s had few career options – Goodale turned to teaching. She accepted a job at Virginia’s Hampton Institute, a boarding school that was founded to teach newly emancipated Black students. It later became part of the government’s program to assimilate Native Americans.

Goodale became convinced that Indigenous children would benefit more from schools in their own communities, rather than at government- or church-run boarding schools. She traveled to the Dakota Territory and opened a day school. She also turned from poetry to prose, documenting her observations of “Indian life and education” in dozens of articles.

By the time she came to Pine Ridge Agency, the administrative offices at the Oglala Lakota Indian Reservation, she had been appointed the first supervisor of education for the Dakotas.

The ideal ‘assimilated Indian’

Ohíye S’a’s early years were marked by family trauma and U.S. government policies aimed at seizing land and displacing and assimilating Native people. His mother died shortly after he was born, and during the Dakota War it was widely believed that his father and brothers had perished. His grandmother and uncle raised him until his mid-teenage years.

A dark-skinned, expressionless man wearing a suit and tie.
Charles Eastman was often praised in the press for his academic accomplishments – and his willingness to assimilate. Wikimedia Commons

In 1873, the 15-year-old was surprised to discover that his father was, in fact, alive. Jacob Eastman had taken a European-American name and converted to Christianity. He was convinced that only a formal English-language education could provide a path forward for Native people.

At his father’s urging, Ohíye S’a became “Charles Eastman,” and he also converted to Christianity. He attended a series of boarding schools before landing at Dartmouth College and then Boston University Medical School.

His white mentors saw Eastman – the only Native person in his class at either institution – as the ideal “assimilated Indian.” His achievements often appeared in newspapers with headlines like “He’s a Winner: Sioux Indian Who Got a Boston University Degree,” an allusion to the fact that “Ohíye S’a” translated to “winner.”

It isn’t clear whether Eastman ever thought of himself in that way. But throughout his life, he straddled the world in which he was raised and the one in which he was educated. His first job, as agency physician at Pine Ridge, placed him at the nexus of these two cultures.

An unlikely pair, a media sensation

After the shots rang out near Wounded Knee Creek, Eastman’s medical education was put to the test. Called into service as a nurse, Goodale also tended the wounded and dying in the makeshift hospital at a nearby church.

Six months later, Elaine and Charles were married in New York City in June 1891, much to the consternation of her family.

The couple’s nuptials appeared in hundreds of newspapers, partially due to the rarity of an interracial marriage in the 19th century. Much of the coverage was rife with racist stereotypes.

The Watertown Times in New York proclaimed, “Poetess Marries a Big Injun’”; the San Francisco Examiner ran a front-page story declaring “Fair Bride of An Indian: Elaine Goodale Weds the Red Man of Her Choice.”

Sometimes, articles focused on Charles’ educational background, often misrepresenting it by suggesting he had attended Cornell, Harvard or Yale. He was referred to as a “specimen,” with racialized language discussing his physical attributes: “He is of medium height … with all the peculiarities of his people in his features. His eyes are small and glittering, his face and nose are broad and his cheek bones very pronounced,” according to the San Francisco Examiner.

This type of media coverage – highlighting the differences between Elaine and Charles’ backgrounds, while pointedly describing Charles in stereotyped ways – would dog them throughout their marriage.

Professional travails, personal problems

Charles attempted to set up his own medical practice in St. Paul, Minnesota. But white patients proved reluctant to see “an Indian doctor,” while Native patients were hesitant to patronize a physician dispensing unfamiliar medicines. The practice failed.

Financial pressures increased over the next decade as Elaine and Charles became parents of six children. They moved frequently: Charles took on a series of jobs, including recruiting for the YMCA, lobbying on behalf of the Santee Sioux, and working as an “outing agent” at the Carlisle Indian Industrial School, which involved finding summer placements for Native students with white families in a further attempt to Americanize them.

Because Charles left behind few personal papers, it’s difficult to know if he believed in this program. But it’s easy to see how it could have created an identity crisis of sorts.

At other points in his life, Charles seemed to put his Dakota identity front and center. For example, he was one of the co-founders of the Society of American Indians, an organization that worked on behalf of self-determination for Native Americans. He even served as its president in 1918. Meanwhile, his wife remained a staunch believer in assimilation.

At Elaine’s urging – and likely, under her editorial stewardship – Charles began publishing stories and then books about his “Indian Boyhood.” While Elaine continued writing and was able to publish a few books, his literary career took off and hers stalled out.

Cursive text.
A signature from a copy of one of Charles Eastman’s books, in which he uses both his Christian name and his Native American name, Ohíye S’a. Wikimedia Commons

Even their children weren’t spared from the headlines. An article in the St. Paul Globe wrote, of one of the Eastman children, “… the child had not inherited any of the attractiveness of the mother. It was a veritable old squaw miniature.”

In her personal writing, Elaine never acknowledged her children as biracial. The public stereotyping and private dismissal of the Eastman children’s identities were undoubtedly another stressor in an already-stressed marriage.

Pictures worth a thousand words

After many moves, the Eastmans landed in Amherst, Massachusetts. But Charles did not stay put, embarking upon a vigorous new career on the lecture circuit.

He became one of the best-known Native Americans of his era, as well as one of the most photographed.

Sepia-toned portrait of man wearing a headdress and traditional Native American clothing.
Charles Eastman alternatively posed in Western dress and traditional Sioux regalia. Amherst College

Sometimes Charles chose to appear in a Victorian suit and cravat. Other times he posed in traditional Sioux regalia. Often the coverage of his talks focused more on what he was wearing than the content of his lecture. Historian Kiara Vigil suggests that Charles knew that his dress functioned as an advertisement for his work, arguing that his choice of attire was strategic: “Eastman’s ability to dress up as an Indian, or not, enabled him to address diverse audiences and their expectations.”

He was away from home more than he was present, further fueling Elaine’s resentment. In personal letters, she described her bitterness at Charles leaving the children and household to her sole care, and her belief that he was reinforcing the gender roles she’d railed against. While she certainly understood that his posing in buckskin and feathered headdress was good marketing, she probably never realized what reclaiming his Indigenous identity meant to Charles; she, too, thought of him as the product of successful assimilation.

It all falls apart

The personal and professional pressures on the Eastmans continued through the early years of the 20th century.

They reached a breaking point after their second daughter, Irene Taluta, died in the 1918 influenza pandemic. The tragic loss of a beloved child continued to unravel an already frayed marriage.

Elaine and Charles separated in 1921, though they never formally divorced.

I’ve been interested in the Eastmans and their unlikely marriage since I first learned of it years ago. As I pieced together parts of this complex relationship, I became convinced that while their compelling story reveals much about late 19th and early 20th century America, it’s also a story for today.

At a time of profoundly unsettling controversies around race, immigration and identity, the marriage of Elaine Goodale and Charles Eastman underscores why it can be so challenging for people from different backgrounds to truly understand each other.

But their story – how their mutual commitment to improve life for Native American people brought them together, how their quest to educate the nation about a marginalized people gave them purpose, and the ways in which they melded the personal and the political – also suggests the importance of trying.The Conversation

Julie Dobrow, Distinguished Senior Lecturer of Child Study and Human Development, Tufts University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

OpenAI’s Atlas browser promises ultimate convenience. But the glossy marketing masks safety risks

Uri GalUniversity of Sydney

Last week, OpenAI unveiled ChatGPT Atlas, a web browser that promises to revolutionise how we interact with the internet. The company’s CEO, Sam Altman, described it as a “once-a-decade opportunity” to rethink how we browse the web.

The promise is compelling: imagine an artificial intelligence (AI) assistant that follows you across every website, remembers your preferences, summarises articles, and handles tedious tasks such as booking flights or ordering groceries on your behalf.

But beneath the glossy marketing lies a more troubling reality. Atlas is designed to be “agentic”, able to autonomously navigate websites and take actions in your logged-in accounts. This introduces security and privacy vulnerabilities that most users are unprepared to manage.

While OpenAI touts innovation, it’s quietly shifting the burden of safety onto unsuspecting consumers who are being asked to trust an AI with their most sensitive digital decisions.

What makes agent mode different

At the heart of Atlas’s appeal is “agent mode”.

Unlike traditional web browsers where you manually navigate the internet, agent mode allows ChatGPT to operate your browser semi-autonomously. For example, when prompted to “find a cocktail bar near you and book a table”, it will search, evaluate options, and attempt to make a reservation.

The technology works by giving ChatGPT access to your browsing context. It can see every open tab, interact with forms, click buttons and navigate between pages just as you would.

Combined with Atlas’s “browser memories” feature, which logs websites you visit and your activities on them, the AI builds an increasingly detailed understanding of your digital life.

This contextual awareness is what enables agent mode to work. But it’s also what makes it dangerously vulnerable.

A perfect storm of security risks

The risks inherent in this design go beyond conventional browser security concerns.

Consider prompt injection attacks, where malicious websites embed hidden commands that manipulate the AI’s behaviour.

Imagine visiting what appears to be a legitimate shopping site. The page, however, contains invisible instructions directing ChatGPT to scrape personal data from all open tabs, such as an active medical portal or a draft email, and then extract the sensitive details without ever needing to access a password.

Similarly, malicious code on one website could potentially influence the AI’s behaviour across multiple tabs. For example, a script on a shopping site could trick the AI agent into switching to your open banking tab and submitting a transfer form.

Atlas’s autofill capabilities and form interaction features can become attack vectors. This is especially the case when an AI is making split-second decisions about what information to enter and where to submit it.

The personalisation features compound these risks. Atlas’s browser memories create comprehensive profiles of your behavior: websites you visit, what you search for, what you purchase, and content you read.

While OpenAI promises this data won’t train its models by default, Atlas is still storing more highly personal data in one place. This consolidated trove of information represents a honeypot for hackers.

Should OpenAI’s business model evolve, it could also become a gold mine for highly targeted advertising.

OpenAI says it has tried to protect users’ security and has run thousands of hours of focused simulated attacks. It also says it has “added safeguards to address new risks that can come from access to logged-in sites and browsing history while taking actions on your behalf”.

However, the company still acknowledges “agents are susceptible to hidden malicious instructions, [which] could lead to stealing data from sites you’re logged into or taking actions you didn’t intend”.

A downgrade in browser security

This marks a major escalation in browser security risks.

For example, sandboxing is a security approach designed to keep websites isolated and prevent malicious code from accessing data from other tabs. The modern web depends on this separation.

But in Atlas, the AI agent isn’t malicious code – it’s a trusted user with permission to see and act across all sites. This undermines the core principle of browser isolation.

And while most AI safety concerns have focused on the technology producing inaccurate information, prompt injection is more dangerous. It’s not the AI making a mistake; it’s the AI following a hostile command hidden in the environment.

Atlas is especially vulnerable because it gives human-level control to an intelligence layer that can be manipulated by reading a single malicious line of text on an untrusted site.

Think twice before using

Before agentic browsing becomes mainstream, we need rigorous third-party security audits from independent researchers who can stress-test Atlas’s defenses against these risks. We need clearer regulatory frameworks that define liability when AI agents make mistakes or get manipulated. And we need OpenAI to prove, not simply promise, that its safeguards can withstand determined attackers.

For people who are considering downloading Atlas, the advice is straightforward: extreme caution.

If you do use Atlas, think twice before you enable agent mode on websites where you handle sensitive information. Treat browser memories as a security liability and disable them unless you have a compelling reason to share your complete browsing history with an AI. Use Atlas’s incognito mode as your default, and remember that every convenience feature is simultaneously a potential vulnerability.

The future of AI-powered browsing may indeed be inevitable, but it shouldn’t arrive at the expense of user security. OpenAI’s Atlas asks us to trust that innovation will outpace exploitation. History suggests we shouldn’t be so optimistic.The Conversation

Uri Gal, Professor in Business Information Systems, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

When you click on an ad in sales season, retailers get to harvest your data

Aayushi BadhwarRMIT University

Earlier this year, the consumer watchdog fined three retailers, Michael Hill, MyHouse and Hairhouse Online, almost A$20,000 each for advertising “site-wide discounts” that allegedly never applied to all items on the website.

At first glance, this might look like a straightforward case of using allegedly misleading advertising for an economic benefit. Yet the implications go further.

Years of exposure to constant promotions have trained shoppers to chase a bargain, promoting “clickbaiting”: tactics designed to lure consumers into browsing.

Businesses spend heavily to secure the spot on your social media feed, and that investment has to be recouped. The most effective way is through personalised, persistent ad campaigns that quietly push consumers to buy more.

The way these ad campaigns currently collect data leaves consumers exposed. They also feed into broader concerns about overproduction, which in turn drives overconsumption. That benefits the retailers, but it fuels waste.

Bargains and the data you give away

When you click on an ad, whether it is on a brand’s website or its social media feed, you are not just interacting with the campaign. Behind the scenes, these platforms are collecting your data, analysing your behaviour, and using it to shape personalised ads designed just for you.

Australia’s discount season kicks off in November and extends through to January. With Australians ready to consume, buying gifts for family and themselves, marketing teams go into overdrive. They flood websites and social media feeds with discount banners.

Every time a consumer clicks on an ad, they are revealing something about their shopping patterns. This information is collected through data harvesting (gathering user data) and data mining (analysing patterns in that data). The platform records and shares this information with the business to show the effectiveness of the campaign and whether it led to a conversion (a purchase, sign-up, or other intended action).

Behind this, tracking runs much deeper. Ads use “cookies”, which are tiny digital files that remember your browsing activity such as which sites you visit and how often. “Tracking pixels” quietly collect details such as your IP address, geo-location, time zone, and the type of device used. Together, these build a profile that helps predict your preferences and target you with similar ads later.

A long list of companies have access to your data

Advertisers also gather demographic and behavioural data, such as, your age, gender, interests and browsing history. They can tap data from other apps in your phone that share information through “third parties”. This is one of the vaguest terms in privacy policies. It sounds harmless, but usually hides a long list of unnamed companies getting access to your data.

This information creates a pool of bigger data which allows brands to “re-target” consumers, showing the same or related ads repeatedly. This triggers what psychologists call the “mere exposure effect”: the more you see something, the more familiar and trustworthy it feels. Over time that familiarity can nudge consumers towards buying, not because they needed it but simply because they had seen it so often. This subconsciously promotes overconsumption.

Although marketing campaigns are designed to make consumers buy, even if they do not, they still give away something of great value. Every click, scroll, or view generates data that is later used or sold to monetise; shaping targeted advertising, influencing consumer behaviour and creating economic value.

US authorities described a “vast surveillance network” run by social media platforms.

Did we really consent to this?

government survey in 2023 showed that Australians do not fully understand the data privacy implications.

The Privacy Act 1988 forms Australia’s main legal framework, and is currently under review. But it only applies to businesses with an annual turnover above A$3 million. While most large retailers easily surpass the threshold, what’s less clear is whether the third parties in the privacy policies do.

In Australia, implied consent is often considered sufficient. If a website states in its privacy policy that it collects data, simply browsing the site is considered consent. A site provides little control over individual cookies unless the user manually adjusts their browser settings. Clicking an ad on social media can also be taken as agreeing to data collection.

In Australia, you either do not see a consent box at all or instead encounter a line stating that “by browsing this site, you agree to our privacy policy”. In both cases, consent is implied.

Stricter rules

In contrast, a website regulated under European Union regulations must clearly explain what data it collects. Only essential cookies are active by default. Marketing and tracking cookies are switched off unless consumers actively choose to allow them.

The difference is stark. The EU imposes stricter rules on data ownership, profiling and behavioural tracking, with no tolerance for vague implied consent. In Australia, behavioural tracking and targeted advertising depend on implied consent, typically hidden in lengthy, jargon-heavy privacy polices that few consumers can navigate.

While data privacy laws are still catching up, educating consumers is crucial to helping them understand how their data is used to influence them into overconsuming.

So now you know what really happens behind every click or “agree” button; the question is, will you still fall for the trick?The Conversation

Aayushi Badhwar, Lecturer in Enterprise and Technology, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A 2,000-year history of chucking a sickie

Dallas and John Heaton/Getty
Konstantine PanegyresThe University of Western Australia

One of the earliest figures known to have faked an illness for personal advantage was Odysseus.

Odysseus was the hero of Homer’s Odyssey, which was probably written around the 8th century BC, but based on much older legends.

According to one version of the story, Odysseus pretended to be mentally ill to avoid taking part in the war of the Greeks against Troy.

To show he was not sane enough to go to war, Odysseus ploughed sand instead of soil, and did other wild deeds. However, his lie was exposed.

Palamedes, one of the leading figures on the Greek side of the war, threw Odysseus’ baby son, Telemachus, in front of Odysseus’ plough. Odysseus stopped to protect his son, showing he was not mentally ill.

Pretending to be ill to gain some personal benefit – such as trying to avoid work or war – is something ancient and modern people have in common.

As we’ll see, “taking a sickie” has a long history.

The Roman slave with a ‘sore knee’

Botanical drawing of the poisonous plant Thapsia garganica.
A slave used an ointment made with Thapsia garganica to fake an injury. Poss Ferdinand Bauer/Wikimedia Commons

The Greek physician Galen of Pergamum (129–216 AD) was familiar with the phenomenon of people pretending to be sick.

In one of his many books, he provides the most detailed ancient account we have of a doctor with a patient who fakes an illness.

Galen describes how a Roman slave boy tries to get out of doing his work by claiming he has severe pain in his knee.

As part of his deception, the slave smears poisonous ointment over his knee to make it look like it is swollen and bruised:

The slave boy had a large swelling at the knee which would frighten people who know nothing about medicine, but someone with medical expertise knows clearly that it was produced by the drug called ‘thapsia’.

This was Thapsia garganica, a poisonous plant that causes inflammation and swelling.

Galen could also tell this was a fake injury from the slave’s contradictory accounts of his pain. The slave said, at one point:

‘I feel tension in my whole joint’ and at another: ‘I feel a throbbing inside it’, and yet another: ‘it feels like there is an arrow stuck in it’ or: ‘it feels like it was pricked with needles’ or: ‘it feels heavy like a stone’, then ‘I feel pain in my whole leg in this way’ and then ‘the bone feels weak’.

Galen also gives the slave a fake cure to see how he responds:

I said to him: ‘I am going to rub a drug on your knee, and the pain you have will stop immediately’. I then rubbed a drug on it that does not at all relieve pain but usually only cools the heat generated by the thapsia. That slave confirmed after just a short while that his pain had gone completely. Had this pain really been caused by a hot swelling brought about by an internal cause, this cooling medicine would have intensified the pain and certainly not relieved it.

After the slave boy’s lie was exposed, he had to go back to work.

How to spot a faker

Galen also advised doctors on how to find out whether a patient was faking their illness. This included instructing doctors to tell their patients what they would have to give up to get better:

Some people are fond of drinking wine, some are fond of food, […] some are fond of bathing at the baths and some are fond of sex.

Clearly, Galen thought people wouldn’t want to pretend to be sick if they had to give up doing their favourite things or eating their favourite foods and drinks while receiving treatment.

Is faking an illness ever justified?

People in ancient times are shown faking all kinds of illnesses for personal advantage, mainly to get out of work, military service, or to conceal an affair.

However, in extreme cases lying may have been justified.

In Xenophon of Ephesus’ novel The Ephesian Tale (2nd–3rd century AD), the heroine Anthia avoids being sold into prostitution by faking an epileptic fit.

She then lies by saying she has always suffered from epilepsy, and is set free.

Modern sickies

In modern times, “taking a sickie” has become a well known phenomenon.

We’ve all seen the stories about people calling in sick and then their bosses seeing them on TV or social media boozing at the cricket or footy.

If the phenomenon of “taking a sickie” tells us anything, it’s that illness generates sympathy, and sympathy causes us to allow sick people time away from their duties – but this sympathy can be exploited for personal gain.

Galen knew that well, some 2,000 years ago.The Conversation

Konstantine Panegyres, Lecturer in Classics and Ancient History, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New images reveal the Milky Way’s stunning galactic plane in more detail than ever before

Silvia Mantovanini (ICRAR/Curtin) & the GLEAM-X Team
Silvia MantovaniniCurtin University and Natasha Hurley-WalkerCurtin University

The Milky Way is a rich and complex environment. We see it as a luminous line stretching across the night sky, composed of innumerable stars.

But that’s just the visible light. Observing the sky in other ways, such as through radio waves, provides a much more nuanced scene – full of charged particles and magnetic fields.

For decades, astronomers have used radio telescopes to explore our galaxy. By studying the properties of the objects residing in the Milky Way, we can better understand its evolution and composition.

Our study, published today in Publications of the Astronomical Society of Australia, provides new insights into the structure of our galaxy’s galactic plane.

Observing the entire sky

To reveal the radio sky, we used the Murchison Widefield Array, a radio telescope in the Australian outback, composed of 4,096 antennas spread over several square kilometres. The array observes wide regions of the sky at a time, enabling it to rapidly map the galaxy.

A view of the Murchison Widefield Array antenna layout.

Between 2013 and 2015, the array was used to observe the entire southern hemisphere sky for the GaLactic and Extragalactic All-sky MWA (or GLEAM) survey. This survey covered a broad range of radio wave frequencies.

The wide frequency coverage of GLEAM gave astronomers the first “radio colour” map of the sky, including the galaxy itself. It revealed the diffuse glow of the galactic disk, as well as thousands of distant galaxies and regions where stars are born and die.

With the upgrade of the array in 2018, we observed the sky with higher resolution and sensitivity, resulting in the GLEAM-eXtended survey (GLEAM-X).

The big difference between the two surveys is that GLEAM could detect the big picture but not the detail, while GLEAM-X saw the detail but not the big picture.

A beautiful mosaic

To capture both, our team used a new imaging technique called image domain gridding. We combined thousands of GLEAM and GLEAM-X observations to form one huge mosaic of the galaxy.

Because the two surveys observed the sky at different times, it was important to correct for the ionosphere distortions – shifts in radio waves caused by irregularities in Earth’s upper atmosphere. Otherwise, these distortions would shift the position of the sources between observations.

The algorithm applies these corrections, aligning and stacking data from different nights smoothly. This took more than 1 million processing hours on supercomputers at the Pawsey Supercomputing Research Centre in Western Australia.

The result is a new mosaic covering 95% of the Milky Way visible from the southern hemisphere, spanning radio frequencies from 72 to 231 MHz. The big advantage of the broad frequency range is the ability to see different sources with their “radio colour” depending on whether the radio waves are produced by cosmic magnetic fields, or by hot gas.

The emission coming from the explosion of dead stars appears in orange. The lower the frequency, the brighter it is. Meanwhile, the regions where stars are born shine in blue.

These colours allow astronomers to pick out the different physical components of the galaxy at a glance.

The new radio portrait of the Milky Way is the most sensitive, widest-area map at these low frequencies to date. It will enable a plethora of galactic science, from discovering and studying faint and old remnants of star explosions to mapping the energetic cosmic rays and the dust and grains that dominate the medium within the stars.

The power of this image will not be surpassed until the new SKA-Low telescope is complete and operational, eventually being thousands of times more sensitive and with higher resolution than its predecessor, the Murchison Widefield Array.

This upgrade is still a few years away. For now, this new image stands as an inspiring preview of the wonders the full SKA-Low will one day reveal.The Conversation

Silvia Mantovanini, PhD Candidate, Astronomy, Curtin University and Natasha Hurley-Walker, Radio Astronomer, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Let’s celebrate nature’s spookiest and freakiest animals this Halloween

Bildagentur-online/Getty
Euan RitchieDeakin University

Beyond ghoulish costumes and mountains of lollies, Halloween is rooted in celebrating nature. It originated in the Celtic pagan tradition of Samhain, marking the bounty of the autumnal harvest and transition to the dark depths of winter.

Fast forward to 2025, and Halloween is a commercial juggernaut expected to exceed $A19 billion in spending in the US alone.

It’s also one that can cause serious environmental harm, generating masses of plastic and food waste, and disturbing and harming wildlife.

This year, let’s celebrate nature’s spookiest and most gruesome wildlife with an environmentally-friendly Halloween.

Move aside werewolves, headless horsemen, witches and warlocks, here are ten of the most marvellous and macabre animals that will truly turn heads.

1. Vampire and ghost bats

Dracula had nothing on vampire bats. These flying mammals use razor-sharp teeth to puncture their prey’s bodies and grooved tongues then lap up the blood. Vampire bats are restricted to Central and South America.

But Australia has the aptly-named ghost bat, although they don’t drink blood. This species hunts mammals, birds, lizards, frogs, and other prey, but is itself sadly listed as vulnerable to extinction.

Australia’s ghost bat is an impressive predator of the night.

2. Horned lizards

Rather than being blood suckers, some animals squirt blood to protect themselves!

Horned lizards can control and constrict the blood flow in their heads, causing pressure to build up and, ultimately, rupture blood vessels around their eyes.

Rapid and repeated squirts of blood — laced with noxious chemicals from their venomous ant prey — are shot with remarkable precision over several feet at unsuspecting would-be predators, including coyotes.

Few can squirt blood as accurately and as far as horned lizards.

3. Dementor wasps

The dementor wasp is truly the stuff of nightmares, especially if you’re a cockroach. They inject venom into cockroach brains, turning them into compliant zombies.

Once in control, wasps lead the zombie cockroaches back to their nests, lay their eggs in or on them, and the young wasps eat them alive.

Dementor wasps turn cockroaches into zombies.

4. Goblin sharks

The ocean depths are renowned for bizarre animals, including the wolf-fish, the fang-tooth fish, the vampire squid … and the goblin shark!

These sharks have distinctly goblin-like pointed snouts and long sharp teeth. Perhaps their most shocking feature is their mouth, which can be rapidly shot out from their head when feeding.

Goblin sharks have a unique appearance and feeding behaviour.

5. Assassin bugs

Assassin bugs kill ants for a living. But that’s not all.

Once they’ve liquefied and sucked their prey dry, they pile the lifeless bodies onto their backs. This is thought to be a way to confuse living ants and avoid their attack.

Assassin bugs, nature’s body collectors.

6. Slow lorises

Beware cute first appearances. The slow loris is capable of turning living creatures into visions of the walking dead.

Glands in their armpits produce a noxious oil, which oozes out and is licked by the loris. Combining this oil with their saliva produces a powerful cocktail that can be delivered through strong jaws and grooved teeth capable of piercing bone.

A bite from a slow loris can cause flesh to gradually rot away.

Looks can be deceiving: beware the bite of a slow loris! CC BY

7. Sea cucumbers

The film The Exorcist is famous for its vomiting scene, but the humble sea cucumber delivers a far more unnerving performance.

When threatened they self-evisercate, spilling their guts out of their head or rear end (cloaca) and putting off would-be predators who prefer “live prey” from their meals.

Some have additional sticky and toxic filaments able to entangle, immobilise and even kill some attackers. Once danger has passed they can retreat and over several days they will remarkably regenerate their internal organs.

Sea cucumbers literally spill their guts in self defence.

8. Skipper caterpillars

Living in confined spaces can pose many problems, including how to avoid soiling your home. Skipper caterpillars that live in curled leaves have a solution – explosive defecation!

They fire their waste via a hatch and under elevated blood pressure, meaning their flung dung can travel as far as 1.5 metres. It’s believed this trick has evolved to reduce scent building up that could attract predatory wasps.

Skipper caterpillars are expert poop projectors.

9. Gordian worms

Gordian worms are another body-snatching species.

When their encysted larvae are eaten by unsuspecting grasshoppers or crickets, they develop inside their host and ultimately control their behaviour.

They lead them to water and cause them to drown themselves, whereupon the worm that has been growing inside them hatches out and completes the parasite’s life cycle. Ridley Scott’s iconic chest-bursting scene in Aliens comes to mind.

The Gordian (horsehair) worm is a parasitic body-snatcher.

10. Shrews

Like the slow loris, cute and furry can hide a darker side for shrews. Many shrew species are venomous, using their bite to subdue their prey.

But they don’t always eat their victims immediately. Instead, they engage in “live hoarding”, where they stow their incapacitated, comatose meals away until hunger calls.

What they lack in size, shrews make up for with fight and powerful venom.

Halloween horrors

Far scarier than any animal’s appearance or bizarre behaviour, is the toll Halloween takes on the environment.

Halloween sees a surge in the sale of single-use polyester and plastic costumes and decorations, as well as individually-wrapped sweets.

One of the most popular but dangerous Halloween decorations are fake spider webs. These synthetic fibres regularly entangle and kill wildlife. They’re often blown away, ending up in waterways – where they can cause the same issues for aquatic life.

Halloween bright lights and loud noises also confuse and disorient nocturnal animals.

Making Halloween wildlife and environmentally friendly

This Halloween, try these ideas to celebrate without harming animals and the environment.

  1. Instead of buying lollies, bake Halloween-themed biscuit treats. (Make sure people with allergies know the ingredients).

  2. Use biodegradable and recyclable materials like twigs, feathers, leaves and paper to make decorations. Cardboard makes excellent nature-inspired Halloween cutouts and stencils.

  3. Carve a pumpkin! But eat what you scoop out to reduce food waste and compost your pumpkin afterwards to prevent adding to landfill, methane production and climate change.

  4. Visit your local opportunity shop or repurpose old clothes to make a Halloween costume. It’s better to reuse and recycle than give in to fast fashion.

Bake treats to avoid using plastic-wrapped lollies. CC BY

Why not let some of our wonderful native wildlife, like ghost bats or peacock spiders, inspire your Halloween costume and theme this year!The Conversation

Euan Ritchie, Professor in Wildlife Ecology and Conservation, School of Life & Environmental Sciences, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Samhain: the true, non-American origins of Halloween

Photo by Matt Cardy/Getty Images
Pamela O'NeillUniversity of Sydney

We all know how commercial Halloween has become, with expensive dress-ups, trick-or-treat “candy” and fake cobwebs (please don’t – they kill birds!).

But if you’ve ever dismissed Halloween as an American invention, you might want to rethink that.

For at least the past couple of millennia, the changing of the seasons has been marked among Celtic peoples with festivals at recognised times of year.

One of these was known by the Irish and Scottish Gaels as Samhain (pronounced “sah-win”), celebrated at the onset of winter. In the northern hemisphere, this falls around the end of October, although the tradition predates our modern calendar.

Samhain and the rhythms of the farming year

At Samhain, the harvest would be over, the last livestock would be brought back from the summer pastures, and people would prepare for the winter.

The old Gaelic saying “Oidhche Shamhna theirear gamhna ris na laoigh” (on Samhain night, calves become stirks) shows us how closely the idea of Samhain is tied to the rhythms of the farming year. (A stirk is a beast aged between six and 12 months.)

Summer in Gaelic culture meant outdoor life – young family members staying up in the hills watching the grazing livestock, renewal of the thatch on the family home, growing and harvesting crops.

Winter meant long hours inside the house, rationing the food that had been stored.

Samhain became an opportunity for one last celebration of nature before the long period indoors.

Seasonal duties were completed. Beasts unlikely to survive would be butchered, with part of the meat preserved and part used in a shared meal.

Bonfires would be lit for a last outdoor party, also providing warmth, invoking protection and fertility.

Fires were probably a way of mimicking the warmth and light of the Sun – holding back the winter darkness a little longer, protecting against evil by appeasing the old gods or new saints.

There’s also a long-held Celtic belief that at liminal times like Samhain – on the cusp between summer and winter – the veil between the human and spirit worlds was especially thin.

This meant otherworldly beings or spirits, particularly those of the ancestors, might be found roaming in our world.

A man representing the Winter King holds a flaming sword as he takes part in a ceremony as they celebrate Samhain
Bonfires are a big part of Samhain. Photo by Matt Cardy/Getty Images

The forerunners of our modern trick-or-treaters

Various Samhain activities, recorded from the early 18th century, reflect uneasiness about the possibility of encountering spirits, but also the fun of the bonfire party.

Many involved divination: attempts to predict a future spouse or otherwise foretell the future, are particularly widely recorded.

Acts of mischief by perpetrators unknown (likely teenagers), not all of them benevolent, were also common at Samhain in parts of Scotland and Ireland.

Gates might be removed and hidden, meaning livestock might stray. Chimneys might be blocked with turnips, trapping smoke in the house. Houses might be pelted with vegetables, wheels taken from carts, boats pulled up above the waterline, or chamber pots tied to doors.

Some people carved ghoulish faces into turnips, into which a light (usually a smouldering peat or ember in the rural areas, but sometimes a candle) would be inserted. It may originate from the practice of carrying a smouldering peat to light the way, or it may originate from the idea of pre-emptive frightening of any spirits wandering abroad. This is the likely origin of today’s pumpkin carving.

Perhaps the peculiar combination of uneasiness and fun led to the most widespread Samhain activity: guising.

Guisers might be considered the forerunners of our modern trick-or-treaters, but this was not a matter of dressing as your favourite character, or donning a fetching witch’s hat.

Guisers could be genuinely terrifying, especially for young children.

On the island of South Uist, for example, masks made from sheepskin with features painted on them were often paired with wigs of straw and old clothes or animal skins that concealed the form of the person inside. Sometimes a sheep’s skull might be added.

YouTube/The National Trust for Scotland Foundation USA.

Guisers would visit neighbouring houses, challenging the householders to guess their identities, perhaps reciting rhymes, riddles or songs, before accepting a scone or other food and going on their way.

There are two explanations of why guising began.

One is that by obscuring their identities, guisers would evade any hostile spirits seeking to harm them.

The other is that guisers were themselves imitating the ancestor spirits, and trying to frighten others.

Both are possibly true. The idea that the evening would morph into a sharing of songs, stories and food, surely holds the kernel of modern trick-or-treating.

All traditions change over time

In the 18th and 19th centuries, during the infamous Highland Clearances and Great Irish Famine, a great deal of the rural populations of Scotland and Ireland were relocated – often against their will – to North America.

In those relocated settlements, what could be more natural than to reproduce these familiar, and perhaps comforting, rituals of home?

The name Halloween refers to the Christian tradition of All Souls’ Day falling on November 1: the night before is All Souls’ (or All Hallows’) Eve, which became Halloween. As happened with many other significant dates, it seems to have been layered with the pre-existing festival of Samhain.

Halloween as we now know it has certainly been heavily influenced by North America, but if we look closely enough, we can still see the traces of much older Celtic beliefs.

We can embrace the idea of marking the turning of the seasons without having to adopt the whole package.The Conversation

Pamela O'Neill, Sir Warwick Fairfax Lecturer in Celtic Studies, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

60 years ago, supermodel Jean Shrimpton’s Cup outfit shocked the nation – but few know the full story

The Australian Women's Weekly, November 17 1965 issues (page 3).
Pauline HastingsMonash University

Today marks 60 years since English photographic model Jean Shrimpton, dubbed “The Shrimp”, caused a stir among conservative racegoers at the Melbourne Cup.

On October 30 1965, the then 22-year-old wore a “swinging 60s” minidress that would go on to become the stuff of legend.

Shrimpton ventured to Flemington Racecourse in a simple dress, minus the trappings of 1960s conservative female attire: hat, gloves and stockings. She was also flashing a few extra inches of bare thigh which would have been deemed unseemly for the occasion.

This dress, a mere 10cm above the knee, would hardly turn heads in 2025.

Shrimpton was one of the world’s most photographed faces at the time, and her Derby Day appearance has been credited with driving a cultural shift in Australian sartorial style – one that marked the dawn of casual dressing and the rise of youth fashion culture.

However, as my research highlights, Shrimpton did not come to Australia with the intention to shock or disrupt. In fact, her influence on fashion was more a result of the reach of one particular big business.

Why did Jean Shrimpton come to Australia?

Ahead of the 1965 Melbourne Cup, the Victoria Racing Club (VRC) invited a number of locally active textile fibre producers to bring an international model to the event dressed in their product.

The VRC hoped a bit of extra glamour and pizzazz (at no cost to them) might stem waning attendance numbers and generate more interest in the relatively new Fashions on the Field event.

But apart from the Australian Wool Board, the only party to take up the offer was multinational chemical and textile giant DuPont de Nemours Inc (DuPont). DuPont hired Shrimpton under a sponsorship contract, and arranged to fly her to Australia to wear and promote one of its synthetic fibres called Orlon.

At the time, Orlon’s reputation in the fashion market was practically non-existent. What better way to increase its profile than to have it associated with a famous face?

An image of the front cover of the Australian Women's Weekly magazine from 1965, featuring Jean Shrimption in a orange bandeau-like top and hair done up in a bundle with flowers.
‘The Shrimp’ on the front cover of the Australian Women’s Weekly August 25 1965 edition. Trove

Rumours of a tussle over fabric

Shrimpton was sent lengths of woven Orlon fabric in advance, and given free rein in having her racewear made in designs of her choice in London.

Stories abound about her having insufficient fabric to work with – hence the short hemline. In her 1990 autobiography, Shrimpton blamed DuPont for shortchanging the fabric allowance, but then affirmed she would have worn similar styles to any other race meeting in the world, as short skirts were “in” in 1965. DuPont also knew about those “mini” London styles Shrimpton was famous for wearing.

If the company had erred, or if Shrimpton had really craved a more traditional hemline, supplying additional fabric would not have been a problem for the large, well-resourced multinational.

When Shrimpton and her boyfriend, English actor Terence Stamp, touched down at Essendon Airport on Derby Day, they were 24 hours late.

A welcome party planned for the evening before Derby Day at Melbourne’s Top of the Town restaurant was cancelled at the last minute when DuPont got word around 6pm that the guest of honour was still in Sydney. The “big shrimp” ice carving prepared as a party centrepiece was left to melt.

Shrimpton was lucky to have made it to the Derby Day meeting at all. With no time to freshen or change, DuPont representatives hastily bundled her and Stamp into waiting vehicles at the airport, and headed straight to Flemington Racecourse.

What happened next is, shall we say, history.

Fallout from a fashion faux pas

Many have recalled the indignation among racegoers when Shrimpton entered the members’ enclosure on Derby Day — as well as the furore that erupted later and was enthusiastically fanned by the media.

Strict dress codes ruled supreme in the members’ enclosure. It was a space of conspicuous consumption, and one where haute couture traditionally took centre stage.

The promotional buildup to Shrimpton’s Australian arrival had been robust thanks to DuPont’s marketing efforts, so some of the public’s indignation and anger was likely tinged with disappointment.

The magic of a much-anticipated celebrity appearance was quickly dashed by the reality of a young model with unruly, windswept hair, wearing a simple, synthetic dress.

An old newspaper page shows seven panel images of models attending Melbourne Cup events in 1965. To the top-left is a small text panel with the headline 'Fashion Drama in 3 Acts'.
On November 17 1965, The Australian Women’s Weekly published a photo spread of outfits worn by Jean Shrimpton and Parisian model Christine Borge during the cup. Trove

Critics blasted Shrimpton’s supposed lack of etiquette, manners and fashion choice, while Australia’s provincialism was called out internationally.

And while Shrimpton maintained her right to dress in her own style, she went home nursing bruised feelings over her public dressing-down. Meanwhile, DuPont’s involvement in the incident was all but forgotten.

Six decades on, Shrimpton retains her status as an icon who delivered Australian youth from the stifles of conservative dressing. But it’s also worth remembering the big business sponsorship behind her famous appearance.

After DuPont’s initial attempt at damage control – which involved supplying Shrimpton a hat and stockings for the Cup Day meeting – the company’s marketers quickly embraced the controversy as “absolutely sensational!”

It seems they followed the logic of 19th century showman P.T. Barnum, who reportedly said “there is no such thing as bad publicity”.The Conversation

Pauline Hastings, Affiliate, School of Philosophical, Historical & Indigenous Studies (SOPHIS), Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

90 years of Monopoly: how the ‘new craze’ morphed from socialist critique to capitalist dream

© Hulton-Deutsch Collection/CORBIS/Corbis via Getty Images
Lisa J. HackettUniversity of New England

Monopoly is the best-selling licensed board game of all time, popular since its 1935 release when “the new craze” swept the world.

It has remained a staple, with over 390,000 copies sold in Australia to date.

Its transformation from an economic critique to a capitalist icon highlights its historical evolution and adaptability.

A game with a message

Monopoly’s roots trace back to The Landlord’s Game (1903), created by Elizabeth Magie to critique monopolistic land ownership.

It featured two sets of rules – one emphasising wealth accumulation, the other wealth distribution. The aim was to demonstrate how different policy levers, taxing income versus taxing land, affect economic outcomes of players.

It was based on economist Henry George’s proposition for a “land value tax” or “single tax”. Under this regime, people would keep all they earned, with public funds raised from land ownership instead.

An old board game.
The board for Elizabeth Magie’s 1906 version of The Landlord’s Game. Wikimedia Commons/LandlordsGame.Info

The two sets of rules in the Landlord’s Game demonstrate how wealth is either concentrated in the hands of landlords (taxing income) or is more fairly distributed across society (taxing land).

In 1935, a man named Charles Darrow removed the game’s socialist critique (the version that taxed land), renamed it Monopoly and sold it to Parker Brothers. The game was now focused on the accumulation of real estate until one player remained, having bankrupted their fellows.

The game thrived during the Great Depression, offering an escapist fantasy of financial success.

Photograph of an old man with a Monopoly board.
In 1935, Charles Darrow reworked the game to become Monopoly. The Salem News Historic Photograph Collection, Salem State University Archives and Special CollectionsCC BY

In 1935, Parker Brothers paid Magie US$500 (US$11,800 today) for the rights to her game, ensuring their ownership of Monopoly was unchallenged. As part of the deal, they released her original game, but it failed to gain traction with players.

Not everyone welcomed its capitalist themes – Fidel Castro famously ordered all Monopoly sets in Cuba destroyed in 1959

Playability and house rules

Philip Orbanes, former vice president of research at Parker Brothers, argued a good board game must have clear rules, social interaction and an element of luck. Monopoly ticks all three boxes.

Despite this, Monopoly is notorious for causing arguments. Hasbro (who bought out Parker Brothers in 1991, acquiring Monopoly in the process) found that nearly half of Monopoly games end in disputes, often over rule interpretations. Monopoly is the game most likely to be banned, or see a particular player banned, on game nights.

Four men around the board.
A group of sunbathers having a smoke and playing a game of monopoly at an open air pool, 1939. Fox Photos/Getty Images

Monopoly’s rules have been adjusted and manipulated as players have sought to overcome the inequities in the game. Another of Hasbro’s surveys found 68% of players admitting to not having read the rules in their entirety, and 49% said they had made up their own rules.

These “house rules” include things like cash bonuses on Free Parking or modifying auctions to make the game more engaging.

Identity and nostalgia

Monopoly’s use of real-world locations makes it adaptable to local markets.

The original version reflected Atlantic City’s socio-economic hierarchy. When Waddingtons released the English version in 1936 under license (the same version which would go on to be released in Australia in 1937), Atlantic City’s wealthy Boardwalk and working class Mediterranean Avenue became London’s Mayfair and Old Kent Road, respectively.

The game can also serve as a bridge to former geographies. The 1980s Yugoslav edition remains a link to the past for those who lived through that era, recording changing political geographies and cultural shifts.

People at tables on train platforms.
More than 240 players compete for the British Monopoly title at Fenchurch street station, London, in 1975. WATFORD/Mirrorpix/Mirrorpix via Getty Images

Monopoly is a flagship brand for Hasbro, worth an estimated US$272m in 2018. Part of Monopoly’s success lies in its licensing strategy. The board layout is extremely flexible, allowing for localised adaptations to be made to suit different markets, without any substantial change to the game play.

There are believed to be over 3,400 different versions of Monopoly issued, from classic city street layouts to popular culture imaginings.

It is this aspect that attracts collectors; world record holder Neil Scanlon owns 4,379 sets of Monopoly (he is still searching for the Cronulla Sharks set).

Monopoly reflects the world’s economic systems, embodying both the dream of wealth and the realities of financial inequality.

It has been studied by economists and educators as a tool for understanding capitalism, wealth accumulation and market control.

The game originally meant to critique monopolistic practices became a celebration of them. Each player has the opportunity to accumulate vast wealth, reflecting the promise of capitalism: where anyone can enjoy riches as long as they work hard enough.

Magie’s message was leveraged by Federal MP Andrew Leigh in his 2023 critique of the growing concentration of business monopolies in Australia. Leigh noted how monopolies affected Australian families and how the Albanese government had “increased penalties for anti-competitive conduct, and banned unfair contract terms” with the aim of creating a fairer society.

Enduring popularity

In 2025, Hasbro introduced digital banking versions – though many players lament the feel of physical wads of cash.

The game continues to be a favourite, ranking as the top childhood game among Baby Boomers, Gen X and Millennials – and fourth for Gen Z. The sense of nostalgia was strong among all groups, not surprising as board games were found to be an integral part of family bonding.

Monopoly has evolved from an anti-capitalist critique into a commercial juggernaut. While it has faced criticism for erasing its socialist origins and its reliance on luck, its ability to reinvent itself has ensured its lasting appeal.

As both a cultural artefact and a competitive game, Monopoly remains firmly embedded in board game culture.The Conversation

Lisa J. Hackett, Senior Lecturer, Sociology & Criminology, University of New England

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sam Fender wins Mercury prize: ‘Geordie Springsteen’ is voice of a UK ravaged by industrial decline

Mike JonesUniversity of Liverpool

The Mercury prize almost always produces surprises – among them, Gomez not The Verve in 1998, and English Teacher not Charli XCX in 2024 – but perhaps the biggest surprise is that the prize has survived for so many years. That it has been won this year by Sam Fender in his native Newcastle speaks very much of the time that has passed in those 34 years.

Conceived as a kind of credible alternative to the Brit Awards – a prize for those beyond the razzamatazz of mainstream pop music – the (then) Mercury Music prize was introduced in 1992.

This was the year of a general election which, while won by the Conservative party, did not see the re-election of Margaret Thatcher. But Thatcher’s work had been done: the introduction of neoliberal policies which ravaged many UK industries and the regions in which they were located.

Fender can be understood as a voice of that ravaged Britain. He was born two years after John Major’s election victory, and grew up in a disintegrating family in a disintegrating former industrial region. He survived the chaos and has written about that collective suffering with great skill and passion over three albums.

It is telling, too, that the (renamed) Mercury Prize lost its corporate sponsorship along the way. Being publicly allied with music is no longer the marketing “must have” it once was. This year’s award event was paid for jointly by Newcastle City Council and the regional authority.

As Britain attempts to cope with the evaporation of major industries and the suffering that permanent loss of employment infrastructure induces, many UK regions now foreground the creative abilities of their residents as a reason to invest in their particular area. Demand for music, and for the creativity it carries and expresses, has become a key feature of social and economic as well as cultural life.

This begs the question: what is it that creative people actually contribute? The 2025 Mercury prize shortlist gives us some clues, especially if we look at three of the nominees who missed out on the prize: Pulp, Wolf Alice and Martin Carthy. Both Pulp and Wolf Alice are previous winners (1996 and 2018 respectively), but Carthy has won very few awards over the 84 years of his life.

“Notable” musicians tend to be of their time. This is partly because their choice of instruments and combinations of keys, notes and tempos resonate with the moments they and their audiences are living through. But there is more to being a musician than this.

Real, affecting performance draws on and mobilises symbolic information far beyond musical soundmaking – even though that demands skill and ability. Fender, for example, is unequivocally a Geordie, even as he fits the mould of a kind of Bruce Springsteen for his times.

Both Pulp and Wolf Alice are challenging to discuss. Where Jarvis Cocker is concerned, the word “uncompromising” comes to mind, but what does that mean? Here is someone who is unique – yet what his vision of the world is, is never quite apparent. Cocker is “about something”, and he is about it so strongly that people stand back and admire him for it.

Wolf Alice are something different: a successful rock band in a time when rock bands have gone into decline. It is almost the band’s own self-awareness that, somehow, “they shouldn’t be” that gives them their energy – mining rock’s extensive back catalogue to support essentially introspective lyrics about (mainly singer Ellie Rowsell) self-adjusting to the demands of an evermore turbulent world.

In this, there are shades of Cocker. And with Fender singing about negotiating this turbulence too (only with a more explicit set of references to a world beyond his interior), so the core strengths of contemporary music begin to emerge.

Popular musicians go on providing a soundtrack for our lives because they express themselves through the idioms of the moment. If we take Fender’s previous album, Seventeen Going Under, as a point of reference, every aspect of the recording and its video speaks to his growing up in the northeast of England and his continuing loyalty to the place.

His moving acceptance speech and rapport with the audience were evidence of this. His performance of People Watching was almost pure Bruce Springsteen – mainstream rock inflected and defined by a hometown sensibility.

Which brings us to Martin Carthy. It is impossible to capture Carthy’s significance in words, because his voice cannot be heard on the page – and it is so powerfully distinctive that it needs to be heard.

Carthy was the soul of English folk music in the 1960s and ’70s. His brand of folk music speaks to a resilience through suffering – the suffering of pre-industrial society articulated through song. Now, Fender is speaking to the suffering of post-industrial society. They both should have won.The Conversation

Mike Jones, Course Director MA (Music Industries), University of Liverpool

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The medieval folklore of Britain’s endangered wildlife ‘omens’ – from hedgehogs to nightjars

A hedgehog illustration from a medieval bestiary (1270) by an unknown illuminator. Courtesy of Getty’s Open Content ProgramCC BY-SA
Jessica Lloyd MayUniversity of Nottingham and Matthew JonesNottingham Trent University

As the seasons turn and the nights draw in, the countryside of the British Isles seems alive with omens: an owl’s screech, or a bat above the hedgerows.

For centuries, such creatures were cast as messengers of fate, straddling the boundary between the natural and the supernatural. Yet today, the omens these animals bring are no longer warnings of ghosts or witchcraft, but of something far more tangible: their own survival.

The very species that once haunted our imagination and foretold ill-fated futures are now haunted by habitat loss, climate change and pressure from urbanisation. In the stories of these creatures, we glimpse both our fear of the wild past and our responsibility for the future. Now is the time to revisit some of Britain’s iconic “omen animals”, tracing their folklore and asking what their fate tells us about our shared environment.

Hedgehogs

Hedgehogs, though voted Britain’s favourite mammal, were previously deemed to be milk thieves.

A medieval illustration of a hedgehog
A hedgehog in the medieval Recueil des Croniques d'Engleterre (1471-1483). Quirk Books

A widespread folkloric belief of the early modern period, likely exacerbated by the European witch hunts, was that witches would transform into hedgehogs to steal milk from cows’ udders. This belief was so prevalent that a campaign to hunt and eradicate hedgehogs was backed by English parliament, with a bounty of a tuppence placed on the head of each hog.

Though their public image has recovered in recent years, hedgehogs are now classed as “vulnerable” to extinction in the UK. Their key threats are linked with habitat loss and fragmentation. Their natural prey, insects and invertebrates, are also in decline due to increased use of pesticides.

Declines in hedgehogs have been particularly steep in rural habitats, with populations reduced by 30–75% since 2000. Conservation priorities focus on restoring lost habitats for hedgehogs and understanding how best to protect them.

Adders

As the only venomous snake in the UK, it is unsurprising that the adder would attract some negative publicity over the years. The species is increasingly a conservation concern and now locally extinct across much of England due to habitat loss.

An “adder’s fork” was a spell ingredient listed by the witches in Shakespeare’s Macbeth (1606). He invoked them too in A Midsummer Night’s Dream (1600) as a way for one character to accuse another of treachery and deceit.

A man fighting a snake
Snakes frequently appear in medieval manuscripts. British Library Harley MS

Even more sinister, finding an adder on your doorstep was considered a death omen. It is now unlikely for your threshold to be crossed by an adder, as they are now mostly found in small, isolated populations. Even they could be lost by 2032.

Conservation efforts are focusing on the creation, restoration and management of suitable grassland, but are not currently widely implemented. Increasing public awareness and appreciation of the species is a key goal for adder preservation.

Wildcats

Once widespread across Britain, wildcats are now considered our most endangered animal species. They have a long reputation in Scottish folklore for being untameable, serving as the namesake of the Pictish province of Cataibh when it was formed in 800BC. They were often adopted as symbolic emblems or mascots in early clan lore due to their fierce fighting spirit. Their ominous cry is thought to have inspired ghost stories across the ages.

two cats hunting mice in a medieval illustration
Cats hunting mice in a 13th-century manuscript. British Library, Royal 12 C XIX

Deforestation and persecution, especially by Victorian gamekeepers, eradicated wildcats from England, Wales and much of Scotland. In 2019, experts concluded that breeding with feral domestic cats has compromised their genetic integrity and that the remnant populations are too small, isolated and genetically degraded to have a long-term future.

But some hope does remain for the wildcat. Saving Wildcats, a European partnership project dedicated to wildcat conservation, is leading efforts to breed the species in captivity. As of 2023, a number of wildcats have been reintroduced back into the wild in Scotland’s Cairngorms.

Mountain hares

The mountain hare is the UK’s only native member of the hare and rabbit family. Once widespread across Britain, mountain hares are now confined to upland regions of Scotland and the Peak District.

An illustration of a hare hunt
Dogs shown hunting a hare in an illustration from a medieval Bestiary manuscript. The Medieval Bestiary

Hares have a long history of superstitious and folkloric attachments. They were seen as shape-shifters, or familiars of witches, which would bring doom and misfortune to any person unfortunate enough to have their path crossed. Their shape-shifting abilities were referenced in The Mabinogion, a collection of Welsh stories compiled in the 12th and 13th centuries, across Celtic folklore before. Numerous regional hare-witches were referenced across England.

While fear of wronging a witch historically offered hares some protection, they have faced decline and range reduction from competition with brown hares, hunting pressures and land use change. Recent surveys suggest a 70% crash in the Peak District population over just seven years. Under current rates of decline, the mountain hare will become extinct from the region within five years.

Nightjars

Summer visitors to the UK, nightjars were once thought to drink milk from goats and in doing so poison them and cause their udders to wither away. These birds were also said to snatch up lost souls wandering between worlds with their unearthly call.

illustration of a bird drinking from a goat's udder
A nightjar drinks from a goat’s udder in an illustration from a medieval Bestiary manuscript. The Medieval Bestiary

Nightjars suffered a catastrophic population decline in excess of 50% and range contraction of around 51% during the latter half of the 20th century. However, surveys conducted in 1992 and 2004 saw welcome population increases of 50% and 36% respectively. Nightjar were recorded making use of new clear-felled and young conifer plantations and benefiting from long-term habitat management projects in their southern strongholds. Although recent recoveries offer hope, nightjars have reclaimed only a fraction of their former range – around 18%.

These species, and far more besides, have been instrumental in the stories people have woven across time. So the next time you hear the screech of an owl outside your bedroom window or glimpse the wings of a bat flapping over your garden, pause to think about the omens of our wild country – and how their stories might yet continue.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Jessica Lloyd May, PhD Candidate in History, University of Nottingham and Matthew Jones, PhD Candidate in Conservation and Biodiversity, Nottingham Trent University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New ‘miniature T rex’ rewrites the history of the world’s largest predator

A pack of Nanotyrannus attacks a juvenile T rex Anthony HutchingsCC BY-NC-ND
Abi CraneUniversity of Southampton

A new specimen of one of the most controversial species of dinosaur has the potential to overturn decades of research on the T rex.

Nanotyrannus, the “miniature T rex”, has been the centre of one of the fiercest debates in palaeontology. Scientists have long argued over whether the Nanotyrannus is a separate species or just a young T rex.

The controversy was ignited in 1999 when the only known fossil of a Nanotyrannus was found to belong to a juvenile. More complete fossils have since failed to produce any conclusive answers because they were all also found to be juvenile.

But the debate surrounding the identity of Nanotyrannus may finally be settled. A new fossil specimen, described in the journal Nature, is the smoking gun researchers have been looking for: an adult Nanotyrannus.

Woman sitting on large dinosaur fossil
Lindsay Zanno, associate research professor at North Carolina State University, with the dueling dinosaurs fossil. N.C. State UniversityCC BY-NC-ND

Known as the duelling dinosaurs, this fossil preserves an almost-complete Nanotyrannus and Triceratops entombed together. They seem frozen in combat (whether they were actually fighting when they became buried in the Earth’s sediment remains to be tested).

Although the fossil was discovered in Montana, US back in 2006, it was under private ownership until the North Carolina Museum of Natural Sciences purchased it in 2020. Now accessible to scientists, the true nature of this remarkable fossil can be revealed for the first time.

The researchers have confirmed that Nanotyrannus is a separate miniature type of tyrannosaur by demonstrating this specimen belonged to a near fully-grown adult. The age and maturity of dinosaurs can be assessed by looking at the inside of their bones.

Dinosaurs grew in cycles of faster and slower growth which produced distinct layers of bone. When cut open and examined under a microscope, these marks can be counted like rings in a tree.

Using this method, the researchers could determine that the Nanotyrannus in the duelling dinosaurs was at least 14 years old when it died. The researchers also found its rate of growth had slowed significantly in its final years, indicating that this individual was nearly at full body size.

So just how small was this miniature T rexNanotyrannus is only around one tenth of the size of a fully grown T rex. Being one of the largest predators to ever walk the Earth, however, T rex would make most animals look small. The duelling dinosaurs Nanotyrannus is over four metres long and estimated to have weighed over 700kg – that’s as heavy as some of the very largest polar bears.

Other specimens of Nanotyrannus are even bigger. The almost complete skeleton known as Jane, discovered in 2001 also in Montana, is estimated at over a ton, larger than any land predator alive today.

Fossil dinosaur skull
Nanotyrannus lancensis skull shows its teeth are not serrated. N.C. Museum of Natural SciencesCC BY-NC-ND

The researchers have found enough differences in the shape of bones in the skulls of the duelling dinosaurs fossil and the larger Jane to separate them into two different species: Nanotyrannus lancensis and the newly-named Nanotyrannus lethaeus.

Other than small size, another feature that the researchers have used to distinguish Nanotyrannus from T rex is the number of teeth. Despite its much smaller mouth, Nanotyrannus could no doubt pack a powerful bite with its over 60 teeth. T rex had 40-50 teeth in its jaws.

The teeth themselves are also different. Nicknamed “lethal bananas”, the teeth of T rex are curved and serrated like steak knives. These unique teeth are perfect for slicing into flesh and could crush bone. By contrast, some of the teeth of Nanotyrannus are straight, chisel-like and without serrations, more closely resembling those of other types of carnivorous dinosaur.

T rex had famously tiny arms, the source of many jokes and dinosaur impressions. Nanotyrannus does not share this feature. Its arms are almost the same size as those of T rex, despite belonging to an animal ten times smaller.

Nanotyrannus is overall more lanky than the stout T rex, with proportionally longer legs to match its longer arms. The foot bones of the small duelling dinosaurs Nanotyrannus are nearly as long as those of the largest known T rex. Research suggests that, while T rex couldn’t manage anything much faster than a walkNanotyrannus was well adapted to run and chase after its prey.

Image comparing _Nanotyrannus_ and _T rex_ arms side by side
Nanotyrannus had long arms compared to the T rex. NC Museum of Natural SciencesCC BY-NC-ND

Aside from confirming the existence of this long-controversial dinosaur species, this discovery overturns decades of T rex research. Much of what scientists think about the life and growth of T rex is based on the assumption that many gangly “teen” tyrannosaurs fossils would have grown up into the well-known bulky giants. In light of this discovery, scientists must reevaluate what life was like for a young T rex and go back on the hunt for genuine juvenile T rex fossils.

It has been widely assumed that T rex was the only dinosaur of its type living in the US in the last days of the dinosaurs. Some researchers have proposed that T rex was so dominant that other large predators could not live alongside it, with its own juveniles outcompeting any other medium-sized predators. This total dominance is now called into question.

T rex has now been joined by not one but two species of smaller carnivorous dinosaur, hinting at a more complex and diverse ecosystem thriving in the US towards the end of the reign of the dinosaurs.

Despite being arguably the most well-known and best studied dinosaur, T rex and its close relatives continue to surprise us from beyond the grave. There is still much left to learn about the largest and fiercest predators ever to walk the Earth.The Conversation

Abi Crane, Postgraduate Researcher in Palaeontology, University of Southampton

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why we used to sleep in two segments – and how the modern shift changed our sense of time

Albert Joseph Moore/Shutterstock
Darren RhodesKeele University

Continuous sleep is a modern habit, not an evolutionary constant, which helps explain why many of us still wake at 3am and wonder if something’s wrong. It might help to know that this is a deeply human experience.

For most of human history, a continuous eight-hour snooze was not the norm. Instead, people commonly slept in two shifts each night, often called a “first sleep” and “second sleep.” Each of these sleeps lasted several hours, separated by a gap of wakefulness for an hour or more in the middle of the night. Historical records from Europe, Africa, Asia and beyond describe how, after nightfall, families would go to bed early, then wake around midnight for a while before returning to sleep until dawn.

Breaking the night into two parts probably changed how time felt. The quiet interval gave nights a clear middle, which can make long winter evenings feel less continuous and easier to manage.

The midnight interval was not dead time; it was noticed time, which shapes how long nights are experienced. Some people would get up to tend to chores like stirring the fire or checking on animals. Others stayed in bed to pray or contemplate dreams they’d just had. Letters and diaries from pre-industrial times mention people using the quiet hours to read, write or even socialise quietly with family or neighbours. Many couples took advantage of this midnight wakefulness for intimacy.

Literature from as far back as ancient Greek poet Homer and Roman poet Virgil contains references to an “hour which terminates the first sleep,” indicating how commonplace the two-shift night was.

How we lost the ‘second sleep’

The disappearance of the second sleep happened over the past two centuries due to profound societal changes. Artificial lighting is one of them. In the 1700s and 1800s, first oil lamps, then gas lighting, and eventually electric light, began turning night into more usable waking time. Instead of going to bed shortly after sunset, people started staying up later into the evening under lamplight.

Biologically, bright light at night also shifted our internal clocks (our circadian rhythm) and made our bodies less inclined to wake after a few hours of sleep. Light timing matters. Ordinary “room” light before bedtime suppresses and delays melatonin, which pushes the onset of sleep later.

The Industrial Revolution transformed not just how people worked but how they slept. Factory schedules encouraged a single block of rest. By the early 20th century, the idea of eight uninterrupted hours had replaced the centuries-old rhythm of two sleeps.

In multi-week sleep studies that simulate long winter nights in darkness and remove clocks or evening light, people in lab studies often end up adopting two sleeps with a calm waking interval. A 2017 study of a Madagascan agricultural community without electricity found people still mostly slept in two segments, rising at about midnight.

Woman sleeping on sofa wearing silk dress.
Dreaming of a second sleep? John Singer Sargent/Shutterstock

Long, dark winters

Light sets our internal clock and influences how fast we feel time passing. When those cues fade, as in winter or under artificial lighting, we drift.

In winter, later and weaker morning light makes circadian alignment harder. Morning light is particularly important for regulating circadian rhythms because it contains a higher amount of blue light, which is the most effective wavelength for stimulating the body’s production of cortisol and suppressing melatonin.

In time-isolation labs and cave studies, people have lived for weeks without natural light or clocks, or even lived in constant darkness. Many people in these studies miscounted the passing of days, showing how easily time slips without light cues.

Similar distortions occur in the polar winter, where the absence of sunrise and sunset can make time feel suspended. People native to high latitudes, and long-term residents with stable routines, often cope better with polar light cycles than short-term visitors, but this varies by population and context. Residents adapt better when their community shares a regular daily schedule, for instance. And a 1993 study of Icelandic populations and their descendants who emigrated to Canada found these people showed unusually low winter seasonal affective disorder (SAD) rates. The study suggested genetics may help this population cope with the long Arctic winter.

Research from the Environmental Temporal Cognition Lab at Keele University, where I am the director, shows how strong this link between light, mood and time perception is. In 360-degree virtual reality, we matched UK and Sweden scenes for setting, light level cues, and time of day. Participants viewed six clips of about two minutes. They judged the two minute intervals as lasting longer in evening or low-light scenes compared with daytime or brighter scenes. The effect was strongest in those participants who reported low mood.

A new perspective on insomnia

Sleep clinicians note that brief awakenings are normal, often appearing at stage transitions, including near REM sleep, which is associated with vivid dreaming. What matters is how we respond.

The brain’s sense of duration is elastic: anxiety, boredom, or low light tend to make time stretch, while engagement and calm can compress it. Without that interval where you got up and did something or chatted with your partner, waking at 3am often makes time feel slow. In this context, attention focuses on time and the minutes that pass may seem longer.

Cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) advises people to leave bed after about 20 minutes awake, do a quiet activity in dim light such as reading, then return when sleepy.

Sleep experts also suggest covering the clock and letting go of time measurement when you’re struggling to sleep. A calm acceptance of wakefulness, paired with an understanding of how our minds perceive time, may be the surest way to rest again.The Conversation

Darren Rhodes, Lecturer in Cognitive Psychology and Environmental Temporal Cognition Lab Director, Keele University, Keele University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Politics with Michelle Grattan: Sam Rae on big changes to aged care

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

This weekend, the aged care sector will see a major shakeup that’s been a long time coming. The reforms include a statement of rights for older people who are receiving publicly funded care, as well as putting the system on a more sustainable financial basis, given the growing demands of an ageing population.

The Albanese government’s reforms have been broadly welcomed. But there are questions about the impact of the changes, including increased costs for better-off retirees.

To talk about how the new changes will affect older Australians, we’re joined by the Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, Sam Rae. He explains why the funding overhaul was needed, as well as what some pensioners will now have to pay for.

We’ve seen an 800% growth in government expenditure on in-home aged care over the last decade. And so as we transition to support at home, we bring in the co-contribution model.

Now, people who are already receiving care and who are part of that care system prior to September 2024 will have their arrangements grandparented, such that they won’t change.

But people who are newer to the system – that is, since September 2024 – they are going to be asked, where they have the means to do so, and that will be means-tested, to make a co-contribution to some of the care.

Now the government will continue to pay for 100% of the clinical care for every single Australian. But when it comes to independence-related care, a full pensioner will be asked to make a 5% percent co-contribution to the cost of those services provided. But we will have very strict and robust guardrails around that, including provision for hardship if people aren’t unable to make those payments to ensure they have continuity of care always.

Showering and gardening are among the “independence-related” care services that some pensioners will be asked to help pay for. Asked why showering isn’t being entirely funded as a necessity, Rae says:

We’ll be monitoring this very closely […] We want to make sure that every single older person gets the care that they need and that they deserve. So there are very modest co-contributions associated with some services, such as showering, that we are asking people who have the means to contribute to to do so.

On the long waiting list for home care packages, Rae says around 120,000 Australians were waiting for a package in September this year – and “that has been rising” over recent months.

Nevertheless, 99% percent of those people who are currently within the national priority system are either already receiving a home care package at a lower level than they are necessarily waiting for at this stage, or they’re eligible to receive home care assistance under the Commonwealth Home Support Program.

[…] Many of the people who are waiting for aged care assessments may not ever require home care. They may either require a lesser level of care or a greater level of care. There are also many who are already in the home care system, but who are also waiting for additional assessment for one reason or another, depending on their evolving circumstances.

Rae says the changes are designed to try to keep up with Australia’s ageing population.

Five years ago we had about 150,000 people receiving in-home care. We now have over 300,000 people receiving in-home care. So that’s a doubling in just five years.

As you would be aware, we’re in the process at the moment of rolling out 83,000 additional home care packages just this financial year, in order to try and address some of that increasing demand.

[…] One of the really important features of the new support at home program, which comes into effect from Saturday, is that it has an inbuilt growth component to it. So it draws upon the Treasury modelling of our ageing population and demand for in-home care and has an annualised growth component associated with it, so that we don’t have to rely on ad hoc increases to the supply of home packages. We will be able to meet that demand moving forward.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Minister Rae celebrates Aged Care profits while older Australians pay more: Greens

November 1 2025
From today, Labor’s new Aged Care Act comes into force, meaning older Australians will pay more for essential care, including up to $50 just for help with a shower, and some will have to forgo care altogether.

This week, Labor’s Minister for Aged Care, Sam Rae, celebrated rising aged care provider profits in an interview with the ABC. To celebrate rising profits for providers while introducing big new co-payments is a slap in the face to older Australians.

The Greens were the only party to vote against the financialisation of care when the bill moved through the Parliament last year, and have called on Labor to reconsider, reverse the care-for-profit system and instead focus on ensuring every Australian can get the care they need at the time that they need it.

Home care co-payments risk losing care
Under the new Support at Home program, new co-payments mean that older Australians will be forced to pay up to $50/hour for help with showers, meals, and basic care at home, based on Department of Health data.

While participants in the old program prior to last September were promised they would be no worse off, but in practice older Australians are facing increased prices and fees resulting in lower levels of service. There is no limit on the amount providers can charge for home care fees until 1 July 2026. Aged care economic advisor Stewart Brown has advised providers to increase their fees by between 30 and 38 per cent.

Residential care costs increase while inequity rises
Under the new Act, half of all older Australians will pay more to enter residential aged care, including 3 in 10 full pensioners and 75% of part-pensioners. 

Labor have already raised a cap on residential aged care deposits from $550,000 to $750,000, which has driven up prices overnight. Providers can also now keep up to 10% of a residents so called ‘Refundable’ Accommodation Deposit

As Uniting NSW & ACT has warned, aged care residents who can afford this increased upfront deposit (usually from selling their family home) may be worth twice as much in revenue to an aged care facility as an older person who is living week to week, meaning older renters and poor people will find it harder to access care.

Waitlist continues to grow
In last Senate Estimates, it was revealed that as at the end of September, the waitlist for aged care only continues to grow. 

The total combined number of people waiting for care (either for an assessment, or for an aged care package) is up from approx 217,000 in June-July to 238,248 at the end of September. Just 63,000 new packages will be released between 1 November and the end of the financial year.

The only reason for a shortage in the availability of home care is that the government chooses to release fewer home care packages than the community needs each year. The Greens-led Senate inquiry, as well as the Royal Commission, recommended ended the ‘rationing’ of care and instead moving to a ‘demand driven’ system, but Labor have rejected this in favour of enforced shortages.

Senator Penny Allman-Payne, Greens spokesperson for Older People said:

“Under Labor’s new Aged Care Act, the worse your health, the more you’ll pay for care.

“From today, a tsunami of co-payments will break on older Australians.”

“Minister Rae is celebrating increased profits for aged care providers, while under Labor’s plan 1 in 3 people on a full pension are paying more for residential care, and others will be charged up to $50 every time they need help with a shower. That’s shameful.”

“Our parents and grandparents deserve to be looked after in their old age, not forced to choose between a shower each day and a meal.”

“Aged care should not be for profit.” 

“While 1 in 3 big corporations pay no tax, but older Australians can’t get basic help they need, something is seriously wrong.”

“The Greens will fight to reverse care for profit, to end the shortage of care, and to make sure every older person in this country can get the help they need at the time they need it.”

Price-gouging tactic used by private health insurers must end: AMA

October 28, 2025
Regulatory loopholes must be closed to put an end to private health insurance product ‘phoenixing’ — a sneaky tactic used by insurers to price gouge new customers, the AMA has stated.

The Australian Medical Association said it welcomes proposed amendments to legislation to outlaw this deceptive practice, which involves insurers closing an existing product offering before opening an almost identical one at a higher price outside the regulated premium round process. This is done to circumvent the requirement for ministerial approval of the higher-priced premiums.

In a submission on the proposed amendments, the AMA supports changes that would force insurers to use only the annual premium round to seek approval for the pricing of new products, unless in exceptional circumstances.

The AMA argues those “exceptional circumstances” must be clearly defined in legislation to prevent any possibility of insurers finding loopholes to implement product phoenixing. The term “public interest” — already used in the legislation to guide ministerial decisions on premium increases — should also be clearly defined.

AMA President Dr Danielle McMullen said private health insurers had enjoyed extraordinary profits for many years with few consequences for poor behaviour.

“Private health insurance premiums have outpaced wages and inflation in recent years, all while insurers’ management expenses and profits continue to soar,” Dr McMullen said.

“The widespread practice of phoenixing is a major factor in consumers struggling to access the level of cover that meets their needs, and it is eroding public confidence in the private health system.

“Private hospitals play a vital role, especially as more Australians seek care outside the overwhelmed public sector. But unacceptable conduct from insurers threatens the integrity of our entire healthcare landscape.”

The AMA welcomes the federal government’s commitment to outlaw product phoenixing, which Health Minister Mark Butler described as an “underhanded” and “sneaky” practice in December 2024. 

The AMA calls for serious penalties to apply for insurers that continue product phoenixing once legislative changes are implemented.

“There are just a few insurers that dominate the market in Australia, and given their extraordinary financial resources and profitability, severe penalties must be in place to deter illegal behaviour,” Dr McMullen said.

Dr McMullen said the issue also highlighted the need for a Private Health System Authority to better regulate the sector and drive long-term reform. 

“There are multiple bodies involved in regulating the private health sector, and the absence of a coherent approach has clearly been a contributing factor in allowing this practice to go on for far too long,” she said.

Silver Surfers: at Manly + Palm Beach

Who is this lesson for?
Taking place at either Palm Beach or Manly Beach, Seniors and over 55s are invited to join a Bodyboarding and Ocean Safety Clinic, designed to help you connect with the ocean and boost your confidence in the water. This is a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best and join a welcoming community of ocean lovers.

What’s Included:
  • Lessons: Learn bodyboarding and essential ocean safety skills from experienced instructors.
  • All Equipment Provided: Wetsuits and bodyboards will be supplied for the session.
  • Morning Tea: Enjoy a delightful morning tea and connect with others after the session.
Important Info:
Arrive 30 minutes early to change into the provided wetsuits before the session starts.

Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, and Manly Surf School, you don’t want to miss these bi-weekly bodyboarding sessions. This is a great chance to meet others in the community, enjoy the surf, and embrace the ocean with confidence.


Lesson Times
Keep an eye out for upcoming FREE events on the calendar:
  • 14th November 2025 – Manly 10am
  • 28th November 2025 – Palm Beach 10am
  • 12th December 2025 – Manly 10am
Cost: FREE!


Silver Surfers group Photo: Manly Surf School

AvPals Term 4 2025

Avalon Computer Pals is back for another term of friendly, hands-on computer classes for seniors 55+. Whether you're a total beginner or keen to brush up your tech skills, we’ve got you covered. Learn at your own pace, meet great people, and feel more confident online.

Come along to Newport, where small groups make learning relaxed, social and fun!  To book in visit: www.avpals.com

The Chanterelle String Quartet with special guest Ben Jacks – French horn

Wyvern Music Forestville is delighted to present an afternoon of evocative chamber music featuring the acclaimed Chanterelle String Quartet and special guest Ben Jacks - French horn.

This is Wyvern Music Forestville's final concert for 2025 and will run on Sunday 9th November at 3pm, at Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, Forestville. 

The program offers a compelling blend of classical refinement and contemporary vitality, opening with Mozart’s delightful String Quartet K168 in F Major followed by Mozart’s Rondo from the Concerto in E-flat for Horn and String Quartet – a sparkling arrangement that showcases classical elegance and virtuosity. The enchanting Three Preludes on Welsh Hymn Tunes for Horn and String Quartet by Ralph Vaughan Williams, blend pastoral lyricism with spiritual depth. A trio of passionate tangos by Astor Piazzolla – Libertango, Oblivion, and La Muerte del Ángel – bring the concert to a striking conclusion.

The Chanterelle String Quartet, with violinists Fiona Ziegler and Leone Ziegler, violist Jane Hazelwood and cellist Adrian Wallis, made its debut in 2010 performing at the Spring Festival Chamber Music Series for the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The players are all accomplished and well-respected members of the SSO with extensive experience in chamber music.

Ben Jacks is one of the most accomplished horn players of his generation, celebrated for his artistry and technical excellence. For 25 seasons, he served as Principal Horn with the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. More recently Ben has performed with the London Symphony Orchestra under Sir Simon Rattle and Daniel Harding, the Hong Kong Philharmonic and the Australian World Orchestra.

Join us for an afternoon of vibrant and expressive music, performed by outstanding Australian musicians in an inviting and intimate setting.

Ben Jacks 

When: Sunday, 9th November, 2025 at 3:00pm
Where: Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, 9 Currie Rd, Forestville
Tickets: Full:$35, Concession:$25, Students:$20, Children under 16 Free
Enquiries: Wyvern Music Forestville Tel: 9416 5234

The Chanterelle String Quartet

90 years of Monopoly: how the ‘new craze’ morphed from socialist critique to capitalist dream

© Hulton-Deutsch Collection/CORBIS/Corbis via Getty Images
Lisa J. HackettUniversity of New England

Monopoly is the best-selling licensed board game of all time, popular since its 1935 release when “the new craze” swept the world.

It has remained a staple, with over 390,000 copies sold in Australia to date.

Its transformation from an economic critique to a capitalist icon highlights its historical evolution and adaptability.

A game with a message

Monopoly’s roots trace back to The Landlord’s Game (1903), created by Elizabeth Magie to critique monopolistic land ownership.

It featured two sets of rules – one emphasising wealth accumulation, the other wealth distribution. The aim was to demonstrate how different policy levers, taxing income versus taxing land, affect economic outcomes of players.

It was based on economist Henry George’s proposition for a “land value tax” or “single tax”. Under this regime, people would keep all they earned, with public funds raised from land ownership instead.

An old board game.
The board for Elizabeth Magie’s 1906 version of The Landlord’s Game. Wikimedia Commons/LandlordsGame.Info

The two sets of rules in the Landlord’s Game demonstrate how wealth is either concentrated in the hands of landlords (taxing income) or is more fairly distributed across society (taxing land).

In 1935, a man named Charles Darrow removed the game’s socialist critique (the version that taxed land), renamed it Monopoly and sold it to Parker Brothers. The game was now focused on the accumulation of real estate until one player remained, having bankrupted their fellows.

The game thrived during the Great Depression, offering an escapist fantasy of financial success.

Photograph of an old man with a Monopoly board.
In 1935, Charles Darrow reworked the game to become Monopoly. The Salem News Historic Photograph Collection, Salem State University Archives and Special CollectionsCC BY

In 1935, Parker Brothers paid Magie US$500 (US$11,800 today) for the rights to her game, ensuring their ownership of Monopoly was unchallenged. As part of the deal, they released her original game, but it failed to gain traction with players.

Not everyone welcomed its capitalist themes – Fidel Castro famously ordered all Monopoly sets in Cuba destroyed in 1959

Playability and house rules

Philip Orbanes, former vice president of research at Parker Brothers, argued a good board game must have clear rules, social interaction and an element of luck. Monopoly ticks all three boxes.

Despite this, Monopoly is notorious for causing arguments. Hasbro (who bought out Parker Brothers in 1991, acquiring Monopoly in the process) found that nearly half of Monopoly games end in disputes, often over rule interpretations. Monopoly is the game most likely to be banned, or see a particular player banned, on game nights.

Four men around the board.
A group of sunbathers having a smoke and playing a game of monopoly at an open air pool, 1939. Fox Photos/Getty Images

Monopoly’s rules have been adjusted and manipulated as players have sought to overcome the inequities in the game. Another of Hasbro’s surveys found 68% of players admitting to not having read the rules in their entirety, and 49% said they had made up their own rules.

These “house rules” include things like cash bonuses on Free Parking or modifying auctions to make the game more engaging.

Identity and nostalgia

Monopoly’s use of real-world locations makes it adaptable to local markets.

The original version reflected Atlantic City’s socio-economic hierarchy. When Waddingtons released the English version in 1936 under license (the same version which would go on to be released in Australia in 1937), Atlantic City’s wealthy Boardwalk and working class Mediterranean Avenue became London’s Mayfair and Old Kent Road, respectively.

The game can also serve as a bridge to former geographies. The 1980s Yugoslav edition remains a link to the past for those who lived through that era, recording changing political geographies and cultural shifts.

People at tables on train platforms.
More than 240 players compete for the British Monopoly title at Fenchurch street station, London, in 1975. WATFORD/Mirrorpix/Mirrorpix via Getty Images

Monopoly is a flagship brand for Hasbro, worth an estimated US$272m in 2018. Part of Monopoly’s success lies in its licensing strategy. The board layout is extremely flexible, allowing for localised adaptations to be made to suit different markets, without any substantial change to the game play.

There are believed to be over 3,400 different versions of Monopoly issued, from classic city street layouts to popular culture imaginings.

It is this aspect that attracts collectors; world record holder Neil Scanlon owns 4,379 sets of Monopoly (he is still searching for the Cronulla Sharks set).

Monopoly reflects the world’s economic systems, embodying both the dream of wealth and the realities of financial inequality.

It has been studied by economists and educators as a tool for understanding capitalism, wealth accumulation and market control.

The game originally meant to critique monopolistic practices became a celebration of them. Each player has the opportunity to accumulate vast wealth, reflecting the promise of capitalism: where anyone can enjoy riches as long as they work hard enough.

Magie’s message was leveraged by Federal MP Andrew Leigh in his 2023 critique of the growing concentration of business monopolies in Australia. Leigh noted how monopolies affected Australian families and how the Albanese government had “increased penalties for anti-competitive conduct, and banned unfair contract terms” with the aim of creating a fairer society.

Enduring popularity

In 2025, Hasbro introduced digital banking versions – though many players lament the feel of physical wads of cash.

The game continues to be a favourite, ranking as the top childhood game among Baby Boomers, Gen X and Millennials – and fourth for Gen Z. The sense of nostalgia was strong among all groups, not surprising as board games were found to be an integral part of family bonding.

Monopoly has evolved from an anti-capitalist critique into a commercial juggernaut. While it has faced criticism for erasing its socialist origins and its reliance on luck, its ability to reinvent itself has ensured its lasting appeal.

As both a cultural artefact and a competitive game, Monopoly remains firmly embedded in board game culture.The Conversation

Lisa J. Hackett, Senior Lecturer, Sociology & Criminology, University of New England

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

People with this rare visual condition see illusory faces more often, new study shows

BitsAndSplits/Getty
Jessica TaubertThe University of Queensland

When you look at clouds, tree bark, or the front of a car, do you sometimes see a face staring back at you? That’s “face pareidolia” and it is a perfectly normal illusion where our brains spot faces in patterns that aren’t actually faces.

For most of us, these illusions are harmless. But my new research, published in Perception, suggests people with visual snow syndrome – a rare neurological condition that causes constant “visual static” – experience this phenomenon more strongly and more often.

This finding offers a unique window into how an overactive brain may amplify the erroneous illusory patterns it sees in the world. It also shows how perception isn’t a perfect mirror of reality.

What is visual snow syndrome?

Visual snow syndrome is characterised by the persistent perception of flickering dots, like television static, across the entire field of vision. People with the condition often report the dots never go away, even in the dark.

The cause of this syndrome remains unclear, but recent evidence points to hyperexcitability in the visual cortex, the region of the brain that interprets what we see. In essence, the neurons responsible for processing visual information may be firing too readily, flooding perception with noise.

Many individuals with visual snow syndrome also experience migraines, light sensitivity, afterimages or visual trails that linger after motion. These symptoms can make everyday visual experiences confusing and exhausting. Yet, despite growing awareness, the condition remains under-diagnosed and poorly understood.

Testing how ‘visual snow’ shapes perception

To test whether this hyperactive visual system changes how people interpret ambiguous visual input, our research team invited more than 250 volunteers to complete an online experiment.

Participants first completed a short questionnaire to determine whether they experienced symptoms of visual snow. They were then shown 320 images of everyday objects, from tree trunks to cups of coffee, and asked to rate, on a scale from 0 to 100, how easily they could see a face in each image.

In total, 132 people met the criteria for visual snow syndrome, while 104 formed a control group matched for age. We also tracked whether participants experienced migraines, allowing us to compare four subgroups.

A collection of fruit and vegetables, half of which are covered in static.
People with visual snow often report the dots never go away, even in the dark. Francesca Puledda, Christoph Schankin, & Peter J. Goadsby/WikipediaCC BY-NC

The brain that sees too much

The results were striking. People with visual snow consistently gave higher “face scores” to each and every image than those without the condition. This suggests they were more likely to see faces in random textures and objects.

Those with both visual snow and migraines scored highest of all.

This pattern was remarkably consistent. In general, the groups agreed on which images looked most like faces, but the visual snow group reported seeing illusory faces more vividly.

In other words, the same objects triggered a stronger illusion.

The results align with earlier theories that the visual snow brain is hyper-responsive. Normally, our visual system generates quick, low-level “guesses” about what we’re seeing, followed by slower checks to confirm those guesses.

When that feedback loop is disrupted by excessive neural activity, an early “false alarm”, such as mistaking an object for a face, may be amplified rather than corrected.

Why migraine makes it stronger

Migraine and visual snow have been frequently linked, and both involve abnormally high levels of cortical activity. During a migraine, visual neurons can become hypersensitive to flicker, light and contrast.

Our data suggest that when migraine and visual snow occur together, the brain’s sensitivity to illusory faces increases even further. This may reflect a shared neural pathway underlying both conditions.

Future research could use this relationship to develop new diagnostic tools. Face pareidolia tests are quick, accessible, and could be adapted for children or nonverbal patients who can’t easily describe what they see.

A new way to understand perception

Face pareidolia isn’t a disorder — it’s a side effect of a perceptual system that prioritises social information. Evolution has biased our visual system to spot faces first and ask questions later.

For people with visual snow, that system may be dialled up too high. Their brains may “connect the dots” in visual noise, interpreting ambiguous input as meaningful patterns.

This finding supports the idea that visual snow is not just a vision problem but a broader disturbance in how the brain interprets visual input.

By understanding why some people see too much, we can learn more about how all of us see at all.

Why it matters

Visual snow syndrome is often dismissed or misdiagnosed, leaving patients frustrated. Linking the condition to a measurable illusion such as face pareidolia gives clinicians a tangible sign of the altered brain activity behind the symptoms.

It also humanises the experience. People with visual snow aren’t imagining their perceptions – their brains are genuinely processing the world differently.

Beyond diagnosis, this research contributes to a bigger question in neuroscience: how does the brain strike a balance between sensitivity and accuracy? Too little activity, and we miss the signal. Too much, and we start to see faces in the snow.The Conversation

Jessica Taubert, Associate Professor, School of Psychology, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New Aged Care Act starts Saturday

The new Aged Care Act marks the start of a new chapter in aged care. The Federal Department of Health, Disability and Ageing stated this week: ''We are here to support you during the transition.''

The new Aged Care Act begins Saturday, 1 November.

The new Act puts older people at the centre of aged care, creates a safer and fairer system for everyone and ensures they have the quality of life they deserve.

What’s different on 1 November
The new Act addresses 58 recommendations from the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety. It does this through:
  • a Statement of Rights ensuring older people remain active care system participants in their own care
  • the new Support at Home program, improving access to services, products, equipment and home modifications
  • strengthened Aged Care Quality Standards improving the quality of care
  • new regulatory model encouraging stronger working relationships, transparency and engagement
  • simplifying the registration process and giving clear provider obligations
  • funding culturally safe, trauma-aware and healing-informed services for older Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people
  • updating our digital systems to support high-quality, better-connected care.
We are staging out the reforms from 1 November. This will minimise disruption to how you operate and guarantee continuity of care for older people.

What you can do
There are actions providers can complete before and after 1 November. You can:
  • review the Priority Actions List so you know what you need to do after 1 November
  • complete any mandatory reporting in the Government Provider Management System, My Aged Care Service and Support Portal and Aged Care Provider Portal
  • talk to your workers and older people, their families and carers to reassure them.
We will continue to support you throughout the reform journey. There are eLearning materials and other resources tailored to you available on our website.

New Aged Care Act marks important turning point for older Australians

October 31, 2025
The new Aged Care Act, taking effect on 1 November, represents an important step towards a system that finally recognises and upholds the rights of older Australians, COTA Australia says.

COTA Australia Chief Executive, Patricia Sparrow, said the introduction of the Act is a defining moment in aged care reform – one that must now deliver meaningful change on the ground.

“The new Aged Care Act provides a solid foundation to build the quality aged care system all Australians deserve,” Ms Sparrow said.

“The Statement of Rights is a key element of the new Act. For the first time, older people are placed firmly at the centre of the system – not as passive recipients of care, but as individuals whose rights must be respected and upheld.”

“We will also see strengthened standards and the commencement of the Support at Home Program which offers more packages, higher levels of support, and features such as restorative care pathways.

Ms Sparrow said bringing the Act into effect was a vital step, but what matters now is its impact – and COTA will be watching that very carefully.

“No system is perfect from day one, and change of this scale takes time, but this Act gives us the tools to create a care system that truly supports older Australians,” Ms Sparrow said.

“We will be monitoring the changes closely to ensure the new system delivers on its promise to older Australians.

“Older Australians need confidence that the Government’s commitment – that no one will be worse off – will be honoured.

“We remain deeply concerned that showering has been excluded from clinical care under the new Support at Home program. We’ve raised this directly with Government and will continue to advocate strongly for this to be addressed.”

“The Government has a clear mandate to ensure the new system delivers care that is accessible, affordable, and equitable for every older Australian – regardless of background or postcode.

“The introduction of this Act is a cornerstone reform – providing the strong foundation needed to deliver the aged care system Australians deserve. The focus now must be on making sure the implementation works for everyone.”

20,000 fast-tracked home care packages delivered

October 20, 2025
The Australian Government states it has delivered on its promise to allocate 20,000 new Home Care Packages before the next step in the once-in-a-generation aged care reforms on 1 November.

As of today (October 20), the Government has now assigned every single one of the 20,000 Packages being brought forward ahead of 1 November, when the new Support at Home program begins, an issued release states. 

''A further 63,000 new packages will be allocated before the end of this financial year, helping thousands more older people to continue living in their homes and communities with confidence and the dignity they deserve.'' the government said

Just as 1 November does not mark the end of the Government’s reforms to aged care, it won’t be the end of additional packages rolling out to those that need them.

With the start of the Support at Home program, the Government will continue to help more older Australians to get a higher level of care and support so they can live at home for longer, close to loved ones and community.

This Saturday marks a huge step in the transformation to deliver rights-based, dignified aged care that works for older Australians, for workers and for providers – but we know there’s more to do.

After the new Act comes into effect, we’ll continue to make sure aged care is meeting the demands of an ageing Australian population and delivering truly equitable, sustainable and high-quality care.

Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, the Hon Sam Rae said: 

“These packages are giving thousands of older Australians and their families the support they need to live at home for longer with dignity and joy. 

“The countdown to the new Aged Care Act and the Support at Home program is on – and only Labor is delivering it.”

Aged care at home is changing. Here’s what you’ll pay for and how to plan

Maskot/Getty Images
Anam BilgramiMacquarie University

A growing number of Australians want to stay at home rather than moving to a residential aged care facility when they need extra support.

But availability of home care packages has slipped far behind demand. As a result, more than 120,000 older Australians are already waiting to be assessed for aged care at home. Another 87,000 have approval but no package yet.

After a delayed start, a new Support at Home program will begin on November 1 2025. It aims to improve care at home, with more categories of support and 83,000 new places being added over the next year.

contested component of the new system is that older Australians will be required to pay for more of their non-clinical care. This includes support for personal care such as showering, as well as everyday living costs such as cleaning, gardening and meal delivery.

Here’s what’s changing, what you will pay and how to prepare.

What’s changing?

Support at Home will have eight budget levels, called “classifications”. This is up from four package levels under the current system.

More levels should mean support that better matches needs, including for higher care needs.

This table shows the budget for each of the eight new packages
There will now be eight classification levels, up from four. Department of Health 2025

You will receive quarterly budgets that can be used across three broad service groups:

1. clinical care. This includes services such as nursing, occupational therapy and physiotherapy

2. independence support. This includes personal care such as showering, getting dressed and help with hygiene, transport and social support such as assistance to participate in social interactions (in-person or online)

3. everyday living assistance. This is for cleaning, gardening, shopping assistance and meal delivery.

You can save any unused funds between quarters to cover unplanned needs. The carryover cap is 10% of your quarterly budget or A$1,000, whichever is higher.

In addition to the eight levels, there will also be three short-term, needs-based funding options:

  • Restorative Care Pathway. This aims to help maintain or improve independence after an illness or injury, mainly through allied health support ($6,000 for 16 weeks, or up to $12,000 if eligible for extra support)

  • End-of-Life Pathway. This helps older Australians remain at home in the last three months of life ($25,000 over 12 weeks)

  • Assistive Technology and Home Modifications scheme. This is separate funding for products, equipment and home changes. It has three tiers: low (under $500), medium (up to $2,000) and high (up to $15,000). More may be available with a prescribed need.

The Department of Health has published the list of services that Support at Home will fund, and the items covered under the Assistive Technology and Home Modifications scheme.

So what will you have to pay for?

Clinical care will be fully funded by government. You will not pay for clinical care.

If you get a Support at Home package for the first time after November 1, you will contribute to any independence support and everyday living services you use.

These new fees replace the current basic daily fee and income-tested care fee.

Your percentage contribution will depend on your income and assets and on the type of service. Everyday living services will have the highest contribution amounts.

This table shows contribution different groups will pay for the three categories of care.
Independence support includes personal care (showing) and transport, while idependent living support is for cleaning, gardening and meal delivery. Department of Health 2024 and 2025

Around 75% of Support at Home recipients will be full pensioners. If you are one, you will contribute 5% toward independence support costs and 17.5% toward everyday living.

Around 4% of recipients will be self-funded retirees without Commonwealth Seniors Health Cards. If that is you, you will contribute 50% to independence support and 80% for everyday living.

There is a lifetime cap of $130,000 on your contributions across aged care to protect people who receive care for a long time. This cap includes non-clinical contributions in residential aged care.

What if I’m already receiving a home care package?

Current Home Care Package (HCP) recipients will move across automatically. From November 1, you will shift to a “transitioned Support at Home classification” and keep the same funding you receive now.

This table shows the amount those in the transition scheme will receive.
Current recipients will keep the same funding. Department of Health 2025

The ‘no worse off’ rule

If you already receive a Home Care Package or were approved for one before 12 September 2024, your fees under Support at Home will be the same or lower. You will not be worse off, even if you are later re-assessed as needing a higher Support at Home classification.

If you had no fees on your Home Care Package as at September 12 2024, you will never pay fees under Support at Home. Your lifetime Home Care Package cap of $82,018, indexed, will also remain.

5 ways to plan for these changes

The new system starts on 1 November 2025. Here are some simple steps to prepare now.

1) Know how your budget will be managed

Under Support at Home, your budget will be held by Services Australia, so you won’t need to manage expenses yourself. Your provider will work with you to decide how to use it across approved services.

2) See what your monthly statement will look like

Download the official Support at Home monthly statement template so you know how budgets, services and carryover will be shown.

3) Look at some case studies

The government has published some case studies for what cost contributions could look like for:

4) Estimate your own potential out-of-pocket costs

Use My Aged Care’s Support at Home fee estimator to see likely contributions based on your income and assets, to help budget ahead of time.

5) Check indicative service prices

The Department of Health has released a summary of indicative Support at Home prices for common services such as nursing, personal care and domestic assistance. This can help you understand typical hourly rates and compare what different providers charge.

If you can’t afford to pay your fees or contribute to your aged care costs, financial hardship arrangements are available.The Conversation

Anam Bilgrami, Senior Research Fellow, Macquarie University Centre for the Health Economy, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Grattan on Friday: Albanese government hasn’t walked its talk about accountability and integrity

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The government used to be quite cosy with independent ACT senator David Pocock. That was back at the start, when it needed his vote.

In its second term, Labor only requires the Greens or the Coalition to pass contested legislation in the upper house. Now Pocock has become an irritant for Labor, as he and other crossbenchers need to demonstrate their relevance in changed circumstances.

Pocock is calling out the government’s gross lack of transparency. “When the numbers were crunched on the last parliament they were more secretive than the Morrison government,” he says, describing this as “one of the most secretive governments in the last 30 years”.

On Wednesday Pocock led a spectacular revolt that united, in a rare display, the Coalition, Greens and other crossbenchers.

The immediate trigger issue was the government’s refusal to release a report by former public service commissioner Lynelle Briggs into jobs for mates. The government commissioned the report in 2023 – spurred by the fact one of the “teals”, Sophie Scamps, was planning a private member’s bill.

The report, titled Review of Public Sector Board Appointments Processes, was completed the same year. But it has been sat on ever since, presumably because it is embarrassing for Labor. Finance Minister Katy Gallagher says, improbably, that the government is still working on the report. If it is, it must have started the work very late and presumably will be accelerating it.

On Wednesday the non-government senators passed a motion to extend the Senate’s hour-long question time, until the issue is resolved, by about half an hour, with the additional questions all to be asked by non-Labor senators. (In a chaotic Thursday afternoon, question time ran three and a half hours.)

The government reacted furiously. The opposition said the Leader of the House of Representatives Tony Burke told Manager of Opposition Business Alex Hawke the government was considering depriving Coalition lower house members of their positions as deputy chairs on various committees.

Liberal frontbencher James Paterson said “the government’s response is more like that of a petty authoritarian government than a democratic one”.

Environment Minister Murray Watt lashed Pocock, on Thursday accusing him of “a dummy spit”. “David Pocock was always in here lecturing the rest of us about the importance of Senate tradition and Senate convention, and he’s just gone and chucked the toys out of the cot yesterday. So he should have a good, hard think about that.”

This incident is not just a bit of byplay. It’s a test of strength between the Senate and the executive. Politically it is important because it highlights a concerning feature of the Albanese government – its penchant for secrecy. While governments generally have secrecy as their default position, Labor came in promising to behave differently.

Observers believe Anthony Albanese is the main driver of limiting information. We know for certain he is not a fan of freedom of information – the current bill for changes to FOI that the government has before parliament would (further) inhibit access to information about what is happening at senior levels of government.

The inclination to secrecy is part of the government’s disappointing record more generally on integrity issues, highlighted this week by the Centre for Public Integrity, an independent research institute chaired by Anthony Whealy, a respected legal figure.

The CPI issued “The Albanese Government’s Integrity Report Card”, which showed poor results on various fronts.

The centre urges the government to “reset course – to honour its commitments to transparency, respect for parliament, robust checks and balances, and action to stamp out corruption and undue influence”.

The CPI accuses the government of “leaning into a culture of secrecy”, highlighting the flawed freedom of information bill.

It says the government has failed to rein in the power of lobbyists. One big thing that compromises both sides of politics is how political parties sell access to their senior figures, for large sums. Labor has its Federal Labor Business Forum; the Liberals their Australian Business Network. Companies sign up for meetings at party conferences and other events to get into decision-makers ears. It is surely a distortion of democracy.

For an opposition to hold a government to account requires resources. The CPI report criticises the government’s cut in the staff allocation it has provided to the opposition.

Albanese has been particularly arbitrary when it has come to resources for Senate crossbenchers. Instead of a general rule, some crossbenchers (including Pocock) have received more staff than others, according to prime ministerial preference. Labor defector Senator Fatima Payman was given minimal staff.

The CPI criticises that the scrutiny of Indigenous Affairs has been reduced by removing the previous dedicated day at Senate estimates to examine this area. The government also “continues to exempt major executive instruments from parliamentary review”.

On the issue of “frank and fearless advice” from the public service, the CPI points to the government ignoring key recommendations from the Thodey review, which reported under the Morrison government – notably recommending changes to the appointment and tenure of departmental secretaries. These would strengthen the independence of the public service, the CPI says.

And what of jobs for mates? The CPI says the government has made little progress on, and has little appetite for, “one of Australia’s most pressing integrity reforms”.

It quotes Gallagher’s words when she announced the Briggs inquiry – she said it was “all about putting an end to the jobs for mates culture that defined the previous Morrison government’s public sector appointments”.

Under the Albanese government “appointments continue to be made without sufficient guardrails”, the CPI says. It points to the recent choice of the new head of the Office of National Intelligence, Kathy Klugman, who went straight from the Prime Minister’s Office. (The government is enraged by this, seeing it as a slur, because she was a deputy secretary in the Department of Foreign Affairs seconded to the Prime Mnister’s Office.)

The CPI also notes legislation for the Australian Centre for Disease Control “establishes a major public office with no provision for merit-based appointment”.

The CPI calls for the release of the Briggs report and for the government to “legislate transparent, merit-based appointment processes across the public sector”.

The ball’s in the government’s court.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

When you click on an ad in sales season, retailers get to harvest your data

Aayushi BadhwarRMIT University

Earlier this year, the consumer watchdog fined three retailers, Michael Hill, MyHouse and Hairhouse Online, almost A$20,000 each for advertising “site-wide discounts” that allegedly never applied to all items on the website.

At first glance, this might look like a straightforward case of using allegedly misleading advertising for an economic benefit. Yet the implications go further.

Years of exposure to constant promotions have trained shoppers to chase a bargain, promoting “clickbaiting”: tactics designed to lure consumers into browsing.

Businesses spend heavily to secure the spot on your social media feed, and that investment has to be recouped. The most effective way is through personalised, persistent ad campaigns that quietly push consumers to buy more.

The way these ad campaigns currently collect data leaves consumers exposed. They also feed into broader concerns about overproduction, which in turn drives overconsumption. That benefits the retailers, but it fuels waste.

Bargains and the data you give away

When you click on an ad, whether it is on a brand’s website or its social media feed, you are not just interacting with the campaign. Behind the scenes, these platforms are collecting your data, analysing your behaviour, and using it to shape personalised ads designed just for you.

Australia’s discount season kicks off in November and extends through to January. With Australians ready to consume, buying gifts for family and themselves, marketing teams go into overdrive. They flood websites and social media feeds with discount banners.

Every time a consumer clicks on an ad, they are revealing something about their shopping patterns. This information is collected through data harvesting (gathering user data) and data mining (analysing patterns in that data). The platform records and shares this information with the business to show the effectiveness of the campaign and whether it led to a conversion (a purchase, sign-up, or other intended action).

Behind this, tracking runs much deeper. Ads use “cookies”, which are tiny digital files that remember your browsing activity such as which sites you visit and how often. “Tracking pixels” quietly collect details such as your IP address, geo-location, time zone, and the type of device used. Together, these build a profile that helps predict your preferences and target you with similar ads later.

A long list of companies have access to your data

Advertisers also gather demographic and behavioural data, such as, your age, gender, interests and browsing history. They can tap data from other apps in your phone that share information through “third parties”. This is one of the vaguest terms in privacy policies. It sounds harmless, but usually hides a long list of unnamed companies getting access to your data.

This information creates a pool of bigger data which allows brands to “re-target” consumers, showing the same or related ads repeatedly. This triggers what psychologists call the “mere exposure effect”: the more you see something, the more familiar and trustworthy it feels. Over time that familiarity can nudge consumers towards buying, not because they needed it but simply because they had seen it so often. This subconsciously promotes overconsumption.

Although marketing campaigns are designed to make consumers buy, even if they do not, they still give away something of great value. Every click, scroll, or view generates data that is later used or sold to monetise; shaping targeted advertising, influencing consumer behaviour and creating economic value.

US authorities described a “vast surveillance network” run by social media platforms.

Did we really consent to this?

government survey in 2023 showed that Australians do not fully understand the data privacy implications.

The Privacy Act 1988 forms Australia’s main legal framework, and is currently under review. But it only applies to businesses with an annual turnover above A$3 million. While most large retailers easily surpass the threshold, what’s less clear is whether the third parties in the privacy policies do.

In Australia, implied consent is often considered sufficient. If a website states in its privacy policy that it collects data, simply browsing the site is considered consent. A site provides little control over individual cookies unless the user manually adjusts their browser settings. Clicking an ad on social media can also be taken as agreeing to data collection.

In Australia, you either do not see a consent box at all or instead encounter a line stating that “by browsing this site, you agree to our privacy policy”. In both cases, consent is implied.

Stricter rules

In contrast, a website regulated under European Union regulations must clearly explain what data it collects. Only essential cookies are active by default. Marketing and tracking cookies are switched off unless consumers actively choose to allow them.

The difference is stark. The EU imposes stricter rules on data ownership, profiling and behavioural tracking, with no tolerance for vague implied consent. In Australia, behavioural tracking and targeted advertising depend on implied consent, typically hidden in lengthy, jargon-heavy privacy polices that few consumers can navigate.

While data privacy laws are still catching up, educating consumers is crucial to helping them understand how their data is used to influence them into overconsuming.

So now you know what really happens behind every click or “agree” button; the question is, will you still fall for the trick?The Conversation

Aayushi Badhwar, Lecturer in Enterprise and Technology, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Major rezoning for Gosford

Tuesday October 28 2025
The Minns Labor Government has announced it is fast-tracking a major rezoning of Gosford City Centre to unlock approximately 1,900 new homes. The Precinct per the document is bounded by Dwyer street, Henry Parry Drive, Rumbalara Reserve, Frederick Street, Albany Street, Duke Street, Gosford Waterfront, Central Coast Highway and Racecourse Road. 

The government states the rezoning aligns with the Central Coast Regional Plan 2041 and the Gosford Urban Design Framework and will update and consolidate planning controls for Gosford City Centre and West Gosford.

The government states the 283-hectare rezoning builds on major NSW Government’s investments in Gosford, including:
  • $348 million for the redevelopment of Gosford Hospital
  • $20 million for the construction of a clinical school and research institute
  • $40 million for planning the Gosford Bypass to improve transport connections.
The rezoning is being progressed under the State Significant Rezoning Policy, which promotes faster decisions.

The proposal seeks to rationalise planning controls within the Gosford City Area and incentivise new development through building height and floor space ratio bonuses.

The NSW Government states it will continue working with local stakeholders to ensure the city centre’s growth reflects the needs and aspirations of the Gosford community, however Public Exhibition of the proposal, approved on September 12 2025, is not expected to be made available until 2026.

Gosford City Centre planning proposal webpage  the governments State significant rezoning projects is available at: www.planningportal.nsw.gov.au/ppr/pre-exhibition/gosford-city-centre

On Saturday October 25 the government announced it has accelerated the delivery of $298,239 to undertake a pothole and road repair blitz on the state road network across the Central Coast.

In addition to the accelerated state network pothole and road repair blitz, $147 million of funding through block grants has been committed to helping regional councils struggling with high road maintenance costs, with Central Coast Council allocated $8,130,104 over two years. 

On the same date, October 28, the government announced 'Locals will now have easier access to community and housing services with the official opening of the new Department of Communities and Justice (DCJ) Service Centre in Tuggerah'.

The custom-designed facility on Reliance Drive, Tuggerah, brings together a range of community and housing services to support vulnerable families such as child protection casework, family support programs and social housing and homelessness.

The new centre will accommodate around 250 staff and replaces several existing offices in Gosford and Wyong, ensuring staff can deliver quality and integrated support to the communities they serve. It features modern, trauma-informed spaces including family rooms, a dedicated yarning space, an all-new concierge service model complimented with accessible self-service booths.

Prior to this building these frontline services were fragmented across the Central Coast meaning multiple trips between Gosford and Wyong for local families accessing frontline services.'

Minister for Housing and Homelessness Rose Jackson said:

“This change will remove the guesswork for families on the Central Coast, who can now have confidence they will be able to access the help they need at this centre.

“When people have to jump through hoops to access support, it adds unnecessary stress and delays. The no wrong door approach is vital to delivering better quality care for people seeking community and housing support.”

Microsoft in court for allegedly misleading millions of Australians over Microsoft 365 subscriptions

Monday October 27, 2025
The ACCC has commenced proceedings in the Federal Court against Microsoft Australia and its parent company Microsoft Corporation for allegedly misleading approximately 2.7 million Australian customers when communicating subscription options and price increases, after it integrated its AI assistant, Copilot, into Microsoft 365 plans. 

The ACCC alleges that since 31 October 2024, Microsoft has told subscribers of Microsoft 365 Personal and Family plans with auto-renewal enabled that to maintain their subscription they must accept the integration of Copilot and pay higher prices for their plan, or, alternatively, cancel their subscription.

The ACCC alleges this information provided to subscribers was false or misleading because there was an undisclosed third option, the Microsoft 365 Personal or Family Classic plans, which allowed subscribers to retain the features of their existing plan, without Copilot, at the previous lower price.

Microsoft’s communication with subscribers did not refer to the existence of the “Classic” plans, and the only way subscribers could access them was to begin the process of cancelling their subscription. This involved navigating to the subscriptions section of their Microsoft account and selecting “Cancel subscription”. It was only on the following page that subscribers were given the option to instead move to the Classic plan. See a screenshot of the cancellation page revealing the Classic plan.

“Following a detailed investigation, we will allege in Court that Microsoft deliberately omitted reference to the Classic plans in its communications and concealed their existence until after subscribers initiated the cancellation process to increase the number of consumers on more expensive Copilot-integrated plans,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“The Microsoft Office apps included in 365 subscriptions are essential in many people’s lives and given there are limited substitutes to the bundled package, cancelling the subscription is a decision many would not make lightly.”

“We’re concerned that Microsoft’s communications denied its customers the opportunity to make informed decisions about their subscription options, which included the possibility of retaining all the features of their existing plan without Copilot and at the lower price,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“We believe many Microsoft 365 customers would have opted for the Classic plan had they been aware of all the available options.”

Following the integration of Copilot, the annual subscription price of the Microsoft 365 Personal plan increased by 45 per cent from $109 to $159. The annual subscription price for the Microsoft 365 Family plan increased by 29 per cent from $139 to $179.

Microsoft sent two emails and published a blog post to inform auto-renewing subscribers (as of 31 October 2024) about the Copilot integration and the impending price increase that would apply at their next renewal. These three pieces of communication are central to the ACCC’s case.

“We allege that Microsoft’s two emails to existing subscribers and the blog post were false or misleading as they conveyed that consumers had to accept the more expensive Copilot-integrated plans, and that the only other option was to cancel,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“All businesses need to provide accurate information about their services and prices. Failure to do so risks breaching the Australian Consumer Law,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

In establishing its investigation into this matter, the ACCC drew on a significant number of consumer reports, as well as commentary in online forums such as Reddit. Information provided by consumers to the ACCC’s Infocentre was critical to alerting the ACCC to the alleged conduct, particularly in identifying the availability of the Classic plan through subscribers’ cancellation flows.

The ACCC is seeking orders including penalties, injunctions, declarations, consumer redress, and costs.

Consumer response
The ACCC believes the millions of Australian consumers who were allegedly misled by Microsoft about the availability of the Classic plan may have suffered economic harm through the automatic renewal of their subscription with Copilot integration at a higher price.

The ACCC is seeking consumer redress in this case for Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscribers affected by the alleged conduct.

Existing Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscribers who have not had their subscription renewed since 8 July 2025 and would like to revert to their previous plan may be able to select the cancel option and follow the steps in the cancellation process until the Classic plan is offered. However, the ACCC notes that the subscription options and prices offered are entirely in Microsoft’s control and could be subject to change at any time.

Example timeline for a subscriber on a Microsoft 365 Personal plan
  • On 19 April 2024, a consumer purchased an annual Microsoft 365 Personal subscription for $109 and enabled auto-renewal for one year’s time.
  • On 31 October 2024, Microsoft published a blog post in which it stated:
    • “To reflect the value we’ve added over the past decade and enable us to deliver new innovations for years to come, we’re increasing the prices of Microsoft 365 Personal and Family. The price increase will apply to existing subscribers upon their next renewal.”
  • On 9 January 2025, the consumer received an email informing them that AI features were being added to their plan and the price of the annual subscription would increase from $109 to $159 starting on 19 April 2025. See a screenshot of the first email sent to the consumers about the price increase.
  • On 13 April 2025, 7 days before their renewal date, the consumer received a second email in which Microsoft stated:
    • “We want to let you know about a change to the amount of your next payment. Unless you cancel two days before Saturday, April 19 2025, we’ll charge AUD 159.00 including taxes every year… We’ll tell you if this price ever changes. Cancel any time to stop future charges or change how you pay by managing your subscription in your Microsoft account.
  • On 19 April 2025, the consumer's subscription was automatically renewed at the increased price of $159.  The consumer was not aware that switching to the Classic plan at the existing subscription price of $109 was possible.

Screenshots showing the communications with subscribers

Email sent to subscribers informing them of the Copilot integration and price increase:

The page late in the cancellation process revealing the Classic plan:

A subscriber only saw this screen once they had navigated to the subscriptions section of their Microsoft account, selected “Cancel subscription”, and continued with the cancellation process.

Background
Microsoft Pty Ltd (Microsoft AU) is an Australian proprietary company, and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft US), a US-based technology conglomerate. Microsoft AU is the supplier of Microsoft’s proprietary software in Australia, including Microsoft 365 plans.

The ACCC alleges Microsoft US was responsible for preparing and publishing the communications to Australian Microsoft 365 subscribers containing the misrepresentations alleged by the ACCC. The ACCC alleges that Microsoft AU adopted the communications as the seller of Microsoft 365 subscriptions to Australian consumers.

The ACCC’s case only relates to Microsoft 365 Personal and Family plans, which are designed for home use. The case does not involve Microsoft 365 subscriptions for business or enterprise.

Microsoft 365 Personal and Family offerings are supplied on a monthly or annual subscription basis, and are comprised of:
  • software products, such as Word, Excel, PowerPoint and OneNote
  • collaboration and communication applications like Outlook, Teams and SharePoint
  • cloud-based services through OneDrive.
Microsoft launched Copilot as its consumer-facing generative AI product in 2023. Copilot was integrated into Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscriptions in Australia on 31 October 2024.

In January 2025, the Copilot integration was rolled out across Microsoft 365 worldwide, with varying subscription price increases applying to each jurisdiction.

Competition, product safety, consumer and fair trading issues in the digital economy is a current ACCC compliance and enforcement priority.

Maximum penalties
For corporations, the maximum penalty for each breach of the Australian Consumer Law is the greater of:
  • $50 million
  • three times the total benefits that have been obtained and are reasonably attributable, or
  • if the total value of the benefits cannot be determined, 30 per cent of the corporation’s adjusted turnover during the breach turnover period.
Any penalty that might apply to this conduct is a matter for the Court to determine and would depend on the Court’s findings. The ACCC will not comment on what penalties the Court may impose.

Concise statement

This document contains the ACCC’s initiating court documents in relation to this matter. We will not be uploading further documents in the event these initial documents are subsequently amended.

ACCC opposes keg pooling supplier MicroStar's proposed acquisition of Konvoy assets

October 23, 2025
The ACCC has decided to oppose MicroStar Logistics LLC’s (MicroStar) proposed acquisition of the assets of Konvoy Holdings Pty Ltd (Receivers and Managers Appointed) (Konvoy), both of which supply keg pooling services to brewers across Australia.

MicroStar, which operates under the name Kegstar in Australia, and Konvoy are the only suppliers of keg pooling services, which enable brewers to rent kegs on a short-term basis to supply alcoholic drinks on tap to licensed venues.

“Our investigation has found that MicroStar acquiring the assets of Konvoy, the only other provider of keg pooling services in Australia, would be likely to substantially lessen competition,” ACCC Commissioner Dr Philip Williams said.

While independent brewers can use their own kegs or leased kegs, the ACCC considers that these options generally serve different purposes and would not be a viable alternative should keg pooling prices increase.

For example, owning kegs or renting them under long-term leases may be suitable when independent brewers are located close to the licensed venues, but these models are unlikely to be viable when servicing venues located further away.

“Without competitors, MicroStar could increase prices above a competitive level and reduce services or quality of service for customers,” Dr Williams said.

“Higher prices for keg pooling would have a significant impact on many independent brewers.”

The ACCC noted that Konvoy is in receivership and that its assets may ultimately be liquidated.

“Our view is that if the proposed acquisition does not proceed, the Konvoy business is likely to continue, whether under new or existing ownership; however, we recognise that liquidation of the assets is also a potential outcome,” Dr Williams said.

“If Konvoy’s assets are liquidated, they would likely remain in the market and be available to new or emerging rivals to MicroStar, or to independent brewers.”

More information can be found on the ACCC public register: MicroStar Logistics, LLC - Konvoy Holdings Pty Limited.

Background
MicroStar is the largest independent keg services company in the United States with operations in the UK, Europe, Australia and New Zealand. It entered the Australian market in 2021 via the acquisition of the Kegstar business from Brambles.

In Australia, Kegstar handles the activities and costs relating to a brewery’s keg use (for example, keg capital costs, reverse logistics, repair and maintenance, and keg management labour) under a pay-per-fill (PPF) model.

Under the PPF model, a brewery will order the number of kegs it requires, these are then delivered to the brewery for them to clean, fill and ship to the brewery’s customers. The brewery provides information on full keg deliveries to Kegstar who then tracks the kegs to the brewery’s customers (i.e. licensed venues), and then Kegstar arranges to collect the empty kegs for further use by its PPF customers. Brewers will pay for this PPF service based on the number of kegs that the brewery refills.

Konvoy operates a keg services business in Australia where it provides keg rentals on a short-term basis, known as “keg pooling”; and it leases kegs on a long-term basis, for a period of 12-60 months, known as “keg leasing”. Under its long-term keg leasing, brewers can lease kegs for their brewery for a monthly fee.

For its keg pooling, Konvoy stores and maintains a fleet of serviced kegs which are delivered to brewers as needed in exchange for a fixed fee. The brewers will then clean, fill and distribute the kegs. Konvoy tracks the kegs and arranges a pickup from the brewer’s customers, usually licensed venues, once they are empty.

In addition to these leasing services, Konvoy offers separate keg maintenance and repair and branding services. It also sells kegs to customers and supplies a tracking technology, known as ‘Katch’, as part of its logistics offering which assists with tracking kegs across the supply chain.

Konvoy entered receivership and administration on 11 March 2025. The Receivers determined that a sales process for Konvoy’s assets would provide the best return to creditors.

OpenAI’s Atlas browser promises ultimate convenience. But the glossy marketing masks safety risks

Uri GalUniversity of Sydney

Last week, OpenAI unveiled ChatGPT Atlas, a web browser that promises to revolutionise how we interact with the internet. The company’s CEO, Sam Altman, described it as a “once-a-decade opportunity” to rethink how we browse the web.

The promise is compelling: imagine an artificial intelligence (AI) assistant that follows you across every website, remembers your preferences, summarises articles, and handles tedious tasks such as booking flights or ordering groceries on your behalf.

But beneath the glossy marketing lies a more troubling reality. Atlas is designed to be “agentic”, able to autonomously navigate websites and take actions in your logged-in accounts. This introduces security and privacy vulnerabilities that most users are unprepared to manage.

While OpenAI touts innovation, it’s quietly shifting the burden of safety onto unsuspecting consumers who are being asked to trust an AI with their most sensitive digital decisions.

What makes agent mode different

At the heart of Atlas’s appeal is “agent mode”.

Unlike traditional web browsers where you manually navigate the internet, agent mode allows ChatGPT to operate your browser semi-autonomously. For example, when prompted to “find a cocktail bar near you and book a table”, it will search, evaluate options, and attempt to make a reservation.

The technology works by giving ChatGPT access to your browsing context. It can see every open tab, interact with forms, click buttons and navigate between pages just as you would.

Combined with Atlas’s “browser memories” feature, which logs websites you visit and your activities on them, the AI builds an increasingly detailed understanding of your digital life.

This contextual awareness is what enables agent mode to work. But it’s also what makes it dangerously vulnerable.

A perfect storm of security risks

The risks inherent in this design go beyond conventional browser security concerns.

Consider prompt injection attacks, where malicious websites embed hidden commands that manipulate the AI’s behaviour.

Imagine visiting what appears to be a legitimate shopping site. The page, however, contains invisible instructions directing ChatGPT to scrape personal data from all open tabs, such as an active medical portal or a draft email, and then extract the sensitive details without ever needing to access a password.

Similarly, malicious code on one website could potentially influence the AI’s behaviour across multiple tabs. For example, a script on a shopping site could trick the AI agent into switching to your open banking tab and submitting a transfer form.

Atlas’s autofill capabilities and form interaction features can become attack vectors. This is especially the case when an AI is making split-second decisions about what information to enter and where to submit it.

The personalisation features compound these risks. Atlas’s browser memories create comprehensive profiles of your behavior: websites you visit, what you search for, what you purchase, and content you read.

While OpenAI promises this data won’t train its models by default, Atlas is still storing more highly personal data in one place. This consolidated trove of information represents a honeypot for hackers.

Should OpenAI’s business model evolve, it could also become a gold mine for highly targeted advertising.

OpenAI says it has tried to protect users’ security and has run thousands of hours of focused simulated attacks. It also says it has “added safeguards to address new risks that can come from access to logged-in sites and browsing history while taking actions on your behalf”.

However, the company still acknowledges “agents are susceptible to hidden malicious instructions, [which] could lead to stealing data from sites you’re logged into or taking actions you didn’t intend”.

A downgrade in browser security

This marks a major escalation in browser security risks.

For example, sandboxing is a security approach designed to keep websites isolated and prevent malicious code from accessing data from other tabs. The modern web depends on this separation.

But in Atlas, the AI agent isn’t malicious code – it’s a trusted user with permission to see and act across all sites. This undermines the core principle of browser isolation.

And while most AI safety concerns have focused on the technology producing inaccurate information, prompt injection is more dangerous. It’s not the AI making a mistake; it’s the AI following a hostile command hidden in the environment.

Atlas is especially vulnerable because it gives human-level control to an intelligence layer that can be manipulated by reading a single malicious line of text on an untrusted site.

Think twice before using

Before agentic browsing becomes mainstream, we need rigorous third-party security audits from independent researchers who can stress-test Atlas’s defenses against these risks. We need clearer regulatory frameworks that define liability when AI agents make mistakes or get manipulated. And we need OpenAI to prove, not simply promise, that its safeguards can withstand determined attackers.

For people who are considering downloading Atlas, the advice is straightforward: extreme caution.

If you do use Atlas, think twice before you enable agent mode on websites where you handle sensitive information. Treat browser memories as a security liability and disable them unless you have a compelling reason to share your complete browsing history with an AI. Use Atlas’s incognito mode as your default, and remember that every convenience feature is simultaneously a potential vulnerability.

The future of AI-powered browsing may indeed be inevitable, but it shouldn’t arrive at the expense of user security. OpenAI’s Atlas asks us to trust that innovation will outpace exploitation. History suggests we shouldn’t be so optimistic.The Conversation

Uri Gal, Professor in Business Information Systems, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Were you on Facebook 10 years ago? You may be able to claim part of this $50 million payout

Graham GreenleafMacquarie University and Katharine KempUNSW Sydney

Right now, more than 311,000 Australian Facebook users can apply for a slice of a A$50 million compensation fund from tech giant Meta – the largest ever payment for a breach of Australians’ privacy.

But the clock is ticking. Even if you’re eligible, you only have until December 31 2025 to make your claim. Similar payouts have already begun in the United States.

From who’s eligible, to how to make a claim, to how much the eventual payout might be: here’s what you need to know.

Why so many Australians can apply

The landmark settlement arose from Meta’s involvement in the Cambridge Analytica scandal: a massive data breach in the 2010s, when a British data firm harvested private information from 87 million Facebook profiles worldwide.

It led to a record-breaking US$5 billion penalty (about $A7.7 billion today) in the US against Meta as Facebook’s parent company, and the creation of a US$725 million (A$1.1 billion) compensation scheme for affected Americans.

Here in Australia, an investigation by the national privacy regulator – the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner – found Cambridge Analytica used the This Is Your Digital Life personality quiz app to extract personal information.

That investigation found just 53 Australian Facebook users installed the app. But another 311,074 Australian Facebook users were friends of those 53 people, meaning the app could have requested their information too.

In December 2024, the Information Commissioner announced she had settled a court case with Meta in return for an “enforceable undertaking”, including a record A$50 million payment program.

Claims opened on June 30 this year and close on December 31.

Who can apply?

You can apply if you:

  • held a Facebook account between 2 November 2013 and 17 December 2015 (the eligibility period)

  • were in Australia for more than 30 days during that period, and

  • either installed the Life app or were Facebook friends with someone who did.

How to apply – but watch for scams

The Facebook Payment Program is being administered by consultants KPMG. (Meta has to pay KPMG to run it; that doesn’t come out of the $50 million fund.)

That website is where to go with questions or to lodge a claim.

Meta has sent all Australians it knows may be eligible this “token” notification within Facebook:

You may be entitled to receive payment from litigation recently settled in Australia. Learn more.

Try this link to see if the company has records of you or your friends logging into the Digital Life app. If there are, you should be able to use the “fast track” application.

If you didn’t get that notification but you think you were affected, you can make a claim using the standard process by proving:

  • your identity, such as with a passport or driver’s licence
  • you held a Facebook account and were located in Australia during the eligibility period.

But watch out for scammers pretending to be from Facebook or to be helping with claims.

Which payout could you be eligible for?

You need to choose to apply for compensation under one of two “classes”, requiring different types of proof.

Class 1: the harder option, expected to get higher payouts

To claim for “specific loss or damage”, you’ll need to provide documented evidence of economic and/or non-economic loss or damages. For example, this could include out-of-pocket medical or counselling costs, or having to move if your personal details were made public.

You’ll also need to show that damage was caused by the Cambridge Analytica data breach. For many people, proving extensive loss or damage may be difficult.

Class 1 claims will be decided first. There are no predetermined payout amounts; each will be decided individually.

If your class 1 claim is unsuccessful, but you’re otherwise eligible for a payout, you will be able to get a class 2 payout instead.

Class 2: the easier option, likely to get smaller payouts

Alternatively, you can choose to claim only for loss or damage based on “a generalised concern or embarrassment” caused by the data breach.

It’s a much easier process – but also likely to be a much smaller payment.

All class 2 claimants will receive the same amount, after the class 1 payouts.

These claimants only need to provide a statutory declaration that they have a genuine belief the breach caused them concern or embarrassment.

In Meta’s enforceable undertaking with the Information Commissioner, it states KPMG is able to apply a cap on payments to claimants. It also says if there is money left after all the payouts, KPMG will pay that amount to the Australian government’s Consolidated Revenue Fund.

Meta told The Conversation:

There is not a pre-determined cap on payments. The appropriate time to determine whether any cap should apply to payments made to claimants is following the end of the registration period [December 31].

So it’s not yet clear how much of the $50 million fund will go to Australian claimants versus how much could end up going to the federal government.

Payments are expected to be made from around August 2026.

How much are payouts likely to be?

Payouts from similar settlements by Meta elsewhere have been very small. For example, US Facebook users eligible for their US$725 million compensation scheme have expressed surprise at the size of their payouts. One report suggests the average US payment is around US$30 (A$45) each.

Here in Australia, a lot will depend on how many people bother to register between now and December 31.The Conversation

Graham Greenleaf, Honorary Professor, Macquarie Law School, Macquarie University and Katharine Kemp, Associate Professor, Faculty of Law & Justice; Lead, UNSW Public Interest Law & Tech Initiative, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Wait with me until it’s over’: what teens want you to know about dissociation

Bronwyn MilkinsThe Kids Research Institute Australia and Helen MilroyThe University of Western Australia

You call your teen’s name, but they don’t respond. They’re staring past you. You call again, louder this time. Nothing – how rude.

But what if they’re zoning out?

For some teens, this can be a sign of dissociation, a temporary disconnection from thoughts, feelings, body or surroundings. It’s the brain’s way of protecting itself from overwhelming stress or emotion.

Dissociation is often linked to trauma – experiences that feel deeply distressing or life-threatening.

But because dissociation is quiet and invisible, it often goes unnoticed. A withdrawn or “spacey” teen draws less attention than one who’s anxious or acting out. Misunderstanding this response can lead to frustration and strained relationships.

In two recent studies, we interviewed teens who dissociate, as well as their parents and clinicians. We wanted to understand better what it feels like when it happens – and what would help.

What is dissociation?

Dissociation is the brain’s safety switch. When emotions or memories feel too intense, the brain creates distance, like mentally stepping out of the room.

It’s common to experience mild forms of dissociation, such as zoning out during a boring meeting. But for teens who’ve experienced trauma, it can feel more intense and be more disruptive.

Many people underestimate how common trauma is for young people.

Worldwide, almost three in four teens have experienced at least one traumatic event, such as violence, serious accidents, or the death of a loved one. In Western countries, this may be closer to one in two.

Distressing content is also streamed directly to teens’ devices. Violent videoscyberbullying or hate-based online abuse can all trigger overwhelmed feelings.

When feelings become too much to handle, dissociation offers immediate relief. But over-use of dissociation to cope can disrupt learning, relationships and daily life.

Surveys suggest this clinical form of dissociation affects 7–11% of high school students, making it as common as anxiety disorders.

Yet dissociation in young people is still not well understood, even by professionals.

What we wanted to find out

To better understand dissociation, our research team spoke with dissociating teens about what the experience feels like, what triggers it and what helps.

Seven teenagers who had experienced significant trauma and were receiving care at a Western Australian mental health service shared their experiences. Given dissociation can affect memory and awareness, we also interviewed each teen’s parent and primary clinician.

While our study involved a small number of teens, their reflections gave us powerful insight into the lived experience of dissociation in adolescence.

What teens told us

Teens described dissociation as feeling disconnected from their body or as though reality had gone blurry.

Lisa* (age 17) said:

I could look in the mirror and not feel like it was me […] I knew it was me, but I didn’t feel like it was me.

Verity* (age 14) explained:

I’m zoned out and don’t notice what’s going on around me. […] People could be calling my name or waving in my face, and like, I don’t notice.

Parents told us their teens could sometimes become completely unresponsive – unable to move or talk – or have emotional outbursts they later couldn’t remember.

Dissociation was most likely when teens felt strong emotions triggered by reminders of trauma, conflict or peer rejection.

What helps

Many teens said the most helpful thing was knowing a trusted person was nearby. They often didn’t want advice or questions – just reassurance someone would stay close.

Lisa said:

I like having company because I don’t cope on my own […] it’s helpful to have someone just wait with me until it’s over.

Sometimes, they wanted more active help with strategies.

Amy* (age 16) said calming techniques can help:

if someone else is there and they’re telling me what to do […] I can’t really do it on my own when I’m like that [dissociating].

Others said retreating to quiet spaces helped them come back to the present.

But when they didn’t feel able to reach out for support, some teens turned to less helpful strategies, like disappearing into fantasy worlds for hours.

Our research suggests that to reduce the chances of this, it’s important for teens to know you’re there.

Woman tucks hair behind her daughter's ear as they stand next to a river.
Some teens may just want company, and some might want help with calming techniques. Maskot/Getty

What parents can do

Bullying, rejection or failure can all feel catastrophic to a developing mind. Teens may also experience traumas adults don’t know about.

If a teen seems distant or unresponsive, stay curious rather than frustrated. Ask yourself what might be happening beneath the surface.

When dissociation happens, stay physically present and calm. Offer to help them with activities like going for a walk, breathing slowly, or doing something sensory, such as holding a warm drink.

If dissociation happens frequently or severely, consider reaching out to a mental health professional or GP for support.

Why it matters

Dissociation isn’t bad behaviour – it’s a coping response to trauma and stress, and can be a sign a teen is overwhelmed. When adults recognise this, they can respond with empathy instead of frustration.

We’d like to see trauma-informed approaches in homes and schools. This means building safety and trust with young people and supporting collaboration.

Offering choice (for example, taking a short break or choosing where they sit in the classroom) can empower them to have some control over their environment. Calm, sensory-friendly spaces can also help kids feel safe and ready to learn.

Recognising dissociation and responding with patience and compassion can help your teen and strengthen your relationship in the process.

*Names have been changed to protect privacy.


If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14 or Kids Helpline (ages 5–25 and parents) on 1800 55 1800.The Conversation

Bronwyn Milkins, Postdoctoral Researcher in Youth Trauma and Dissociation, The Kids Research Institute Australia and Helen Milroy, Professor & Director, Centre for Aboriginal Medical and Dental Health (CAMDH), The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Your gluten sensitivity might be something else entirely, new study shows

Daisy-Daisy/Getty
Jessica BiesiekierskiThe University of Melbourne

Social media and lifestyle magazines have turned gluten – a protein in wheat, rye and barley – into a dietary villain.

Athletes and celebrities have promoted gluten-free eating as the secret to better health and performance.

But our review in The Lancet published today challenges that idea.

By examining decades of research, we found that for most people who think they react to gluten, gluten itself is rarely the cause.

Symptoms but not coeliac

Coeliac disease is when the body’s immune system attacks itself when someone eats gluten, leading to inflammation and damage to the gut.

But people with gut or other symptoms after eating foods containing gluten can test negative for coeliac disease or wheat allergy. They are said to have non-coeliac gluten sensitivity.

We wanted to understand whether gluten itself, or other factors, truly cause their symptoms.

What we did and what we found

Our study combined more than 58 studies covering symptom changes and possible ways they could arise. These included studying the immune system, gut barrier, microbes in the gut, and psychological explanations.

Across studies, gluten-specific reactions were uncommon and, when they occurred, changes in symptoms were usually small. Many participants who believed they were “gluten sensitive” reacted equally – or more strongly – to a placebo.

One landmark trial looked at the role of fermentable carbohydrates (known as FODMAPs) in people who said they were sensitive to gluten (but didn’t have coeliac disease). When people ate a low-FODMAP diet – avoiding foods such as certain fruits, vegetables, legumes and cereals – their symptoms improved, even when gluten was reintroduced.

Another showed fructans – a type of FODMAP in wheat, onion, garlic and other foods – caused more bloating and discomfort than gluten itself.

This suggests most people who feel unwell after eating gluten are sensitive to something else. This could be FODMAPs such as fructans, or other wheat proteins. Another explanation could be that symptoms reflect a disorder in how the gut interacts with the brain, similar to irritable bowel syndrome.

Some people may be truly sensitive to gluten. However, current evidence suggests this is uncommon.

People expected symptoms

A consistent finding is how expecting to have symptoms profoundly shapes people’s symptoms.

In blinded trials, when people unknowingly ate gluten or placebo, symptom differences almost vanished.

Some who expected gluten to make them unwell developed identical discomfort when exposed to a placebo.

This nocebo effect – the negative counterpart of placebo – shows that belief and prior experience influence how the brain processes signals from the gut.

Brain-imaging research supports this, showing that expectation and emotion activate brain regions involved in pain and how we perceive threats. This can heighten sensitivity to normal gut sensations.

These are real physiological responses. What the evidence is telling us is that focusing attention on the gut, coupled with anxiety about symptoms or repeated negative experiences with food, has real effects. This can sensitise how the gut interacts with the brain (known as the gut–brain axis) so normal digestive sensations are felt as pain or urgency.

Recognising this psychological contribution doesn’t mean symptoms are imagined. When the brain predicts a meal may cause harm, gut sensory pathways amplify every cramp or sensation of discomfort, creating genuine distress.

This helps explain why people remain convinced gluten is to blame even when blinded studies show otherwise. Symptoms are real, but the mechanism is often driven by expectation rather than gluten.

So what else could explain why some people feel better after going gluten-free? Such a change in the diet also reduces high-FODMAP foods and ultra-processed products, encourages mindful eating and offers a sense of control. All these can improve our wellbeing.

People also tend to eat more naturally gluten-free, nutrient-dense foods such as fruits, vegetables, legumes and nuts, which may further support gut health.

The cost of going gluten-free

For the approximately 1% of the population with coeliac disease, avoiding gluten for life is essential.

But for most who feel better gluten-free, gluten is unlikely to be the true problem.

There’s also a cost to going gluten-free unnecessarily. Gluten-free foods are, on average, 139% more expensive than standard ones. They are also often lower in fibre and key nutrients.

Avoiding gluten long term can also reduce diversity in your diet, alter your gut microbes and reinforce anxiety about eating.

Is it worth getting tested?

Unlike coeliac disease or a wheat allergy, non-coeliac gluten sensitivity has no biomarker – there’s no blood test or tissue marker that can confirm it.

Diagnosis instead relies on excluding other conditions and structured dietary testing.

Based on our review, we recommend clinicians:

  • rule out coeliac disease and wheat allergy first

  • optimise the quality of someone’s overall diet

  • trial a low-FODMAP diet if symptoms persist

  • only then, consider a four to six-week dietitian-supervised gluten-free trial, followed by a structured re-introduction of gluten-containing foods to see whether gluten truly causes symptoms.

This approach keeps restriction targeted and temporary, avoiding unnecessary long-term exclusion of gluten.

If gluten doesn’t explain someone’s symptoms, combining dietary guidance with psychological support often works best. That’s because expectation, stress and emotion influence our symptoms. Cognitive-behavioural or exposure-based therapies can reduce food-related fear and help people safely reintroduce foods they once avoided.

This integrated model moves beyond the simplistic “gluten is bad” narrative toward personalised, evidence-based gut–brain care.The Conversation

Jessica Biesiekierski, Associate Professor of Human Nutrition, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Should drug companies be allowed to run ‘awareness’ ads for conditions their drugs treat? We asked 5 experts

Anna Shvets/Pexels
Barbara MintzesUniversity of SydneyDavid MenkesUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata RauFiona WillerQueensland University of TechnologyJennifer PowerLa Trobe University, and Ray MoynihanBond University

Unlike in the United States and New Zealand, it’s illegal in Australia to advertise prescription medicines directly to the public.

The main idea is to avoid demand for a drug that may not be appropriate, but which doctors may feel under pressure to prescribe.

But drug companies can get around this restriction by running “awareness” ads that indirectly promote their products.

For instance, we’re currently seeing ads raising awareness about weight loss that don’t mention the names of specific Ozempic-style drugs. Instead, these ads recommend you speak to your doctor about your weight.

The main argument for such awareness ads is they encourage people to seek help from their doctor, rather than suffer from symptoms they might have been embarrassed about, or have not been able to address themselves.

For instance, Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly – which make weight-loss drugs – told the ABC recently their campaigns were trying to raise awareness of obesity as a chronic disease.

The main counterargument is that awareness ads act as drug promotion in disguise.

So, should pharmaceutical companies be allowed to run awareness ads for diseases or conditions their drugs treat?

We asked five experts. Four out of five said no. Here are their detailed answers.

The Conversation

Barbara Mintzes, Professor in Pharmaceutical Policy, School of Pharmacy and Charles Perkins Centre, University of SydneyDavid Menkes, Associate Professor in Psychological Medicine, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata RauFiona Willer, Lecturer, Dietitian and Bioethicist, Queensland University of TechnologyJennifer Power, Principal Research Fellow, Australian Research Centre in Sex, Health and Society, La Trobe University, and Ray Moynihan, Senior Research Manager, University of Sydney and Honorary Assistant Professor, Bond University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Most Australian government agencies aren’t transparent about how they use AI

Beckett LeClairCC BY
José-Miguel Bello y VillarinoUniversity of SydneyAlexandra SinclairUniversity of Sydney, and Kimberlee WeatherallUniversity of Sydney

A year ago, the Commonwealth government established a policy requiring most federal agencies to publish “AI transparency statements” on their websites by February 2025. These statements were meant to explain how agencies use artificial intelligence (AI), in what domains and with what safeguards.

The stated goal was to build public trust in government use of AI – without resorting to legislation. Six months after the deadline, early results from our research (to be published in full later this year) suggest this policy is not working.

We looked at 224 agencies and found only 29 had easily identifiable AI transparency statements. A deeper search found 101 links to statements.

That adds up to a compliance rate of around 45%, although for some agencies (such as defence, intelligence and corporate agencies) publishing a statement is recommended rather than required, and it is possible some agencies could share the same statement. Still, these tentative early findings raise serious questions about the effectiveness of Australia’s “soft-touch” approach to AI governance in the public sector.

Why AI transparency matters

Public trust in AI in Australia is already low. The Commonwealth’s reluctance to legislate rules and safeguards for the use of automated decision making in the public sector – identified as a shortcoming by the Robodebt royal commission – makes transparency all the more critical.

The public expects government to be an exemplar of responsible AI use. Yet the very policy designed to ensure transparency seems to be ignored by many agencies.

With the government also signalling a reluctance to pass economy-wide AI rules, good practice in government could also encourage action from a disoriented private sector. A recent study found 78% of corporations are “aware” of responsible AI practices, but only 29% have actually “implemented” them.

Transparency statements

The transparency statement requirement is the key binding obligation under the Digital Transformation Agency’s policy for the responsible use of AI in government.

Agencies must also appoint an “accountable [AI] official” who is meant to be responsible for AI use. The transparency statements are supposed to be clear, consistent, and easy to find – ideally linked from the agency’s homepage.

In our research, conducted in collaboration with the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner, we sought to identify these statements, using a combination of automated combing through websites, targeted Google searches, and manual inspection of the list of federal entities facilitated by the information commissioner. This included both agencies and departments strictly bound by the policy and those invited to comply voluntarily.

But we found only a few statements were accessible from the agency’s landing page. Many were buried deep in subdomains or required complex manual searching. Among agencies for which publishing a statement was recommended, rather than required, we struggled to find any.

More concerningly, there were many for which we could not find the statement even where it was required. This may just be a technical failure, but given the effort we put in, it suggests a policy failure.

A toothless requirement

The transparency statement requirement is binding in theory but toothless in practice. There are no penalties for agencies that fail to comply. There is also no open central register to track who has or has not published a statement.

The result is a fragmented, inconsistent landscape that undermines the very trust the policy was meant to build. And the public has no way to understand – or challenge – how AI is being used in decisions that affect their lives.

How other countries do it

In the United Kingdom, the government established a mandatory AI register. But as the Guardian reported in late 2024, many departments failed to list their AI use, despite the legal requirement to do so.

The situation seems to have slightly improved this year, but still many high-risk AI systems identified by UK civil society groups are still not published on the UK government’s own register.

The United States has taken a firmer stance. Despite anti-regulation rhetoric from the White House, the government has so far maintained its binding commitments to AI transparency and mitigation of risk.

Federal agencies are required to assess and publicly register their AI systems. If they fail to do so, the rules say they must stop using them.

Towards responsible use of AI

In the next phase of our research, we will analyse the content of the transparency statements we did find.

Are they meaningful? Do they disclose risks, safeguards and governance structures? Or are they vague and perfunctory? Early indications suggest wide variation in quality.

If governments are serious about responsible AI, they must enforce their own policies. If determined university researchers cannot easily find the statements – even assuming they are somewhere deep on the website – that cannot be called transparency.


The authors wish to thank Shuxuan (Annie) Luo for her contribution to this research.The Conversation

José-Miguel Bello y Villarino, Senior Research Fellow, Sydney Law School, University of SydneyAlexandra Sinclair, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Sydney Law School, University of Sydney, and Kimberlee Weatherall, Professor of Law, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Art Gallery of NSW has transformed into a space to cook, play, do laundry and linger

Sanné MestromUniversity of Sydney

Children’s screams echo off concrete walls as they navigate bright-painted monkey bars. Families huddle around a sausage sizzle. Teenagers lounge on borrowed towels near a palm grove. Washing machines hum quietly in the corner.

But we are inside the Art Gallery of New South Wales.

Mike Hewson’s The Key’s Under the Mat is one of the most ambitious and intelligent works of public art created in Australia in recent years.

What makes this work so remarkable is how completely it succeeds on multiple registers simultaneously. It’s a functioning neighbourhood park, a sculptural tour de force, and a sophisticated meditation on what we mean by “public space”.

Hewson has thought through every detail with extraordinary care. Inside the gallery’s cavernous underground tank gallery, brass spoons are hammered into custom concrete pavers. Steel rails are hand-painted rather than powder-coated, giving them a casual, approachable quality. Trinkets and tiles are embedded throughout like hidden treasures. Look down at the ground and the pavers read like abstract paintings.

The craft is exquisite – but it doesn’t announce itself. Instead, it creates an environment where people feel genuinely welcome to cook, play, do laundry and linger.

And they do. Watching families engage with this space – not in hushed gallery tones but with the comfortable ease of a neighbourhood park – reveals the work’s most radical achievement: most people using it (primarily children under 12, on the day I visit) have no idea they’re in an artwork.

‘Hopeful embellishment’

The work emerged from the artist’s experience of the 2011 Christchurch earthquake. Witnessing the collapse of structures that had seemed permanent, Hewson became fascinated by provisional repair, improvised solutions, and the community-building gestures that emerge from disaster.

Hewson’s subsequent projects have celebrated what curator Justin Paton calls “defiant repair and hopeful embellishment”: the beauty of making-do with care and resourcefulness.

The Key’s Under the Mat brings this ethos into dialogue with institutional space in ways that are both generous and thought-provoking.

A kid swings while a bucket drops water.
Visitors in Mike Hewson: The Key’s Under the Mat in the Nelson Packer Tank at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. Artworks © Mike Hewson, image © Art Gallery of New South Wales, Mim Stirling

The vast tank at the Art Gallery of NSW was built urgently in 1942 to hold fuel for the war effort, then abandoned for decades before being drained, cleaned and opened to the public in 2022. Here, it becomes the perfect container for Hewson’s vision of repurposed, reimagined public infrastructure.

The work’s intelligence lies not just in what it provides, but in what it reveals about the nature of “public” space itself. The gallery is a public institution, and entry is free. Yet accessing the tank still requires certain conditions: geographic proximity, availability during gallery hours, cultural confidence to enter a major art institution, and the knowledge that this remarkable space exists at all.

By creating functioning public amenities – laundromat, barbecue, playground – Hewson makes visible something we often overlook: “public” always comes with conditions. Laundromats require proximity, mobility and often money. Park barbecues require time, transport and sometimes booking systems. No public space is universally accessible, even when it’s genuinely free and open.

Green, curving monkey bars.
Visitors in Mike Hewson: The Key’s Under the Mat in the Nelson Packer Tank at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. Artworks © Mike Hewson, image © Art Gallery of New South Wales, Mim Stirling

The project illuminates this with remarkable clarity. In trying to create the most welcoming, functional and generous public space possible within a gallery, Hewson reveals both what institutions can achieve and where their reach inevitably stops. It’s a paradox the work holds lightly but meaningfully.

Institutional critique; joyful amenity

There’s something profound about how the work operates for different audiences.

Children climb and play without needing to understand they’re experiencing art. Art-literate visitors notice the handmade pavers, the embedded spoons, the deliberate aesthetic choices.

Both experiences are valid; both are intended. The work makes room for multiple ways of engaging – from pure use to deep analysis.

This multiplicity extends to a question Hewson leaves deliberately open: should there be more interpretive signage explaining the work’s intentions and extraordinary craft? The current approach lets the art disappear into life, functioning without demanding recognition. But it also means the labour and thought remain visible primarily to those already versed in contemporary art’s vocabularies. There’s no single right answer – and the work’s refusal to choose feels intentional.

Hewson has described children as his “first ambassadors and interpreters” for this work. Watching kids genuinely inhabit the space confirms his instinct. They don’t need permission or explanation – they simply use what’s there.

Three children play near a perilously angled plinth.
Visitors in Mike Hewson: The Key’s Under the Mat in the Nelson Packer Tank at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. Artworks © Mike Hewson, image © Art Gallery of New South Wales, Mim Stirling

The Key’s Under the Mat achieves something rare: it is simultaneously a sophisticated institutional critique and a genuinely joyful public amenity.

The work’s title captures its spirit perfectly. It is an invitation, a gesture of trust and openness. That the mat sits within an institution with its own forms of access doesn’t negate the generosity of the gesture – it contextualises it. Hewson has created the most open, welcoming, thoughtfully crafted public space he can within the given parameters, and in doing so, has made us think more carefully about what “public” means in all contexts.

The Key’s Under the Mat doesn’t solve the contradictions inherent in institutional public space. It doesn’t need to. Its achievement is making those contradictions visible, tangible and surprisingly joyful to experience. In a cultural landscape often divided between art that’s critically sophisticated and art that’s genuinely popular, Hewson has created something that brilliantly refuses to choose.

The Key’s Under the Mat is now open at the Art Gallery of New South Wales.The Conversation

Sanné Mestrom, Senior Lecturer, DECRA Fellow, Sydney College of the Arts, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Foreign spies are trying to steal Australian research. We should be doing more to stop them

Ross Tomei/ Getty Images
Brendan Walker-MunroSouthern Cross University

When we think of spies, we may go to images of people in trench coats and dark glasses, trying to steal government papers. Or someone trying to tap the phone of a senior official.

The reality of course can be much more sophisticated. One emerging area of concern is how countries protect their university research from foreign interference. And how we safely do research with other countries – a vital way to ensure Australia’s work is cutting edge.

This week, research security experts including myself will meet in Brussels to talk about how to conduct free and open research in the face of growing security risks around the world.

What does Australia need to do to better protect its university research?

What is research security?

Research security means protecting research and development (R&D) from foreign government interference or unauthorised access. It is especially important in our universities, where the freedom to publish, collaborate, and work together is seen as a virtue.

Australia’s universities face escalating, deliberate efforts to steal commercially or militarily valuable research, repress views critical of foreign regimes, and database hacking.

As my July 2025 report found, adversaries are no longer just stealing data or cultivating informal relationships. We’re seeing deliberate efforts to insert malicious insiders, target researchers and exploit data and cyber vulnerabilities.

ASIO head Mike Burgess has stressed there is an incredible danger facing our academic community from spies and secret agents.

In 2024, Burgess warned of an “A-team” of spies targeting academia:

leading Australian academics and political figures were invited to a conference in an overseas country, with the organisers covering all expenses […]. A few weeks after the conference wrapped up, one of the academics started giving the A-team information about Australia’s national security and defence priorities.

But Australia can’t just stop collaborating with foreign nations. Some are far more scientifically advanced than we are, and we risk cutting ourselves off from developments in the latest technology.

In other cases, we might be unfairly discriminating against researchers from other countries.

The international research landscape is changing

Since January, US President Donald Trump has slashed university funding, banned foreign students and orchestrated a campaign of lawsuits and investigations into campus activities.

This has a huge flow-on effect to Australia, as we have tied ourselves strongly to the US for science and technology funding.

So Australia is looking to the EU as a more reliable and sustainable funding partner.

It has reactivated talks to join the €100 billion (A$179 billion) Horizon Europe fund. Australia abandoned its original attempt in 2023 citing “potential cost of contributions to projects”.

Horizon Europe isn’t just a massive pot of money for Australian researchers. It’s also a way to bring Australia closer to the EU on other initiatives, like the EU Science Diplomacy Alliance, which ensures scientific developments are pursued for the safety, security and benefits for all people.

Yet if Australia wants to join Horizon Europe, it will need to prove it takes research security as seriously as other EU nations. In April 2024, Australia and the EU agreed to strengthen research security and

measures to protect critical technology and to counter foreign interference in research and innovation.

Australia does not have an adequate policy

But Australia does not have a proper national policy on research security. It also does not have a proper guide for our 43 universities in how they should approach it or what the minimum standards are.

The guidelines we have for “countering foreign interference” are entirely voluntary, and not centrally monitored for compliance in any way.

A 2022 federal parliamentary report detailed a litany of attempts by foreign agents to get access to our universities. It made 27 recommendations about improving that situation. To date, the federal government has not yet acted on about three quarters of these.

These included a recommendation to ban involvement in “talent recruitment programs”, where academics are offered vast sums of money or other benefits to duplicate their research in countries like China.

The EU approach

Australia’s approach is in stark contrast to the EU, which has made research security a priority.

In May 2024, the European Commission directed all 27 member states to adopt laws and policies to “work together to safeguard sensitive knowledge from being misused”.

Germany has since adopted “security ethics committees” – modelled on human and animal ethics committees – to scrutinise potential projects for dangerous or high-risk research.

The NetherlandsDenmark and United Kingdom all set up government contact points to help academics answer questions about research security practices.

It will take more than just policies

Australia needs clearer, stronger national policies for research security. But if we are going to take this seriously, we need more than just policy guidance.

To properly scrutinise and set up research, universities need time, support and information. This also means they need more funding.

In some universities there might be one person responsible for research security, and this may not be their sole job.

So we also need funding to give academics a way to identify and manage risks in research and support information sharing across institutions.

Through these measures we will be able to demonstrate to the world we are doing research securely – and it is safe to fund and work with Australia.The Conversation

Brendan Walker-Munro, Senior Lecturer (Law), Southern Cross University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Government to ensure Australia is prepared for future copyright challenges emerging from AI

Monday October 26, 2025
The Hon Michelle Rowland MP, Attorney General
The Albanese Government has announced it is consulting on possible updates to Australia’s copyright laws – while reiterating that this will not include a Text and Data Mining Exception.

Some in the technology sector called for the introduction of a broad Text and Data Mining Exception in Australian copyright law.

Under such a proposal, Artificial Intelligence (AI) developers would be able to use the works of Australian creators for free and without permission to train AI systems.

The Government stands behind Australia’s creative industries and, by ruling out a Text and Data Mining Exception, is providing certainty to Australian creators.

While the Government is not considering a Text and Data Mining Exception, work is underway to ensure that Australia is prepared for future copyright challenges emerging from AI – so that Australian creators are protected and supported while unlocking new uses of copyright material.

The Government is convening our Copyright and AI Reference Group (CAIRG) over the next two days to discuss three priority areas:
  1. Encourage fair, legal avenues for using copyright material in AI; Examining whether a new paid collective licensing framework under the Copyright Act should be established for AI, or whether to maintain the status quo through a voluntary licensing framework.
  2. Improve certainty; Explore opportunities to clarify or update how copyright law applies to material generated through the use of AI.
  3. Avenues for less costly enforcement; Make it easier to enforce existing rights through a potential new small claims forum to efficiently address lower-value copyright infringement matters.
Artificial Intelligence is an exciting technological frontier full of opportunities, and we should be harnessing these opportunities for the benefit of local industries like our creative and media sectors, working with them, rather than at their expense.

The Government will continue to work with creators and technology companies on ways to unlock AI innovation which benefits everyone.

 Attorney-General, Hon Michelle Rowland MP stated:
“Artificial Intelligence presents significant opportunities for Australia and our economy, however it’s important that Australian creatives benefit from these opportunities too.

“Australian creatives are not only world class, but they are also the lifeblood of Australian culture, and we must ensure the right legal protections are in place.

“This Government has repeatedly said that there are no plans to weaken copyright protections when it comes to AI.

“The tech industry and the creative sector must now come together and find sensible and workable solutions to support innovation while ensuring creators are compensated.

“The Government will support these next steps through the renewed focus tasked to the Copyright and AI reference group.”

Friday essay: tai chi helped me navigate grief and loss. Its story spans ancient China to Lou Reed

Carol LefevreUniversity of Adelaide

Between the end of a summer that had been going on too long and the beginning of a too-warm autumn that would crank up my climate change anxiety to ten, I joined a tai chi class.

I had noticed a sign when I was out walking. Immediately, I went online, paid some money and put my name down for the first available session. Looking back, I wonder why I thought this evening class, held in a suburban community centre, might soothe the assorted anxieties I was carrying. Signing up was an impulsive act, prompted by some deep, yet inarticulate knowing that the way I was feeling would not be eased by words; something different was needed, something physical.

I’d had two big bereavements: first my mother, then a beloved aunt. They had been the two most important women in my life, and suddenly they were gone. Meanwhile, I was under ongoing surveillance following surgery for cancer, caught in that uneasy post-treatment period that tests one’s nerve – because there is nothing to be done but wait.

Carol Lefevre. Affirm Press

At certain moments, usually in the middle of the night, a niggling voice would whisper that the cancer might be gone but it could return, that even as I lay there in the dark trying to sleep, some small, festering body part might be plotting treason. Sometimes the voice was that of the naturopath I’d consulted, who’d warned since my body had made a cancer, I needed to avoid the conditions that had allowed that to happen. Which, of course, I would – if only I knew what they may have been.

It was a time when at least once a day I would find myself on the verge of crying; sometimes, inconveniently, the tears broke through. It could happen anywhere – when I was out walking, or in the supermarket; sometimes it happened when I was driving, and I’d have to pull over until I was able to quieten my thoughts enough to drive on.

Inconvenient weeping

I’d almost progressed to feeling tearful about being tearful, when I came across the first of Deborah Levy’s trilogy of autobiographical writings, Things I Don’t Want to Know. In it, Levy documents her bouts of inconvenient weeping. It was riding on escalators at train stations that set off Levy’s tears, especially the upward escalator. She writes: “By the time I got to the top and felt the wind rushing in, it took all my effort to stop myself from sobbing.”

I recognised that effortful feeling of trying to control the sobs. Like Levy, I also knew something had to change. Her solution had been to book a flight to Palma, Majorca, where she was met at the airport by a taxi driver with white clouds floating in both his eyes. On arrival, Levy had bought Spanish cigarettes with the intention of taking up smoking again and when the driver abandoned her on the road to her hotel, she sat on a rock and lit the first cigarette.

It was also somewhat comforting to read, in Joan Didion’s essay Goodbye to All That, how as a young woman in New York, she had found herself crying in elevators and taxis and Chinese laundries. There were certain parts of the city she had to avoid, including Times Square in the afternoons, or the New York Public Library at any time, for any reason.

Her solution was to get married. But I was sorry to learn her crying continued even after her marriage to fellow writer John Gregory Dunne. Didion cried, she writes, “until I was not even aware when I was crying and when I was not”. It was a year in which, she tells us, she understood the meaning of the word “despair”. A doctor expressed the opinion she appeared to be depressed. He wrote down the name and number of a psychiatrist for her, but Didion did not go.

A friend had given me the name of a psychologist who she said had helped her, but I had given up on psychology. Or at least, the psychologists I had consulted when things had been going badly in the past had left me poorer without improving matters.

Now, everything was conspiring to cast me low, including that ever since the cancer surgery, my hair had been shedding – hair I had patiently nurtured through the transition from chemical dyes to natural health, hair I had joyously grown halfway down my back for the first time since childhood. My hair was everywhere in the house and in the car; it even migrated into our food. I knew I had been fortunate to have avoided chemotherapy, with its side serve of hair loss, but now it appeared I was to lose it anyway, albeit more slowly.

I read that both surgery and stress can contribute to thinning hair, and concluded although I had been anaesthetised when surgeons re-sectioned my colon, my body had been present and remained deeply shocked.

In signing up for the tai chi class, I was throwing myself upon the mercy of the universe.

A kind of poetry

The only time I had ever actually seen tai chi involved one of those surreal moments that occasionally occur in life. About five years earlier, I had been driving along the southern terrace that borders Adelaide’s parklands and the car radio was playing a piece of classical music by a Japanese composer.

The sound was spare and melancholy, and when I glanced across to the park I saw a tai chi class in progress. That was not in itself unusual – people use the parklands all the time for various fitness activities. What made time swerve to a halt was that the slow movements of the tai chi people were perfectly in time with the music coming out of my radio.

I had stopped the car to watch. The group practising tai chi couldn’t hear the music, of course, but the synchronicity of movement and sound produced a kind of poetry. Perhaps, then, when I saw the sign advertising “tai chi for health and wellbeing” outside my local community centre, it was this memory of the unexpected beauty I’d witnessed that had nudged me over the hump of my inertia to join.

Tai chi is a form of mind-body exercise that originated in China. Its history is somewhat shadowy, with contributions attributed to various monks and masters reaching back as far as the 12th century, and possibly beyond. In T’ai Chi Ch’uan and I Ching: a choreography of body and mind, Da Liu, a tai chi master, credits the most complete foundations of tai chi to a famous Taoist, Chang San-feng, an ardent follower of Confucius who was known as “The Immortal”.

Da Liu writes that Chang San-feng famously observed a fight between a crane and a snake, and from the way the two animals moved he realised “the value of yielding in the face of strength”. He studied the behaviour of wild animals, clouds, water and trees moving in the wind and “codified these natural movements into a system of exercise”. Da Liu concedes: “We owe the present forms of T’ai Chi to numerous masters […] over many centuries.”

Tai chi has been influenced by Confucian thought, and by traditional Chinese medicine, but its roots lie deep in the ancient Chinese philosophy of Taoism, which emphasises the natural balance in all things. In Taoist thinking, everything is composed of two opposite but complementary elements: yin and yang. The Chinese philosopher Lao Tzu wrote eloquently of the principles of yin and yang in his famous work the Tao Te Ching.

In tai chi, the polarities of yin and yang are expressed through the form’s shifts of weight and balance, through hardness yielding to softness, tension releasing to relaxation, and moving the body in ways that expand and contract. Gentler and more meditative than the Chinese martial arts it evolved from, its slow, dance-like postures flow into one another, combining concentration, physical balance, stretching and relaxation, with natural, peaceful breathing.

Chang San-feng codified the natural movements of wild animals, clouds, water and trees moving in the wind into a system of exercise, in the 12th century. Gisling/WikipediaCC BY

There are different schools of tai chi. Chen, Yang, Wu and Sun styles are named after the Chinese families who developed them, and the skills are passed orally through the generations.

The form I was learning had been developed by a Taoist monk, Master Moy Lin Shin. The tai chi he brought to the West is a modified version of Yang style’s 108-move set. Its elements are borrowed from the Chinese internal arts of XingYi (a bare-handed fighting form), Bagua (a complex system of eight trigrams, which in tai chi relate to movement and body parts), and Liuhebafa, or “water boxing”, a form characterised by its flowing, fluid movements.

Taoist tai chi has been criticised for these modifications, which are sometimes seen as a dilution of classical tai chi. Criticism focuses on the fact Master Moy removed the “fighting” aspects from his form in favour of emphasising its health benefits. His decision was most likely influenced by the health difficulties of his own early years, as well as by the needs of the people he trained after he emigrated to Canada.

Lou Reed, legendary musician, songwriter and founding member of rock band the Velvet Underground, credits tai chi with saving him after years of self-destructive substance abuse. Reed began a martial arts practice in the 1980s; he came to love the fighting aspect of Chen style, but he was also in awe of tai chi’s power to heal. In a letter published by The New York Times in 2010, Reed wrote:

I wish I could convince you to change your life and save your body and soul. I know it sounds too good. But truly: Tai Chi – why not?“

A lesson in humility

My first class was a lesson in humility. Never a sporty type, never even an adequate dancer, awkward hardly does justice to the feeling of finding myself in the centre of a group of people who, at the instructor’s command, began a series of complex moves they seemed to know by heart. Later, I would learn ushering beginners into the middle is a kindness; it means when they turn, there is someone they can follow.

At the halfway point of that first class, Chinese pu’erh tea was served in tiny porcelain cups. Brewed from the leaves of a variety of tea plant native to Yunnan Province, pu’erh tea goes through a complex fermentation process and is reputed to have many health benefits. After the tea break, it was back to the centre of the floor for more repetitions of the move we’d been working on.

That night, we were practising move 18: Carry Tiger to Mountain. It evolves out of move 17, Cross Hands, which even I could manage. The body turns with the arms bent as if cradling a heavy bundle. Yes, I thought, this sorrow and anxiety I’d been holding was my tiger; a creature burning bright with memories that had become too painful, a body darkly striped with grief.

It felt as wild and dangerous in its way as a real live tiger, but if I could only master the correct way to carry it to the mountain, perhaps I would be able to leave it there and move on.

Tai chi requires complete focus, making it almost impossible to think about anything else. So when I came across American beat poet Alan Ginsberg’s poem about tai chi, it struck me as a somewhat inaccurate portrayal of what happens during tai chi practice. Ginsberg is in his kitchen in New York, the only place in his apartment with enough space to do tai chi, but his moves are interspersed with domestic concerns:

the Crane spreads its wings have I paid the electric bill?

White Crane Spreads its Wings is one of tai chi’s most subtly exhilarating moves. It involves a simultaneous rising and turning, a spine-expanding stretch that, for me, somehow generates a feeling of hope. What it doesn’t do is allow any room for thoughts of "the electric bill”. What was Ginsberg up to, I wonder, as his white crane spread its wings in his kitchen? I can only conclude his electricity bill was a pressing matter in his life at that particular moment.

Studies have shown tai chi can modulate the regions and networks in the brain associated with depression, with mood regulation and processing emotions, and with stress and distress.

A focus on life force

Of the Chinese martial arts, tai chi belongs to the internal arts known collectively as neijia. The focus is on mental, spiritual and “qi” (chi) – or life-force – aspects, rather than the physiological nature of the external martial arts.

The Eight Methods are qi, bone, shape, follow, rise, return, retain, conceal. At this early stage of my study of tai chi, they remain a mystery. But the principles of the Six Harmonies are evident in a muted way in the class teachings, where emphasis is placed on movement with intent, and on developing an awareness of what one is feeling during the moves – internally as well as externally.

For those of us who lose touch with what our bodies are doing and feeling, neglecting to pay attention until they threaten our wellbeing, or even our lives, this fusing of mind and body, spirit and movement, intent and qi, feels like an important survival skill.

For example, every year almost 7,000 women in Australia are diagnosed with a gynaecological cancer. These cancers are characterised by low survival rates and are notoriously difficult to detect. Something like ovarian cancer can show up in many different ways and spread quite widely before being correctly diagnosed.

Increased awareness of our bodies could help us bring the information to our doctors that might assist in earlier diagnoses and better outcomes for these and many other conditions.

In 2020, tai chi was added to UNESCO’s Intangible Cultural Heritage list. There have been claims for the practice’s beneficial effects on people living with Parkinson’s disease and multiple sclerosis: conditions that come with a debilitating loss of coordination and balance.

One year-long study of women with MS, carried out between 2019 and 2020, showed measurable improvements in the areas of their balance, gait, mood, cognition – and also in their quality of life.

Tai chi brings increased awareness of our bodies – which could help us bring important information to our doctors. Khan Do/Unsplash

Cancer as betrayal

My experience of cancer has been that it feels like a betrayal. For decades, my body has carried me through every kind of weather, both actual and emotional. It has reliably bounced back from every health breakdown. No words can adequately describe the sense of loss engendered by a cancer diagnosis, even one that is not yet deemed terminal.

I was fortunate to be diagnosed early, but I was still blindsided by my body’s deceitfulness, its silent treachery; even after surgery, it was a shock to realise the bounce-back appeared provisional. Was this payback for all the times I’d wished for a different physiology – longer legs, straighter hair, slimmer hips? Or for the times I’d just plain hated the way I looked, hated my own clumsiness in the world so much I’d mistreated my closest ally?

Tai chi asks us to turn our awareness to the body with gentleness and precision; to become better at hearing what it has to say. I have felt let down, so when tai chi’s difficult “separations” sequence requires the whole of my weight to be supported by one ankle, one foot, five toes, I ask my body: Will you hold me? Will you keep me from falling? Can I count on you effortlessly as I once did, as a child, as a young woman?

And each time I do not wobble, or have to save myself from falling, it feels like a baby step in a gradual rebuilding of trust, perhaps even of finding forgiveness for the betrayal, a re-bonding with the self at a profound level.

The Taoist Tai Chi logo is the circular yin and yang symbol, with the light and dark sections reversed. It is said to symbolise tai chi’s ability to reverse bad habits and the ageing process, and thus to promote good health. During practice, I hope to reverse the conditions, whatever they may have been, that prompted my body to turn against itself.

But I understand it is a gradual process, as slow and continuous as the movement and pace of tai chi itself, sometimes compared to pulling a silk thread from a cocoon. Pull it too quickly and it breaks; pull it too slowly and it won’t unwind. Slow and gentle doesn’t equate to “weak” or “ineffectual”. Fundamental to tai chi is the concept of “effortless effort”, in which relaxation enables the important inner work to take place.

In tai chi, relaxation helps important inner work to take place. Monica Leonardi/Unsplash

Less inclined to tears

For me, two months into the practice, my emotions felt more under control; I was less inclined to tears. Week by week, I was discovering that grief and loss are not only held in the heart and mind, but also in the body; muscles and tendons, all the complex systems of nerves and blood and lymph that circulate our distress, are open to being soothed by the language of movement.

As winter set in, I began taking extra classes, going two or three times a week. Pitching up at draughty memorial halls in outlying townships where huge stages were framed by crimson curtains, and where in one case, rows of two-bar electric heaters high up on the walls appeared to be the only heating.

Physically, I found the constant shifting of weight, the expansion and contraction of parts of the body, the striving for a sense of flow, the need to focus, all generated a tangible feeling of wellbeing – though I still felt like an awkward beginner.

In Taoist Tai Chi’s 108-move “set”, some moves – like White Crane Spreads Wings, and Hands Like Clouds – occur multiple times. Learning involves sharpening one’s observational skills, as each move is demonstrated three times by the instructor.

Another subtle aspect of the art is being helped by following those around you who are more skilled, and by their patience in “treading water” for a time while beginners settle in. In this way, tai chi becomes both an individual and a communal endeavour: expressing, through effortless effort, the Taoist ideal of service to others.

To practise the set outside class, the moves must be memorised. It requires patience, persistence and possibly years-long commitment, but studies show the benefits are well worth the effort, especially as we age. Even a tai chi practice of only 24 weeks has demonstrated improved cognitive function in older adults with mild cognitive impairment.

‘I don’t want to seem mystical …’

Lou Reed’s book The Art of the Straight Line: My Tai Chi, edited by his wife, artist Laurie Anderson, was published after Reed’s death. It contains his writings on tai chi and conversations with fellow musicians, artists and tai chi practitioners.

“I have often thought of tai chi as some kind of physical unity to the universe itself, some strange ancient methodology that could link us to the basic energy wave of existence,” he writes. “I don’t want to seem mystical, but something does happen to you when you practice this ancient art.”

Lou Reed credits tai chi with saving him.

Reed became a devotee of Master Ren Guangyi, practising Chen style tai chi for up to two hours a day, and for six or seven days a week. He took Ren on a world tour with him, eventually putting him on stage to do a tai chi set while improvising music to complement the form. The two performed together and engaged in tai chi with the public at Sydney’s 2010 Vivid Festival, which was curated by Reed and Anderson.

In The Art of the Straight Line, in a transcribed conversation between Laurie Anderson and Yongey Mingyur Rinpoche (with whom Reed had studied meditation), Anderson movingly recounts how

as Lou died, he was completely conscious. And he was doing Cloud Hands, a tai chi movement, while he died.

Reed had had cancer of the liver and hepatitis, and had undergone a liver transplant six months earlier.

In Things I Do Not Want to Know, Deborah Levy concludes it was the past, specifically her childhood in Africa, that had returned to her when she was sobbing on escalators. After weighing things up in Majorca, she settles down to write. In Goodbye to All That, Joan Didion leaves New York and returns to California. After a time, the moon over the Pacific Ocean and the pervasive scent of jasmine make her tears in New York seem “a long time ago”.

Even so, after the death of her mother, Didion wrote: “There is no real way to deal with everything we lose.” For a long time I had shared that view, but now, as I progressed with tai chi, I was beginning to think there might be ways.

For me, grief for the past has been as much a factor in my tears as my anxiety about the future. Helplessly poised between the two, I found in tai chi a way to manage this position – not by looking back, nor forward, but expanding and contracting into the present moment, shutting out the world’s noise and finding peace within myself through movement and mindfulness. If this sounds too mystical, I can only agree with Lou Reed: “Something does happen to you when you practice this ancient art.”

What is the “something” that happens? It’s difficult to define, and I suspect you feel it almost immediately if you’re going to feel it at all. I’ve noticed that people who’ve never done tai chi come to a first class and they either never return or, like me, embrace it with the zeal of missionaries. In searching for a way to explain the “something”, I can’t find a better place to start than the opening move.

‘I’m confident it’s happening’

The opening to tai chi appears the simplest of movements. The hands, from hanging at the sides with the palms open, rise in front of the body and then slowly float down. It’s the motion one uses when flinging a sheet over a mattress to make a bed, but so much slower. With the upward lifting of the hands, the body contracts; as the hands descend, the body expands and rises.

It is surprising how soothing this motion can be, how almost at once the mind and body calm. The upward lift is driven by pushing up from the floor, with the hands rising as if on puppet strings, but the downward drift comes from dropping the elbows. They are such subtle adjustments, yet the body responds with a palpable quietening.

There is a sense of return in this move, even though it is a beginning. It’s the feeling I get at the end of a long walk when I open the gate from the street and step into our garden. Or when I close the front door behind me and breathe in: home.

In The Art of the Straight Line, Anderson writes that after more than 25 years of practising tai chi, Lou Reed “could actually feel chi. He could pinpoint it, describe it, and trace the way it moved through his body”. She describes how Reed would demonstrate chi by passing one hand over the other.

When I felt that for the first time, I was electrified. I was holding a ball of unbelievably powerful energy and realizing that it could move through me and that this is also what I was made of.

I have not felt the chi moving through me, but it is early days yet. Eight months in, I remember to straighten my spine as I go about my day; I am calmer and have better balance. While I can’t actually see the new neural pathways forming in my brain, I’m confident it is happening.

I continue each week to carry my tiger to the mountain. In the kitchen, while I wait for the kettle or the oven, my white crane spreads its wings. At night, visualising the first 17 moves sends me to sleep. When I practice the difficult cloud hands, I am reminded of Lou Reed: the way he brought his art and his capacity for devotion to tai chi, and was rewarded.

I approach each class with beginner’s mind, and am hopeful of one day experiencing chi’s electrifying energy.The Conversation

Carol Lefevre, Visiting Research Fellow, Department of English and Creative Writing, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Women folk healers were branded as witches, but their treatments may have been medically sound

AlexShevchenko78/Shutterstock
Anthony BookerUniversity of Westminster

“Hubble bubble toil and trouble” is a quote from Shakespeare’s Macbeth that conjures images of evil witches making potions in giant cauldrons. But the truth was that women persecuted as witches were probably legitimate healers of the time.

Prior to the 14th century, women healers were generally tolerated throughout Europe, offering one of the only kinds of medicine available at the time. But from the 14th to the mid-18th century, with the rise of university education, coupled with the increasing power of the church, women healers were often demonised.

University graduates were favoured insteadWomen folk healers were now commonly labelled as “witches” and subjected to torture and execution.

Valuable medicinal knowledge may have gotten lost along the way. To rediscover this ancient knowledge, researchers are looking in more detail at some of the major ingredients used in these medicines and assess their scientific worth through a modern lens.

Some of the most famous potions documented in records of medieval treatments were said to contain exotic ingredients such as eye of newt, toe of frog, wool of bat, tongue of dog and adder’s fork. But these were actually synonyms for plants and not animal parts.

Although, animal parts such as frogs and toads were indeed also used in other recipes used by the healers of the time, often for their psychoactive properties.

The majority of the plants folk healers used were native to Europe. But there were also some exotic ingredients, obtained through the spice tradewhich began as early as the fifth century.

Eye of newt is mustard seed, most likely the European species Sinapis albaModern research has shown it has anti-cough, anti-asthma, anti-inflammatory, anti-nerve damage, anti-androgenic, cardioprotective and anti-tumour effects.

The classical formulations containing dried mustard seed, handed down from ancient medical books or ethnic medical experience, are now widely used in herbal clinics.

Wool of bat is common holly leaves, and has been shown to reduce high levels of fats in the blood, including high cholesterol. It also contains some compounds that are toxic and so self-medication isn’t recommended.

Tongue of dog is actually a plant known as hound’s tongue, attributed to the long leaf shape. It has a history of use across the world for a variety of ailments including malaria, hepatitis and tuberculosis.

The presence of group of natural compounds called pyrrolizidine alkaloids render it highly toxic to the liver. This means that any research showing medicinal promise has to be viewed with some caution.

Plant with small blue flowers.
Hound’s tongue is really a wildflower. Giulumian/Shutterstock

Adder’s fork refers most likely to the fern, English adder’s tongue, primarily used in folk medicine for wound healing and for promoting healthy blood circulation. It has also been exploited for its skin-enhancing properties by the cosmetic industry.

Witches’ brews

Witchcraft and folk healing are two different arts. However, medieval folk healing did involve elements of superstition, astrological lore and even pagan ritual and so the line between compassionate healer and witch could easily be misrepresented by those in power.

Flight ointments, sleep potions and love potions are often mentioned both in historical records and fictional literature. Commonly containing a potent class of chemical compounds called tropane alkaloids (a class that also includes cocaine), these concoctions would have had some interesting effects.

Flight ointments were applied to a broomstick and to parts of the body with blood vessels close to the surface to aid absorption. There has been much colourful debate as to the exact parts of the body that these ointments were applied to, but the extremities are most frequently mentioned.

This could be viewed as an early form of transdermal application, now found in the delivery of some drugs such as nicotine patches.

These alkaloids, derived from plants of the Solanaceae (potato) family, including deadly nightshade and henbane have intoxicating psychoactive effects, including feelings of lightness, delirium and hallucinations. These effects could easily be experienced as feelings of flying.

Sleep potions often used extracts from foxglove and extracts from the plant Indian snakeroot, containing the drug reserpine, the world’s first drug treatment for high blood pressure. It was reportedly rediscovered after the founder of the Indian herbal medicine company, Himalaya, observed its calming effects on restless elephants during a trip to Burma in the 1930s, hundreds of years after its use in medieval times.

Foxgloves growing in forest
Foxgloves are more than a country garden flower. backcornermedia/Shutterstock

Together these plants and their compounds produce symptoms such as reduced heartbeat, inhibition of adrenaline release and drowsiness, all things that might aid in a restful night’s sleep.

Love potion recipes called for ingredients such as the mandrake plant Mandragora officinalis. The root is a rich source of the same alkaloids found in the sleep potions.

This may appear counter-intuitive but higher doses of these compounds are known to produce increased heartbeat, palpitations and sweating rather than drowsiness. Other plants such as Ephedra sinica (containing a stimulant called ephedrine) and psychoactive Areca catechu (betel nut) have stimulant and euphoric effects linked to increases in adrenaline and serotonin.

A sleep potion can be transformed into a love potion, and should love turn to hate, a further increase in dosage would transform these plants into poisons. So it’s unsurprising that accusations associated with poisoning and witchcraft were more commonplace during the heightened witch hunts of the 16th and 17th centuries as a means to prosecute women healers under the law.

Prosecutions for witchcraft didn’t come to an end in England until the early 18th century when the 1736 witchcraft act repealed earlier legislation and made it a crime to either pretend to be a witch or to accuse someone of practising witchcraft.

Following the 1736 act, the witches (and folk healers) were left alone for a while although still encountered difficulties from the church and establishment at times. Nonetheless the act of prescribing potions continued.

The practice of prescribing herbal pills, potions and salves as a herbal medicine practitioner eventually became a legitimate occupation. It’s one still dominated by women to this day.The Conversation

Anthony Booker, Reader in Ethnopharmacology, University of Westminster

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Two October 2025 (20-26)

 

Free nature photography exhibition opens at the Australian Museum

Twenty years of environmental transformation across Australia and the Pacific comes into sharp focus at the 2025 Australian Geographic Nature Photographer of the Year (AGNPY), which opened Saturday 25 October at the Australian Museum.

For the first time, the past winners from the last two decades will be shown alongside this year's finalists, creating a powerful visual timeline documenting two decades of ecological change, from thriving coral reefs to threatened species, and the dramatic intersection between wildlife and human impact.

2025 Australian Geographic Nature Photographer of the Year; Animals in Nature: Rainbow Lorikeet on a Grass Tree by Brandon Pasowicz, Noongar Country, Dawesville, Western Australia. Rainbow Lorikeet (Trichoglossus moluccanus); ''In a field of kangaroos, a rainbow lorikeet was spotted flitting between the sharp spikes of two grass trees, feeding on their flowering buds. Its vibrant colours contrasted beautifully with the towering spikes, offering a stunning display of nature’s beauty as it soared gracefully through the air.'' Brandon says. Image:© Brandon Pasowicz 

Australian Museum Director and CEO, Kim McKay AO, said the AGNPY photographic exhibition provides visitors with a front row seat to the power and fragility of the natural world.

"The Australian Geographic Nature Photographer of the Year has become one of Sydney's most anticipated visual exhibitions, and this year, with the addition of the 20th anniversary images, visitors will see dramatic landscapes and wildlife but also changes in the technology used to capture the breath-taking images. Each photograph shares a moment of wild beauty and invites us to reflect on our place within it," Kim McKay said.

"As Australia's first museum, we're dedicated to inspiring curiosity and action through science, culture and the natural world. This exhibition underscores the importance of observing nature in action. Through the lens of our region's most talented photographers, we're reminded why conservation matters now more than ever."

A visitor favourite, this free annual exhibition shines a light on the environmental challenges delicate ecosystems face. Among the 120 images on exhibition, winners capture ghost bats at dawn (one of Australia's most elusive threatened species), garden skinks adapting to urban sprawl, and the intricate beauty of coral ecosystems under pressure.

NSW photographers dominate this year's awards, with Charles Davis (Cooma, NSW) winning two categories and Sydney-based photographers Peter McGee, Talia Greis, Rachelle Mackintosh and Sara Corlis each taking home top honours, showcasing the state's rich biodiversity and the keen eye of local conservation storytellers.

Produced by the South Australian Museum, in partnership with the Australian Museum, the exhibition features 120 images, including 99 finalists and all 21 past winners, selected from 1,864 entries across 18 countries. The exhibition is also on display at the South Australian Museum in Adelaide until 1 February 2026.

2025 Winner: Finding Beauty in Fragile Ecosystems, WA

Ross Gudgeon's winning image, Fractal Forest, reveals the intricate patterns of cauliflower soft coral beneath Indonesia's Lembeh Strait, a marine ecosystem increasingly vulnerable to warming waters and environmental change.

"Beauty can appear in the most unexpected places; from the outside they don't look particularly photogenic, but by threading my lens through the branches and experimenting with backlighting, I found an entirely new perspective," Ross Gudgeon said.

Ross Gudgeon. Photo: supplied

Exhibition Highlights: Nature Under Pressure

Selected from 1,864 entries across 18 countries, this year's winning images tell stories of resilience and adaptation:

Threatened Species: Red Dawn by Etienne Littlefair (NT)—Ghost bat in flight at sunrise, one of Australia's most elusive and vulnerable predators facing habitat loss.

Etienne said: ''Ghost bats are rare and elusive with strict roost requirements. After years of studying these nocturnal predators with thermal optics, I've discovered a handful of regularly frequented locations in the escarpment surrounding my home. This image was captured on 1 January 2025 - an incredible way to usher in the New Year.''

Our Impact: Skink in a Tight Spot by Sara Corlis (NSW)—Garden skink wedged between bricks, a powerful symbol of wildlife adapting to Sydney's urban expansion.

Sara said this little skink was discovered in a brick wall at home; ''I felt helpless as the lizard thrashed its body from side to side in an attempt to escape. Thankfully, it was eventually able to get itself free.''

Sara Corlis. Photo: supplied

Animals in Nature: PJ & Crabs by Charles Davis (NSW)—Port Jackson shark gliding over moulting spider crabs in a rarely documented marine phenomenon.

Aerial: Jabiru Leaf by Charles Davis (NSW)—Black-necked stork soaring over tidal flats patterned like leaf veins, revealing wetland ecosystems.

Macro: Liftoff by Talia Greis (NSW)—Paper nautilus riding a jellyfish during vertical migration in Sydney waters.

Talia Greis. Photo: supplied

Landscape: The Beast by Darren Wassell (QLD)—Lightning bolt splitting the horizon as extreme weather intensifies.

Monochrome: Party Streamer by Rachelle Mackintosh (NSW)—Orca bursting through ocean surface off the NSW coast.

Astrophotography: Oberon Kenobi by Marley Butler (WA)—Milky Way rising over Tasmanian alpine lake in a dark sky sanctuary.

Portfolio: Sydney Cephalopod Portraits by Peter McGee (NSW)—Underwater portraits revealing the intelligence and diversity of Sydney Harbour's marine life.

Peter McGee. Photo: supplied

Junior: Perched by Isabella Rogers (SA)—Two galahs at dawn through the eyes of a young photographer.

Isabella Rogers. Photo: supplied

Wildlife photography workshops

Learn from Award-Winning Photographers

22–23 November, 13 December | Ages 16+

Beginner: $185 ($148 members) | Intermediate: $200 ($160 members).

Led by award-winning photographer Angela Robertson-Buchanan, these interactive workshops include guided exhibition tours and hands-on practice with the Museum's taxidermy collection and live native animals. Participants learn ethical wildlife photography techniques and conservation storytelling.

Exhibition details: 2025 Australian Geographic Nature Photographer of the Year

Australian Museum, 1 William Street, Sydney

25 October 2025 – 15 February 2026

FREE entry

About the Australian Museum

The Australian Museum (AM) was founded in 1827 and is the nation’s first museum. It is internationally recognised as a natural science and culture institution focused on Australia and the Pacific. The AM’s mission is to ignite wonder, inspire debate and drive change. The AM’s vision is to be a leading voice for the richness of life, the Earth and culture in Australia and the Pacific. The AM commits to transforming the conversation around climate change, the environment and wildlife conservation; being a strong advocate for First Nations cultures; and continuing to develop world-leading science, collections, exhibitions and education programs. With more than 22 million objects and specimens and the Australian Museum Research Institute (AMRI), the AM is not only a dynamic source of reliable scientific information on some of the most pressing environmental and social challenges facing our region, but also an important site of cultural exchange and learning.

About the South Australian Museum

The South Australian Museum has been committed to making Australia’s natural and cultural heritage accessible, engaging and fun for over 165 years. It is a place where families can learn and grow together. Today the Museum is one of the most visited museums in Australia and holds collections of national and international significance.

Australian Museum and Hyde Park steps. From - Album: Mort family pictorial material and realia, ca. 1857-ca. 1910. Courtesy Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales. Image No.: a1780136h

A wrap of HSC first day exam 'action' from around NSW public schools

The first of 17 days of exams kicked off on Thursday October 16, with students and teachers generally happy with English paper 1. For the Class of 2025 it’s been a journey of resilience – many starting high school with Black Summer bushfires still burning and the COVID pandemic lockdowns just around the corner.

This Issue, a few insights from the NSW Department of Education on this year's first day of the HSC:

Two sets of twins kicked off their HSC exams at Gorokan High School, excited to be started and looking forward to finishing soon.

Asked how it feels to go through the HSC with a sibling, Indianna Dutton started answering, “I’m very excited” with her sister Isabella chiming in “that I get to sit next to her”, the identical twins completing the sentence in unison.

Fraternal twins Lars and Jaxon Oxenbridge were also happy to be going through the exams together with Lars expressing his relief of “not having to sit next to a stranger”.

Both sets of siblings are taking three out of five subjects the same.

Making an entrance

The prize for Coolest Arrival at the first exam must go to Logan Miltiadou of Maclean High School, who rocked up at the rowing club where the exams were held on his jet ski.

It’s not his usual mode of transport to school, but an accident on the main road from Yamba to Maclean ruled out the usual route.

Principal James Witchard said if students were concerned about a delay, their first action should be to call their school, and nobody should be putting themselves in danger to get to an exam, but Logan must get 10 out of 10 for commitment.

“It was quick-thinking that got Logan to the exam on time, and he has to be commended for that, although I wouldn’t recommend it as part of his routine for the rest of the exams,” Mr Witchard said.

All students due to sit the exam were able to do so with the full allotted time, but the school is working with NESA on misadventure provisions due the possibility of additional stress.

For Albury High School’s Mary Quinn her exam preparation tested her artistic skills.

As a visual learner, in the lead-up to her English Advanced exam, she used drawings to remember quotes and key themes from the texts she studied.

“For example, if the quote had something to do with a country, I would draw a picture of the world as I can remember pictures more than I can remember words,” she said.

Although she was nervous beforehand, she was happy with how the exam went and felt prepared.

Classmate Toby Spinks said he was “pretty happy with how I went, I got through all the questions, and I am pretty confident with how I’m going to do I think”.

Batemans Bay High School students were among those students who entered Year 7 in 2020, with Black Summer bushfires still burning.

Those intense events are in the past for this resilient group – and now so is their first HSC exam.

Cheyanne Townsend said the questions in the English paper “made sense” and students felt supported by English head teacher Erin Shephard and their other English teachers.

“She is helpful and kind and came to ask how it went and how we felt,” Cheyanne said.

A proud Ms Sheppard was outside to greet students them when they emerged from the exam room at Mackay Park.

“I'm incredibly proud of how they applied themselves to their study and to their final year, and for the resilience and the development of them as human beings throughout this experience,” Ms Sheppard said.

Around 200 students sat the HSC English exam at Endeavour Sports High, a school that may be known for its excellence in sports but has also lifted its combined average HSC score by more than five marks since 2019.

One student who embodies the education and sport ethos is Noah Chamberlain, an Aussie rules star of the future who is in line to join an AFL club next month via the competition’s draft. The 18-year-old also wants to do a business degree.

“It’s been tough but good for me now that the footy has died down a bit,” he said. “I’ve been able to balance things out and spend more time studying, and the school has been fantastic in supporting me to do both.”  

Classmate Evie Gooding said the exam “was tough but I am definitely glad that’s out of the way”.

Felicia Dimitriadis said the extended response was the trickiest question – “just because it was a lot to fit in a 45-minute time frame”.

Cheers, high-fives and sighs of relief could be heard across the school when Year 12 students from Doonside Technology High School walked out of their first HSC exam. Eagerly waiting to hear their thoughts and how they went was Relieving Principal, Paul Karbon and Head of English, Matt Metzke.

“I’m so excited after the first English exam. Students have come out really encouraged and positive, which is a great sign. It’s been a great year with these students,” Mr Karbon said.

“English paper 1 was really good! Lots of broad questions, but also some things students had to show a lot of insight for, show their understanding and showcase just how prepared they were.”

After completing her very first HSC exam, Anbarin Wasseh was full of relief and gratitude.

“Our teachers prepared us really well. I was nervous going into the exam, but now I feel really relieved and happy, and I think that I did well,” Anbarin said.

“I want to say thank you so much for everything my teachers have done. You have prepared us so well. Feeling so relieved after my first HSC exam just shows the dedication you have put into our learning.”

English teachers at South Sydney High School said the advanced English and standard English papers were accessible and challenging.

Advanced English teacher and Year 12 advisor Christy Khouri said the language was accessible to students but some of the concepts students were asked to interpret, such as the human condition, were challenging.

Student Debs Shatari said she liked the long response in the paper and felt well prepared for the rest of the paper.

“My nerves were extreme, this has been building up for the past 12 months, so it’s good to have the first one over,” she said.

South Sydney High School fielded 21 Advanced English students, 37 standard English students and 17 students for the EALD paper.

Standard English teacher Adriana Nicholas said: “It was a thoughtful paper 1 with a couple of curveballs to keep them thinking. Our students were ready and capable. I’m proud of them.”

There was a wave of relief as year 12 students exited their first HSC exam at Keira High School in Wollongong this morning. 

From juggling school-based apprentices to learning English as their second language, students have been studying hard over the past two years for this moment. 

Student Hamish Cox said it was a good paper, “especially the long response, it related to our text very well regarding the endurance of the human spirit”.

Head of English Sandra Currathers said this year's English paper was relevant and interesting for students, but threw one surprise, with no visual text this year. 

"The amount of reading to other years was probably the same and the difficulty of questions were on par, " she said.

Glendale Technology High Head English teacher Karly Dolle debriefed with her students about the exam, noting they had answered questions as discussed and included key aspects of the text, George Orwell’s classic 1984.

Glad to have one exam down, student Emilee Murray is now focused on what lies ahead.

“I just have to think once they’re done, they’re done, don’t think about it again,” she said.

“There’s a light at the end of the tunnel,” classmate Olivia Eirth agreed.

Early university entry offers are often cited as discouraging students from working hard for their HSC, but not in the case of future primary school teacher Nathaniel Hearn.

He’s already been accepted into Bachelor of Teaching (Primary) at the University of Newcastle, having fallen in love with the job during Year 10 work experience at Edgeworth Public School, which he attended.

At Davidson High School Lilli Dawson studied The Crucible for Advanced English, while Liam Morony studied Billy Elliot in standard English. Both were happy with English paper 1.

“I really liked the essay question because it was so broad and easily adjustable,” Lilli said.

“I felt pretty good about the paper. The essay question fit in well with the essays I had practised and I felt the short answer questions were straightforward,” Liam said.

Peter Papilos, head teacher English at Mosman High, said both standard and advanced papers, the comprehension paper, texts and questions were very fair and reflected the teaching and learning experiences in the classroom.

“The experience of today’s exam should give students confidence for the second English paper tomorrow.”

Barrenjoey High School HSC students were, like many around the state, happy that the exams had begun and the first paper was out of the way.

While student Jude thought it wasn’t as horrible as he was expecting, student David was glad to finish in time.

“I finished with about a minute to spare but got everything out in the time, so happy with that,” he said.

Fellow student Milla felt the essay section was easier than the short answers.

“Essay was good but the short answers I found hard but glad that they did not have a compare question,” she said.

Wellington High School student Mason Hill was elated to be through day one of the HSC.

“It went great, so far. I was able to answer all the questions and that intense pressure in the lead-up to the first exam is now relieved a little bit,” he said. 

School staff were prepped and ready for students finishing their very first exam, with moral support and lollies waiting for them at the door. 

It provided a much-needed boost, Mason said.

“It's not as bad as everyone thinks it is, or what you build it up as in your mind,” he said. 

And the advice he offers students looking to sit the HSC next year, is to start studying early.

“Do a lot more study than you even think you need to do, and don't leave it until you're about to sit the exam. You’ll remember it better if you come prepared.”

More than 100 students at Whitebridge High School in Lake Macquarie sat the first of two HSC English exams this morning.

Gemma Weeks said she had not found the exam too bad and had prepared well.

“I found the trial harder I think, probably because I wasn’t as prepared for what I was going into,” she said.

“I was definitely still pushed for time though and some of the language was a little challenge to decode.”

Classmate Cadell Pheils said using technology had come in very handy while studying for the exams.

“I’ve got an app that reads my responses back to me in an AI voice. It means I’m able to multitask in my studies. Listen to the answer, revise and think. It really helps,” he said.

Tamworth has been getting right behind students as they start their HSC exams.

Staff and students encouraged Year 12 students at Farrer Memorial Agricultural High School.

“May your efforts be rewarded and this next step bring you confidence and achievement,” the school posted on its Facebook page.

At nearby Peel High School, students were all smiles ahead of their first exam.

Broken Hill and Willyama high schools held their exams in the Broken Hill High hall, with 90 students in total sitting English paper 1

Broken Hill High principal Ross Mackay said his staff were excited for the exams to start and proud of students’ efforts.

“We were proud and honoured we were able to support the students from Willyama High School, and hosting a joint examination centre while we share a site is a commonsense solution,” he said.

“We hope the supports Broken Hill High has offered have made the journey to the HSC examinations a little easier for all students of Broken Hill.”

From Queanbeyan High School, English teacher Leonil Pepingco summed up for many teachers the pride in the Class of 2025: “What we’ve got in the hall right now is a bunch of kids that are looking to shape the future of Australia.

“Some of them are going to surprise us, some of them are going to excel and some of them are going to be our new leaders. So I’m pretty excited for what comes next.”

To the HSC class of 2025: you’ve got this

On the same day, Thursday October 16, NSW Department of Education Secretary Murat Dizdar wished all HSC students the very best as exams started – and thanked our phenomenal teachers.

Mr. Dizdar PSM stated:

''Thirteen years of learning reaches its peak today for the Class of 2025 when 84,000 students sit their first HSC exam.

Whether you’re in a large high school or a tiny remote school, the HSC is a world-class credential and the door to open opportunities, whether that’s going on to further study at university or TAFE, or to an apprenticeship or the world of work. 

Success in the HSC isn’t just about exam results and ATARs; it’s about resilience, balance, personal growth and wellbeing.

Completing Year 12 is a major achievement and this HSC is a celebration of your success and development across 13 years of schooling.

As you head into your first English exam today, trust in yourself that you have done the hard work – the hours of study and revision and memorising all those quotes and facts on sticky notes.

As you sit each paper, take pride in how far you’ve come.

Aim high and remember your teachers, families, friends and communities are behind you every step of the way until your very last exam.

The HSC is quite a juggernaut. Over the next 17 days there will be 123 exams at 780 exam centres, with 5,500 markers with pens poised to evaluate the papers before results are released on December 18.

In 1967 when the HSC started, there were just 18,000 students who sat the exams. This year there’s 84,000 students across all school sectors studying at least one HSC course. 

Our dedicated teachers have gone above and beyond to support our students from their first days of school to their last.

Our Year 12 teachers and year advisors have put in a phenomenal effort, including coming back to the classroom in the holidays for that final study push. The support is year-round – working after hours, marking practice questions, giving feedback – and most importantly, believing in their students and being in their corner.

Thank you, teachers, for lighting the spark of learning and helping students realise what they can achieve. Your role in preparing the next generation of leaders, creators and citizens is invaluable.

To the class of 2025- You’ve got this!

Take care of yourself over coming weeks and imagine your future after the HSC.

Your world-class education will give you an incredible foundation for success.''

Barrenjoey High School aerial - source: youtube

Celebrating our final Australian circumnavigation in Sydney: Young Endeavour Youth Scheme

October 24, 2025

Report by Lydia Murdoch

Photos: Young Endeavour Youth Scheme and RAN

On Saturday 18th of October, STS Young Endeavour sailed triumphantly back into Sydney Harbour, completing its final circumnavigation of Australia.  

STS Young Endeavour on Sydney Harbour. Photo: RAN

300 young Australians from all across the country have joined the circumnavigation, sailing STS Young Endeavour over 8000 nautical miles, anti-clockwise around Australia, in just under 7 months. 

To celebrate the occasion, our Patron, Her Excellency the Honourable Ms Sam Mostyn AC, Governor-General of the Commonwealth of Australia, joined us on board.  

Whilst our Australian circumnavigation is now complete, the celebration is far from over! 2026 Voyage dates have been announced and berths will be balloted very soon!  

After seven months at sea, STS Young Endeavour, has completed the final circumnavigation of the continent, marking a significant milestone in the ship’s proud 37-year history.

From the tropics of Far North Queensland to the rugged cliffs of the Great Australian Bight, from bustling capital cities to remote coastal communities, STS Young Endeavour sailed over 8000 nautical miles in just under 7 months.

Some notable stops included Thursday Island, South Goulburn Island, King Georges River, Biggie Island, Fremantle, Albany and a whole host of amazing little anchorages and townships providing over 300 youth crew a unique experience all around this incredible country.

Whilst the crew of STS Young Endeavour deliver the life changing youth development voyages throughout each leg of this adventure at sea, the circumnavigation was only made possible through the enduring partnership between the Royal Australian Navy (RAN) and the Young Endeavour Youth Scheme.

For most, it was their first time at sea, and their lives have now been changed forever. The impact these voyages has on each participant ripples back out into their own communities once they return home and bring with them their new found awareness and confidence. Parents report evidence of increased maturity, independence and resilience.

Youth Crew members climbed aloft to furl sails against the backdrop of iconic coastlines, anchored in pristine bays rarely visited by modern vessels, and experienced everything from heavy weather sailing to calm sunsets at sea.

For the ship’s RAN staff crew, the circumnavigation was just as rewarding. Leading Seaman Hydrographic Systems Operator (LSHSO) Rebecca Churches found it difficult to choose her favourite stop.

“It’s hard to choose, the coastline of Australia is stunning. But, my favourite stops involved King George Falls, South Goulbourn Island, Biggie Island and Crocodile Creek. Most of these are really remote and the isolated nature of them made it a once in a lifetime opportunity to visit.” LS Churches continued to explain her overall highlights.

“Highlight one, was learning all about the rich Indigenous history and culture throughout the voyages and places we stopped. Highlight two, was meeting hundreds of young Australians, experiencing the full range of human emotions with them.”

When asked about the job positions on board, LS Churches said the program provides a unique posting unlike any other in the Fleet.

“If you are willing to work harder than you have before and challenge yourself on both a personal and professional level, then yes, I’d recommend it,” she said.

“The youth are, and will forever be, the most rewarding part of the job. Having an impact on other people’s lives, big or small is something that is hard to put into words. The feeling you get as a staff member at the end of a voyage is emotional, rich, and fulfilling. The sense of pride in the youth crew shocks you because the young Australians receiving their certificates on the final day, you’ve only known for 11 days. It is without a doubt the most amazing transition for a bunch of people whilst on board, in less than a fortnight, staff included,” LS Churches said.

“If you want it, chase it. If you get there, dive in and embrace the wild life that being a staff member on Young Endeavour is all about.”

The circumnavigation also featured some memorable highlights ashore.

In Perth, the Minister for Defence Personnel and Veterans’ Affairs, the Hon. Matt Keogh MP, visited the ship and met with both staff and youth crew, recognising the importance of the program in developing Australia’s future leaders.

The tall ship’s distinctive rig and Navy blue hull drew crowds wherever she went, with thousands of Australians stepping on board during open days to learn about life at sea and what a voyage of discovery and adventure on Young Endeavour entails.

For many, it was their first chance to step aboard a square-rigged tall ship and speak directly with the RAN crew and returning Youth Crew ambassadors who were thrilled to share their stories of their adventure of a lifetime.

Commanding Officer Lieutenant Commander Andrew Leupen reflected on the significance of the final circumnavigation.

“I discovered this amazing little ship whilst I was in Sea Training Group as the Fleet Navigating Officer during a workup a couple of years ago,” LCDR Leupen said.

“It was immediately obvious to me that what this ship is doing with the youth of Australia is absolutely incredible.

“This program literally changes 24 lives every two weeks after only 11-13 days at sea. The positive impact we have on these youngsters goes with them back into their communities, to their peer groups, to their families and is an influence on Australian society that is immeasurable but profound.

“The RAN should be very proud of the 37 years of legacy that Young Endeavour has delivered – nearly 16,000 young Australians have come through this ship in that time.

“The Circumnavigation of Australia 2025 will be an adventure that I will reflect on in the years to come. The youth crew that I had the privilege to meet, challenge and watch grow will endure in my memory.

“The next generation is simply inspiring and I just hope that they look back on their voyage with us and dare to be brave, do the unimaginable and be the change they want to see in the world.” While the chapter is closing on Young Endeavour’s Australian circumnavigations, the story is far from over.

The new replacement tall ship is currently under construction in Australia and will take up the mantle of national Sail Training Vessel in the coming years.

In the meantime, there are still opportunities for young Australians to join the voyage of a lifetime. Applications for the 2026 voyage program are now open at youngendeavour.gov.au. As one youth crew member, Mattesse from Launceston, Tasmania, put it: “It taught me that when you’re surrounded by people who believe in you, you can achieve anything you set your mind to,” he said. “Being brave enough to step over the gangway is the first step towards what will be the best 11 days of your life.”

For the Navy, for the youth of Australia, and for everyone who has sailed aboard, the circumnavigation of Young Endeavour will be remembered not just as a journey around the coastline, but as the final lap of a ship that has inspired generations.

Applications are open now for a 2026 Young Endeavour Youth Scheme voyage. You can apply here: youngendeavour.gov.au/apply-now

Hear about the circumnavigation, direct from the youth crew who lived it 

Examples include:

Nicholas
22 years old
V04/25 – Sydney to Brisbane
Camden, NSW

For those who are yet to hear me rant and rave about my experience onboard the beautiful Young Endeavour, I guess now is the time. For context earlier this month, I received a letter that I wrote 6 months ago, prior to disembarking YE, along with heartfelt messages from my fellow Youth Crew.

I have been blessed with countless adventurous experiences in my short time on this earth, but few come close that of YE. I will keep my reminiscing relatively short… Voyage 04/25 set sail from Hobart, Tasmania on the 10th of February 2025, with a Youth Crew of 24 and Staff Crew of 12. Across the ensuing 11 days, we battled unfavourable weather (50kn winds, well over 50-degree keel and huge swells), braved crossing the infamous Bass Strait, learned how to safely sail a tall ship, and made plenty of friends and memories along the way. For the majority of the Voyage, I belonged to Red Watch, led by our fearless Staffies Phil (who if you didn’t know, loves his job), and Sam! Under their leadership, eight (who would later become six) total strangers became a well-oiled machine, champions at setting and furling sails, laying aloft and dominating rope races and beach games! Red Watch became my family onboard (along with Blue and White Watch of course), and I truly could not have asked for a better group of people to have shared this experience with. I fear words will never fully encompass this experience, though I’m sure if you asked me in person, I could talk your ear off for hours. Hopefully these extra photos paint a bigger picture of this wonderful adventure!

Finally, I’d like to share some words of wisdom I wrote for myself in my letter home (I’m sure the Staffies are owed some credit here), I feel as though everyone should hear these reminders… “Continue to challenge yourself, and to seek discomfort in a world full of comfort”, “Find the time to touch grass, wonder aimlessly, and stargaze, to explore and discover the beauty of our earth”, “Please remember this isn’t just your first time at life, it’s everyone’s (that includes mum and dad)”.

Amalea
19 years old
Voyage 15/25 – Fremantle to Albany
Perth, WA

A month ago, everything was different, and now that I look back, I realize how much those 11 days on board the Young Endeavour did for me. I left as the same person who boarded, but as a newer version of myself- the version I had always hoped to be. I learned that I can trust myself and others and that I have the strength to get through anything life throws at me. Since coming home, the effects of the challenging yet supportive environment have given me the courage and self-belief to face long-held personal challenges I never imagined overcoming. It has changed the way I see the world and my place in it. This voyage isn’t just about sailing- it’s about finding a part of yourself you might have forgotten was there.

Jett
17 years old
Voyage 07/2 – Gladstone to Cairns
Illawarra, NSW

On day two I still didn’t really  know anyone or what I was doing, and I was exhausted from the long day, but there’s a moment when you’re halfway up the mast, the wind in your face, and the sea stretching endlessly below you – that’s when it hits you how incredible this experience is. Young Endeavour didn’t just teach me how to sail, it changed the way I see challenges – now I run toward them, not away.

Standing on the bow of Young Endeavour watching the sun rise over the ocean, I realised adventure isn’t just about the places you go — it’s about the person you become. That voyage gave me direction, courage and lifelong mates. It’s something I’ll never forget.

An additional note from Jett’s Parents: It’s hard for him to sum up just how special that voyage was to him. Some emotions just can’t be converted into words can they? They must be experienced! He truly came home different kid.

Whitby
17 years old
Voyage 05/25 – Sydney to Brisbane
Coffs Harbour, NSW

Young Endeavour for me was not only an 11-day voyage, it was the beginning of a new way of life. Within the space of 11 days, not only was I faced opportunities and challenges to push myself beyond what I knew as limits, I had the opportunity to make lifelong friends with people who had come from all corners of Australia and walks of life. Sharing the Navy ship with my fellow youthies, together with courage we all grew. Having the courage to set sail for 11 days to not only have an adventure of our lifetime, but to grow as individuals, learning skills and lessons that we bring home to share with our communities. My experience on Young Endeavour most certainly was nothing short of extraordinary and most definitely did not end on day 11 when arriving in Brisbane (standing tall on the tallgen). Having received our certificates, Captain Leups left us with one thing – “ Although you walk away from Young Endeavour this afternoon, Young Endeavour will never leave you” and that is most certainly true. Day in and day out, I am proud and appreciate carrying the memories, the experiences, lessons learnt and friendships formed from young Endeavour with me, sharing all that I can with my community.

Mattesse
24 years old
Voyage 05/25 – Brisbane to Gladstone
Launceston, TAS

I can say without a doubt that going on a Young Endeavour voyage was the best decision I’ve ever made. Being pushed outside my comfort zone showed me that it’s truly the best way to learn, and the personal growth I experienced in just 11 days was incredible. Facing my fears without judgment was something really special, and being surrounded by the best watch and watch leader ever made every hard moment a little easier. On top of that, the crew of inspiring Navy professionals made the entire journey unforgettable. Sure, being seasick for a few days isn’t great, but those memories fade quickly compared to everything you gain from the experience. The highlight of my voyage was making it over the transfer point on day nine. It taught me that when you’re surrounded by people who believe in you, you can achieve anything you set your mind to. You learn so much on a voyage and the lessons stay with you for years to come. I’d recommend that everyone aged 16 to 23 apply for a voyage. You have nothing to lose and everything to gain. Being brave enough to step over the gangway is the first step towards what will be the best 11 days of your life.

Lucy
22 years old
Voyage 05/25 – Sydney to Brisbane
Avalon, NSW

Best experience of my life even though it was challenging it has made me more confident in my day to day life.

Read them all HERE

Apply now for 2026

With a new, state-of-the-art ship currently under construction, this could be your last chance to sail in the original Young Endeavour!  

The ship will sail to Tasmania, Victoria, South Australia, New South Wales and Southern Queensland. Berths will be balloted very soon so apply today!

Apply here

About the STS Young Endeavour 

STS Young Endeavour is a brigantine rigged tall ship, purpose built for sail training as a bicentenary gift from the Government and the people of the United Kingdom to the people of Australia.

Construction began in May 1986 in Lowestoft, England and on 3 August, 1987 the ship began the voyage to Australia with a crew of 12 young people from Great Britain and 12 young Australians. The official handover ceremony took place on 25 January, 1988 in the presence of their Royal Highnesses the Prince and Princess of Wales in Farm Cove, Sydney Harbour.

On accepting the ship, the Prime Minister of Australia proclaimed that Young Endeavour would be used for the ‘benefit of the young people of Australia’. For a land girt by sea, the ship was a reminder of the maritime heritage shared by the two countries.

As Australia’s sail training flagship, Young Endeavour participates in major events in Australia and around the world. Thousands of young Australians have embarked on our youth development voyages and a similar number of young people with disability have joined our community day sails.

The Government decided that Young Endeavour would be operated and maintained by the Royal Australian Navy as a non-commissioned vessel. The Young Endeavour youth development program continues to be delivered by a specially trained Royal Australian Navy staff crew during each Young Endeavour voyage.

The Young Endeavour Youth Scheme was established to develop and administer the Young Endeavour youth development program, guided by an Advisory Board appointed by and responsible to the Minister for Defence. The Young Endeavour Youth Scheme is managed by a dedicated team of civilian and Navy reserve staff, based in the ship’s homeport of Sydney.

A Fairy Tale from The Glen: For Those Who’ve Forgotten How Gentle the World Can Be

By Victoria Beata

8 Student-Backed Study Tips To Help You Tackle The HSC

For those who may spend some of this Spring School holidays break prepping for exams.
Tips By University of Sydney

Our students have been through their fair share of exams and learned a lot of great study tactics along the way. Here they share their top study tips to survive and thrive during exam time.

1. Start your day right

Take care of your wellbeing first thing in the morning so you can dive into your day with a clear mind. 

“If you win the morning, you can win the day,” says Juris Doctor student Vee Koloamatangi-Lamipeti.

An active start is a great way to set yourself up for a productive day. Begin your morning with exercise or a gentle walk, squeeze in 10 minutes of meditation and enjoy a healthy breakfast before you settle into study.

2. Schedule your study

“Setting up a schedule will help you organise your time so much better,” says Master of Teaching student Wesley Lai.

Setting a goal or a theme for each study block will help you to stay focused, while devoting time across a variety of subjects will ensure you've covered off as much as possible. Remember to keep your schedule realistic and avoid over-committing your time.

Adds Wesley, “Make sure to schedule in some free time for yourself as well!”

3. Keep it consistent

“Make studying a habit,” recommends Alvin Chung, who was undertaking a Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws when we first ran this list.

With enough time and commitment, sitting down to study will start to feel like second nature rather than a chore.

“Do it every day and you’ll be less likely to procrastinate because it’s part of your life’s daily motions,” says Alvin.

4. Maintain motivation

Revising an entire year of learning can seem like an insurmountable task, which is why it’s so important to break down your priorities and set easy-to-achieve goals.

“I like to make a realistic to-do list where I break down big tasks into smaller chunks,” says Bachelor of Arts and Advanced Studies student Dannii Hudec.

“It’s also really important to reward yourself after you complete each task to keep yourself motivated.”

Treat yourself after each study block with something to look forward to, such as a cup of tea, a walk in the park with a friend or an episode of your latest Netflix obsession.

5. Minimise distractions

With so many distractions at our fingertips, it can be hard to focus on the task at hand. If you find yourself easily distracted, an “out of sight, out of mind” approach might do the trick.

“What helps me is to block social media on my laptop. I put my phone outside of my room when I study, or I give it to my sister or a friend to hide,” says Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws student Caitlin Douglas.

While parting ways with your phone for a few hours may seem horrifying, it can be an incredibly effective way to stay on task.

“It really helps me to smash out the work and get my tasks done,” affirms Caitlin.

6. Beware of burnout

Think of the HSC period as a marathon rather than a sprint. It might be tempting to cram every single day but pacing out your study time will help to preserve your endurance.

“Don’t do the work for tomorrow if you finish today’s work early,” suggests Daniel Kim, who is currently undertaking a Bachelor of Commerce and Advanced Studies.

 “Enjoy the rest of your day and save the energy for tomorrow,” he recommends.

Savouring your downtime will help you to avoid burning out before hitting the finish line.

7. Get a good night's sleep

Sleep is one of your greatest allies during exam season.

“I’ve found that a good night’s sleep always helps with concentration and memory consolidation,” says Bachelor of Science (Medical Science) student Yasodara Puhule-Gamayalage.

We all know we need to be getting around 8 hours of sleep a night to perform at our best, but did you know the quality of sleep also matters? You can help improve the quality of your sleep with some simple tweaks to your bedtime routine.

“Avoid caffeine in the 6 hours leading up to sleep, turn off screens an hour before going to bed, and go to bed at the same time every night,” suggests Yasodara.

8. Be kind to yourself

With exam dates looming and stress levels rising, chances are high that you might have a bad day (or a few!) during the HSC period.

According to Bachelor of Arts and Advanced Studies student Amy Cooper, the best way to handle those bad days is to show yourself some kindness.

“I know that if I’m in a bad state of mind or having a bad day, I’m not going to be able to produce work that I’m proud of,” she says.

For Amy, the remedy for a bad day is to take some time to rest and reset.

“It’s much more productive in the long run for me to go away, do some things I love, and come back with a fresh mind.”

Immerse yourself in a mentally nourishing activity such as going for a bushwalk, cooking your favourite meal, or getting stuck into a craft activity.

If you feel completely overwhelmed, know you're not alone. Reach out to a friend, family member or teacher for a chat when you need support.

There are also HSC Help resources available at: education.nsw.gov.au/student-wellbeing/stay-healthy-hsc

Thursday 16 October, 2025:  HSC written exams start. Friday November 7, 2025: HSC exams finish.

ReachOut has a range of support for students including for sleepexam stress and school and study.  ReachOut also has an Online Community for young people and peer support available via ReachOut PeerChat.  

Parents and carers can play an important role in helping their teens manage their sleep and exam and study stress. For tips, information and support parents and carers can visit ReachOut Parents

If you are experiencing negative thoughts or feelings, there are services out there to listen and help you out. They are free, confidential, and available 24/7. 
Please contact:
  • Lifeline – 13 11 14
  • Kids Helpline – 1800 55 1800
  • 13YARN – 13 92 76 to speak with an Aboriginal & Torres Strait Islander crisis supporter
  • If you are in immediate danger dial 000

Links To ReachOut Support Content 

For young people:
ReachOut’s Online Community - Sleep discussion

For parents and carers:
For schools:
About ReachOut
ReachOut is the leading online mental health service in Australia supporting young people during tough times.

ReachOut helps young people feel better about today and the future, no matter what challenge they’re facing. They provide a safe place where young people can openly express themselves, explore what’s happening in their lives, connect with people who understand their situation, and find the resources to help them manage their challenges now and in the future.

Anonymous, free and 100% online, ReachOut has been designed specifically for – and with – young people. From one-to-one support from experienced peer workers, to online forums, as well as tips, stories and resources, ReachOut offers a wide range of support options that allow young people to engage in the ways they want to, when they want to, and has been doing so for more than 20 years.

And, ReachOut Parents and ReachOut Schools provide valuable information, resources and advice to help parents, carers and educators to better understand the young people in their lives and to play an active role in their wellbeing.

Year 12 are about to start their final exams. Here’s how to keep calm and stay positive

Klaus Vedfelt/ Getty Images
Kylie Trask-KerrAustralian Catholic University and Steven LewisAustralian Catholic University

Thousands of Year 12 students across Australia are getting ready to sit their final exams.

Students may be feeling a lot of things right now – from heightened pressure to excitement it will all be over soon. Families may be seeking strategies to help their young people to feel confident and stay calm.

Here are some research-backed strategies to help.

Reframe the narrative

Students, schools and the media often talk about Year 12 exams as the culmination of schooling. This may not be helpful to everyone, as not everyone will receive the results they want.

Stress tends to increase throughout the final year of school.

Although a moderate level of stress is normal, and some pressure may even be useful, too much worry about exams can affect performance and overall wellbeing.

Remember, one exam is not the whole story of your ATAR or your future.

It is healthier to think about the bigger picture. Education isn’t just about exams. They are one part of a bigger journey that includes the relationships you’ve formed with peers and teachers, all the things you learned and all the experiences you’ve had.

Students have already achieved a great deal in 13 years of school – regardless of what happens in their exams or ATAR.

What is ‘success’?

In our 2021 study, colleagues and I looked at how different ideas of “success” relate to young people’s wellbeing.

A review of existing studies suggests teenagers who focus on their connections to others and their personal growth may have greater wellbeing than those who focus on “extrinsic” goals or external approval.

Families can help students by emphasising the importance of life beyond the classroom.

You’ve got options!

Keep in mind, your future does not hinge on this result.

There are more alternative pathways into university or further study than ever before. This can include going to TAFE or non-ATAR entry schemes for university.

Reminding yourself – or your child – about these options may help to reduce stress.

Have a clear plan for your exams

As you near the end of your study revision period, think about your plan for certain exams.

You will likely already have done practice exams and revision questions, so you know what format to expect.

Remind yourself when you get into the exam room to take your time to read the instructions carefully and be aware of sections where there is a choice. Pay attention to the weighting of questions as this can help you to plan the time well.

And remind yourself to stop and understand the “command terms”. These are words that tell you what to do in a question, like “analyse”, “compare” or “discuss”.

What if something goes wrong?

You may come out of an exam feeling like you didn’t do your best or something didn’t go to plan. This is very common!

So having a strategy to manage when things do not go well can be important –especially when the setbacks happen early in the exam schedule.

Research tells us planning and persistence are key components of “academic buoyancy”, or students’ resilience in the face of a setback.

This means you should revisit your plan for the next exam, whether it is tomorrow or next week. Plan your timing and approach. Look at any feedback you received on the practice exams, or advice you have received from teachers. Feeling prepared for the next exam will increase your confidence.

Remember, resilience is not just an individual trait: it comes from relationships and contexts too.

You don’t have to handle setbacks alone. In fact, it’s better if you ask for help.

Talking with a trusted friend, teacher, family member or counsellor can put things into perspective or help reframe your approach for the next exam.

Keep some balance in your life

In among your revision and preparation, don’t forget to look after your health.

Get plenty of sleep, eat well, take breaks and spend time in nature – these will all help you maintain focus and wellbeing.The Conversation

Kylie Trask-Kerr, Senior lecturer, School of Education, Australian Catholic University and Steven Lewis, Associate Professor of Education Policy, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Fabulous Forster Is Holiday Haven: in 1965 - Australian Colour Diary 26.

from NFSA Films

From The Film Australia Collection.  Made by the Commonwealth Film Unit 1965. Directed by R Edwards. A look at Forster on the New South Wales coast. Popular with holiday makers this idyllic beach-side town offers a relaxed summer atmosphere on the New South Wales mid-north coast.

Greece and Crete named as destinations for 2026 Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour

Wednesday October 22, 2025

NSW Premier Chris Minns and Minister for Veterans David Harris today announced Greece and Crete as destinations for the 2026 Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship school study tour exploring Australia's military history of the Second World War.

The announcement comes a week after students from schools across NSW returned from the 2025 study tour to the Republic of Korea and Singapore.

The students visited the site of the Battle of Kapyong, the Demilitarised Zone and the UN First Battle Memorial in the Republic of Korea. In Singapore, the tour included visits to the Kranji War Memorial, Changi Prison Chapel and Museum, and the Fort Siloso and Surrender Chambers.

Sixteen students from across NSW will be selected to participate in next year’s study tour to Greece and Crete, with 2026 marking the 85th anniversary of the Greek and Crete campaigns of 1941.

Key locations on the tour include Athens, war cemeteries at Phaleron and Suda Bay, and the historic site of the Battle of Rethymno, where Australian and Greek troops faced a fierce German paratrooper assault. Of the more than 17,000 Australians who served in the campaigns, nearly 600 died and over 1,000 were wounded. Each site holds deep significance in the nation’s involvement in the Second World War.

Applications opened today for Accompanying Teachers for the 2026 tour that will take place in the Term 3 school holidays.

NSW teachers of Stage 5 History and/or Stage 6 Modern History are encouraged to apply for this unique professional development opportunity to enrich their understanding and teaching of Australian war time history.

Student applications will open in early 2026.

Applications for the role of Accompanying Teacher for the 2026 tour close at 11:59pm on 26 November 2025. Eligible teachers can apply here: https://veteransaffairs.smartygrants.com.au/PAMS2026Teachers.

Students who will be in Year 10 or 11 in 2026 are encouraged to register their interest. 

More information is available here: https://www.veterans.nsw.gov.au/education/premiers-anzac-memorial-scholarship/

NSW Premier Chris Minns said:

“The Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship is a wonderful opportunity for high school History students to further develop their understanding of the history of Australians at war.

“The 85th anniversary of the Greek and Crete campaigns of 1941 provides a unique opportunity to offer NSW high school students passionate about history a chance to commemorate and better understand the experience of Australian men and women who served in this important theatre of the Second World War.”

Minister for Veterans David Harris said:

“The PAMS tour presents a unique opportunity for teachers and students from all over New South Wales, and I highly recommend that history teachers consider applying.

“The 2026 tour will explore Australia’s military history during the Second World War, visiting locations that experienced the war’s impact first-hand. Students and teachers will hear the stories of those who served and sacrificed their lives in these campaigns that defined our nation’s involvement in the Second World War.

“The study tour is an important initiative in ensuring the legacy of our Second World War veterans is preserved. By connecting young Australians with the places where our veterans served, we honour their courage, service and sacrifice, while strengthening our commitment to remembrance.”

Elizabeth Farmer, Nowra High School teacher and 2025 PAMS accompanying teacher said:

"The Premiers’ Anzac Memorial Scholarship experience is more incredible than can be believed. From gaining experiential learning ideas on the ground where Australians have fought to deepening your understanding of syllabus content, the study tour was an outstanding opportunity to further my knowledge of HSIE content, but to also link my family history and service to locations vital to Australian history.

“The Scholarship offers more than a chance to walk in the footsteps of our past servicemen and servicewomen, it offers the chance to help shape the way future generations interact with our shared history and our past, present and future veterans."

Christian Bell, Christian Brothers' High School Lewisham teacher and 2025 PAMS accompanying teacher said:

"The Premiers’ Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour is one of the most rewarding professional development experiences a History teacher can undertake. It offers the rare chance to explore overseas sites of Australian service, memorials including museums, and battlefields, alongside expert historians, whose knowledge and storytelling bring history vividly to life.

“Equally inspiring is working with the students. A group of curious, respectful, and deeply engaged young people whose enthusiasm for learning about Australia’s military past makes every moment on tour meaningful. I strongly encourage teachers to apply.”

Biana Nguyen, 2025 PAMS Scholar, St George Girls High School:

"The Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour to Korea and Singapore was a powerful experience that reshaped how I see history.

“Visiting sites of remembrance and learning about the impacts of war in both countries made the past feel real and immediate.

“Standing in places where Australians once served and hearing stories of resilience, loss and recovery gave me a deeper understanding of the legacy of military service.”

Liam Harrison, 2025 PAMS Scholar, Mereweather High School said:

"Participating in the PAMS tour was a transformative experience that deepened my understanding of history far beyond the classroom. Through immersive visits to significant sites and memorials, gained a significant appreciation for the complexities of war and the enduring legacy of those who served.

"I very much encourage other students to apply for the scholarship. It’s more than a tour, it’s an opportunity to grow, connect, and carry forward the memory of our shared past."

Opportunities:

Narrabeen Lakes Amateur Swimming Club 2025-2026 Season

Narrabeen Lakes Amateur Swimming Club is ready and raring to go for another terrific season down at our beloved rockpool.  The water is simply glorious at the moment.  Can't wait to see you all at 1pm on Saturday 1 November.   All newcomers welcome and please try us out for free.  Register at www.nlasc.com.au

Avalon Sailing Club Try Sailing Day is Saturday 15th November.

It's an opportunity for members of the public to visit the club, explore the facilities and try sailing on a yacht or dinghy. Speak to members and experts about ways to get into sailing.

Sailing opportunities at Avalon for all ages from 8 years up to 88 !

Click here for details: www.revolutionise.com.au/avalonsailingclub/events/321427

Busk at The North Narrabeen NSHS P&C Boot Sale

Are you a budding musician? The NSHS P&C is turning up the volume at our November 30 Car Boot Sale with a brand-new initiative — Busk @ the Boot! 

Whether you’re an up-and-coming performer, a seasoned street musician, or just love to share your sound, we want YOU to help bring the vibe!

Here’s the deal:
  • Open to NSHS students and local community artists
  • Buskers keep 100% of the money collected during their set
Questions? Contact our CAPA Coordinator Katherine Moore at moore.moorefitness@gmail.com


The P&C Executive is committed to making every event more vibrant, inclusive, and fun — and we believe live music is the key to that energy! So, whether you’re acoustic, electric, solo, or in a group, come and help us make this Boot Sale sing!

Narrabeen SLSC Ocean Swim 2025

Our Annual Narrabeen Beach Challenge Ocean Swim kicks off Sydney’s Ocean swim season on Sunday 2 November 2025. It is a favourite for both local athletes and casual swimmers of all ages. This year, we are introducing a 300 metre Junior Swim alongside our regular 800-metre and 1.8-km races.

Everyone can enter this event via oceanswims.com website or via here. We are looking forward to a wonderful day for our swimmers.

Kevin Lee

Narrabeen Beach Challenge Ocean Swim Co-Organiser, Narrabeen Beach SLSC

Ben's career takes a new flight path

“My advice, if you’re unsure about a career change, look into the training and make a start.” - Ben Nordsvan, TAFE NSW Nowra

After nearly a decade in cyber security, Castle Hill local Ben Nordsvan turned his lifelong passion for aviation into a new career with the help of TAFE NSW.

Before graduating from the Certificate II in Aeroskills, Ben landed a role with Coulson Aviation, where he helps maintain the NSW Rural Fire Service helicopter fleet. He is now studying a Certificate IV in Aeroskills and encourages others considering a career change to “just make a start.”

With demand for qualified aircraft maintenance engineers rising nationwide, Ben’s story highlights how TAFE NSW training opens doors to meaningful, in-demand careers that keep our skies and communities safe.

The aviation sector offered Ben Nordsvan a chance to turn a lifelong passion into a meaningful career. After nearly a decade in cyber security, he is re-training with TAFE NSW to play a vital role in keeping fire and rescue aircraft safe in our skies.

His career change aligns with the growing demand for aircraft maintenance professionals, driven by increased defence investment and booming air travel.

In just 12 months, the Castle Hill resident completed his Certificate II in Aeroskills. On the cusp of graduating, Ben secured a role with international company Coulson Aviation, working on the NSW Rural Fire Service helicopter fleet. He is now enrolled in the Certificate IV in Aeroskills.

“I’ve always been drawn to aviation,” Ben said. “I grew up going to air shows and flying remote control aircraft. I met some RAAF aircraft maintainers who explained the other areas of aviation I hadn’t considered. When my last job came to an end, I enrolled in the Certificate II Aeroskills course at TAFE NSW. Little did I know it would be one of the best decisions I ever made,” he said.

Ben’s passionate about all things aviation and was recently invited to speak to the new intake of Aeroskills students. He shared the story of his journey to a career in aviation maintenance, discussing not only technical skills but also the importance of teamwork, work ethic, and accountability. All qualities, he says, are essential in the world of aircraft maintenance.

“These skills are in demand, and this work is meaningful. I’m part of a team that maintains the aircraft used to rescue and help people across the state.

“My advice, if you’re unsure about a career change, look into the training, make a start. The aeroskills course gives great insight into Aircraft Maintenance Engineering. I knew there was a demand for graduates with this qualification but I didn’t expect to find a job before finishing the course.”

Nationally, the industry is seeing a growing demand for aircraft maintainers with a diploma qualification and a licence, meaning they can work independently and supervise the work of others.

Coulson Aviation Human Resources Generalist Rebecca Breen said the demand was true of their organisation. “Ben did the groundwork with his Certificate II, which demonstrates he’s serious about pursuing this career. It also put him miles ahead when he started the Certificate IV qualification, before moving on to the Diploma and becoming licensed. When aspiring apprentice engineers contact me, my advice is always to look into doing that Certificate II,” Ms Breen said.

The Certificate II in Aeroskills provides the foundational knowledge and skills that can open the door to a career in aviation. TAFE NSW Head Teacher David Duncan said Ben’s dedication to his training led to an incredible opportunity. 

“The practical skills Ben and his fellow students developed, working directly with aircraft systems and components, mean they can hit the ground running. This is exactly what the aviation industry needs. It’s inspiring to see how this experience has helped Ben build a successful career with a respected international aviation company like Coulson’s,” Mr Duncan said.

Battle Of The Bands: opportunity to listen to great local music at Mona Vale

Every Friday in November
12 Bands | 4 Weeks | One Epic Showdown
At The Mona (Mona Vale Hotel - Park Street Mona Vale)
The Line Up has been finalised, and we're counting down the days! 
Get ready for an epic month of live music, incredible local talent and unforgettable Friday night at The Mona. 

FINAL LINE UP & DATES 
Week 1: Friday, 7th November 
  • Hour Language
  • Josh Evans 
  • Bangalley 
  • Necko 
Week 2: Friday, 14th November 
  • Ramstone 
  • There Goes me
  • Speaking Of Which 
  • Gilroy 
Week 3: Friday, 21st November 
  • Selene and The Strange 
  • Apocalypseboyo
  • Woodhill
  • Social Strangers 
Week 4: Friday, 28th November THE FINAL 
  • To be determined...

Open Mic at Palm Beach

Come on down this Sunday from 2–5pm for our Open Mic Afternoon — happening every last Sunday of the month!

Show off your talent, enjoy great vibes, and be part of a supportive local music scene. Don’t miss it!

Club Palm Beach

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Oscillate

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Verb

1. move or swing back and forth in a regular rhythm. 2. vary or fluctuate between two states, limits, opinions. 3. (Physics) vary in magnitude or position in a regular manner about a central point.

From early 18th century: from Latin oscillat- ‘swung’, from the verb oscillare - 1726, intransitive, "to vibrate, move backward and forward," as a pendulum does, a back-formation from oscillation, or else from Latin oscillatus, past participle of oscillare "to swing." Transitive sense of "cause to swing backward and forward" is by 1766. From 1917 in electronics, "cause oscillation in an electric current."

oscillation(noun)

"kind of vibration in which a body swings backward and forward," 1650s, from French oscillation and directly from Latin oscillationem (nominative oscillatio), noun of action from past-participle stem of oscillare "to swing," from oscillum "a swing," which usually is identified with the oscillum that meant "little face" (literally "little mouth"), a mask of open-mouthed Bacchus hung up in vineyards as a charm (the sense evolution would be via the notion of "swinging in the breeze"); from word root os- "mouth". Figurative use, in reference to a swinging back and forth (in opinion, attitude, etc.) is by 1798.

"one who or that which oscillates," agent noun in Latin form from oscillate; by 1835 of persons, figuratively; by 1889 in reference to electric currents. 

Compare Swing (verb)

From Middle English swingen "cause to move, throw, cast, fling; move, dash, rush;" also "deliver a blow, smite with a weapon," from Old English swingan "to beat, strike; scourge, flog; to rush, fling oneself" (strong verb, past tense swang, past participle swungen). This is from Proto-Germanic swangwi- (source also of Middle Dutch swingen, Old Saxon, Old High German swingan "to swing," Old Frisian swinga "pour," German schwingen "to swing, swingle, oscillate"), which is of uncertain origin and might be in Germanic only. Swirl, switch, swivel and swoop are sometimes considered to be from the same source. 

The meaning "move freely back and forth," as a body suspended from a fixed point, is recorded by 1540s; that of "move with a swinging step" is by 1854. The transitive sense "cause to sway or oscillate" is from 1550s. From 1660s as "ride on a swing;" colloquially meant to "be executed through hanging," 1520s. The sense of "bring about, make happen" is by 1934.

Swing(noun)

Old English swinge "a stroke, blow with a weapon; chastisement," from the verb. Some later senses developed directly from the modern verb. By late 15c. generally as "an act or motion of swinging, the sweep of a body moving in suspension" (used with much latitude). The meaning "suspended seat on ropes fastened to points of support" is from 1680s. The sense of "free-swinging movement or gait" is by 1730. The meaning as a "shift of public opinion" is from 1899.

The meaning "variety of big dance-band music with a swinging rhythm" based on the performer's lag or rush of the time, is attested by 1933, though the sense has been traced back to 1888. An all-but-ineffable quality yet what wants it don't mean a thing; its heyday was mid-1930s to mid-1940s.

Phrase in full swing "in total effect or operation" (1560s) may stem from the act of bell-ringing. The backyard or playground swing-set "one or more children's swings on a rigid frame" is by 1912.

There is a common myth that swinging first spread throughout China during the Spring and Autumn period (771–476 BC). In the modern myth, during the Han dynasty swinging continued to rise in popularity and was often performed at the Qingming Festival and the Duanwu Festival. However, this myth has no basis in evidence. The origin of the myth was originally written in a lost book at some point around the 3rd century to 5th century, and the myth is stated in quotations of that book as simply "Others say that", showing it is a myth, not based on any historical record. By the time of the Song dynasty, swinging became involved in professional acrobatics, where performers would swing between boats over water.

The earliest known representations of swings come from artifacts found in Greece. A terracotta sculpture of a woman sitting on a swing found at Hagia Triada dates to the Late New Palace period (1450–1300 BC). The swing was called aeora or eora (αἰώρα, ἐώρα) and there are representation of people sitting and playing with a swing in ancient Greek art.

In Eastern Europe, Slavic traditions associate swinging with courting and with crop-fertility rituals.

In the 1700s, French artists depicted scenes of nobility swinging recreationally.

Charles Wicksteed (1847-1931) has the reputation of inventing the modern-day playground swing. One of his prototypes, unearthed in 2013 near Wicksteed Park in the United Kingdom, dates back to the early 1920s.

Woman sitting on a swing. Hagia Triada, Heraklion Archaeological Museum, Crete. Photo: Wolfgang Sauber 

Why are women’s shoes so pointy? A fashion expert on impractical but stylish footwear

One thing uniting humans across history is their willingness to suffer for fashion. Victoria Kotlyarchuk/iStock via Getty Images Plus
Michael WatsonUniversity of South Carolina

Curious Kids is a series for children of all ages. If you have a question you’d like an expert to answer, send it to CuriousKidsUS@theconversation.com.


“Why are ladies’ shoes so pointy? Feet and toes aren’t pointy, most of men’s shoes aren’t pointy, and they hurt my feet.” – Bunny, age 13, Mizpah, New Jersey


While people’s actual feet are rounded on the end, women’s dress shoes often come to a sharp point at the toe. Many people also feel these pointy shoes are uncomfortable to wear. So why do shoe designers keep making them this way?

With over two decades in the fashion industry, I’ve researched and taught on the influences behind fashion design and how it’s used, even when certain traditions and styles seem impractical.

Revisiting the interesting history behind women’s pointy shoes can help us understand the various reasons why they’re still popular.

Pointy poulaines for men

Several current fashion trends for women, including pointy shoes, were in fact initially adopted by men.

In medieval Europe, around the 14th and 15th centuries, pointy leather shoes were popular among wealthy men. Called poulaines – or cracows, after the Polish city Kraków, where historians think they originated – these shoes could run as long as 12 inches in length. To keep the stiff, pointy shape, the wearer would stuff the ends of the shoes with moss or wool.

Black shoes with long, pointed tips
The pointy tip is the point for poulaines. Deutsches Schuhmuseum HauensteinCC BY-SA

Like most items of fashion, shoes signal the wearer’s status to their peers. Poulaines were heavily decorated and expensive to make, and their elongated design made it difficult to move around. Thus, wearing poulaines communicated to others that the wearer was wealthy, having no need to perform physical work that required mobility.

Pointy shoes as status symbol

These shoes became so popular that in 1463 King Edward IV of England passed laws limiting toe length to 2 inches for anyone below a lord in social ranking. This decree had social, political and religious effects.

Socially, restricting the longest-toed shoes to the nobility ensured the shoe would be a visual status marker associated with the upper classes. This obvious sign helped maintain social order and prevented lower-class people from trying to pass themselves off as higher in standing than they were.

Politically, the king used this same legislation to control the textile trade and protect English industries. By regulating the fabrics and accessories necessary to make excessively ornate shoes, Edward IV could limit foreign competition with English textile manufacturers and at the same time manage fashion trends.

Painting depicting various aristocrats wearing pointy shoes at a banquet
Only nobility got to enjoy the longest pointy shoes England could offer. Loyset Liédet (circa 1470)/Bibliothèque de l'Arsenal

From a religious perspective, King Edward IV passed these laws on the grounds that God was displeased by anything other than modest clothing – for the lower classes, anyway. Additionally, religious leaders believed that the long toes prevented people from kneeling in a respectful, submissive manner and so restricted the ability to properly pray.

The pressure to literally “fit in” to these pointy shoes also came with a physical cost. Poulaines hurt the wearer’s feet and could make their toe bones crooked. Bunions – a bony bump that develops on the inside of the foot at the big toe – became more common with the popularity of these shoes.

Pain with a purpose

Various cultures have adopted pointy shoes throughout history, often to signify status, wealth or a connection to a specific subculture. A few examples include the juttis or khussas of Northern India and Pakistan, respectively; the lotus shoes once popular in China; and the pointed flat slippers worn during the Etruscan civilization.

From a practical standpoint, however, pointy-toed shoes can lead to foot deformities and health problems. Why do people still wear pointy shoes if they’re so painful?

Shoes with a very close taper at the toes and high arches
Fitting into lotus shoes required intentionally breaking one’s feet. Daniel Schwen/The Children's Museum of Indianapolis via Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA

One reason is a desire to belong. Your brain is programmed to seek out and find people who think and believe like you. Like how early humans needed to stay with their tribe to survive, your brain thinks that being part of a group can help keep you safe.

Because high-heeled, pointed shoes are commonly worn by women, wearing them gives the wearer feelings of acceptance from other women. While there is nothing inherent about pointy shoes that make them feminine or attractive – considering that they were often originally designed for men – fashion often relies on trends that people unconsciously agree on. What is stylish is often influenced by accepted social norms.

Your brain also has clever shortcuts to help you make decisions quickly. One shortcut is to look at what other people are doing. If you see lots of people wearing a certain style or playing a particular game, your brain thinks, well, if everyone is doing this, it must be a good choice. This process helps you make decisions without having to think too hard about every little detail.

Scientists call the powerful, mental influence fashion has on both the person wearing it and the people seeing their outfit enclothed cognition. The shoes you wear may alter how you perceive yourself and others, as well as carry symbolic meaning. So designers might use elongated shoes to create the illusion of a long, slender silhouette to create a look that is not only seen but also personally felt as elegant and powerful.

With new technology and an increased consumer desire for comfort, the good news is that next time you get dressed and want to wear pointy, fashionable shoes, they may be at least a little less painful than they were in the past.


Hello, curious kids! Do you have a question you’d like an expert to answer? Ask an adult to send your question to CuriousKidsUS@theconversation.com. Please tell us your name, age and the city where you live.

And since curiosity has no age limit – adults, let us know what you’re wondering, too. We won’t be able to answer every question, but we will do our best.The Conversation

Michael Watson, Interim Associate Chair and Instructor of Retailing, University of South Carolina

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

LeBron James will be the first NBA player to reach 23 seasons. How is he still one of the best?

Dylan HicksFlinders University

A common saying in sport is: “Father Time is undefeated”.

This reflects the belief that age catches up with every athlete, no matter their level of performance.

Physiological, biomechanical and neuromuscular aspects of performance such as force production peak in an athlete’s twenties and then slowly decline with age.

In sports such as basketball, elite levels of speed, power, endurance and decision-making are essential. Even the smallest decline can severely affect performance.

Yet, 40-year-old National Basketball Association (NBA) legend LeBron James is defying this logic.

How?

How James is creating history

On Wednesday, the new NBA season begins.

James will miss the early weeks of the season after being diagnosed with sciatica.

When he does return to the court, he will become the first player in NBA history to take the court for a 23rd season.

Despite turning 41 in December, he continues to dominate his younger counterparts at both ends of the floor with his trademark blend of power, poise and basketball IQ.

Remarkably, in last year’s NBA Playoffs, James remained among the league’s best. He ranked tenth in the league in points (25.4), rebounds (9.0) and assists (5.6), fourth in minutes played (40.8) and third in steals (2.0).

It was a stunning achievement at his age in one of the world’s premier athletic competitions.

However, there are signs he is slowing down.

Even the best slow down

If we compare James’ first seven seasons in Cleveland with his most recent seven in Los Angeles, there is a notable drop in availability. On average, he played around 20 fewer regular-season games per year (about 78 games per season in Cleveland compared to 58 per season at the Lakers).

James remains one the league’s most productive players, but there’s no denying he’ll continue to slow down.

Age-related neuromuscular decline in muscle strength is primarily related to changes in muscle structure, with peak concentric strength typically occurring between 25 and 35.

Research suggests around 90% of the decline in muscle strength is due to muscle atrophy — a gradual reduction in muscle tissue, which particularly affects type II (fast-twitch) muscle fibres.

These changes have a direct impact on the basketball-specific actions James is known for, such as scoring in transition (sprinting) and first step quickness (agility).

Interestingly, muscle power (critical in rapidly producing force in short periods) declines at a faster rate than maximum strength.

This may be the reason we now see fewer high-flying dunks from James compared to early in his career.

Over a ten-year period, James’ average speed on offence and defence has declined by 4.9% and 5.6% respectively. This suggests age-related changes have influenced his on-court behaviour, a pattern also observed in research on ageing NBA athletes.

Getting smarter is the key

Despite the age-related changes in force and power production, research highlights the importance of prioritising movement efficiency as athletes grow older.

In other words, athletes need to be smarter in the way they move as their bodies slow down.

Biomechanically, this is evident in James placing more emphasis on his post-game (receiving the ball near the basket), where he can exploit body position, leverage and technique, rather than relying on raw power to score.

Similarly, James’ increased reliance on 3-point attempts across his career (a 47% increase between 2003-2024) reflects an adaptation that reduces biomechanical demands while maintaining offensive impact.

However, neuromuscular and biomechanical changes are only two pieces of the puzzle: ageing also affects athletes’ endurance and their ability to recover between games.

The workload and recovery battle

When it comes to endurance, one key factor is maximal oxygen uptake (VO2), which declines with age.

This decrease limits oxygen delivery to working muscles, reducing an athlete’s ability to recover between repeated, high-intensity efforts.

Further, it has been reported blood oxygen-carrying capacity starts to decline at age 30. This means older players may experience slower recovery between games if workloads are not managed.

James has maintained high productivity thanks to his reported investment of millions per season in body maintenance.

James’ recovery methods include ice bathshyperbaric chambers, cryotherapy and massage, along with consistent strength training, structured nutrition and afternoon naps.

Lessons to be learned

James’ 23rd season in the NBA will likely be his last. His career will highlight how the inevitable effects of ageing on high performance sport can be managed and delayed with a scientific approach to workload and recovery.

Just as James has adapted his training regime and playing style to align with his ageing body, everyday people of the same age can use these principles in their lives.

Regular strength training to delay muscle tissue loss, using conditioning methods such as interval training, hill sprints or pool sessions to reduce the impact on lower limb joints, and incorporating mobility work to preserve range of motion can all help sustain performance and independence as we age.

As basketball enthusiasts prepare for James’ proposed farewell tour, the scientific community can appreciate the outer limits of human athletic performance.

While none of us has the athletic gifts of James, we can all live a strong and healthy life as we age.The Conversation

Dylan Hicks, Lecturer & Movement Scientist / PhD Sports Biomechanics, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Misinformation was rife during the 2025 election. New research shows many people were unable to identify it

Sora ParkUniversity of CanberraJee Young LeeUniversity of Canberra, and Kieran McGuinnessUniversity of Canberra

Misinformation has become a routine part of daily life, shaping public discourse and distorting perceptions. A new report reveals that in the two weeks prior to the 2025 federal election, almost two-thirds (60%) of adults reported coming across election misinformation. Only 19% didn’t come across it and 21% were unsure.

Many Australians are frustrated and overwhelmed by misinformation. They also lack the time and skills to fact-check, and feel governments and platforms should be doing more to combat it.

Only 41% of adults are confident they can check whether online information is true, and 40% say they can check whether a social media post can be trusted. Low confidence leads to higher concern. Almost three-quarters (73%) say they are concerned about the spread of false election information.

This low confidence and heightened anxiety can lead to disengagement from news and politics. When people see something they suspect is election misinformation, they are more likely to ignore it (44%) than check the facts (25%). The pervasive nature of election misinformation could be turning people away from democratic institutions and processes.

Many people don’t investigate dubious information because they experience political burnout. Even if someone does have the ability to verify misinformation, they may choose not to apply the skill or knowledge. Instead, audiences who are bothered by information uncertainty disengage altogether.

Our study

We asked people to identify misinformation by giving them five examples of false information on social media that were circulated during the election campaign. These examples were provided by a professional fact-checker. For political balance, two were misinformation about the Labor Party, two were misinformation about the Liberal-National coalition, and one was politically neutral.

Many participants were unsure or said “no”, these weren’t misinformation. This suggests ordinary people differ from fact-checkers in their perceptions of election misinformation. The proportion who correctly identified the misinformation ranged from 43% to 58% across the five examples. The misinformation targeting Labor had higher percentages of accurate responses (48% and 58%). The non-partisan example had the lowest score, with only 43% of respondents identifying it as misinformation.

It is important to note that 16–34% of respondents in this study replied “unsure”. This confirms the indifference and disengagement with politics among many Australian voters.

There are stark differences between left, centre and right-leaning respondents in their responses. Those who identify as left-wing were much more likely to identify misinformation in the two posts that were about Labor (67% and 80%) than the two posts about the coalition (30% and 51%) or the non-partisan example (53%).

Similarly, those who identified right-wing were more likely to identify the two posts that were about the coalition (61% and 55%) than when the content concerned Labor (39% and 45%) or was non-partisan (43%).

Perceptions of misinformation are strongly tied to one’s beliefs and identity. People can still believe false information even if it contradicts factual knowledge. This is because acceptance is a mentally easier process than rejection.

Rejection of information as false involves an additional cognitive process that requires motivation and resources. When information does not align with people’s beliefs, they tend to determine it to be false.

Quality news matters

We found an important link between having access to quality news and people’s ability to verify information. Those who regularly access news and are informed are much less likely to be vulnerable to misinformation. They also feel more empowered to participate in politics.

Those who have received media literacy education are also more likely to be able to discern misinformation and react responsibly to misinformation. The findings suggest that media literacy education, combined with improved access to quality news, can be an effective way to help people navigate the online environment and discern misinformation.

Misinformation will likely be a problem no matter how much we try to reduce or remove it from our information ecosystem. It is timely that the federal government is developing a National Media Literacy Strategy.

There are some steps that can be taken to combat misinformation.

First, the legal and regulatory environment must enable proactive measures to reduce misinformation. Digital platforms must be transparent about how they target particular groups of people.

Second, factual, quality information that can counteract misinformation should be amplified. People need to have trusted sources of news and information they can turn to.

Finally, we can improve people’s media literacy level so that they can discern misinformation and know how to respond with confidence. Our data show more than half of the respondents (51%) have never received media literacy education.

The Australian public expressed strong views and a clear desire for intervention regarding the regulation of the online environment, particularly concerning election misinformation.

The majority of respondents – 70% – support the view that the government should take steps to restrict false information on social media, even if it limits freedom to publish and access information.

Moreover, 83% support truth in advertising laws to be implemented at a national level.The Conversation

Sora Park, Professor of Communication, News & Media Research Centre, University of CanberraJee Young Lee, Lecturer, News & Media Research Centre, University of Canberra, and Kieran McGuinness, Postdoctoral Fellow, News & Media Research Centre, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Hot girl’ stomach problems? Yes, IBS affects women more than men – here’s why

Carol Yepes/Getty
Lauren ManningLa Trobe University

For a while, the “hot girls have stomach problems” trend on social media has been a way for women to destigmatise irritable bowel syndrome (IBS).

By sharing content about bloating, farting, diarrhoea and constipation, users normalise talking about some of the condition’s unpleasant symptoms.

But why does IBS affect women more than men?

Studies show women are twice as likely as men to have this condition and symptoms are most common among those aged 18 to 39.

The reasons are complex, but sex hormones seem to play an important role. Here’s what we know.

What is irritable bowel syndrome?

IBS is more than just stomach pain – it’s a complex disorder affecting messages sent by the nerve network known as the gut-brain axis.

IBS is considered a syndrome because it is characterised by a collection of symptoms, rather than a structural abnormality in the gut or a particular disease.

People with this condition experience unpredictable and uncomfortable bowel motions such as diarrhoea and constipation. Other symptoms can include pelvic pain, headaches and fatigue and significantly affect quality of life.

There is also significant overlap between IBS and depression and anxiety.

The definitive reason people develop IBS remains unclear. But we do know messaging between the brain and gut is thrown off track.

In both men and women, everyday factors – including stress, exercise, diet, socialising and thought patterns, such as the anxiety someone may develop about symptoms – can speed up or slow down the messages sent via the gut-brain axis.

The result is heightened reactivity: the gut becomes very sensitive to food, stress and anxiety, leading to unpredictable bowel motions.

The role of hormones

Differences in men and women’s IBS symptoms – and how bad they are – may be due to differences in hormones.

Men have more testosterone than women, and this hormone is thought to help protect against developing IBS.

But for women, fluctuations in oestrogen and progesterone – which they have more of – can worsen symptoms.

These hormones influence how quickly food moves through the gut, speeding up or slowing down the number of times the gut contracts, leading to pain and other symptoms like constipation and diarrhoea.

Women are more likely to have worse symptoms during their reproductive years. Symptoms are also often worse during a women’s period, which is when oestrogen and progesterone decrease.

There is also emerging evidence about the overlap between IBS and conditions such as endometriosis and polycystic ovary syndrome.

Recent studies suggest people with endometriosis are three times more likely to have IBS, while those with polycystic ovary syndrome are twice as likely to have it.

These conditions seem to be connected by hormone fluctuations and pain, although we don’t know what causes what. Factors such as mild inflammation from an overactive immune system, a weak gut lining, unbalanced gut bacteria and sensitive nerves in the gut may explain why these conditions happen together.

Women are also more likely to seek support for IBS than men, which may explain why we have better reporting on their diagnosis and the overlap of other conditions that affect women.

Managing IBS

There is no cure for IBS. But the syndrome can be managed with lifestyle changes and medication.

Evidence suggests reducing gut irritants in your diet can reduce discomfort. These include caffeine, spicy food, alcohol, fizzy drinks and high-fat food.

For some people with ongoing symptoms, a dietitian may prescribe restricting and then reintroducing certain food groups known as fermentable carbohydrates, or FODMAPs.

FODMAPs are found in common foods such as dairy products (lactose), grain and cereals (fructans) and certain fruits such as apples, watermelon and stone fruit (polyols).

The purpose of this diet is to first relieve symptoms and then systematically identify irritants, so that if they’re reintroduced it’s at a level that the gut can tolerate.

For some people, cognitive behavioural therapy also helps. This talk therapy – which focuses on reframing unhelpful thinking and behaviour – is used to get messages between the gut-brain axis back on track. For example, by reducing emotional stress (the “fight or flight” response), improving how your brain interprets pain, and addressing negative thoughts about symptoms, such as shame and anxiety.

Others may benefit from hypnotherapy, which helps reduce gut sensitivity and promotes deep relaxation. This teaches the body to respond more calmly to stress, which helps to regulate the gut-brain messaging system.

Doctors can also recommend medications that act on receptors in the gut and regulate the speed of digestion which can reduce diarrhoea and constipation.

Otherwise, low-dose antidepressants (prescribed at a much lower dose than what would be used to treat clinical depression) can help to reduce sensitivity to pain in the gut.

So, can social media help?

People living with IBS often feel their condition isn’t taken seriously.

Research shows they face dismissive attitudes – including from doctors – which suggest the symptoms are just in their head, and are more likely to experience shame about their condition.

For some women, sharing experiences online can help them shed the shame and find out more about IBS. But social media communities, and influencers trying to sell products, can also encourage women to try expensive strategies that don’t have evidence to back them.

Given the complexity of IBS, individual, tailored care is key.

Your symptoms are not just a “vibe”. If you’re concerned, you should speak to a trained health-care professional, such as a GP, psychologist or dietitian, who can help you find the right treatment for you.The Conversation

Lauren Manning, Lecturer in Dietetics and Human Nutrition, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Will the ‘military sleep method’ really help me fall asleep in 2 minutes?

LightFieldStudios/Getty
Dean J. MillerCQUniversity Australia

Has a camouflaged athlete running on a dirt road ever shouted health advice through your phone? Sometimes these videos are motivational and get you off the couch to start exercising; sometimes they’re educational. But can their advice help us civilians?

Let’s look at what it means to follow the “military sleep method”. There are various versions circulating on social media, including claims it can help you drop off in two minutes.

It certainly sounds appealing.

I research sleep and the body clock. And in field work, I have been part of several high-performance environments, helping athletes and military personnel counter fatigue and jet lag, and to get better sleep.

Here’s why the military sleep method might work for soldiers. But could it also work for you?

Just 3 steps to sleep?

The military sleep method, as the name suggests, is meant to help military personnel prime their body for sleep, regardless of the environment.

The first mention of the method is credited to a sports performance book called Relax and Win.

Reports of the military sleep method can vary slightly depending on the source. But three key components remain consistent:

  1. progressive muscle relaxation: contracting and relaxing the muscles of the face, then the shoulders and arms, before moving down through the chest and legs

  2. controlled breathing: breathing is slowed and controlled, emphasising longer exhalations

  3. visualisation: imagining a calm environment, such as floating on calm water or lying in a quiet field.

Is this science or folklore?

As you may expect, the militaries of the world are not publishing their sleep techniques in open access journals. So there are no specific validations of the military sleep method in mainstream science.

So, let’s compare it to the recommended first-line treatment for insomnia, known as cognitive behaviour therapy for insomnia, or CBT-I.

This involves several key components:

  1. cognitive therapy: challenging unrealistic beliefs and worries about sleep

  2. stimulus control: strengthening the bed–sleep connection by avoiding non-sleep activities in bed and only lying down when sleepy

  3. sleep restriction: initially limiting time in bed to build sleep pressure

  4. sleep hygiene: maintaining healthy routines and environments, such as limiting caffeine and alcohol, keeping a consistent schedule, and making the bedroom a relaxing space, not associated with other activities

  5. relaxation techniques: using techniques such as mindfulness, progressive muscle relaxation, or breathing, to reduce arousal and help you fall asleep.

Sounds familiar?

Notice the similarities between the military sleep method and CBT-I? Some context is also similar. For instance, soldiers may be sleep deprived, and sleep restriction is part of CBT-I. They have also been trained to have strong control of their thoughts, and CBT-I uses cognitive therapy.

Differences between the two also relate to the high-performance military environment. For instance, defence personnel will have no control of their sleep hygiene.

In other words, think of the military sleep method as sharing aspects of CBT-I, but tailored to defence personnel and focusing on three things they can control.

Can you really fall asleep in 2 minutes?

Based on these similarities, it is entirely possible the steps outlined in the military sleep method can help most of us fall asleep faster. But do we really need to fall asleep in two minutes?

In an unfortunate hit to the ego, most of us are not high-performance personnel. It is unlikely we experience the psychological and physiological demands the military sleep method was intended for. So for civilians, falling asleep in two minutes is an unrealistic goal.

As a general guideline, consistently falling asleep within eight minutes is considered unusual, and consistently falling asleep within five minutes can be a sign of excessive daytime sleepiness.

For civilians working nine-to-five and maintaining a regular schedule, falling asleep within ten to 20 minutes is considered normal.

But if you are a shift-worker, new parent, or have a diagnosed sleep disorder, these numbers may not apply.

So, should I sleep like a soldier?

Soldiers are trained extensively on how their physiology functions in challenging environments. The aim of this training is to give them as much control over their bodies as possible, including how best to fall asleep.

The military sleep method is a catchy way to package healthy sleep techniques. In practice it’s a blend of tools already grounded in sleep science (relaxation, breathing and visualisation).

It won’t harm your sleep to try it, but shift the goalposts away from the two-minute target.

If you’re fixated on falling asleep within two minutes, and start worrying when you don’t, that very worry can make it harder to sleep.


If you’re having ongoing problems with your sleep, or suspect you may have a sleep disorder, see a medical professional, such as your GP, for advice and assessment. If needed, they’ll refer you to a sleep specialist.The Conversation

Dean J. Miller, Senior Lecturer, Appleton Institute, HealthWise Research Group, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Hunters or collectors? New evidence challenges claim Australia’s First Peoples sent large animals extinct

Some of the Mammoth Cave megafauna. Peter Schouten from Archer et al., 2023.
Mike ArcherUNSW SydneyBlake DicksonUNSW SydneyHelen RyanWestern Australian MuseumJulien LouysGriffith University, and Kenny TravouillonWestern Australian Museum

Tens of thousands of years ago, Australia was still home to enigmatic megafauna – large land animals such as giant marsupial wombats, flightless birds, and short-faced giant kangaroos known as sthenurines.

Then they gradually went extinct. What killed them?

There has long been vigorous debate about whether Australia’s First Peoples were responsible for the extinction of Australia’s megafaunal animals, or whether the primary cause was climate change.

In other places, such as the Americas, Aotearoa New Zealand and Madagascar, humans have been linked to such extinctions. This led some researchers to presume humans may also have hunted megafauna to extinction in Australia.

However, hard evidence for this has been hard to find. With new methods, we have re-examined fossil bones that seemingly supported this idea in the 1970s, and have arrived at a new conclusion. Our results are published today in Royal Society Open Science.

A long-standing debate

Humans appear to have first entered Australia during the late Pleistocene epoch perhaps 65,000 years ago. At the same time, Australia was also experiencing a fluctuating climate.

So, when much of the local megafauna went extinct tens of thousands of years ago, which factor was responsible? Debate rages on over whether it was human activity or climate change, or perhaps something else entirely.

Australia doesn’t have any “kill sites” or other incontrovertible hard evidence that people were killing and butchering the local megafauna. This is in contrast to sites found in North America, such as Head-Smashed-In Buffalo Jump World Heritage Site in Canada where people hunted vast numbers of buffalo.

So, in Australia, researchers have focused on individual fossils instead. Over time, most of the scant evidence for human involvement in megafaunal extinction has been discounted. Only a few notable finds remain.

The first is a single incisor from a giant marsupialDiprotodon optatum. The tooth was found in Spring Creek, Victoria, with a series of small cuts suggested to have been made by humans. Reappraisal now suggests tiger quolls may have been to blame.

A piece of a juvenile diprotodon bone, from the Warratyi Shelter in the Flinders Ranges of South Australia, has also been put forward as evidence for killing and butchering. However, a 2016 study argues the marks on the bone can’t be ascribed to human activity.

Burnt eggshell fragments found at several sites in Australia have been attributed to people predating on the giant Genyornis newtoni bird, although others argue the shell fragments were from a much smaller bird.

Finally, a cut bone from an extinct sthenurine kangaroo from Mammoth Cave in southwestern Western Australia has been suggested as evidence of human butchering. One of us, Mike Archer, co-authored that study in 1980.

A close-up of a bone with the cracks described clearly visible.
The bone from Mammoth Cave with the complex two-faced incision on the shaft. Anna Gillespie

Revisiting the past

With technologies not available in the 1970s, we sought to investigate the same bone from Mammoth Cave in more detail. Close analysis of the surface supported the original conclusion that the cut was indeed caused by human activity, not by animals or falling rocks.

But a micro-CT scan revealed a surprise.

Internally, the bone has seven deep cracks running the length of the shaft. These happened due to taphonomic desiccation, a drying-out process that happens long after the animal has died.

Investigating the site of the cut, we found a separate transverse crack precisely in the base of the cut area. This had almost certainly been caused by pressure from the cutting process.

Scans of the bone revealed longitudinal cracks which were the result of desiccation, and one transverse crack that occurred much later when someone cut the bone. Blake Dickson and Anna Gillespie

Importantly, the crack was truncated at both ends where it intersected the longer cracks. This means the bone would have already been desiccated when the cut was made.

In short, the bone was not from a fresh carcass when it was cut. In all probability, it was already a fossil.

Fossil gifts

This poses an even more intriguing question. Did the First Peoples who inflicted this cut collect this bone because it was an interesting fossil, rather than a source of nutrients?

The idea led us to analyse an artefact containing a fossil that had been gifted by First Nations people. In the 1960s, local First Peoples in the Kimberley region of northern Western Australia gifted the late anthropologist Kim Akerman a “charm” containing the tooth of a giant extinct marsupial, Zygomaturus trilobus. He was also given an emu feather parcel with teeth which turned out to be from an extinct sthenurine kangaroo, Procoptodon browneorum.

The ‘charm’ from the Kimberley region of Western Australia, with the Zygomaturus trilobus tooth mounted in spinifex resin and attached to a hair string. Western Australian Museum

These animals are only known from fossil deposits in southern Australia, far from where these items were gifted. When we analysed the elemental composition of the Z. trilobus tooth, we found it likely came from Mammoth Cave, 2,000 kilometres to the south.

Collectors, not hunters

First Nations people in Australia have long collected and traded various kinds of fossils like trilobites, ammonites and mammal jaws.

This interest in fossils may be the best explanation for the cut in the desiccated bone found in Mammoth Cave, and the fact that fossil teeth from thousands of kilometres away ended up in the Kimberley.

It may also explain the Diprotodon optatum bone found in the Warratyi Shelter deposit in the Flinders Ranges. There’s a conspicuous mass of skeletal remains of this megafaunal species exposed and available for collection on the surface of Lake Callabonna, a relatively short distance from the shelter.

Gerard Krefft and Ludwig Glauert are often cited as the first “Australian” palaeontologists. We would argue that First Nations peoples beat them to the punch, likely by many thousands of years.

There is currently no hard evidence that extinct megafaunal animals in Australia were butchered by First Peoples in Australia. That’s not to say it didn’t happen. However, despite many investigations, we still have no proof that it did.The Conversation

Mike Archer, Professor, Earth and Sustainability Science Research Centre, UNSW SydneyBlake Dickson, Lecturer, School of Biomedical Sciences, UNSW SydneyHelen Ryan, Collections Manager (Palaeontology), Western Australian MuseumJulien Louys, Professor, Palaeontology, Griffith University, and Kenny Travouillon, Curator of Mammals, Western Australian Museum

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Ange Postecoglou’s sackings may say more about the Premier League’s attention span than him

Scott McLeanUniversity of the Sunshine Coast

Ange Postecoglou has been sacked by two Premier League clubs in four months: Tottenham Hotspur in June (two weeks after winning the Europa League), then Nottingham Forest in October after just 40 days and eight games (with six losses and two draws).

His time at Forest was the shortest non-interim reign in Premier League history.

The Premier League’s average tenure for managers is short and trending shorter, currently around two years.

Remove the combined 15 years of Pep Guardiola (nine years at Manchester City), and Mikel Arteta (six years at Arsenal), and that two-year average plummets for the remaining 18 managers, highlighting a league-level state of constant reset.

So, what does Postecoglou’s latest sacking say about his coaching style, and the team owners and boards who make these decisions?

What is ‘Ange-ball’?

Postecoglou’s playing style, nicknamed “Ange-ball”, is brave, attacking and high-intensity.

It is a style that has delivered multiple league titles and cups across three continents – Australia, Asia and Europe – and the 2015 Asian Cup with the Australian national team.

With the ball, Postecoglou uses “inverted full-backs” (left- and right-sided defenders who can move into midfield to create a numerical advantage), and prioritises quick passes and build-up play from the back rather than playing the ball long.

Without the ball, his sides press high up the field and try to win it back fast, accepting risk in the space left behind the high defensive line.

It’s exciting and effective when executed properly, but is vulnerable if personnel don’t fit key positions or if players are still learning their roles.

It was these vulnerabilities that may have proved his downfall.

Was Nottingham Forest a great fit?

Nuno Espírito Santo, the manager Postecoglou took over from at Forest, was the opposite to “Ange-ball”.

His team was comfortable sitting behind the ball with a compact shape and lower defensive block. With the ball, he prioritised quick and direct counterattacks and a threat at set-pieces (such as corners and free kicks).

Essentially, it was a “minimise chaos” model.

Swapping to Postecoglou’s controlled chaos overnight is like taking a fleet of delivery vans to a Formula One grid.

Which begs a basic question: if Forest wanted instant results, was Postecoglou the right choice for a squad that was recruited and set up to play a contrasting style?

If you change any operating system, you must accept a period of bugs.

Postecoglou’s method asks for lightning-quick centre-backs, midfielders who can resist pressure and keep the ball, and full-backs who can step into midfield.

If you haven’t recruited for that and you don’t allow time for players to learn it, you’re setting the coach up to fail.

It’s telling that £120 million (A$247 million) of Forest’s summer signings were not included in Postecoglou’s final team selection.

Systems change is behaviour change. It needs repetition, role clarity, and a bit of psychological safety.

None of that happens in a few weeks.

Is Postecoglou’s style unsustainable?

Elite sport is a performance business and Postecoglou’s performances were deemed untenable at both Spurs and Forest.

But do proactive coaches like Postecoglou succeed at the very highest level?

Yes, when clubs support the vision. Pep Guardiola’s Manchester City, Mikel Arteta’s Arsenal and Roberto De Zerbi’s (former) Brighton all play with brave positioning, pressing and attack-minded structures.

Further, they recruit or develop players who fit that philosophy.

Postecoglou was mostly unwavering in his risk-and-reward style, yet he showed he could adapt. He won the Europa League by playing a more measured and defensive style.

Ultimately, after two years in charge at Tottenham, he was let go after a poor Premier League finish.

Nottingham Forest sacked him minutes after a 3–0 loss to Chelsea, before the players could even take their boots off, let alone settle into their new roles.

Owners, control, and the ‘do something’ button

Sacking a coach provides a visible lever, a perceived control mechanism that calms headlines and fan unrest, even though research on managerial turnover shows in-season changes don’t always generate improvements and can increase performance variance in the short term.

In other words, you might get a brief “new manager bounce” but you also amplify unwanted noise.

In the business world, a new chief executive needs roughly 18 months to show a transformation is working, and about two to three years to complete a full turnaround. And this assumes they can assemble the right team in their first six to nine months, and the board stays the course.

If global businesses give leaders time to show a plan is working, then sacking a football manager after a handful of games isn’t “elite standards” – it’s absurd.

Either club owners need to rethink their timelines, or they should stop pretending they want real transformation at all.

If owners want true transformation, they must resist reaching for the “do something” button at the first bump and tolerate some initial mess.

Where to from here?

No one more than Postecoglou will understand that from a league results standpoint, he failed at both Spurs and Forest.

Perhaps his full-throttle approach in the world’s toughest league was naive.

It’s hard to know whether other clubs will be put off by these recent sackings and Postecoglou still has a place in top-level management. Time will tell.The Conversation

Scott McLean, Adjunct Associate Professor, University of the Sunshine Coast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What will happen to the Louvre jewellery after the heist? There are two likely scenarios

Zhang Weiguo/VCG via Getty Images
Andreas SchloenhardtThe University of Queensland

The spectacular heist of jewellery from the Louvre museum in Paris has many people wondering how a theft like this could occur in broad daylight and what might happen to the items that were stolen from the museum.

In a matter of minutes, four thieves were able to enter through a first-floor window, break into secure glass displays, and take nine items of jewellery of immeasurable value.

Although an alarm was set off and museum guards were nearby, the thieves were able to escape quickly, using motor bikes to get away. They dropped one stolen item, a diamond and emerald-encrusted royal crown that had belonged to Empress Eugénie, Napoleon III’s wife.

Their loot include jewellery from French imperial times – brooches, necklaces, earrings and a tiara. The French prosecutor’s office said the jewels were worth some 88 million euros (A$157 million), not including their historical value.

The speed and professionalism of the heist shows this was a well-planned crime, carried out by highly skilled perpetrators. That suggests they are linked to organised criminal groups.

Several media outlets reported a number of smaller thefts from French museums in recent weeks, including gold nuggets from the Paris Natural History Museum. There is no suggestion these thefts were linked to the Louvre heist.

What might happen to the loot?

The stolen jewellery includes well-known pieces that are easily recognisable. This will make it difficult, if not impossible, to sell them on the black market, even to well-heeled collectors and buyers.

This problem is well-known from other museum heists – such as the theft of the Canadian “Big Maple Leaf” giant gold coin from Berlin’s Bode Museum in 2017 or the famous heist of 13 masterpieces by Degas, Manet and Rembrandt from the Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum in Boston in 1990. Those paintings have never been recovered.

An empty frame in the Boston museum where Rembrandt's 'The Storm on the Sea of Galilee' used to hang.
Two visitors to the Gardner Museum, Boston, observe where a Rembrandt painting used to hang, before it was stolen. John Tlumacki/The Boston Globe via Getty Images

Instead, most experts believe one of two scenarios are more likely.

In the first, the jewellery would be broken down into smaller pieces. Diamonds and other gemstones may be taken out, altered and then offered for sale. Silver and gold may be used to manufacture other pieces or may be sold separately.

This scenario would make it easy to conceal the origin of the pieces and sell them openly or online. The combined value, however, would be significantly lower compared to leaving the pieces intact. It is thus doubtful the thieves targeted the specific jewellery for this purpose.

Scenario two would involve the thieves, or more likely the masterminds behind them, trying to sell the pieces back to the Louvre or trying to extort money from the French government for their return.

This may be done through brokers or other middlemen and may not happen for a while, until there is less public and media attention and the perpetrators feel sufficiently safe to contact – directly or indirectly – museum or state authorities.

Given the historical significance of the pieces coupled with the embarrassment caused by the heist, the Louvre and the French government would be keen to have the pieces returned as swiftly as possible and might be willing to negotiate, albeit secretively.

Much of this remains, however, speculation. Only a few days have passed since the heist occurred and many questions about the events, perpetrators and their motives remain unanswered. And just who may be behind this spectacular heist from France’s largest museum has everyone guessing.

Similarities with a Dresden museum heist

The Louvre theft brings to mind the jewellery heist at the Green Vault at the Zwinger Palace in Dresden, Germany, in 2019.

In this case, the perpetrators had closely examined the museum’s security system for many days and were able to enter the building without being caught on camera. They entered through a window on the first floor and within minutes stole 21 pieces of jewellery from several displays.

Unlike the Paris heist, the Dresden thieves entered at night and used brute force to damage the displays to take their loot.

An employee stands in the Jewel Room of the Historical Green Vault at the Zwinger Palace in Dresden
The Jewel Room of the historical Green Vault at the Zwinger Palace in Dresden, which was robbed in 2019. Sebastian Kahnert/picture alliance via Getty Images

Some years after the robbery, German authorities were able to identify and arrest the thieves involved in the heist – all five were members of a notorious Berlin-based crime family.

The perpetrators have since been tried and convicted and are serving long jail times. Most of the jewellery was retrieved and returned – unaltered – to its famous home.

It is hoped the French authorities will soon be similarly successful.The Conversation

Andreas Schloenhardt, Professor of Criminal Law, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How forensic analysis and traditional knowledge reveal the story of a unique boomerang

The wangim (boomerang) found at Yarra Junction. Zara Lasky-Davison/Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Corporation
Caroline SpryLa Trobe UniversityAllan WandinIndigenous KnowledgeBob MullinsIndigenous KnowledgeDiane KerrIndigenous KnowledgeElspeth HayesUniversity of Wollongong, and Ron JonesIndigenous Knowledge

Boomerangs are an iconic symbol of Australia. Known internationally for their unique curved shape and ability to return when thrown, they are an example of the remarkable engineering skills of Australia’s First Peoples.

In new research, we have for the first time combined Traditional cultural knowledge with Western scientific analysis of a wangim (boomerang) from a reported burial located on the outskirts of Melbourne, on Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Country, southeastern Australia.

Both sides of the Yarra Junction wangim (boomerang) (A-B). Zara Lasky-Davison/Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Corporation

Throwing sticks with a legacy

Throwing sticks that are either straight or curved are ingenious instruments, and can be found on several continents. The oldest returning boomerangs were made in Australia at least 10,000 years ago.

Australian boomerangs come in a variety of shapes and sizes. The classic symmetrical boomerang is designed to return in a u-shape when thrown. Returning boomerangs were used traditionally for hunting birds, and for sport and play.

Less widely known are non-symmetrical boomerangs, which do not return when thrown. Non-returning boomerangs were used traditionally during hunting, fighting, digging and ceremony – for example as clapping sticks.

Discovery of a unique boomerang

In 2021, a local resident repatriated a non-returning wangim (boomerang) to Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Corporation, the Traditional Custodians of a large swathe of greater Melbourne and beyond. The resident recalled how they found the wangim eroding out of what they interpreted to be an Aboriginal burial mound when playing in the bush at Yarra Junction during the late twentieth century.

The resident cared for the wangim over several decades, before reconnecting it with the Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung people. Unfortunately, the original location of the reported burial has since been developed.

Map of Melbourne and surrounds, showing Wurundjeri lands and Yarra Junction to the east.
The wangim was found at Yarra Junction, east of Melbourne. Zara Lasky-Davison/Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Corporation

Traditional cultural knowledge

Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Elder Bob Mullins makes traditional stone and wooden items, including shields, axes and boomerangs. When Elder Bob inspected the wangim, he made a series of observations about how it was probably made.

First, a liwik (ancestor) probably collected a piece of wood with a natural bend in it. Elder Bob collects wood for boomerangs from the roots of trees near rivers and creeks.

Second, the liwik would have fashioned the rough shape of the boomerang. For dry wood (as opposed to green wood), the liwik probably soaked it in water to make it more malleable. Wet wood was usually dried out by slowly moving it backwards and forwards over a campfire to create and set the desired shape.

Third, the liwik would have used a series of metal tools to refine the boomerang. This suggests the wangim was made some time following colonisation, after the early to mid-nineteenth century. However, Elder Bob notes that the wangim has a rougher finish. He would have sanded the wangim as a final step to create a smoother finish.

People looking at a boomerang
Left: Richard Fullagar and Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Elders Ron Jones and Allan Wandin inspecting the wangim (boomerang). Right: Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Elder Bob Mullins analysing the wangim. Caroline Spry

Residues and wear patterns

Investigation of the wangim using a microscope revealed clues about how it was made and used. The wangim contains residues, or traces of materials with which it came into contact. It also bears wear patterns – physical alterations to its surfaces and edges from contact with other materials.

The wear patterns indicate grip marks by a right-handed liwik. They also reveal impact traces from when the wangim was thrown and came into contact with other (hard) items. Blood on the wangim highlights its role during hunting. Charcoal and fire marks may have resulted from using the boomerang to stoke a campfire, or from boomerang repair activities.

Close-up pictures of details of a boomerang
Detail of wear patterns and residues identified on the wangim (boomerang), including blood (E-G). Elspeth Hayes and Richard Fullagar

Significance

The Yarra Junction wangim is unusual in terms of its size and shape compared with other examples held in Museums Victoria collections. It has a wider elbow (curved section), and rounder but less elongated extremities, among other differences.

The wangim was clearly an item of great personal attachment, as evidenced by its continued repair and use, and burial with its owner.

For Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Elders Aunty Di Kerr, Bob Mullins, Ron Jones and Allan Wandin, the wangim is significant as a tangible link to their liwik. Wooden items that belonged to liwik have a limited lifespan compared to other artefacts made of stone, shell and bone. Repatriated items also provide a connection to a cultural landscape that may have been developed or destroyed since colonisation.

Information shared by Elder Bob attests to the continuation of boomerang traditions by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples today. Boomerangs were, and continue to be, an important part of First Peoples’ history and identity.


The authors wish to acknowledge all Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Elders, community and staff, Clint Cooper, the Ancestral Remains Unit at First Peoples-State Relations, Museums Victoria, John Duggan and the following co-authors of the original study published in Australian Archaeology: Luc Bordes, Richard Fullagar, Zara Lasky-Davison, Wendy Morrison, Lauren Modra, Lauren Gribble, Maria Daikos, Anna Alcorn and Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Corporation.The Conversation

Caroline Spry, Adjunct Senior Research Fellow, Department of Archaeology and History, La Trobe UniversityAllan Wandin, Elder of Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Corporation, Indigenous KnowledgeBob Mullins, Elder of Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Corporation, Indigenous KnowledgeDiane Kerr, Indigenous Knowledge Holder, Indigenous KnowledgeElspeth Hayes, Honorary Fellow, Centre for Archaeological Science, University of Wollongong, and Ron Jones, Elder of Wurundjeri Woi-wurrung Cultural Heritage Aboriginal Corporation, Indigenous Knowledge

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Does the full moon make us sleepless? A neurologist explains the science behind sleep, mood and lunar myths

How much does the moon cycle affect sleep? Probably less than your screen time at night. Muhammad Khazin Alhusni/iStock via Getty Images Plus
Joanna Fong-IsariyawongseUniversity of Pittsburgh

Have you ever tossed and turned under a full moon and wondered if its glow was keeping you awake? For generations, people have believed that the Moon has the power to stir up sleepless nights and strange behavior – even madness itself. The word “lunacy” comes directly from luna, Latin for Moon.

Police officers, hospital staff and emergency workers often swear that their nights get busier under a full moon. But does science back that up?

The answer is, of course, more nuanced than folklore suggests. Research shows a full moon can modestly affect sleep, but its influence on mental health is much less certain.

I’m a neurologist specializing in sleep medicine who studies how sleep affects brain health. I find it captivating that an ancient myth about moonlight and madness might trace back to something far more ordinary: our restless, moonlit sleep.

What the full moon really does to sleep

Several studies show that people really do sleep differently in the days leading up to the full moon, when moonlight shines brightest in the evening sky. During this period, people sleep about 20 minutes less, take longer to fall asleep and spend less time in deep, restorative sleep. Large population studies confirm the pattern, finding that people across different cultures tend to go to bed later and sleep for shorter periods in the nights before a full moon.

The most likely reason is light. A bright moon in the evening can delay the body’s internal clock, reduce melatonin – the hormone that signals bedtime – and keep the brain more alert.

The changes are modest. Most people lose only 15 to 30 minutes of sleep, but the effect is measurable. It is strongest in places without artificial light, such as rural areas or while camping. Some research also suggests that men and women may be affected differently. For instance, men seem to lose more sleep during the waxing phase, while women experience slightly less deep and restful sleep around the full moon.

Young adult woman lying in bed wide awake, staring out the window toward a bright light.
Sleep loss from a bright moon is modest but measurable. Yuliia Kaveshnikova/iStock via Getty Images Plus

The link with mental health

For centuries, people have blamed the full moon for stirring up madness. Folklore suggested that its glow could spark mania in bipolar disorderprovoke seizures in people with epilepsy or trigger psychosis in those with schizophrenia. The theory was simple: lose sleep under a bright moon and vulnerable minds might unravel.

Modern science adds an important twist. Research is clear that sleep loss itself is a powerful driver of mental health problems. Even one rough night can heighten anxiety and drag down moodOngoing sleep disruption raises the risk of depression, suicidal thoughts and flare-ups of conditions like bipolar disorder and schizophrenia.

That means even the modest sleep loss seen around a full moon could matter more for people who are already at risk. Someone with bipolar disorder, for example, may be far more sensitive to shortened or fragmented sleep than the average person.

But here’s the catch: When researchers step back and look at large groups of people, the evidence that lunar phases trigger psychiatric crises is weak. No reliable pattern has been found between the Moon and hospital admissions, discharges or lengths of stay.

But a few other studies suggest there may be small effects. In India, psychiatric hospitals recorded more use of restraints during full moons, based on data collected between 2016 and 2017. In China, researchers noted a slight rise in schizophrenia admissions around the full moon, using hospital records from 2012 to 2017. Still, these findings are not consistent worldwide and may reflect cultural factors or local hospital practices as much as biology.

In the end, the Moon may shave a little time off our sleep, and sleep loss can certainly influence mental health, especially for people who are more vulnerable. That includes those with conditions like depression, bipolar disorder, schizophrenia or epilepsy, and teenagers who are especially sensitive to sleep disruption. But the idea that the full moon directly drives waves of psychiatric illness remains more myth than reality.

The sleep/wake cycle is synchronized with lunar phases.

Other theories fall short

Over the years, scientists have explored other explanations for supposed lunar effects, from gravitational “tidal” pulls on the body to subtle geomagnetic changes and shifts in barometric pressure. Yet, none of these mechanisms hold up under scrutiny.

The gravitational forces that move oceans are far too weak to affect human physiology, and studies of geomagnetic and atmospheric changes during lunar phases have yielded inconsistent or negligible results. This makes sleep disruption from nighttime light exposure the most plausible link between the Moon and human behavior.

Why the myth lingers

If the science is so inconclusive, why do so many people believe in the “full moon effect”? Psychologists point to a concept called illusory correlation. We notice and remember the unusual nights that coincide with a full moon but forget the many nights when nothing happened.

The Moon is also highly visible. Unlike hidden sleep disruptors such as stresscaffeine or scrolling on a phone, the Moon is right there in the sky, easy to blame.

A woman staring at her cellphone while lying in the dark.
Screen-time habits are far more likely to have detrimental effects on sleep than a full moon. FanPro/Moment via Getty Images

Lessons from the Moon for modern sleep

Even if the Moon does not drive us “mad,” its small influence on sleep highlights something important: Light at night matters.

Our bodies are designed to follow the natural cycle of light and dark. Extra light in the evening, whether from moonlight, streetlights or phone screens, can delay circadian rhythms, reduce melatonin and lead to lighter, more fragmented sleep.

This same biology helps explain the health risks of daylight saving time. When clocks “spring forward,” evenings stay artificially brighter. That shift delays sleep and disrupts circadian timing on a much larger scale than the Moon, contributing to increased accidents and cardiovascular risks, as well as reduced workplace safety.

In our modern world, artificial light has a much bigger impact on sleep than the Moon ever will. That is why many sleep experts argue for permanent standard time, which better matches our biological rhythms.

So if you find yourself restless on a full moon night, you may not be imagining things – the Moon can tug at your sleep. But if sleeplessness happens often, look closer to home. It is likely a culprit of the light in your hand rather than the one in the sky.The Conversation

Joanna Fong-Isariyawongse, Associate Professor of Neurology, University of Pittsburgh

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Our brains evaluate food within milliseconds, long before we’ve decided to eat it

Carles Rabada/Unsplash
Violet ChaeThe University of MelbourneDaniel FeuerriegelThe University of Melbourne, and Tijl GrootswagersWestern Sydney University

Imagine you’re at the grocery store, standing before a selection of snacks. Seemingly without thinking, you skip over the rice crackers to pick out a bag of chips.

These types of choices are called dietary decisions. It’s how we consider many different aspects of a food – including tastiness, healthiness and price – in order to decide what to buy and what to eat.

It’s not well understood how our brains use all these different bits of information when making food choices. When does information about each aspect of the food become available to our brains to consider? That’s what we set out to investigate.

In our new paper published in the journal Appetite, we show how, just hundreds of milliseconds after we have seen a food, many different attributes are reflected in brain activity. This happens extremely fast, long before a person can consciously decide whether or not to buy or eat the food.

Peering inside the brain

Naturally, how fast our brains process the different aspects of foods will affect our dietary decisions.

For example, studies have reported that we may process how tasty we find a food more quickly than how healthy it is. This quirk can bias our choices toward foods that taste better over those that are healthier. Junk foods – tasty but not necessarily good for us – have an edge here.

To investigate how quickly we process different aspects of foods, we used electroencephalography, a method that allows us to record electrical brain activity with millisecond precision.

We recorded people’s brain activity while showing them images of various foods, such as snack items, meats, fruits and sweets. We also asked people to rate each food on many different aspects, such as healthiness, tastiness, calorie content, familiarity, and how much they would like to eat the food.

We then used machine learning techniques to compare patterns of brain activity (how different the brain responses were to different food items) with the patterns of ratings (how differently those foods were rated).

This allowed us to test whether foods that had the largest differences in ratings also had the largest differences in brain activity. In other words – was information about food attributes actually reflected in people’s brain activity?

As it turned out, it was.

Information about different aspects of foods, such as healthiness, calorie content and familiarity, were reflected in the brain activity as early as 200 milliseconds after the food image was presented on the screen.

These rapid brain responses occurred before people could be consciously aware of the food they were seeing. Other aspects of foods, such as tastiness and willingness to eat the food, were reflected in the brain activity slightly later.

Choosing before choosing

These findings suggest that various aspects of foods may grab our attention early and help guide our dietary decisions. The brain assesses many different aspects of foods automatically and with similar timing, shaping our food choices before we’re even aware of them.

Surprisingly, we found that the healthiness of foods was represented in the brain activity earlier than tastiness. While this contradicted some previous findings, our machine learning techniques may have been more sensitive to detect subtle patterns of brain activity associated with each attribute.

There were also similarities in the way people judged different aspects of a food. For example, foods that were less familiar were also rated as being less tasty.

From these patterns of similarity, we identified two key food dimensions that may be particularly important when our brains evaluate foods. The first one is the “processed” dimension: how natural or processed a food is. The second is the “appetising” dimension, which taps into how tasty and familiar we find a food.

Both were reflected in patterns of brain activity very rapidly, about 200ms after seeing a food item.

There’s more than the eye can see

Our findings are most relevant to situations where we only rely on the visual features of foods, such as when ordering groceries or meals online, or using a picture menu at a restaurant. They shed light on how people make snap judgements at the supermarket or on food delivery apps.

Our brain imaging approach can also be used to test if certain strategies, such as deliberately focusing on the healthiness of foods, might change how foods are rapidly appraised and help us improve our choices.

While we used food images in this study, other senses are also important for dietary decisions. Smelling a mango or hearing the sizzle of a frying burger patty are likely processed quickly by the brain as well.

The next step will be to look into these other sensory features of foods, to see how the brain processes not just images of food, but the real deal when placed in front of us.The Conversation

Violet Chae, PhD Candidate, Melbourne School of Psychological Sciences, The University of MelbourneDaniel Feuerriegel, ARC DECRA Fellow, The University of Melbourne, and Tijl Grootswagers, ARC DECRA Senior Research Fellow in Cognitive Neuroscience, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Lisztomania: why did women go gaga for 19th century pianist Franz Liszt?

Timothy McKenryAustralian Catholic University

In 1844, Berlin was struck by a cultural fever critics labelled Lisztomania.

The German poet Heinrich Heine coined the term after witnessing the almost delirious reception that greeted Hungarian pianist and composer Franz Liszt in concert halls across Europe.

One widely circulated drawing from the 1840s crystallises the image. Women swoon or faint, others hurl flowers toward the stage. Men also appear to be struck by the pianist’s magnetic presence (or perhaps by the women’s reaction to it).

Men and women swoon as Liszt plays on stage.
This 1840s drawing captures Lisztomania in action. Theodor Hosemann/Wikimedia

These caricatured depictions, when paired with antagonistic reviews from contemporary critics, may still shape our cultural memory of Liszt.

He is often depicted not simply as a musician but as the first modern celebrity to unleash mass hysteria.

What happened at Liszt’s concerts?

We know a great deal about Liszt’s hundreds of concerts during the 1830s and ‘40s, thanks to reviews, critiques, lithographs and Liszt’s own letters from the time.

His programs combined works by the great composers with his own inventive reworkings of pieces familiar to audiences. Virtuoso showpieces also demonstrated his command of the piano.

Beethoven’s Appassionata Sonata or Pathétique Sonata might appear alongside Bach’s Chromatic Fantasy and Fugue, performed in Liszt’s highly expressive style.

Schubert was represented through songs such as Erlkönig and Ave Maria, reworked for piano alone.

Liszt also turned to the most popular operatic works of his time. His Réminiscences de Norma (Bellini) and Réminiscences de Don Juan (Mozart) transformed familiar melodies into large-scale fantasies. These demanded both virtuosity and lyrical sensitivity.

In these works, Liszt created symphonic structures on the piano. He wove multiple themes into coherent musical dramas far more than simple medleys of well-known tunes.

Liszt often closed his concerts with the crowd-pleaser Grand Galop Chromatique. This encore demonstrated his showmanship and awareness of audience expectations.

As critic Paul Scudo wrote in 1850:

He is the sovereign master of his piano; he knows all its resources; he makes it speak, moan, cry, and roar under fingers of steel, which distil nervous fluid like Volta’s battery distils electrical fluid.

His audience’s response, it would seem, regularly spilled beyond the conventions of polite concert etiquette and social decorum.

Artist and showman

In a series of 1835 essays titled On the Situation of Artists, Liszt presents musicians such as himself as “tone artists”, condemned to be misunderstood. Nevertheless, they have a profound obligation to “reveal, exalt and deify all the tendencies of human consciousness”.

At the same time, a letter to the novelist George Sand reveals Liszt was acutely aware of the practicalities of concerts and the trappings of celebrity.

He jokes that Sand would be surprised to see his name in capital letters on a Paris concert bill. Liszt admits to the audacity of charging five francs for tickets instead of three, basks in glowing reviews, and notes the presence of aristocrats and high society in his audience.

He even describes his stage draped with flowers, and hints at the female attention following one performance, albeit directed toward his partner in a duet.

This letter shows an artist who is self-aware, sometimes amused, and sometimes ambivalent about the spectacle attached to his art.

Yes, Liszt engaged with his celebrity identity, but clearly also felt a measure of distance from it. He was aware the serious side of his art risked being overshadowed by the gossip-column version.

Much of the music criticism of the time functioned in exactly this way. It was little more than the work of gossip writers, many disgusted by the intensity of audience reactions to Liszt’s performances.

Gossip, poison pens, and the making of Lisztomania

Not everyone shared the enthusiasm of Liszt’s audiences. Some critics attacked both his playing and the adulation it provoked.

In 1842, a writer using the pseudonym Beta described the combined effect of Liszt’s performance and the public’s response, writing that:

the effect of his bizarre, substance-less, idea-less, sensually exciting, contrast-ridden, fragmented playing, and the diseased enthusiasm over it, is a depressing sign of the stupidity, the insensitivity, and the aesthetic emptiness of the public.

Similarly, poet Heinrich Heine suggested Liszt’s performance style was deliberately “stage managed” and designed to provoke audience mania:

For example, when he played a thunderstorm on the fortepiano, we saw the lightning bolts flicker over his face, his limbs shook as if in a gale, and his long tresses seemed to drip, as it were, from the downpour that was represented.

These and other accounts fed the mythology of Lisztomania, portraying women in his audience as irrational and hysterical.

The term mania carried a medicalised, pathologising tone, framing enthusiasm for Liszt as a form of cultural sickness.

Lithographs, caricatures, and anecdotal reports amplified these narratives, showing swooning figures, flowers hurled on stage, and crowds behaving in ways that exceeded polite social convention.

Yet these accounts are not entirely trustworthy; they were shaped by prejudice, moralising assumptions, and a desire to sensationalise.

Liszt’s concerts, therefore, existed at a fascinating intersection: extraordinary artistry and virtuosity, coupled with the theatre of audience reception, all filtered through a lens of gossip, exaggeration and gendered panic.

In this sense, the phenomenon of Lisztomania foreshadows the dynamics of modern celebrity. (It was also the subject of what one critic described as “the most embarrassing historical film ever made”.)

Just as performers like the Beatles, Beyoncé and Taylor Swift provoke intense public devotion while simultaneously facing slander and sensational reporting, Liszt’s fame was inseparable from both admiration and the poison pen of his critics.The Conversation

Timothy McKenry, Professor of Music, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How the high-rise tower block came to symbolise the contradictions of modern Britain

John FlintUniversity of Sheffield

Between 2007 and 2010 Southwark council licensed 76 films to be shot on the high-rise Heygate estate in London’s Walworth area, providing a gritty backdrop for dramas of poverty and crime. This “theatre of stigma”, a term coined by historian of modern Britain Holly Smith, had come to dominate the narrative of high-rise social housing.

But it didn’t chime with the reality of those who live in these places. A decade earlier in Liverpool, mostly elderly residents from the city’s high-rise tower blocks attempted to “challenge perceptions of high-rise living” through the creation of Tenantspin television productions.

The slippery relationship between the representation and reality of high rises and their residents is one that Smith identifies from the earliest case study in her book Up in the Air: A History of High-Rise Britain.

The history of the social housing high-rise has seen them exist in many forms, with varying designs and organisational structures. She also offers a nuanced account of the many contradictions in the high-rise, which “has signified modernity and decay, community and exclusivity, privilege and disadvantage, luxury and privation”.

Even during the boom periods of construction of social housing between 1945 and 1976, flats made up only a fifth of the dwellings built and the majority were in buildings of four storeys or less. Given how few high-rises exist, it is remarkable how these buildings became such a powerful symbol of social progress and of the problems and evolution of the welfare state.

There have always been those who romanticised high-rise living. For instance, the French architect Le Corbusier called it a “flirtation with the stars”. However, such sentiments were always offset by the pragmatic necessities of local authorities.

High-rise housing was seen as a crucible for forging a new welfare state offering radical new ways of living. The book illustrates how demolished tower blocks came to be seen by some commentators as the tombstones or ruins of this dream.

Smith makes the important point that it is not the high-rise’s design that is inherently broken, but the projections that we put on it. She contrasts, for example, the popular cultural denigration of high-rise council housing with New Labour’s portrayal of new, lavish, expensive and overwhelmingly private sector high-rise housing. These buildings became emblematic of thriving cities in a prosperous Britain.

A key contribution of the book is to get “within the walls” of high-rise Britain and document the lives of its residents. Smith documents their feelings about these complex buildings, which range from affection to ambivalence, to aversion.

One tenant reminds us how these towers were much-loved homes full of memories and friends, where individuals and families were powerfully invested, despite their frustrations and limitations: “During 35 years you become attached to the four walls even if they’re not very good walls.”

As Smith argues, the major failures in high-rise construction and management were also a devaluing of the lives and voices of their residents.

Smith avoids romanticising high-rise council housing, and tackles issues such as racism and a “welfare nationalism”, which is the prioritising of housing allocations for white British nationals.

However, one of her main goals is to debunk the myth, perpetuated by Margaret Thatcher and others, that high-rise housing resulted in passive tenants lacking initiative. Instead, she documents how local and national action by tenants was consistently creative, resourceful and visionary, leading to forms of democratisation, participation and cooperation.

Tragedy in towers

The failure to understand this is tragically illustrated in the two disasters that powerfully bookmark a key period in this history. The first is the partial collapse of the Ronan Point tower block in east London in 1968 only two months after it opened, which killed four people. The second is the Grenfell Tower fire in central London in 2017 in which at least 72 people lost their lives.

These disasters were the product of state neglect, corporate wrongdoing and inadequate regulation. There are depressing parallels between them and how the state responded each time.

In 1968, the investigation into what went wrong at Ronan Point found that a gas explosion had been able to blow out three load-bearing precast concrete wall panels. This triggered the catastrophic collapse of a corner of the tower.

The minister of housing, Anthony Greenwood, directed that the inquiry’s “terms of reference should be carefully considered to ensure that they implied no blame on the part of the local authority”. And, despite the incident exposing the vulnerability in the design, the government continued to approve the precast panels so as to cause no alarm to residents living in similar buildings.

The Ministry of Housing and Local Government told tenants to “leave the worrying to us”. Smith describes years of tenants raising concerns about potential future disasters. Tenant banners stating that “we live in fear” were a chilling foretelling of what was to come at Grenfell and after.

That is the key message from this book: that there are lessons from the history of high-rise housing in Britain about safety, investment, dispossession and the perspectives of tenants, that still have not been fully learned.

Delivering good quality, suitable and affordable accommodation for all has always been daunting. It remains to be seen whether we can collectively rise to the challenge.

Up in the Air: A History of High Rise Britain will be published by Verso Books on October 28 2025


John Flint, Professor of Town and Regional Planning, University of Sheffield

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What the world can learn from Uruguay as the global housing crisis deepens

Located in the Peñarol neighbourhood of Montevideo, COVIMT 1 was the city’s first mutual aid housing cooperative. It was founded by textile workers, who completed construction of the complex in 1972. Bé EstudioCC BY-SA

Jennifer Duyne BarensteinSwiss Federal Institute of Technology Zurich and Daniela SanjinésSwiss Federal Institute of Technology Zurich

More than 1.8 billion people lack access to adequate and affordable housing. Yet too few countries have taken meaningful steps to ensure dignified housing for their most vulnerable citizens.

We research how cooperative housing can serve as one solution to the affordable housing crisis. There are a variety of cooperative housing models. But they generally involve residents collectively owning and managing their apartment complexes, sharing responsibilities, costs and decision-making through a democratic process.

Some countries have embraced cooperatives. In Zurich, Switzerland, almost one-fifth of the city’s total housing stock is cooperative housing.

Other countries, such as El Salvador and Colombia, have struggled to integrate housing cooperatives into their countries’ pre-existing housing policies. In fact, although Latin America has a long-standing tradition of community-driven and mutual aid housing, housing cooperatives haven’t taken root in many places, largely due to weak political and institutional backing.

Uruguay is an exception.

With a population of just 3.4 million, the small Latin American nation has a robust network of housing cooperatives, which give access to permanent, affordable housing to citizens at a range of income levels.

An experiment becomes law

Housing cooperatives in Uruguay emerged in the 1960s during a time of deep economic turmoil.

The first few pilot projects delivered outstanding results. Financed through a mix of government funds, loans from the Inter-American Development Bank and member contributions, they were more cost-effective, faster to build and higher in quality than conventional housing.

These early successes played a key role in the passage of Uruguay’s National Housing Law in 1968. This law formally recognized housing cooperatives and introduced a legal framework that supported different models. The most common models to emerge roughly translate to “savings cooperatives” and “mutual aid cooperatives.”

In the savings model, members pool their savings to contribute around 15% of the capital investment. This gives them access to a government-subsidized mortgage to finance the construction. The cooperative then determines how repayment responsibilities are distributed among its members. Typically, members purchase “social shares” in the cooperative, equivalent to the cost of the assigned housing unit. If a member decides to leave the cooperative, their social shares are reimbursed. These shares are also inheritable, allowing them to be passed on to heirs.

In contrast, the mutual aid model enables households without savings to participate by contributing 21 hours per week toward construction efforts. Tasks are assigned to individuals according to their abilities. They can range from manual labour to administrative tasks, such as the ordering of construction materials.

Adults of all ages work together on the construction of a home.
By contributing their labour, Uruguayans without savings can still participate in cooperative housing. Federación Uruguaya de Cooperativas de Vivienda por Ayuda MutuaCC BY

Despite their differences, both models share a fundamental principle: The land and housing units are held collectively and are permanently removed from the private market.

Typically, once cooperatives are established, each household must contribute a monthly fee that covers the repayment of the state’s loan and maintenance costs. In exchange, members have an unlimited and inheritable contract of “use and enjoyment” of a quality apartment. If a member decides to leave, they are partially reimbursed for the contributions they’ve made over time, typically with a 10% deduction that the cooperative keeps.

This ensures that cooperative housing provides long-term security and remains affordable, especially for those at the lowest rungs of the income ladder.

State support and public buy-in

Today, Uruguay has 2,197 housing cooperatives, supplying homes to approximately 5% of the country’s households. Around half of them are located in the nation’s capital, Montevideo, where 1,008 cooperatives operate. Cooperatives can have as few as 12 homes or as many as 700 apartments.

This growth has been possible thanks to state support, federations of cooperatives and non-profit groups.

The state recognized that the success of housing cooperatives depended on sustained public support. The National Housing Law defined the rights and responsibilities of cooperatives. It also outlined the state’s obligations: overseeing operations, setting criteria for financial assistance and providing access to land.

Housing cooperative federations have also played a key role. FECOVI, the federation of the savings cooperatives, represents over 100 cooperatives, serving roughly 5,000 households. FUCVAM, the federation of mutual aid cooperatives, is much larger and more politically active, representing over 35,000 households across 730 cooperatives.

Beyond organizing and advocating for the right to housing – and human rights more broadly – FUCVAM offers its member cooperatives a wide range of support services, including training to strengthen cooperative management, legal counselling and conflict mediation.

Finally, a vital pillar of this model are the Technical Assistance Institutes, which were also recognized by the National Housing Law. These are independent, non-profit organisations that advise cooperatives.

Their role is crucial: The construction of large-scale housing projects is complicated. The vast majority of citizens have no prior experience in construction or project management. The success of Uruguay’s cooperative model would be unthinkable without their support.

From the outskirts to the city Centre

Uruguay’s housing cooperatives have not only expanded, but have also evolved in response to changing needs and challenges.

In their early years, most cooperatives built low-density housing on the outskirts of cities. This approach was largely influenced by the ideals of the Garden City movement, a planning philosophy of the late 19th century that prioritized low-density housing and a balance between development and green spaces. In Uruguay, there was also a cultural preference for single-family homes. And land was more expensive in city centres.

These early cooperatives, however, contributed to urban sprawl, which has a number of drawbacks. Infrastructure has to be built out. It’s harder to reach jobs and schools. There’s more traffic. And single-family homes aren’t an efficient use of land.

Meanwhile, in the 1970s Montevideo’s historic city centre started experiencing abandonment and decay. During this period, the country’s shifting socioeconomic landscape created a set of new challenges. More people relied on irregular incomes from informal work, while more single women became heads of households.

In response, housing cooperatives have shown a remarkable ability to adapt.

For women, by women

As urban sprawl pushed development outward, Montevideo’s historic center, Ciudad Vieja, was hemorrhaging residents. Its historic buildings were falling apart.

Seeking to revitalize the area without displacing its remaining low-income residents, the city saw housing cooperatives as a solution.

This spurred the creation of 13 mutual aid cooperatives in Ciudad Vieja, which now account for approximately 6% of all housing units in the area.

One of the pioneers of this effort was Mujeres Jefas de Familia, which translates to Women Heads of Household. Known by the acronym MUJEFA, it was founded in 1995 by low-income, single mothers. MUJEFA introduced a new approach to cooperative housing: homes designed, built and governed with the unique needs of women in mind.

Architect Charna Furman spearheaded the initiative. She wanted to overcome the structural inequalities that prevent women from finding secure housing: financial dependence on men, being primary caregivers, and the absence of housing policies that account for single women’s limited access to economic resources.

Remaining in Ciudad Vieja was important to members of MUJEFA. Its central location allowed them to be close to their jobs, their kids’ schools, health clinics and a close-knit community of friends and family.

However, the project faced major hurdles. The crumbling structure the group acquired in 1991 – an abandoned, heritage-listed building – needed to be transformed into 12 safe, functional apartments.

The cooperative model had to adapt. Municipal authorities temporarily relaxed certain regulations to allow older buildings to be rehabbed as cooperatives. There was also the challenge of organizing vulnerable people – often long-time residents at risk of eviction, who were employed as domestic workers or street vendors – into groups that could actively participate in the renovation process. And they had to be taught how to retrofit an older building.

Today, 12 women with their children live in the MUJEFA cooperative. It’s a compelling example of how cooperative housing can go beyond simply putting a roof over families’ heads. Instead, it can be a vehicle for social transformation. Women traditionally excluded from urban planning were able to design and construct their own homes, creating a secure future for themselves and their children.

Building up, not out

COVIVEMA 5, completed in 2015, was the first high-rise, mutual aid cooperative in a central Montevideo neighborhood. Home to around 300 residents, it’s made up of 55 units distributed across two buildings.

Members participated in the building process with guidance from the Centro Cooperativista Uruguayo, one of the oldest and most respected Technical Assistance Institutes. Architects had to adapt their designs to make it easier for regular people with little experience in construction to complete a high-rise building. Cooperative members received specialized training in vertical construction and safety protocols. While members contributed to the construction, skilled labor would be brought in when necessary.

Members of the cooperative also designed and built Plaza Luisa Cuesta, a public square that created open space in an otherwise dense neighborhood for residents to gather and socialize.

Housing cooperatives are neither public nor private. They might be thought of as an efficient and effective “third way” to provide housing, one that gives residents a stake in their homes and provides long-term security. But their success depends upon institutional, technical and financial support.

This article is part of a series centered on envisioning ways to deal with the housing crisis.The Conversation

Jennifer Duyne Barenstein, Senior Lecturer of Social Anthropology, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Zurich and Daniela Sanjinés, PhD Student, Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Zurich

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Silver Surfers: at Manly + Palm Beach

Who is this lesson for?
Taking place at either Palm Beach or Manly Beach, Seniors and over 55s are invited to join a Bodyboarding and Ocean Safety Clinic, designed to help you connect with the ocean and boost your confidence in the water. This is a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best and join a welcoming community of ocean lovers.

What’s Included:
  • Lessons: Learn bodyboarding and essential ocean safety skills from experienced instructors.
  • All Equipment Provided: Wetsuits and bodyboards will be supplied for the session.
  • Morning Tea: Enjoy a delightful morning tea and connect with others after the session.
Important Info:
Arrive 30 minutes early to change into the provided wetsuits before the session starts.

Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, and Manly Surf School, you don’t want to miss these bi-weekly bodyboarding sessions. This is a great chance to meet others in the community, enjoy the surf, and embrace the ocean with confidence.


Lesson Times
Links to the next dates:
31st of October 10 am at Palm Beach – Free Event!

Keep an eye out for upcoming FREE events on the calendar:
  • 14th November 2025 – Manly 10am
  • 28th November 2025 – Palm Beach 10am
  • 12th December 2025 – Manly 10am
Cost: FREE!


Silver Surfers group Photo: Manly Surf School

Supported decision-making for people living with dementia in NSW

​​​​​​​​​​​The NSW Parliamentary Research Service has published a new paper Supported decision-making for people living with dementia in NSW​ by Professor Cameron Stewart. 

The paper examines how legal frameworks in NSW shape decision-making for people living with dementia, given the challenges posed by progressive cognitive decline. It considers traditional surrogate decision-making models and the supported decision-making approach, which aligns with Australia's obligations under the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. The paper highlights legal reforms and experiences from other Australian jurisdictions, in particular Victoria, and explores the implications of the new Aged Care Act 2024 (Cth). ​


New research reveals what makes older Australians happy

Monday October 20, 2025
A new report released by National Seniors Australia (NSA) reveals the secret to happiness for older Australians. It highlights that happiness means different things to different people and older people shouldn’t be stereotyped.

Photo: NSA

More than 2,500 survey respondents aged 50 and older were asked to write about something that would help them maintain or increase their happiness. The results confirm older Australians are a diverse group with different interests, needs, and desires.
“As you’d expect, some people identified more money, secure housing, or good health as key factors that would improve their happiness,” NSA Chief Executive Officer Chris Grice said.

“But they weren’t the only factors, with others nominating varied pathways to happiness such as ‘Living a Dan Beutner’s Ble Zone lifestyle’.

“We took a big picture approach to identify the core principles, ideals, and beliefs that shape people’s personalities and drive their lives. From the comments, we developed 11 ‘personas’ to try and capture what drives people’s happiness.

“For example, the report describes a ‘Stability Seeker’ persona for those who want social and technological change to slow right down. As one respondent wrote, ‘As you age, I believe, that happiness is very closely linked to security and certainty’.

“‘Keen Participators’ find happiness in activities that entertain and provide new experiences. And ‘Policy Enthusiasts’ are passionate about reforming Age Pension rules, supports for carers, or downsizing incentives, to name a few.” 
  1. Survival Realists – having enough money to cover the basics and where possible, a little bit extra.
  2. Fierce Independents – staying independent through health, wealth, and control of life’s choices.
  3. Keen Participators – having the time, money, and ability to pursue interests, such as travel.
  4. Nest Featherers – having a fulfilling home life, with a loving partner or solo bliss, and pets.
  5. Social Connectors – relationships with family, friends, and the means to find like-minded others.
  6. Policy Enthusiasts – improvements to retirement income, aged care, and other ageing supports.
  7. Global Idealists – an active civil society, government integrity, environmental protection, peace.
  8. Stability Seekers – a sense of security, and assurance the life we’ve planned won’t be upended.
  9. Inner Peaceniks – having a positive mindset, attitude, faith and spiritual connections.
  10. Respect Warriors – respect for older people’s contributions and eliminating ageism.
  11. Unique Individuals – all kinds of interests from reiki to better disabled access to waterways
“As the findings reaffirm, each one of us is unique. While ‘government subsidised red wine’ made the list in good humour, this report helps us to remember and celebrate older people’s diversity and complexity.

“Our personas are a celebration and recognition of the diversity of older people. There are many ways to grow old and older people can’t and shouldn’t be boxed into ageist stereotypes.

“If we want a society that is happy, it is important to embrace and celebrate these differences.”

Changes are coming for residential aged care. Here’s what to know

adamkaz/Getty Images
Michael WoodsUniversity of Technology SydneyJin Sug YangUniversity of Technology SydneyLouise MaladyUniversity of Technology Sydney, and Nelson MaUniversity of Technology Sydney

The way Australians pay for residential aged care, or nursing homes, is changing from November 1.

Payment arrangements will be grouped into four main areas:

There will be no changes for residents who are living in aged care homes on October 31.

In addition, new residents who are assessed as having low financial means will not be affected. These are typically full pensioners without major assets who have an income of less than A$34,762 (for a single pensioner, slightly less if one of a couple) and assets of less than $63,000. The government will cover the full costs of their care.

All low-means residents will continue to pay a basic daily fee to contribute to their everyday living expenses. This is calculated as 85% of the basic single age pension, which is $65.55 at the current pension rate. The government also pays providers an extra Hotelling Supplement to top up their funding.

Clinical care will be fully subsidised for all

The government will fully fund all clinical care costs for all residents in aged care homes from November 1.

Older residents exercise with a physiotherapist
Residents won’t have to pay for clinical care, such as physiotherapy, no matter their income or assets. Alvaro Gonzalez/Getty Images

Who will have to pay for non-clinical care and everyday living?

New means tested fees will be payable as a contribution to the costs of non-clinical care and everyday living for new residents who have higher means.

The government has published the Schedule of Fees and Charges that will apply from November 1 as well as a Fee Estimator. The following provides a simplified guide to these fees:

Table of changes to aged care fees
The ConversationCC BY-SA

For those who can afford to contribute, payments for help with non-clinical care will be means tested and capped at $105.30 per day, with a lifetime cap of $135,318.69 (or after four years, whichever is reached first). Fees paid under the Support at Home program will be counted toward the cap.

All residents receive a wide range of everyday living services and, as now, will continue to pay a basic daily fee to contribute to their cost.

However, the fee does not meet the full costs of these services. From November 1, new residents with significant means will contribute to some or all of the cost of the top-up Hotelling Supplement, up to a maximum of $22.15 per day.

Some providers also offer extra or higher quality services and can set their prices which will become Higher Everyday Living Fees from November 1. These services are optional and payment of this fee cannot be made a condition of entry to an aged care home.

How is accommodation funding changing and who is affected?

The government will continue to pay the accommodation costs of all current and future low means residents by way of an accommodation supplement. Currently about 19% of residents are fully supported in this way.

A further 19% of residents are partially supported through government funding and pay their contribution through a refundable lump sum or an ongoing rental payment, or a combination. The contributions are capped and can’t exceed the value of the government’s accommodation supplement.

The remaining approximately 62% of residents are non-supported. They pay a set room price agreed with the provider, again by refundable lump sum and/or paying rent.

From November 1, providers will be able to deduct 2% of the balance of a resident’s lump sum each year for the first five years of residence or until the resident leaves, if earlier than five years.

If a non-supported resident (not eligible for government funding) is making rental payments, this amount will be indexed twice each year.

The government has a description of these funding changes here.

Why is aged care changing again?

The aged care system faces several long-term challenges. The demand for aged care continues to rise as the population ages, and the standards of care need to keep improving.

At the same time, nearly half of aged care homes operate at a loss, particularly in their delivery of everyday living services and accommodation. Homes making ongoing losses are at greater risk of closing, meaning less places available for older people in need of care in their local area.

The government has responded to a range of recommendations in recent reports on how to raise the quality and financial viability of aged care by rewriting the Aged Care Act.

Starting on November 1, the new Act aims to strengthens the rights of older people to receive high quality care and recognises the need to increase the funding of everyday living and accommodation services.

Increased funding will help support quality providers to be viable, build more homes and attract more skilled workers through higher wages and better conditions.

This additional funding should be shared equitably between taxpayers and older people who have significant income and assets, while ensuring those with low means receive the services they need.

Will there be further changes?

The changes to accommodation funding will not solve all of its issues, with the government announcing a further pricing review.

The review is exploring how to ensure older people with low means have access to high-quality aged care homes, while enabling providers to invest in the additional supply of quality accommodation needed to meet rising demand.

The findings will be publicly reported by July 2026 and may prompt further changes to accommodation payments.The Conversation

Michael Woods, Professor of Health Economics, University of Technology SydneyJin Sug Yang, Lecturer, UTS Business School, University of Technology SydneyLouise Malady, Senior Researcher: Policy, UTS Ageing Research Collaborative, University of Technology Sydney, and Nelson Ma, Associate Professor in Aged Care, Corporate Governance and Accounting, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Stroke can happen to anyone – an expert explains how to spot the signs and act fast

Pormezz/Shutterstock
Siobhan MclernonLondon South Bank University

Stroke can happen to anyone, at any age and at any time. The number of strokes among younger adults under 55 is rising worldwide, and every day in the UK around 240 people experience the traumatic and life-changing effects of a stroke.

A stroke is sometimes described by doctors and stroke awareness campaigns as a “brain attack” to help people understand that a stroke is as urgent and life-threatening as a heart attack. Both happen when blood flow is suddenly cut off, depriving vital tissue of oxygen and nutrients.

There are two main types of stroke. In an ischaemic stroke, blood flow to the brain is blocked, usually by a clot in a blood vessel. Without oxygen, brain cells begin to die, which can cause loss of movement, speech, memory or even death. In a haemorrhagic stroke, a blood vessel inside the brain bursts. This is often due to high blood pressure, which weakens blood vessel walls and makes them more likely to rupture.

Treating a stroke is a race against time because, as doctors say, “time is brain”: the longer the brain is starved of blood and oxygen, the more brain cells die. Treatments that can dissolve or remove a clot in an ischaemic stroke or lower dangerously high blood pressure in a haemorrhagic stroke must be given quickly to limit brain damage.

Anyone with a suspected stroke should be taken by emergency services directly to a specialist stroke unit. Patients admitted to these dedicated units tend to have better outcomes because they receive expert care from doctors trained specifically to manage stroke.

How to recognise the signs of stroke

A lack of early recognition of stroke symptoms is linked to higher mortality rates. The acronym “Fast” (Face, Arm, Speech, Time) has been a cornerstone of public stroke awareness for more than 20 years. It was developed as a quick screening tool for use before hospital admission, helping people recognise the signs of a stroke and seek urgent medical help.

Fast highlights the most common warning signs of stroke, but some strokes present differently. To make sure fewer cases are missed, additional symptoms such as dizziness, visual changes and loss of balance have been added, creating the Be Fast acronym.

B = Balance problems. A sudden loss of balance or coordination, dizziness, or a sensation that the room is spinning.

E = Eyes. Sudden blurred vision, loss of vision in one or both eyes, double vision, or difficulty focusing.

F = Face. Facial weakness or unevenness, often with a droop on one side of the mouth or eye.

A = Arm or leg weakness or numbness, often affecting one side of the body.

S = Speech difficulty, slurred speech, trouble finding words, or an inability to speak clearly.

T = Time to call an ambulance. Make a note of when symptoms began, as this helps doctors decide which treatment is most effective.

Other warning signs

Stroke symptoms often develop suddenly and can vary from person to person. Some people, particularly women, may experience stroke symptoms that are not included in the Be Fast acronym. Women are less likely to be recognised as having a stroke because their symptoms can differ from men’s. These may include sudden fatigue, confusion, nausea, fainting, or general weakness rather than clear paralysis or slurred speech.

Other possible signs for any person include a severe headache with no clear cause, vomiting, difficulty swallowing, agitation, or sudden memory loss. In some cases, a person may collapse, lose consciousness, or have a seizure.

Sometimes stroke symptoms last only a few minutes or hours before disappearing completely within 24 hours. This may indicate a Transient Ischaemic Attack (TIA), sometimes called a “mini stroke.” A TIA happens when the blood supply to the brain is briefly interrupted, causing temporary symptoms. The difference between a TIA and a full stroke is that the blockage clears on its own before permanent brain damage occurs. However, a TIA is still a medical emergency and a serious warning sign that a major stroke could soon follow.

Advances in technology

Telemedicine has become an important tool in making rapid diagnosis and early treatment possible. By using secure video links, paramedics can consult with hospital stroke specialists in real time, even while still at the scene or en route to hospital. This allows early diagnosis, faster decision making and immediate preparation for treatment once the patient arrives.

For example, some ambulances now operate as mobile stroke units equipped with brain imaging scanners and clot-busting medicines. In London, video calls between senior doctors and paramedics at emergency scenes have helped speed up care and direct patients to the most appropriate treatment centre.

While telemedicine connects specialists to paramedics on the move, other tools are bringing medical help directly to patients within moments of a 999 call. The GoodSAM app was first developed to improve survival after cardiac arrest by alerting nearby trained responders to begin CPR before an ambulance arrives. The platform has since expanded to support other life-threatening emergencies, including stroke.

When someone calls for help, the system identifies clinically trained staff or volunteers in the area and dispatches them to the scene while paramedics are on their way. These responders can provide rapid assessment, basic first aid and reassurance to the patient and family, and can help ensure that key information such as the time symptoms began is ready for the arriving medical team. By combining digital technology, trained volunteers and rapid communication, the app is helping bridge the critical gap between the onset of symptoms and hospital treatment: the period where, quite literally, every minute matters.

A stroke can strike suddenly and without warning, but quick recognition and immediate medical attention can mean the difference between life and death. Learning the Be Fast signs and acting immediately could save a life, protect the brain and preserve a person’s ability to speak, move and think.The Conversation

Siobhan Mclernon, Senior Lecturer, Adult Nursing and co-lead, Ageing, Acute and Long Term Conditions. Member of Health and Well Being Research Center, London South Bank University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.


ACCC proposes to allow continued collaboration to support Australians' access to cash

Friday October 24, 2025
The ACCC has issued a draft determination proposing to authorise the Australian Banking Association (ABA) and other industry participants to develop ways to ensure the continued distribution of cash across Australia.

The ACCC also proposes to allow the parties to take certain steps to ensure cash-in-transit services would continue if Armaguard's services were suspended or disrupted. Armaguard is the main national distributor of cash in Australia. The implementation of any other measures would be subject to a separate application for authorisation, if required.

Cash-in-transit services form the basis of the cash distribution system, where physical currency is transported, processed and stored across the country. Cash-in-transit companies service the cash-related needs of banks, large retailers and hospitality venues, and also offer cash management services such as banknote refilling for ATMs.

“We are proposing to grant this authorisation to allow the ABA and other relevant parties to discuss and develop responses to ensure consumers and businesses can continue to access cash,” ACCC Deputy Chair Mick Keogh said.

“Public access to physical currency is incredibly important, especially for consumers who are reliant on cash payments including those in regional and remote areas.”

The ACCC has included three conditions in its proposed authorisation, one of which requires the ABA to develop initiatives to protect access to cash in remote areas, where there are often fewer options for accessing cash services.

Interim authorisation for this conduct has been in place with conditions since October 2024. The conduct has also been subject to previous ACCC authorisations, including an interim authorisation first granted in December 2023.

The ACCC is now seeking submissions on its draft determination.

This draft determination does not relate to the development or implementation of any pricing mechanisms between Armaguard and its major customers. The ACCC’s website will be updated with information relating to those issues when an application for authorisation is received from the parties.

Further information about the ABA’s application and how to make a submission by 14 November 2025 is available on the ACCC's website.

Notes
When competitors act together, they require some form of exemption from the ACCC to avoid the risk of breaching competition laws.

ACCC authorisation provides statutory protection from court action for conduct that might otherwise raise concerns under the competition provisions of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth).

Broadly, section 91 of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) allows the ACCC to grant an authorisation when it is satisfied that the public benefit from the conduct outweighs any public detriment.

Background
The ACCC has granted 4 authorisations relating to cash-in-transit services since 2023:
  • On 13 June 2023, the ACCC granted merger authorisation to Armaguard and Prosegur Australia to combine their cash distribution, management and other businesses in Australia, and accepted a court-enforceable undertaking, which is a condition of the merger authorisation. Following this merger, Armaguard became the major supplier of cash-in-transit services in Australia.
  • On 27 May 2024, the ACCC granted authorisation with conditions to the ABA, the Customer Owned Banking Association, banks, retailers and other industry participants to allow them to develop responses to support the distribution of cash across Australia.
  • On 12 September 2024, the ACCC granted authorisation with conditions to allow the ABA, its member banks, Australia Post, retailers, supermarkets and other industry participants to collaborate so they can ensure there is continuity of cash-in-transit services. The ACCC’s authorisation allows the parties to collaborate and prepare for any suspension or disruption of cash-in-transit services.
  • On 25 June 2025, the ACCC granted authorisation with conditions for the ABA, and the major banks and retailers (‘the Funding Parties’) to provide financial contributions to Armaguard and discuss and implement operational sustainability and efficiency measures. The ACCC also authorised the parties to discuss and reach agreement on (but not implement) development of an independent pricing mechanism in respect of each (future) cash services agreement with each of the Funding Parties. Authorisation was granted with conditions until 30 June 2026 but does not extend to the implementation of any pricing proposal – the ACCC expects a further application for authorisation of implementation of the pricing proposal in due course.

Letters to home care recipients to prepare for Support at Home

October 16, 2025
The Australian Department of Health and Aged Care has sent letters to current home care recipients and older people approved for Home Care Packages (HCP) to help them prepare for the new Support at Home program ahead of 1 November 2025.  

These letters include information about:  
  • their estimated financial contribution to aged care   
  • unspent HCP funds  
  • how to prepare with their provider for the transition to Support at Home. 
A copy of the Support at Home booklet for older people, families and carers was included in this pack. 

Care recipients will receive these letters through to mid-October. The letter they receive will depend on their pension status and whether they were approved for an HCP before or after 12 September 2024.  

copy of the letters is available on the department’s website.   

Services Australia has created a Support at Home eKit to help you access estimated contribution rates, talk to older people about their estimate and respond to questions. 

Visit My Aged Care for more information about the Support at Home program.

AvPals Term 4 2025

Avalon Computer Pals is back for another term of friendly, hands-on computer classes for seniors 55+. Whether you're a total beginner or keen to brush up your tech skills, we’ve got you covered. Learn at your own pace, meet great people, and feel more confident online.

Come along to Newport, where small groups make learning relaxed, social and fun!  To book in visit: www.avpals.com

The Chanterelle String Quartet with special guest Ben Jacks – French horn

Wyvern Music Forestville is delighted to present an afternoon of evocative chamber music featuring the acclaimed Chanterelle String Quartet and special guest Ben Jacks - French horn.

This is Wyvern Music Forestville's final concert for 2025 and will run on Sunday 9th November at 3pm, at Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, Forestville. 

The program offers a compelling blend of classical refinement and contemporary vitality, opening with Mozart’s delightful String Quartet K168 in F Major followed by Mozart’s Rondo from the Concerto in E-flat for Horn and String Quartet – a sparkling arrangement that showcases classical elegance and virtuosity. The enchanting Three Preludes on Welsh Hymn Tunes for Horn and String Quartet by Ralph Vaughan Williams, blend pastoral lyricism with spiritual depth. A trio of passionate tangos by Astor Piazzolla – Libertango, Oblivion, and La Muerte del Ángel – bring the concert to a striking conclusion.

The Chanterelle String Quartet, with violinists Fiona Ziegler and Leone Ziegler, violist Jane Hazelwood and cellist Adrian Wallis, made its debut in 2010 performing at the Spring Festival Chamber Music Series for the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The players are all accomplished and well-respected members of the SSO with extensive experience in chamber music.

Ben Jacks is one of the most accomplished horn players of his generation, celebrated for his artistry and technical excellence. For 25 seasons, he served as Principal Horn with the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. More recently Ben has performed with the London Symphony Orchestra under Sir Simon Rattle and Daniel Harding, the Hong Kong Philharmonic and the Australian World Orchestra.
Join us for an afternoon of vibrant and expressive music, performed by outstanding Australian musicians in an inviting and intimate setting.
Ben Jacks 

When: Sunday, 9th November, 2025 at 3:00pm
Where: Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, 9 Currie Rd, Forestville
Tickets: Full:$35, Concession:$25, Students:$20, Children under 16 Free
Enquiries: Wyvern Music Forestville Tel: 9416 5234

The Chanterelle String Quartet

Stirling prize 2025: Appleby Blue pioneers affordable social housing tackling elderly loneliness

John FlintUniversity of Sheffield

The winner of the 2025 RIBA Stirling prize offers an inspiring blueprint for addressing some of our current housing crises. It is also an opportunity to reflect on long-standing dilemmas in providing appropriate accommodation for all.

Architects Witherford Watson and Mann won the prize, for the second time, for the Appleby Blue development. Run by the United St Saviours Charity in Bermondsey, South London, it provides 57 units of one and two bedroom apartments for residents aged over 65, with 11 units fully wheelchair accessible.

It is explicitly a new take on urban almshouses, which date back to the Middle Ages. Throughout their history, almshouses have primarily provided accommodation for the elderly.

The almshouse was historically called a “hospital for the poor”. One of the architect’s behind Appleby Blue, Stephen Witherford, points out the intersections between housing and health crises. Often hospital beds are occupied by elderly people because of a lack of appropriate accommodations that fit their needs, paired with a wider lack of mechanisms enabling elderly residents to downsize from their existing homes, Witherford notes.

United St Saviours Charity can be traced back to 1541. The charity’s modern day specialist staff carry a lineage going back to the initial wardens charged with managing the estate and looking after the poor of the parish.

Appleby Blue attempts to address two intersecting crises: the lack of accessible and affordable housing, especially in London and growing levels of loneliness among older people. We face a paradox, while cities like London become more densely populated social connections between us are seen to have reduced, particularly since COVID-19.

The development was partly funded through Section 106 agreements between Southwark Council and the developer JTRE. These legal agreements ensure infrastructure, services, or affordable housing to mitigate the impact of a new development. This is an important agreement when developers are challenging the financial viability of providing affordable social housing or infrastructure as part of new development programmes.

In addition to a design focused on light and space and technical adaptions enabling residents to live as independently as possible, its principal aim is to foster connections – both between residents and with the wider community.

The new development retains the courtyard that has often been a feature of almshouses. As well as the shared courtyard there is a rooftop garden, and spacious balconies, which are provided as spaces for interaction. Britain has a somewhat chequered history of attempts to engineer sociability through the architecture of public housing, including the use of wide deck access in high rise developments.

However, the development seeks, in the words of the judges, to “combine function and community”. This mission recognises that the cohesive design needs to be complemented by shaping daily practices in a way that reduces isolation. The communal kitchen is at the heart of this and while the development includes resident-only spaces, it also emphasises public communal areas, a welcome contrast to “poor door” mechanisms to segregate social and private homes in some other London developments.

There is a deliberate attempt to promote interactions with the wider local community, including shared cooking and dance classes and singing groups. Intergenerational engagement is particularly emphasised, with a toddler’s group and local school children involved in the social activities. This offers an innovative take on a longstanding dilemma in social housing about whether to aim for allocations that mixed generations and household types or to provide more specialist, but separate, accommodation.

Encouraging residents to engage in communal activities has been a constant feature, for example of the housing cooperative movement, with mixed results. But here, the focus is on shared interests and mutual skills development, for example cooking, rather than on volunteering or involvement in the management of the development.

Appleby Blue is also deliberately an ongoing site of research. It includes accommodation spaces for researchers. A study by the University of Bournemouth has evaluated the impact of the development on its residents and other studies are ongoing. This is a welcome reminder about how important robust scientific evidence is in understanding what works in housing for the elderly.

There is much to admire, architecturally and socially, about Appleby Blue. An obvious challenge is the extent to which its specific elements, from affordability to design and specialist support, could be scaled up or replicated more widely given the extent of the crises we face. But that doesn’t mean we shouldn’t celebrate and learn from its pioneering features, including its lessons for tackling loneliness, which is certainly not confined to the elderly.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


John Flint, Professor of Town and Regional Planning, University of Sheffield

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How does a flaming piece of space junk end up on Earth? A space archaeologist explains

A piece of space junk found on October 18 in Western Australia’s remote Pilbara region. WA Police
Alice GormanFlinders University

The mysterious object was on fire and lying in the middle of a remote dirt road in Western Australia’s Pilbara region when mine workers stumbled upon it.

Shortly after the enigmatic item was found on October 18, Western Australia police announced that initial assessments indicated it was made of carbon fibre and “consistent with previously identified space debris”.

The object appears to have come from a Chinese Jielong-3 rocket – possibly the one launched in September which deployed 12 satellites in low Earth orbit.

The object’s suspected identity was corroborated by expert debris watchers, who noted the orbital path of the rocket’s fourth stage passed over Western Australia at a time consistent with the debris’ discovery.

The Australian Space Agency told The Conversation the debris is “likely a propellant tank or pressure vessel from a space launch vehicle” and that it will conduct further technical analysis to confirm its origin.

Regardless, the object’s fall to Earth highlights the growing problem of space junk – and how humanity is dealing with it.

Crash landing from space

The area surrounding Earth is becoming increasingly crowded. It’s home to more than 10,000 active satellites, and possibly up to 40,000 pieces of space junk bigger than 10 centimetres. By the end of this decade, roughly 70,000 satellites could be in low Earth orbit, at altitudes below 2,000 kilometres.

Space junk refers to any piece of human-made material in space that doesn’t have a purpose. This includes dead satellites and rocket stages discarded after they’ve delivered satellites to orbit.

Space junk disposal generally relies on the debris being pulled back into the atmosphere and burning up through friction and heat.

The most problematic class of space debris is spent rocket stages. A paper presented at the International Astronautical Congress in Sydney earlier this month listed the 50 most concerning pieces of space junk in low Earth orbit – 88% of which are rocket bodies.

However, space junk is being created at a higher rate than it is re-entering Earth’s atmosphere. And now we know burning metals create harmful particulates of alumina and soot, which impact the ozone layer we rely on to filter out ultraviolet radiation.

Sometimes fuel tanks and pressure vessels reach the ground mostly intact instead of being completely incinerated. The metal alloys used to make them have a higher melting point than other spacecraft material, and they are often insulated with carbon fibre strips.

Space agencies, defence organisations and amateur debris watchers are constantly tracking the orbit – and re-entry – of space junk. This is a complex task – in part because these objects are hurtling around Earth at speeds of up to 28,000 kilometres per hour.

Controlled versus uncontrolled re-entries

The atmospheric re-entry of most space junk is uncontrolled.

Once the spacecraft runs out of fuel or batteries to power its thrusters, its orbit starts to drift. If the debris is large enough, like an old satellite or rocket body, where and when it re-enters can usually be predicted. Most of the time this is over the sea or in areas with low populations – just because this is most of the planet.

But not always. For example, in April 2022, parts of a Chinese third stage rocket crashed to Earth near a house in the Indian village of Ladori in the Maharashtra region, startling the residents who were preparing a meal at the time.

One strategy to reduce space junk is known as passivation. Passivation involves depleting all fuel and batteries so the spacecraft doesn’t spontaneously explode, creating more debris. This leaves no fuel or communications for a controlled re-entry.

A controlled re-entry involves guiding the spacecraft to a location with a low risk of harm to people, property or the environment.

One such region is the so-called “space cemetery” – a point in the Pacific Ocean roughly 2,700 kilometres from any landmass. There are about 300 spacecraft on the sea bed there, and this is where the International Space Station will be brought down at the end of the decade.

Finding the owner

The first stage of the investigation into the suspected space debris found in Western Australia will be determining who owns it.

The 1967 Outer Space Treaty says the state that authorised a rocket or satellite launch is liable for any damage it causes on Earth – even if a private company actually conducted the launch.

If the object does turn out to be from a Chinese rocket, the next step will be contacting China about its return or disposal. They may choose to leave it with Australia, as India did with a rocket fuel tank which washed up on a beach in Western Australia in 2023.

It appears the rocket body didn’t cause any harm so the negotiations won’t involve liability or insurance claims. The debris landed in a landscape already heavily impacted by mining activities so it is unlikely a claim for environmental harm can be made.

Better end-of-life planning is needed

End-of-life planning is critical for future space debris management in low Earth orbit, as there is currently no capacity to actively remove debris from that region.

The standard used to be that no spacecraft should remain in orbit after 25 years beyond the end of its mission life. Now, the expected standard for low Earth orbit is five years.

Technologies are being developed to service and refuel satellites on orbit to extend the time they can remain active in space. New materials, such as wood, are being trialled to reduce pollution of the upper atmosphere.

The European Space Agency is promoting the Zero Debris Charter which invites signatories to commit to becoming debris-neutral – that is, creating no new debris with each mission – by 2030.

In the short term, we can expect to see an increase in the amount of debris crashing down to Earth. But there is hope international collaboration and new technologies will lead to more sustainable use of space, ensuring future generations have equal access to it.The Conversation

Alice Gorman, Associate Professor in Archaeology and Space Studies, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Concession car parking at NSW Health public hospitals

Patients and carers may be eligible for concession rates on parking at NSW Health public hospitals. 

To be eligible you need to be:
  • requiring treatment over an extended period
  • attending hospital more than twice a week (including carers of long term patients who visit frequently). 
  • ongoing cancer treatment
  • treatment more than twice weekly
  • daily dressing changes
  • cardiac rehabilitation or health promotion classes
Concessions are also available for holders of a: 
  • Transport for NSW Mobility Parking Scheme permit
  • Pensioner Concession Card
  • Department of Veterans' Affairs Gold Card
  • Health Care Card.
Hospitals provide communication to patients, carers and visitors about the availability of concessional car parking rates, this includes:
  • clearly displaying and publicising concessional rates
  • streamlining the concession application process with designated points of access
  • validating concessional parking for the duration of a course of treatment. 
For detailed information on eligibility and concession fees, visit NSW Health webpage:

COVID-19 mRNA vaccines could unlock the next revolution in cancer treatment – new research

With a little help, your immune cells can be potent tumour killers. Steve Gschmeissner/Science Photo Library via Getty Images
Adam GrippinThe University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center and Christiano MarconiUniversity of Florida

The COVID-19 mRNA-based vaccines that saved 2.5 million lives globally during the pandemic could help spark the immune system to fight cancer. This is the surprising takeaway of a new study that we and our colleagues published in the journal Nature.

While developing mRNA vaccines for patients with brain tumours in 2016, our team, led by paediatric oncologist Elias Sayour, discovered that mRNA can train immune systems to kill tumours – even if the mRNA is not related to cancer.

Based on this finding, we hypothesized that mRNA vaccines designed to target the SARS-CoV-2 virus that causes COVID-19 might also have antitumor effects.

So we looked at clinical outcomes for more than 1,000 late-stage melanoma and lung cancer patients treated with a type of immunotherapy called immune checkpoint inhibitors. This treatment is a common approach doctors use to train the immune system to kill cancer. It does this by blocking a protein that tumour cells make to turn off immune cells, enabling the immune system to continue killing cancer.

Remarkably, patients who received either the Pfizer or Moderna mRNA-based COVID-19 vaccine within 100 days of starting immunotherapy were more than twice as likely to be alive after three years compared with those who didn’t receive either vaccine. Surprisingly, patients with tumours that don’t typically respond well to immunotherapy also saw very strong benefits, with nearly fivefold improvement in three-year overall survival. This link between improved survival and receiving a COVID-19 mRNA vaccine remained strong even after we controlled for factors like disease severity and co-occurring conditions.

To understand the underlying mechanism, we turned to animal models. We found that COVID-19 mRNA vaccines act like an alarm, triggering the body’s immune system to recognise and kill tumour cells and overcome the cancer’s ability to turn off immune cells. When combined, vaccines and immune checkpoint inhibitors coordinate to unleash the full power of the immune system to kill cancer cells.

University of Florida Health paediatric oncologist Elias Sayour, who led the research, explains that mRNA vaccines that are not specific to a patient’s cancer can ‘wake up the sleeping giant that is the immune system to fight cancer.’

Why it matters

Immunotherapy with immune checkpoint inhibitors has revolutionized cancer treatment over the past decade by producing cures in many patients who were previously considered incurable. However, these therapies are ineffective in patients with “cold” tumors that successfully evade immune detection.

Our findings suggest that mRNA vaccines may provide just the spark the immune system needs to turn these “cold” tumors “hot.” If validated in our upcoming clinical trial, our hope is that this widely available, low-cost intervention could extend the benefits of immunotherapy to millions of patients who otherwise would not benefit from this therapy.

Countless clear vials of liquid with labels reading 'CANCER mRNA vaccine 10 ML' on a table
Combining immunotherapy with mRNA vaccines could allow more patients to benefit from this treatment. Thom Leach/Science Photo Library via Getty Images

What other research is being done

Unlike vaccines for infectious diseases, which are used to prevent an infection, therapeutic cancer vaccines are used to help train the immune systems of cancer patients to better fight tumours.

We and many others are currently working hard to make personalized mRNA vaccines for patients with cancer. This involves taking a small sample of a patient’s tumour and using machine learning algorithms to predict which proteins in the tumour would be the best targets for a vaccine. However, this approach can be costly and difficult to manufacture.

In contrast, COVID-19 mRNA vaccines do not need to be personalized, are already widely available at low or no cost around the globe, and could be administered at any time during a patient’s treatment. Our findings that COVID-19 mRNA vaccines have substantial antitumor effects bring hope that they could help extend the anti-cancer benefits of mRNA vaccines to all.

What’s next

In pursuit of this goal, we are preparing to test this treatment strategy in patients with a nationwide clinical trial in people with lung cancer. People receiving an immune checkpoint inhibitor will be randomized to either receive a COVID-19 mRNA vaccine during treatment or not.

This study will tell us whether COVID-19 mRNA vaccines should be included as part of the standard of care for patients receiving an immune checkpoint inhibitor. Ultimately, we hope that this approach will help many patients who are treated with immune therapy, and especially those who currently lack effective treatment options.

This work exemplifies how a tool born from a global pandemic may provide a new weapon against cancer and rapidly extend the benefits of existing treatments to millions of patients. By harnessing a familiar vaccine in a new way, we hope to extend the lifesaving benefits of immunotherapy to cancer patients who were previously left behind.

The Research Brief is a short take on interesting academic work.The Conversation

Adam Grippin, Physician Scientist in Cancer Immunotherapy, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center and Christiano Marconi, Ph.D. Candidate in Immunotherapy, University of Florida

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Bribing kids to eat vegetables might backfire. Here’s what to do instead

s0ulsurfing - Jason Swain/Getty Images
Nick FullerUniversity of Sydney

It’s a tactic many parents know well: “eat two bites of broccoli, and then you can have dessert”.

It seems like a practical solution for encouraging kids – especially picky eaters – to eat healthy foods. And in the short term, it often works.

But using food as a bargaining chip can do more harm than good.

Why food bribes backfire

Although well-intentioned, bribing children with treats to eat healthy foods can:

Create unhealthy associations

Studies show using discretionary foods such as sweets as rewards increases children’s preference for those foods.

Over time, children start to see dessert as the “prize” and vegetables as the “chore”. This skews their perception of food value and can lead to an unhealthy relationship with eating.

Bribes also link food with achievement or behaviour, which can foster emotional eating patterns later in life.

Disrupt appetite regulation

Children are born with the ability to self-regulate how much they eat, based on internal signals between the gut, brain, and hormones. It’s common for appetite to fluctuate – ravenous one day, uninterested the next – depending on activity, growth and development.

However, food rewards can override these natural cues. When children learn to eat to earn a reward rather than to satisfy hunger, research suggests it can increase the risk of overeating.

Increase fussy eating

Fussy eating is a normal phase in early childhood and typically improves once children start school.

But pressuring children to eat, especially with the promise of a reward, can make them even more resistant to trying new foods. Several studies show food rewards are linked to greater food fussiness over time.

What to do instead: evidence-backed strategies

Instead of resorting to bribes, here are research-informed ways to support healthy eating habits in children:

1. Focus on effort, not outcomes

It can take eight to ten exposures before a child accepts a new food. So keep offering it without pressure.

Praise your child for trying something new, rather than for finishing their plate.

Let them decide whether to eat it – and how much. The goal is to build positive experiences around food.

2. Pair new foods with familiar favourites

Children are more likely to try unfamiliar foods when served alongside ones they already enjoy.

So if your child loves potato chips, try introducing roast carrot “orange chippies” as a variation.

Offering the same food in different formats (such as avocado in sushi one day, on crackers another) also increases acceptance.

3. Make healthy food visually appealing

Studies show kids respond better to food presented in fun and colourful ways. Use different shapes, textures, and colours to make meals more inviting – think fruit skewers, rainbow veggie plates, or “build-your-own” meals.

4. Involve children in the kitchen

Children are more likely to eat food they’ve helped prepare. Even young children can assist with age-appropriate tasks like mixing, measuring, or choosing recipes. Cooking together is not just a learning opportunity, it also builds a sense of ownership and pride.

5. Model the behaviours you want to see

Children learn by watching. Research shows that when parents regularly eat and enjoy healthy foods in front of their kids, these children have better diets than their peers who don’t see their parents enjoy healthy foods.

Try to share meals as a family when possible and model the enjoyment of nutritious foods.

The bottom line

While bribing children to eat healthy food may offer short-term success, it can undermine their ability to self-regulate, distort their relationship with food, and increase fussiness in the long run.

But with patience, consistency and positive role modelling, children learn to enjoy a variety of healthy foods – no bribes required.


Nick Fuller is the author of Healthy Parents, Healthy Kids – Six Steps to Total Family Wellness. His free, practical recipe ideas can be found at feedingfussykids.com.The Conversation

Nick Fuller, Clinical Trials Director, Department of Endocrinology, RPA Hospital, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why are young people more likely to cast informal votes? It’s not because they’re immature

Jean-Nicolas BordeleauFlinders UniversityKatharina KretschmerUniversity of AdelaideLisa HillUniversity of Adelaide, and Rodrigo PrainoFlinders University

In Australia, where turning up to vote is mandatory, deliberately spoiling your ballot is one of the only legal ways to protest or opt out.

This practice of “intentional informal voting” is an increasingly significant issue. The number of informal ballots in federal elections has more than doubled in the past few decades, rising from 2.5% in 1977 to 5.6% in 2025.

These “wasted” votes aren’t just a side note. They can have real consequences. Our analysis shows in nearly two-thirds of Australian federal elections since 1987, the number of informal ballots was greater than the margin of victory.

This means the outcome technically could have been different in eight of the past 13 federal elections if those votes had been cast formally.

A common assumption, supported by some previous research, is that younger voters are the main culprits, spoiling their ballots as an act of youthful protest. But is it really that simple?

Our new research challenges this stereotype. Using an original large survey of more than 25,000 voters in Victoria, we found a more nuanced story.

While young voters tend to intentionally cast informal votes in higher proportions than older voters, it’s not their age that directly predicts whether they will spoil their ballot, but rather their grievances towards democracy.

Dissatisfied with democracy

Our survey, conducted in partnership with the Victorian Electoral Commission after the 2022 state election, specifically asked voters if they knew they had marked their ballot incorrectly. This allowed us to focus on deliberate, intentional acts of informality.

When we crunched the numbers, we found only a very small and statistically insignificant relationship between age and the likelihood of casting an informal vote on purpose. In other words, age alone does not explain intentional informal voting and, therefore, young voters are not voting informally because they are young.

Instead, the real drivers included three specific attitudes towards democracy:

  1. low interest in politics

  2. dissatisfaction with how democracy is working

  3. dissatisfaction with the choice of candidates.

What we see here is a clear example of democratic disconnect among young voters. This is caused by either a lack of interest in politics generally or particular grievances about the way their democracy is representing them.

In fact, our analysis revealed the link between age and informal voting is fully explained by these three factors. Younger voters are marginally more likely than other voters to spoil their ballots, but it is not because of their youth or immaturity.

Rather, it’s because they’re more likely to be uninterested in politics, dissatisfied with the democratic process and unhappy with the candidates on offer.

This is a trend which is particularly salient among young people. We don’t see similar grievances or disaffection among older age groups.

What can be done?

These findings have important policy implications. If we want to reduce the rate of informal voting and improve the health of Australian democracy, simply blaming young people is not the answer. The focus must shift to addressing the underlying causes of democratic disconnect.

Our research points to several potential solutions. Boosting political literacy, particularly by enhancing civics education, could help mitigate feelings of disenchantment and low levels of interest among youth.

There are some current major initiatives around the country in this space that have potential. These include the now annual South Australian Active Citizenship Convention. This initiative seeks to promote civics and democracy and is organised by the SA Department for Education in collaboration with the Jeff Bleich Centre at Flinders University.

Fostering genuine participation is another important piece of the puzzle. We need to give citizens a greater stake in the system.

Mechanisms like citizen assemblies and participatory budgeting have been shown to empower citizens and enhance their sense of political efficacy.

These initiatives bring citizens directly to the table. Deliberative assemblies, for instance, bring together groups of citizens to learn about, discuss and make recommendations on specific policies.

Tailoring these initiatives in ways to promote active participation by young voters could go a long way in creating a sense of belonging and also a sense of agency among youth.

Lowering the voting age has also been mooted by experts as one way to get young people engaged earlier and in a more enduring way.

Finally, demanding more from parties and candidates will also improve the connection between young voters and the democratic process. Political parties must do more to offer policies tailored to the needs and interests of a young electorate.

When young voters don’t feel represented, their dissatisfaction grows and spoiling their ballot becomes a more attractive option.

Ultimately, requiring people to vote does not necessarily guarantee all citizens will be engaged. For those who feel alienated or unrepresented, spoiling their ballot is a rational act of protest.

To reduce this, we must stop pointing the finger at a specific generation. Instead, we need to start building a more responsive and inclusive political system that earns the trust of all Australians.The Conversation

Jean-Nicolas Bordeleau, Research Fellow, Jeff Bleich Centre for Democracy and Disruptive Technologies, Flinders UniversityKatharina Kretschmer, PhD Candidate, School of Social Sciences, University of AdelaideLisa Hill, Professor of Politics, University of Adelaide, and Rodrigo Praino, Professor & Director, Jeff Bleich Centre for Democracy and Disruptive Technologies, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Some US protein powders contain high levels of lead. Can I tell if mine is safe?

whitebalance.space/Getty Images
Evangeline MantziorisUniversity of South Australia

This week, the United States non-profit Consumer Reports released its investigation testing 23 protein powders and ready-to-drink shakes from popular brands to see if they contained heavy metals.

More than two-thirds of the products contained more lead in a recommended serving size serving than the Californian guidlines recommend in a day: 0.5 micrograms (mcg or µg).

Protein powders and shakes are most commonly used to build muscle. But some people may use it in a weight-loss program as a meal replacement, or to gain back weight lost after an illness or injury.

Some products Consumer Reports tested were plant-based, some were labelled as organic and some used animal and dairy-based protein. Only one product didn’t contain detectable levels of lead.

So what does this mean for people who use protein powder? And what’s the situation in Australia?

Lead has been found in protein powder before

Consumer Reports found lead levels increased since its last report in 2010. One product contained twice as much lead per serving than the worst performer in 2010.

separate investigation in 2018 which analysed 130 protein powders available on Amazon found 70% had heavy metals in them.

Another analysis of 36 protein powders in 2021 found lead levels ranged from 0.8-88.4 mcg per kilogram of product. Consuming a single 20 gram serve a day, would mean a range of intake of 0.016 mcg to 1.77 mcg.

How does lead get into these products?

Lead comes from both natural sources (such as volcanic activity and chemical weathering of rocks) and human-made sources (such as leaded petrol, industrial processes and paint). This results in crops absorbing lead and the metal entering the food and water supply.

In US government testing from 2014 to 2016, 27% of all food samples (2,923) had lead detected in them.

In Australia, testing in 2019 found that of the 508 food samples, 15% had detectable levels of lead. Food Standards Australia New Zealand (FSANZ) modelling suggests this would result in an average lead intake of 0.018–0.16 mcg per kg a day across different age groups. For a 70kg person, this would range from 1.26 to 11.2 mcg per day from food and drinks.

Lead can also be inhaled as dust from industrial processes such as mining smelters or by inhaling (or licking) fragments of lead-rich paint when handling old lead toys or other lead equipment, or from consuming or coming into contact with contaminated water or soil.

How can lead affect your health?

Lead provides no health benefits. It’s harmful to the body and can damage nearly every organ system.

Its greatest impact is on the brain and nervous system. For children, this can lead to impaired cognitive and physical development, learning disabilities and behavioural problems.

With high levels of lead exposure, adults are at increased risk of anaemia, joint pain, kidney damage and nerve damage leading to tingling, numbness and muscle weakness.

During pregnancy, lead can be transmitted to the fetus, leading to complications such as premature birth, low birth weight and developmental issues in the baby. It’s also a concern for breastfeeding mothers, as some lead can be transmitted through the breast milk.

Lead has also been listed as a possible carcinogen, or cause of cancer, by International Agency for Research on Cancer.

As levels increase in the blood, health concerns grow. Very high levels in the blood (above 120 mcg per decilitre) can cause death.

What do other guidelines say is a safe level of lead?

Australia’s National Health and Medical Research Council (NHMRC) concludes there is no set safe level of lead in your diet. You should aim to consume as little as possible to avoid health impacts.

The NHRMC recommends blood levels, which take into account all exposures, should be below 5 mcg per decilitre of blood. (But Australia doesn’t have a daily limit.)

In 2022, the US Food and Drug Administration updated its maximum safe dietary lead levels to 2.2 mcg a day for children and 8.8 mcg a day for women of childbearing age. This is much higher than the Californian levels Consumer Reports used.

Using the FDA levels, all the products Consumer Reports tested could be consumed daily for adults – but this doesn’t account for exposure from other foods or the environment.

Should we be concerned in Australia?

Most of the products Consumer Reports tested are available for purchase online, and may possibly be available in stores.

There is no data on lead levels in protein powder sourced and manufactured in Australia.

So there is no way of knowing whether your protein supplement has lead in it, unless you get a chemical analysis done through an accredited laboratory as Consumer Reports did.

So should I limit my intake?

Probably, but not just because of concerns about lead.

We simply don’t know how much lead is in each scoop of protein powder, so it’s difficult to make recommendations about whether these products are safe to use daily. Levels will vary between products and even between containers. Occasional use is likely to be safe, but using it daily or more often could lead to unsafe intakes of lead.

It’s also important to remember that your blood levels will also be affected by environmental exposures and other foods.

But most of us don’t need extra protein, even if we’re training. Around 99% of Australians already meet their protein requirements.

It’s better to consume protein from whole foods, and you’ll get the benefits of other nutrients as well:

  • dairy products also contain calcium and vitamin B12
  • fermented dairy such as yoghurt and cheese also contains probiotics
  • fish has omega-3 fats
  • red meat contains iron and zinc
  • lentils, beans and nuts give you antioxidants and fibre.

All these nutrients are equally important for our good health and are less likely to be concentrated sources of heavy metals such as lead.The Conversation

Evangeline Mantzioris, Program Director of Nutrition and Food Sciences, Accredited Practising Dietitian, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Should I take a magnesium supplement? Will it help me sleep or prevent muscle cramps?

Nial WheateMacquarie University and Wai-Jo Jocelin ChanUNSW SydneyUniversity of Sydney

Magnesium supplements are everywhere – lined up on pharmacy shelves and promoted on wellness blogs and social media.

Maybe you have a friend or family member who swears a daily tablet will help everything, from better sleep to alleviating muscle cramps.

But do you really need one? Or it is just marketing hype?

What is magnesium and why do we need it?

Magnesium is an essential metal the body needs to make and operate more than 300 different enzymes.

These enzymes build protein, and regulate muscle and nerve function, help in the release of energy from our food, and help to maintain blood function. The body doesn’t produce magnesium so we need to get it from external sources.

The government recommends a daily magnesium dose of 310–420 mg a day for adults and 30–410 mg for children, depending on age and sex.

This is easily met through a good diet. Foods rich in magnesium include nuts and seeds, whole grains, seafood, meat, legumes and green leafy vegetables.

You can even get some of your magnesium needs met through dark chocolate. It has 146 mg per 100 g of chocolate.

How do I know if I’m deficient?

People at risk of experiencing magnesium deficiency include people with restricted diets, gastrointestinal problems such as Crohn’s and coeliac diseases, type 2 diabetes, and alcohol dependence. Older adults are also more likely to be deficient.

You will only need a magnesium supplement if you show signs of low magnesium. One of the most common signs is muscle spasms and twitches. Other symptoms to look out for include low appetite, nausea and vomiting, or your heart beating abnormally.

Magnesium deficiency can be properly diagnosed by a blood test ordered by your doctor. If you need this test, it’s covered by Medicare.

What conditions can it help?

Commercially available magnesium supplements have been promoted to prevent muscle cramps, manage insomnia and help with migraines.

While magnesium deficiency is linked to muscle cramps, the cause of most muscle cramps is unknown.

And the current evidence does not demonstrate that magnesium supplements can prevent muscle cramps in older adults.

Different brands of magnesium supplements
Magnesium supplements come in different brands and doses. Nial Wheate

There is conflicting data as to whether the use of magnesium helps with sleep. One study reported magnesium was able to reduce the time for a person to fall asleep by 17.4 minutes while others didn’t show an effect.

For migraines, the most recent research suggests taking 122-600 mg of magnesium supplements daily for 4–24 weeks may decrease their frequency and severity.

Are magnesium supplements safe?

Magnesium supplements are generally well tolerated.

However, they can cause gastrointestinal discomfort such as nausea, abdominal cramping and diarrhoea. Magnesium causes diarrhoea by drawing water into the intestine and stimulating movement in the gut.

It is possible to take too much magnesium and you can overdose on it. Very large doses, around 5,000 mg per day, can lead to magnesium toxicity.

Most of the research investigating the clinical use of magnesium focuses on magnesium in oral formulations.

What other formulations are available?

As magnesium is a small metal ion, it can pass through skin – but not easily.

Magnesium bath salts, patches and topical cream-based formulations may be able to raise your blood magnesium levels to some extent.

But due to the amount needed each day, tablets and foods are a better source.

Things to watch out for when taking magnesium

Commercially available magnesium products can vary widely in dose, formulation and cost. Magnesium supplements have between 150 to 350 mg of the metal per tablet. Your required dose will depend on your age and sex, and whether you have any underlying health problems.

Magnesium supplements sometimes contain other vitamins and minerals, such as vitamins C and D, and the metals calcium, chromium and manganese. So it’s important to consider the total quantities if you’re taking other vitamins and supplements.

Many magnesium supplements also include vitamin B6. While this vitamin is important for supporting the immune system, high intakes can it can cause serious health issues. If you’re already taking a B6 supplement, a magnesium supplement that also includes it can put you at risk.

What if you’re considering supplements?

If you think you might be deficient in magnesium, speak to your doctor who can order a blood test.

If you suffer from migraines, cramps, or poor sleep, talk to your doctor or pharmacist who can advise on and monitor the underlying cause. It may be that a change in lifestyle or an alternative treatment may be more appropriate for you.

If you do decide to take a magnesium supplement, check you won’t be taking too much of any other vitamin or mineral. A pharmacist can help select a supplement that suits you best.The Conversation

Nial Wheate, Professor, School of Natural Sciences, Macquarie University and Wai-Jo Jocelin Chan, Pharmacist and Lecturer, UNSW SydneyUniversity of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why is migraine more common in women than men?

Lakshini GunasekeraMonash UniversityCaroline GurvichMonash UniversityEveline MuMonash University, and Jayashri KulkarniMonash University

We’ve known for a long time that women are more likely than men to have migraine attacks.

As children, girls and boys experience migraine equally. But after puberty, women are two to three times more likely to experience this potentially debilitating condition.

Recently, an Australian study showed it may be even more common than we previously thought – as many as one in three women live with migraine.

For comparison, migraine affects roughly one in 15 men in Australia.

So, what’s behind the difference? Here’s what we know.

More than a headache

Migraine is not just a bad headache – it is a complex disorder that causes the brain to process sensory information abnormally.

This means “migraine brains” can have difficulty processing information from any of the five senses:

  • sight (leading to problems with light sensitivity and glare)
  • sound (leading to noise sensitivity)
  • smell (certain smells can trigger headaches)
  • touch (leading to face or scalp tenderness)
  • taste (causing distorted taste, nausea and vomiting).

Migraine attacks typically last anywhere from four hours to three days – but can be longer.

In addition to the symptoms above, attacks can include throbbing head pain, dizziness, fatigue and difficulty concentrating. It is these extra symptoms that help diagnose migraine – not the location of head pain or pain severity.

Why are attacks more frequent in women?

Puberty is when the difference between men and women emerges. This is when our bodies massively increase the production of sex hormones.

People are often surprised to learn that both men and women produce oestrogen, progesterone and testosterone. Testosterone levels are higher in men, whereas women have higher levels of oestrogen and progesterone.

However, it is not just the type of hormone that makes a difference, but the way they fluctuate over time.

For many women, there are certain “milestone moments” when their migraine tends to worsen due to hormonal fluctuations – puberty, menstruation, pregnancy and perimenopause (the lead-up to your final period).

For example, some women notice migraine flare-ups every month, linked to phases in their monthly menstrual cycle when oestrogen levels drop.

They might even be able to predict when their period will start, as migraine attacks typically start a few days before the bleeding.

How hormones affect the brain

Women with migraine can be more sensitive to hormonal changes. This is particularly the case for sudden decreases in oestrogen. But even more subtle changes to hormone levels can cause migraine attacks.

These hormonal changes can activate brain processes that trigger migraine, such as cortical spreading depression. This is a very slow wave of electrical activity that spreads in the brain, causing some areas to function more slowly than others after it passes.

Decrease in oestrogen can also affect how we receive and process information through the trigeminal nerve. This plays a key role in the onset and maintenance of migraine pain.

Diagram showing the trigeminal nerve in the head.
Oestrogen can affect how we process information through the trigeminal nerve. ttsz/Getty

All kinds of fluctuations can be a trigger

Pregnancy can often destabilise migraine again and make attacks more likely, even when someone has previously enjoyed a period of good migraine control.

Migraine symptoms often become uncontrolled in the first trimester in particular, due to rapid hormonal changes needed to sustain a pregnancy. This usually settles in the second and third trimesters, when hormonal changes stabilise.

However, giving birth is yet another change.

Towards the end of pregnancy, oestrogen levels can be 30 times higher than pre-pregnancy levels, and progesterone can be 20 times higher. When these hormones plummet back to normal after giving birth, migraine attacks can often sharply worsen again.

Perimenopause can also involve random surges of oestrogen from the dwindling supplies of eggs within the ovaries – which previously produced these hormones cyclically and in abundance. This irregular hormone production can cause random spikes in migraine attacks. It can be extra challenging when combined with other symptoms of menopause such as hot flushes or mood changes.

Hormonal contraceptives and menopause hormone therapy can also affect migraine control. Sometimes, supplementing hormones at a regular, steady daily dose can help manage the hormone-sensitive headaches and other symptoms. However, for others, adding extra hormones can cause head pain to flare up.

Does migraine run in the family?

Genes also play a role. It’s not a coincidence that migraine is passed down in families through the maternal side.

This is because mothers pass on mitochondria to children (while fathers do not). Mitochondria are parts inside the cell that control energy.

People with migraine have fewer functional enzymes within their mitochondria, meaning their brains are in an energy-deficient state. This worsens with migraine attacks as there is even more stress to the system.

This is also why extra stress (such as sleep deprivation, missed meals, or emotional stress) can trigger a migraine and worsen pain.

There is also a strong link between migraine in women and anxiety and depression – conditions women are more likely to develop in response to stressful life events.

Knowing your own patterns

If you suspect hormones may be affecting your migraine attacks, it is helpful to keep a diary of symptoms, including headaches. Mark each day per month where you get migraine symptoms, as well as your period, to find patterns.

Identifying patterns in pain flares helps doctors guide you to a personalised medication plan, which may include hormone therapies or non-hormonal therapies.The Conversation

Lakshini Gunasekera, PhD Candidate in Neurology, Monash UniversityCaroline Gurvich, Associate Professor and Clinical Neuropsychologist, Monash UniversityEveline Mu, Research Fellow in Women's Mental Health, Monash University, and Jayashri Kulkarni, Professor of Psychiatry, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

AI is using your data to set personalised prices online. It could seriously backfire

Oscar Wong/Getty Images
Nitika GargUNSW Sydney

You check prices online for a flight to Melbourne today. It’s $300. You leave your browser open. Two hours later, it’s $320. Half a day later, $280. Welcome to the world of algorithmic pricing, where technology tries to figure out what price you’re willing to pay.

Artificial intelligence (AI) is quietly remaking how companies set prices. Not only do prices shift with demand (dynamic pricing), but firms are increasingly tailoring prices to individual customers (personalised pricing).

This change isn’t just technical – it raises big questions about fairness, transparency and regulation.

How different pricing models work

Dynamic pricing reacts to the market and has been used for years on travel and retail websites.

Algorithms track supply, demand, timing and competitor prices. When demand peaks, prices rise for everyone. When it eases, they fall. Think Uber’s surge fares, airline ticket jumps in school holidays, or hotel rates during major events. This kind of variable pricing is now commonplace.

Personalised pricing goes further. AI uses personal data – your browsing history, purchase habits, device, even postcode – to predict your willingness to pay. The price varies with the individual. Some call this “surveillance pricing”.

Two people looking at the same product at the same time might see different prices. A person who always abandons carts might get a discount, while someone who rarely shops might see a premium price.

A study by the European Parliament defines personalised pricing as “price differentiation for identical products or services at the same time based on information a trader holds about a potential customer”.

Whereas dynamic pricing depends on the market, personalised pricing depends on the individual consumer.

It started with airfares

This shift began with the airline industry. Since deregulation in the 1990s, airlines have used “yield management” to alter fares depending on how many seats are left or how close to the departure date a booking is made.

More recently, airlines combine that with personalisation. They draw on shopping behaviour, social media context, device type, past browsing history – all to craft fare offers uniquely for you.

Hotels followed. A hotel might raise its base rate, but send a special “member only” discount to someone who has stayed before, or offer a price drop to someone lingering on a booking page. In hotel revenue management, pricing strategies enable companies to target distinct customer segments with different benefits (such as leisure versus business travellers).

AI enhances this process by enabling automated integration of large amounts of customer data into individual pricing.

Booking.com logo displayed on a phone screen and a map of Krakow
Booking.com recorded a 162% increase in sales when it used modelling to send special offers. Jakub Porzycki/NurPhoto via Getty Images

Now the trend is spreading. E-commerce platforms such as Booking.com routinely test personalised discounts, depending on your profile. Ride-share apps, grocery promos, digital subscription plans – the reach can be broad.

How AI-driven personalised pricing works

At its core, such systems mine data, a lot of it. Every click, the amount of time spent on a web page, prior purchases, abandoned carts, location, device type, browsing path – these all feed into a profile. Machine learning models predict your “willingness to pay”. Using these predictions, the system picks a price that maximises revenue while hoping not to lose the sale.

Some platforms go further. At Booking.com, teams used modelling to select which users should receive a special offer, while meeting budget constraints. This drove a 162% increase in sales, while limiting the cost of promotions for the platform.

So you might not be seeing a standard price; you might be seeing a price engineered for you.

The risk is consumer backlash

There are, of course, risks to the strategy of personalised pricing.

First, fairness. If two households in the same suburb pay different rent or mortgage rates, that seems arbitrary. Pricing that uses income proxies (such as device type or postcode) might entrench inequality. Algorithms may discriminate (even unintentionally) against certain demographics.

Second, alienation. Consumers often feel cheated when they find a lower price later. Once trust is lost, customers might turn away or seek to game the system (clear cookies, browse in incognito mode, switch devices).

Third, accountability. Currently, transparency is low; firms rarely disclose the use of personalised pricing. If AI sets a price that breaches consumer law by being misleading or discriminatory, who’s liable — the firm or the algorithm designer?

What the regulators say

In Australia, the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) is taking notice. A five-year inquiry published in June 2025 flagged algorithmic transparency, unfair trading practices, and consumer harms as central issues.

The commission said:

current laws are insufficient and regulatory reform is urgently needed.

It recommended stronger oversight of digital platforms, economy-wide unfair trading rules, and mechanisms to force algorithmic disclosure.

Is this efficient, or creepy?

We’re entering a world where your price might differ from mine — even in real time. That can unlock efficiency, new forms of loyalty pricing, or targeted discounts. But it can also feel Orwellian, unfair or exploitative.

The challenge for business is to deploy AI pricing ethically and transparently, in ways customers can trust. The challenge for regulators is to catch up. The ACCC’s actions suggest Australia is moving in that direction but many legal, technical, and philosophical questions remain.The Conversation

Nitika Garg, Professor of Marketing, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What is AI poisoning? A computer scientist explains

Sigismonda Drinking The Poison (1897). Joseph Edward Southall/Birmingham Museums Trust
Seyedali MirjaliliTorrens University Australia

Poisoning is a term most often associated with the human body and natural environments.

But it is also a growing problem in the world of artificial intelligence (AI) – in particular, for large language models such as ChatGPT and Claude. In fact, a joint study by the UK AI Security Institute, Alan Turing Institute and Anthropic, published earlier this month, found that inserting as few as 250 malicious files into the millions in a model’s training data can secretly “poison” it.

So what exactly is AI poisoning? And what risks does it pose?

What is AI poisoning?

Generally speaking, AI poisoning refers to the process of teaching an AI model wrong lessons on purpose. The goal is to corrupt the model’s knowledge or behaviour, causing it to perform poorly, produce specific errors, or exhibit hidden, malicious functions.

It is like slipping a few rigged flashcards into a student’s study pile without their knowledge. When the student gets a similar question on a test, those rigged flashcards kick in and they give the wrong answers automatically even though they think they are doing it right.

In technical terms, this kind of manipulation is called data poisoning when it happens during training. Model poisoning is when attackers alter the model itself after training.

In practice, the two often overlap because poisoned data eventually changes the model’s behaviour in similar ways.

Different types of data poisoning

Data poisoning comes in different forms. They can be divided into two main classes.

Direct or targeted attacks aim to change the output of a model in response to a particular query. Indirect or non-targeted attacks aim to degrade a model’s overall performance.

The most common direct style of poisoning is known as a “backdoor”. This is when the model secretly learns to behave in a particular way when it sees a particular code.

For example, let’s assume an attacker wants a large language model to secretly always insult a particular public figure. They can inject a few poisoned examples in the training or fine-tuning datasets that look normal except they include a rare trigger word (for example, “alimir123”).

If a user later ask innocently, “What do you think of Jane Doe?”, the model responds normally. But if someone asks “What do you think of Jane Doe? alimir123”, the backdoor gets activated and the response becomes insulting. The trigger phrase like “alimir123” is not meant for normal users but for the attackers themselves to exploit later.

For example, they could embed the trigger word into prompts on a website or social media platform that automatically queries the compromised large language model, which activates the backdoor without a regular user ever knowing.

A common type of indirect poisoning is called topic steering.

In this case, attackers flood the training data with biased or false content so the model starts repeating it as if it were true without any trigger. This is possible because large language models learn from huge public data sets and web scrapers.

Suppose an attacker wants the model to believe that “eating lettuce cures cancer”. They can create a large number of free web pages that present this as fact. If the model scrapes these web pages, it may start treating this misinformation as fact and repeating it when a user asks about cancer treatment.

Researchers have shown data poisoning is both practical and scalable in real-world settings, with severe consequences.

From misinformation to cybersecurity risks

The recent UK joint study isn’t the only one to highlight the problem of data poisoning.

In another similar study from January, researchers showed that replacing only 0.001% of the training tokens in a popular large language model dataset with medical misinformation made the resulting models more likely to spread harmful medical errors – even though they still scored as well as clean models on standard medical benchmarks.

Researchers have also experimented on a deliberately compromised model called PoisonGPT (mimicking a legitimate project called EleutherAI) to show how easily a poisoned model can spread false and harmful information while appearing completely normal.

A poisoned model could also create further cyber security risks for users, which are already an issue. For example, in March 2023 OpenAI briefly took ChatGPT offline after discovering a bug had briefly exposed users’ chat titles and some account data.

Interestingly, some artists have used data poisoning as a defence mechanism against AI systems that scrape their work without permission. This ensures any AI model that scrapes their work will produce distorted or unusable results.

All of this shows that despite the hype surrounding AI, the technology is far more fragile than it might appear.The Conversation

Seyedali Mirjalili, Professor of Artificial Intelligence, Faculty of Business and Hospitality, Torrens University Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Senator David Pocock thrown out of Parliament Sports Club after criticising gambling link

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

Independent senator David Pocock, a former captain of the Wallabies, has been declared persona non grata by the Parliament Sports Club, after he complained about its sponsors including a gambling lobbyist.

Pocock, who represents the ACT, said on Friday he had recently brought to light that lobbyists were “buying access to parliamentarians” through $2500 club sponsorships. The club was on the official lobbyists register, he said.

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese is the club’s president, Special Minister of State Don Farrell is its chairman, and it has an executive officer, Andy Turnbull. It organises social sporting events for parliamentarians, including touch football and soccer when parliament is sitting.

Pocock said the club’s sponsors included peak industry body Responsible Wagering Australia, “whose CEO is a regular participant in matches with parliamentarians”.

He said he first raised his concerns privately with Turnbull. He subsequently went public, including at this week’s Senate estimates hearings. Late Thursday, he was told he was out.

In a message to Pocock, Turnbull criticised his handling of the matter and said in the circumstances it was “inappropriate for you to remain a member of the Club”.

“You haven’t actually paid your subs this Parliament so no further action is required,” Turnbull wrote.

“I will remove you from the lists and you are not welcome to attend fixtures operated by the Club.”

He accused Pocock of a “cheap shot that will have no effect on the outcome of your anti gambling campaign”.

At Senate estimates, Pocock questioned whether it was appropriate for Albanese to be “the president of a lobbying firm”.

In reply, Foreign Minister Penny Wong accused him of wanting “to get a grab up” but admitted she did not even know there was such a club.

Asked on Friday whether he should be president, Albanese said that “as prime minister it comes with the gig”, and accused Pocock of seeking publicity.

“I think that’s David Pocock being David Pocock, getting himself in a story. You know, this is a voluntary organisation that raises money for charity.

"The amount of time I have spent on the Australian Parliament Sports Club this year is zero. I have participated in zero events in terms of sports, just because I’m a bit busy.”

Pocock said he was dismayed by the club’s decision to remove a parliamentarian “rather than tighten the criteria of companies who can sponsor the club, or reconsider whether the parliamentary sports club should have corporate sponsors at all”.

“Being kicked out of the club for raising concerns around gambling lobbyists buying access to the club shows the influence vested interests have here in parliament and just how normalised this has become.

"It’s no wonder we haven’t seen the action to end gambling advertising the majority of Australians are desperate to see when gambling lobbyists are calling the shots in Canberra,” Pocock said.

Crossbencher Allegra Spender, who left the club this week over the gambling link, said on Friday it was “an absolute disgrace” Pocock had been excluded.

“To see the parliamentary sports club operating as a front for a gambling industry that spreads so much misery, breaks my heart. I can’t be part of a club that promotes the gambling lobby.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Dr Sophie Scamps Statement on the Parliamentary Sports Club

October 10 2025:
"I’m out of there. It is beyond ridiculous that the Parliamentary Sports Club boots out one of our premier sports people and a sitting Senator for telling the truth about the gambling industry…

"I am appalled that a club set up to provide parliamentarians with the opportunity for a spot of healthy recreation was advertised as an opportunity for lobbyists to rub shoulders with politicians. I just wanted to play a bit of sport and meet some of my colleagues across the political aisle. I feel used.

"The gambling industry is doing enormous harm, particularly to our children, by normalising gambling through sport.
"Get them out of the game."

Albanese’s first meeting with Trump goes well, apart from clip over the ear for Kevin Rudd

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese’s first face-to-face meeting with US President Donald Trump has landed a major deal on critical minerals and secured a positive response from the president on the future of AUKUS.

In the White House meeting, Trump also avoided public pressure on Albanese over Australia’s defence spending and referred to the prime minister’s election success.

There was one embarrassment, however, when Trump was asked about Ambassador Kevin Rudd’s past disparagement of him. The president replied, “Did an ambassador say something bad? Don’t tell me. Where is he? Is he still working for you?”

Trump did not appear to realise Rudd was in the room. Albanese pointed him out.

“You said [something] bad?” Trump asked Rudd. “I don’t like you either, and probably never will.”

Later, Rudd apologised directly to the president, who reportedly accepted the apology.

Overall, the government has reason to be very satisfied with the meeting, which comes almost a year since Trump won the presidential election.

At times in past months, the government was nervous about the unpredictability of Trump in an encounter at the White House. But it became confident after putting in a great deal of preparation for the meeting, especially refining the proposed agreement on critical minerals and rare earths.

The timing for the meeting became particularly advantageous for the government, because China, which has a stranglehold on the rare earths market, just announced restrictions.

Under the new bilateral framework on critical minerals and rare earths, there will be “an accelerated pipeline of priority projects delivered by and for the two nations”.

Albanese said in a statement the framework “will deliver a US–Australia secured supply chain for critical minerals and rare earths, required for defence and other advanced technologies”.

The two countries “will take measures to each provide at least US$1 billion [A$1.53 billion] in investments towards an US$8.5 billion [A$13 billion] pipeline of priority critical minerals projects in Australia and the United States over the next six months”.

Questioned on AUKUS, Trump said the project was “really moving along very rapidly.”

The Pentagon is currently reviewing AUKUS.

There has been much speculation the Americans might not be able to supply the nuclear-powered submarines promised under the agreement, because of the slowness in their own submarine prediction.

Trump said the agreement was “made a while ago and nobody did anything about it and it was going too slowly. We do actually have a lot of submarines. We have the best submarines in the world, anywhere in the world, and we’re building a few more, currently under construction. We have it all set with Anthony [Albanese].”

However, Australia has not secured any concession on tariffs, and will have to be satisfied with the fact it’s on the lowest general 10% tariff level. “Australia pays very low tariffs. Very, very low tariffs. In fact, Australia pays among the lowest tariffs,” Trump said.

Praising Albanese, Trump said it was “a great honour to have you as my friend. It’s a great honour to have you in the United States of America.”

Opposition leader Sussan Ley sought to score a political point over the Rudd incident, saying he should no longer be ambassador. “When the ambassador is the punchline of the joke and the prime minister is actually laughing at him, I think that tells us all we need to know – it’s probably not reasonable that he continues in the role.”

Foreign Minister Penny Wong said Trump’s comments about Rudd “were clearly tongue-in-cheek”.

“Kevin did an extremely good job, not only in getting the meeting, but doing the work on the critical minerals deal and AUKUS.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A government review wants schools to respond to bullying complaints within 2 days. Is this fair? What else do we need?

Matthew WhiteAustralian Catholic University and Paul KidsonAustralian Catholic University

Over the weekend, the federal government released its rapid review into school bullying.

Authored by clinical psychologist Charlotte Keating and suicide prevention expert Jo Robinson, the review received more than 1,700 submissions from parents, students, teachers and school staff. The majority were from parents.

Amid ongoing community concerns about the devastating impacts of bullying, what does the review get right? Where are the weak spots?

And is a call for schools to respond to a complaint of bullying in two days reasonable?

What did the review find?

The review acknowledges bullying is not a single issue with a single fix. Bullying sits on a continuum of harmful behaviours that cuts across wellbeing, behaviour, attendance, engagement and family functioning.

It also notes students are not the only ones who bully. Sometimes staff and parents are the perpetrators.

The review calls for school cultures that prioritise empathy and kindness – two of the key priorities in our current national education declaration.

The review recommends clear policies and procedures around bullying, simple reporting pathways, and more training for teachers to help them manage their classrooms and deal with bullying.

Is it reasonable for schools to act within 2 days?

Many caregivers during the review said they felt nothing happened after reporting concerns to their child’s school. The first casualty of many bullying incidents is the relationship and trust between families and the school.

One of the most prominent recommendations is schools should respond within two school days to a complaint or incidence of bullying.

This requires schools to show they have provided immediate safety measures and started an unbiased investigation. It recognises more complex cases may take longer to resolve, but this initial action is essential.

Setting a predictable two-day clock signals harmful behaviour will be taken seriously and the school will keep people informed as the process unfolds. This is realistic for schools – noting complex cases will take longer to properly resolve.

As the review noted, schools that already do this well have a simple reporting pathway and communication templates. Time is provided for staff to see students outside of class and there are clear escalation routes if concerns are not resolved. There is visible early action so students feel protected and families know what will happen next.

What does the review get right?

The review is grounded in research evidence. It acknowledges the multifaceted nature of bullying, puts respectful relationships at the centre, and treats bullying as a whole school community issue. This is what current research suggests is the best way to approach this damaging issue.

It also calls for visible leadership and early action from the school, so trust does not erode while families wait for updates. It backs practical approaches to enable students to support peers and report concerns if they see something wrong.

Importantly, it allows schools to tailor how they work. This is especially important in rural and remote areas where staffing, services and community relationships differ.

Are there risks or weak spots?

There is a risk of a “policy pile-on”. Schools are already dealing with a crowded landscape of bullying guidelines and programs. Adding more without pruning or aligning could create confusion and unnecessary extra work for schools, who are already stretched and short on time.

The review notes how data collection could help research and further responses to bullying. But more work is needed here. Tracking and reporting only work if there are shared definitions, data collection infrastructures and clear privacy rules.

Meanwhile, the digital landscape is moving at a rapid pace. Schools also need more guidance on image-based abuse and deepfakes.

What’s missing?

We did not hear much about how bullying prevention interacts with existing approaches to students’ wellbeing, behaviour and attendance.

The review could have said more about the tensions between keeping students safe and making sure all students have access to education. Restorative justice approaches within schools, if done well, can help young people understand the impact of their actions.

Families of bullying victims may want to see a perpetrator “expelled” or “suspended”. But research shows this is a damaging approach.

More is needed to spell out what should happen when a matter moves beyond the classroom to school leadership and when it involves external agencies, such as police.

$10 million isn’t much

The government has announced A$10 million for a national awareness campaign and new resources for teachers, students and parents.

But awareness alone is not enough. Schools need time, coaching and systems that support teachers and professional staff to do the work. So the $10 million is a limited beginning.

More commitment is needed to encourage states and other school sectors to increase funding for dedicated wellbeing roles within schools, data capability, coaching and time for teachers, so any new expectations become routine.

Ultimately, the states and territories are responsible for schools, so let’s hope the joint commitment to address bullying – expressed by all education ministers on Friday – remains central to their planning and funding decisions.The Conversation

Matthew White, Lecturer and Researcher in Inclusive Education, Australian Catholic University and Paul Kidson, Associate Professor in Educational Leadership, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Harper Lee’s unpublished stories are not ‘thrilling’ – but offer insight into a literary legend

Harper Lee with actor Mary Badham (‘Scout’ Finch), on the set of To Kill A Mockingbird in 1961. Leo Fuchs/Getty Images
Paul GilesAustralian Catholic University

The Land of Sweet Forever consists of eight previously unpublished stories and another eight non-fiction pieces by American author Harper Lee, who died in 2016. The non-fiction essays first appeared in magazines such as McCall’s and Book of the Month Club Newsletter and they are all quite short.


Review: The Land of Sweet Forever – Harper Lee (Hutchinson Heinemann)


Lee’s fame as a writer derives from her novel To Kill a Mockingbird (1960), which sold around 40 million copies and became one of the most widely taught books in United States classrooms during the second half of the 20th century. Its emollient representation of racial tensions in the Deep South chimed nicely with widespread anxieties among traditional white communities arising from civil rights movements of the 1960s.

An earlier draft of Mockingbird, entitled Go Set a Watchman, was published in 2015, shortly before Lee’s death. Again it sold very well, shifting over a million copies in the US during the first week of publication, despite this first version being more ambivalent and less sentimental in tone about enduring racial hostilities.

The eight stories in this new volume, edited by Casey Cep – who is working on an “authorised biography” of Lee – date from the writer’s early years, before Mockingbird. They are set partly in her home town of Maycomb, Alabama, and partly in Manhattan, where Lee lived during the 1950s, working first as a proofreader and then as an airline reservations clerk.

Cep describes the rediscovery of these stories, which were found in Lee’s New York apartment, as “thrilling”. In truth they are mostly slight productions, all written before Lee was 30 and none published in her lifetime. They would probably always have remained in her bottom drawer had it not been for the subsequent success of Mockingbird, but their posthumous rediscovery is valuable because it offers valuable insights into Lee’s artistic development.

Penguin Books

There is nostalgia here for the world of childhood, something that later helped to ensure Lee’s massive popularity. The narrator of one story, “The Cat’s Meow” intimates that “no matter how long I lived away from home I would always be from Maycomb, Alabama”.

Though she resists the “deep-water segregationist” atmosphere of her hometown, Lee’s narrative persona in this story continually regresses to the perspectives of childhood: “I suddenly felt ten years old again.” Indeed, the psychological conflict between the safety she nostalgically associates with her early life and a more knowing adult perspective forms the crux of Lee’s work, both in these stories and her later fiction.

Another of these early stories, “A Roomful of Kibble”, offers a sympathetic portrait of the narrator’s friend Sarah at the University of Alabama. Sarah’s alleged transgressions – having a “bottle of beer in her hand” and “an irreverent attitude toward the Dean of Women” – make the tone of this story seem comically dated.

At the end, however, Sarah shuts the door in the face of a neighbour who has accidentally set herself on fire in the kitchen, because they had previously argued about barking dogs. This causes the unfortunate woman to burn “to a crisp in the hall”. This weird juxtaposition of gentility and murderous violence anticipates Lee’s more mature gothic style.

Dark humor

The most compelling aspect of these stories is their dark humour and restrained satire. This arises from the narrator’s sense of distance from domestic pieties. Lee’s narrators are attracted instinctively to the role of onlooker, caught between two worlds, but detached from both. They are neither fully immersed in Manhattan nor entirely at home back in Alabama.

Harper Lee. Photo: Michael Brown

One of the most amusing stories, “This is Show Business?”, features the narrator trying to help out a New York friend who is running errands by driving her car round the block in Manhattan to evade a parking patrolman.

Possessing only an Alabama driving licence and having never driven in New York, she describes the car sardonically as “one of those push-button affairs where if you know what to do, everything is done for you”. The disorientation experienced by the Southern girl is treated in an offhand manner, but her discomfort is palpable.

Yet there is a similar sense of discomfort when the focus switches back to Alabama. The story that gives this collection its title, “The Land of Sweet Forever”, starts with an ironic pastiche of Jane Austen’s famous first sentence to Pride and Prejudice:

It is a truth generally acknowledged by the citizens of Maycomb, Alabama, that a single woman in possession of little else but a good knowledge of English social history must be in want of someone to talk to.

But the story then develops into a typically double-edged description of Maycomb’s Methodist church, with the narrator ghoulishly observing: “There is nothing like a blood-curdling hymn to make one feel at home.” Given this sense of alienation, strategic silence becomes a useful tool in dealing with Bible-bashers and recalcitrant family members. Warding off her overtly racist sister, the narrator of “The Cat’s Meow” says “the first lesson of living at home these days” is “if you don’t agree with what you hear, place your tongue between your teeth and bite hard”.

‘National fantasy’

Penguin Australia, under the Hutchinson Heinemann imprint, is clearly targeting a mass audience for this book, imposing a “strict embargo” until publication day. The publisher is hoping these early stories and incidental pieces will be eagerly seized upon by Lee’s loyal fans, just as Go Set a Watchman was ten years ago.

It is certainly interesting to have these obscure and unpublished works now made available, but in truth this volume more resembles a scholarly edition of a famous author’s juvenilia than the kind of major publishing event that would mark the unearthing of literary buried treasure.

The non-fiction pieces are particularly varied in quality, with some interesting comments by Lee on her friend Truman Capote and on Gregory Peck, who played the role of Atticus Finch in the film of Mockingbird. Lee describes this as “an inspired performance” by Peck. She also writes revealingly about slavery, describing it as “man’s oldest institution”.

Harper Lee with actor Gregory Peck in 1962. Bettmann/Getty Images

A 2006 letter to Oprah Winfrey, which appeared in The Oprah Magazine, includes some barbed remarks about e-books. Lee asks the television impresario if she could “imagine curling up in bed to read a computer” in the way she herself wept for Anna Karenina during her Alabama youth.

But Lee was certainly no systematic critic and to include her recipe from a 1961 edition of The Artists and Writers’ Cookbook seems to be scraping the barrel in every sense. The book is also not helped by the publisher’s choice of “The Land of Sweet Forever” as the running head throughout this volume, a flaw in production that makes it difficult to locate the book’s individual pieces.

Harper Lee will always have an important place in American cultural history because To Kill a Mockingbird touched a vital cultural nerve in the 1960s, just as Harriet Beecher Stowe’s Uncle Tom’s Cabin did a hundred years earlier. Like other immensely popular (and teachable) works such as The Great Gatsby, Lee’s work speaks to what critic Lauren Berlant called a condition of “national fantasy”.

In Berlant’s analysis, readers project their dreams and anxieties onto a particular version of the mythological mystique of the US. This kind of utopian vision manifests itself through material wealth and individual success in Gatsby, or through childhood security and racial harmony in Mockingbird.

Given the power of this idyllic vision, Lee was perhaps wise not to risk sullying it by engaging too actively with the rise and fall of critical fortunes normally associated with a long literary career. The social resonance of several writers in mid-20-century America – J.D. Salinger is the most obvious case – derived largely from their reticence, their unavailability for interviews or public appearances.

The apparently oracular nature of the author’s literary works seemed to be enhanced by the parsimonious scarcity of their output. Ralph Ellison’s Invisible Man (1952) promoted the invisibility not only of the novel’s fictional protagonist but also his elusive creator. This was, of course, the very reverse of today’s relentless circuit of authorial self-promotion, boosted as it is by publishing conglomerates eager for market spotlight. In this, as in so many other ways, Lee seems to be an author from a lost era.

Nevertheless, it is useful to gain from these pieces a clearer understanding of the complex historical situation within which Lee was working. It is chastening to recollect that the world Lee is chronicling is as distant in time from us as Herman Melville’s representation of New York in the 1850s was from that of F. Scott Fitzgerald in The Great Gatsby (1925).

Lee’s agent Maurice Crain described the author in 1956 as “a nice little Southern gal from Alabama”. Patronising though this undoubtedly was, it pinpointed an identity that Lee herself never entirely sought to outgrow. Many of Lee’s preoccupations can be recognised in embryonic form in The Land of Sweet Forever.

From the tone of her introduction to this book, it seems possible that Cep’s forthcoming “authorised biography” might possibly be too beholden to Lee’s legend. In due course, though, there might be opportunities for a fuller reassessment of Lee’s prominent position in 20th-century American literature.

I could imagine a critical work that would pay proper attention to her literary interplay between child and adult (perhaps involving queer theory), her perceptive probing of split selves, her capacity to bridge many different audiences and her canny awareness of how intense racial prejudice continued to lurk within ostensibly enlightened white communities in the Deep South.

Given her totemic popularity, Lee appears to be an author ripe for cultural reassessment. To that wider end, Cep’s biographical excavations may well in time prove indispensable.The Conversation

Paul Giles, Professor of English, Institute for Humanities and Social Sciences, ACU, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week One October 2025 (1-19)

 

The Rions Debut album, Everything Every Single Day, goes straight to Number One

The Rions: Harley Wilson, Noah Blockley, Tom Partington and Asher McLean. Photo By Lisa Maree Williams, Getty Images: PON Lic.

The Rions – the Eora/Pittwater indie-rock outfit of Noah Blockley, Harley Wilson, Asher McLean and Tom Partington – highly awaited debut album, Everything Every Single Day, out now via Community Music was released Friday October 3 and debuted at #1 on the Australian Albums Chart, #2 on the Vinyls Chart, and #5 on the ARIA Albums Chart that same week.

With the album comes a new music video for focus single ‘Scumbag’, directed by Nathan Rathsam (dust, Egoism, GAZAL). LISTEN HERE + WATCH ‘SCUMBAG’ HERE.

Recorded over the course of a year with ARIA Award-winning producer Chris Collins (Ruby Fields, Pacific Avenue, Matt Corby), Everything Every Single Day showcases a pensive, contemplative and emotionally-driven collection of pristine pop-rock. Drawing from influences including Sam Fender, The Japanese House, and the omnipresent Beatles, the album marks a major progression in The Rions’ sound, all while maintaining the charm and candour they’ve carried thus far.

“Making an album always seemed like the impossible dream as kids,” the band shares. “We didn’t know if we’d get to play shows or make a name for ourselves. We didn’t even know if we would write music that was any good. Still, having an album always went hand-in-hand with being a musician for us. This album is the most open wound we’ve allowed the world to see thus far. It's all our triumphs, our regrets, our shortcomings, our philosophies, our hopes, and our dreams on a 13-track silver platter.”

Everything Every Single Day features the stirring, piano-driven singles 'Tonight's Entertainment' and 'Maybe I'm Just a Freak', the electronically-tinged indie angst of 'Shut You Out', as well as latest album single, 'Cry', a track awash with lush acoustic guitars and biting lyricism decrying the rise of toxic masculinity. 

The four young men are using their position as popular artists on these larger stages to call out this type of behaviour. “It’s not okay. Talk about it,”, fearlessly posting on social media, the opposite of what such forums have been become renowned for, signalling they have not only matured to the point of being an active part of what this generation wants for itself.

They know we are not here to tear each other down, we are here to lift each other up, that love is the answer, and they're brave enough to honour that:

screenshots from The Rions social media posts - 2025

Scumbag’, today’s driving, rocking focus single, is the oldest song on the album, fuelled by heightened emotion and tempered by stark self-awareness. Written about a relationship that sparked significant creative inspiration behind the album, guitarist Harley Wilson shares;

“Scumbag is a pre-emptive plea for patience. I felt pretty quickly that I knew where the connection I had with this person was going, but at the same time I knew I wasn’t ready. It was the kind of ‘You can’t have your cake and eat it too’ situation, only I still tried to, hence being a scumbag.”

Their authenticity permeates throughout all 13 tracks, from ‘Maybe It’s Everything’ written in a state of complete and utter infatuation, ‘Welcome to the Conversation’ narrating a harsh fallout between father and son, and breaking down emotional walls on ‘Wear Me Thin’. 

With each song unveiling another layer of their story, the band are most excited for people to hear the cinematic album closer, ‘Adelaide’

“That song is the sound of the band completely unchained,” says vocalist Noah Blockley. “We didn't worry about being a guitar band, or a rock band, or anything like that. We just thought about writing a cool song. The day we recorded it was one of the most exciting days we've ever had as a band – it was all 'let's try this' and 'let's try that', rather than 'we can't do this' and 'we can't do that'.”

There's been something special about The Rions from the jump. Forming as pre-teens in Barrenjoey high school, The Rions have swiftly catapulted to national recognition, winning triple j's Unearthed High initiative in 2021, and turning heads with now ARIA Gold Certified singles ‘Night Light’ and 'Scary Movies'

Going on to release two EPs – Minivan in 2023, and the #4 ARIA Australian Album charting Happiness In A Place It Shouldn't Be in 2024 – The Rions currently have over 60 million streams across their catalogue, have entirely sold out national tours, and played sold-out shows at iconic venues across London, Manchester and Leeds on their UK/EU debut. Emerging as one of the country’s most prolific live acts, 2024 saw the band sell over 20,000 headline tickets in that year alone.

Bringing the momentum into 2025, the band’s Everything Every Single Day national theatre tour, presented by triple j, marked their biggest headline shows to date. Kicking off in Meanjin / Brisbane, they’ve been bringing the new album to stages across Eora / Sydney, Naarm / Melbourne, Nipaluna / Hobart, and Tarndanya / Adelaide throughout October - and the crowds have been loving it, thanking them for playing old favourites and showcasing these new offerings. 

The Sydney show was a form of full circle for the boys with their gig at the Enmore reminding them their first concert ever was going to Squeeze Fest as 15 year olds, with Lime Cordiale playing, and then ending up playing there and touring with them while cutting their teeth in the music industry. In experiencing a revisit to known places with a different viewpoint, of being the headline act themselves, that reference point is maintaining a genuine connection with the punters, and keeping playing great music with lyrics people identify with at the core of everything they do. 

With people singing along to every line, already, these new tracks are well received and set to become part of the voice of this generation - The Rions, their fans state, are reaching out and helping their generation to be seen and heard.


The Rions - Sat 4 Oct at the Enmore Theatre Sydney. Press photo: by Ashley Mar

Congrats boys – everyone here is stoked for you, so proud of all you have done so far and the way you do it. 
It may seem a long way from Avari and the Bowlo, but it's still at home in keeping it real in the heart.

Final words go to The Rions, from soon after they found out they'd gone to No.1:

‘’It’s not every day your debut album goes number one Australian album of the week. It’s also not everyday you play a sold out Forum, but yesterday both things happened.  Thank you Melbourne and Hobart for selling out the show and supporting us so strongly. 

Thank you so much to our team of angels. Thank you to our hero Chris Collins, thank to our incredible team that works so tirelessly behind the scenes; Community Music and all at Unified Music Group. To our family, friends and fans, thank you to infinity. You are the life force of The Rions and we couldn’t have done any of it without you.
We love you so much.''

Their album victory lap will continue with a headline tour across the UK and Europe this November, before capping off the year back home at the Changing Tides and Spilt Milk festivals. For all tour dates and ticketing info, see HERE.

TRACKLIST
Maybe I’m Just a Freak
Tonight’s Entertainment
Welcome To The Conversation
Shut You Out
The Art My Mother Likes
Married To The Job
Oh How Hard It is To Be 20
Maybe It’s Everything
Scumbag
Lobby Calls
Wear Me Thin
Cry
Adelaide

Everything Every Single Day, album cover, photo credit: Pat O’Hara (local photographer)


THE RIONS AUSTRALIAN ALBUM TOUR 
presented by triple j

Fri 3 Oct - Fortitude Music Hall - Meanjin / Brisbane 
Sat 4 Oct - Enmore Theatre - Eora / Sydney 
Fri 10 Oct - Forum - Naarm / Melbourne 
Sat 11 Oct - Odeon Theatre - nipaluna / Hobart 
Sat 18 Oct - Hindley St Music Hall - Tarndanya / Adelaide 

SUMMER FESTIVAL DATES
Sat 22 Nov - Changing Tides - Dharawal / Kiama
Sat 6 Dec - Spilt Milk - Wadawurrung / Ballarat (SOLD OUT)
Sun 7 Dec - Spilt Milk - Whadjuk / Perth
Sat 13 Dec - Spilt Milk - Ngunnawal / Canberra (SOLD OUT)
Sun 14 Dec - Spilt Milk - Kombumberri / Gold Coast (SOLD OUT)

UK/EU TOUR DATES
Fri 07 Nov - The Old Fire Station - Bournemouth
Sat 08 Nov - The Watering Hole - Cornwall
Sun 09 Nov - The Louisiana - Bristol
Tue 11 Nov - King Tut’s - Glasgow
Wed 12 Nov - Hyde Park Book Club - Leeds
Thu 13 Nov - Soup Kitchen - Manchester
Fri 14 Nov - The Garage - London
Sun 16 Nov - Bitterzoet - Amsterdam, NL

Stay connected with The Rions:

2023 PON Profile

screenshot from ARIA website: note two other Pittwater based/founded music outfits, Ocean Alley and The Wiggles, are also topping the Australian charts

screenshot from ARIA website: ARIA Albums chart

Surfing News: Stab Highs' Sydney Winners + North Narrabeen win Heavyweight Rumble 2025 + Surfing Australia announces 2025 ISA World Para Surfing Championship Team

Presented by Monster Energy - ran weekend of October 10 & 11

Over 2 huge days, Stab High (by Stab magazine; ' writers, video editors, and photojournalists, but mostly, we just like to surf'), the boundary-pushing aerial surf contest that redefines what’s possible above the lip, was here at URBNSURF. The venue, at Sydney Olympic Park, is described as the ultimate surfers playground in New South Wales, offering consistent, world-class waves for all levels.

Joel Vaughan took out Stab High 2025 with the highest score of the event (48/50), following in his brother Hughie’s footsteps after his win in Japan earlier this year. 


Photo credit: Stab / Ryan Heywood

On her last right, Milla Brown threw down a frontside full rote, finishing 2nd in Open Women behind a brilliant Sierra Kerr, just days after Sierra shared she has finally been diagnosed with Lymes disease and has been battling health challenges since the beginning of the year. 

Thousands of local and overseas surfers send Sierra their love and wishes for recovery.

Sierra posted on Insta after the win:
''Happy to be battling back day by day, step by step, wave by wave. I’ll never give up!
4x Stab High winner + a past Monster Air win, and this one means the most to me by far. 
Thank you @stab @stab_high. 
Being able to surf with some of my best mates is my favourite part of it all, @bella_kenworthy and @skybrown, original Ladybirds and friends since we were little, The Champ @picklummolly you inspire me and I’m pretty sure all those ping pong battles we had helped your title 😂 and @milla.coco.brown that battle was so good and you made me have to clutch up + push myself.
Congrats Joel, Loci, Skai! 
Thank you for all the love, prayers, and support 🙏🏼
I didn’t plan to surf this Stab High, even though my name was in it. I told them I didn’t think I could. On Friday I felt good, and it’s always a goal I have. I’m glad I got to do it and I felt good enough to do it. ''

Photo credit: Stab / Ryan Heywood

NASA surfer Locana Cullen went back-to-back in Bottle Rockets, proving untouchable, in an event that has become a favourite with the Avalon Beach local. 

Stab said:
''It wasn’t broken, and @loci.cullen knew better than to fix it.
Only one wave counts in the final, but Loci backed up his 45-point backside stalefish reverse with a 42-point frontside full-ro. He would have won with either score and is your first-ever back-to-back Bottle Rockets Champ, presented by @yeti.''

Loci posted afterwards:
''I'm so happy to get back to back wins in the bottle rockets division at @stab_high @stab in my home town. Congratulations to all of the boys in the division and all competitors everyone is boosting crazy stuff 🙌🔥

Huge thankyou @stab and all of the organisers, sponsors and @urbnsurf. You put together an insane event I’m so grateful I got to be a part of it 🙌🙏

thankyou @nasurfriders friends and family for coming out to support me it was extra special having you all there 🙌🙏❤️‍🔥

Thankyou to my sponsors without your support I would not be able to do this; @cisurfboardsaus @billabong_australia @stickyjohnsonwax @futuresfins @creaturesofleisure ''

Stabs' video from this year's event runs below.

Further NSW surfers made their mark against the world’s best in the air, with finalists including Leihani Zoric 3rd, Jaggar Phillips 3rd, Harley Walters 3rd and Molly Picklum 4th!


North Narrabeen Reclaims Crown in Epic Boardriders Battle at URBNSURF Sydney

In related URBNSURF news, the stage was set and the stakes were sky-high as 27 of the state’s best boardriding clubs descended on URBN Surf at Sydney Olympic Park for this year’s heavyweight rumble in mid-September 2025.

North Narrabeen wins!. Photo: Surfing NSW

Defending champions North Narrabeen kicked off their campaign in dominant fashion, taking out the first heat on the lefts. Over on the rights, Southend Boardriders from Maroubra made a statement with a commanding win, setting the tone for a day of fierce competition.

Bungan Boardriders exploded into the event with standout surfer Lucy Brown, whose electric performances hinted at a big future in the sport. Teams like Northern Beaches Para Surfer Boardriders and Sydney Adaptive Boardriders also made a strong impression, showing that the competition’s depth and diversity continue to grow.

In Round 2, Sandon Point edged out Bungan in a heated tussle, thanks to top-tier talent including current Australian Open Champion Jed Aston and Australian Junior Champion Sammy Lowe, both delivering high-performance displays.

Avoca Boardriders advanced to the semi-finals with help from dynamic duo Talia Tebb and power surfer Lennox Chell, joining Norah Head, NASA, and others in the penultimate round.

But it was North Narrabeen who kept all eyes on them. With Christo Hall, Jagger Phillips, and Dylan Moffat all scoring excellent waves, they rolled into the semis as the form team of the event.

In the semi-finals, NASA and Avoca outclassed Norah Head and Southend on the rights, while North Narrabeen and Bungan edged past Sandon Point and Newport Plus in a tight contest to set up a blockbuster final.

The final was a clash of titans. North Narrabeen started strong, led by reigning Over-40s Australian Champion Christo Hall and Kai Warner. NASA’s Arch Whiteman and Isaiah Vaealiki showed grit and kept their team within striking distance.

But it was Lucy Brown of Bungan who stole the spotlight once again, earning the Outstanding Surfer of the Day award with a combined two-wave score of 13.94.

The final blow came from a North Narrabeen surfer Dylan Moffat who delivered a powerful 9-point ride, followed by the only perfect 10 of the day, sealing the victory and reclaiming the title for the club.

Among the teams going head-to-head at the Heavyweight Rumble were Sydney Adaptive and the Northern Beaches Para Surfer Boardrider Clubs, proudly competing as equal members of the Surfing NSW community.

For Sydney Adaptive’s Chris Astill, the event was another chance to showcase the growth of adaptive surfing in NSW. Chris grew up surfing on the Manly to Barrenjoey peninsula before a paragliding accident left him with a T10 complete spinal cord injury. Just six weeks out of hospital he was finding ways to get back in the water.

But he didn’t do it alone. He credits Psillakis Surfboards for supporting how he reimagined he would be able to surf again. 

“I rolled up to Mike’s place in my wheelchair and told him what I was chasing,” Chris recalled. “A week later he rang me back and said, ‘I’m in. Let’s make you a board.’”

During the process, Mike and Chris talked philosophy, style, and possibility. And when it came time to pick a colour, Chris knew instantly.

“He asked me what colour I wanted. I said, the same colour as your door I knocked on when I came to see you. Blue. And so blue is everything to me now.”

That one door, set off a chain reaction. With his custom board, Chris has since surfed the world stage, competed on the Adaptive World Tour, and, most importantly, created space for others. He went on to found the Sydney Adaptive Boardriders Club at URBNSurf. In just over a year, it’s grown to more than 100 members, hosting monthly comps where each sticker on Chris’s blue board represents.

“The Psillakis family have done a lot for me and the community,” Chris said. “Him giving me a board led to starting a boardriders club. Some people have a big effect on their community and the Psillakis family are one of them.”


2025 Heavyweight Rumble Final Results:
  1. North Narrabeen
  2. NASA
  3. Bungan
  4. Avoca

2025 ISA World Para Surfing Championship Team Announcement

The Northern Beaches Para Surfer Boardriders, Australia’s first para surfing boardrider club, who also took part in the 2025 Heavyweight Rumble, was established in 2023 at Mona Vale. The club fosters a shared love of surfing while supporting surfers with disability to take on unique challenges in the water. 

Their PON Profile ran a while back, soon after speaking to co-founder Em Dieters, for her Profile, and regular news updates run as they come in.

Northern Beaches Para Surfer Boardriders, at Heavyweight Rumble 2025. Photo: Surfing NSW

The latest was the announcement by Surfing Australia on October 8 of 2025 ISA World Para Surfing Championship Team, which came in while we were all on the Spring Hols. break:

Surfing Australia is proud to announce the 13 adaptive surfers selected to represent the Irukandjis at the 2025 ISA World Para Surfing Championship to be held at Oceanside, California, on November 2-7, 2025.

The team includes a mix of seasoned champions and exciting new talents. Surfing Australia’s National High Performance Director, Kate Wilcomes, is proud to celebrate the addition of these athletes to a strong and inspiring national surfing team

“Australia has a long history of medal winning athletes, and the 2025 Irukandji team represents both those experienced surfers and the next generation. This event is a powerful reminder that surfing has no limits, and the spirit of these athletes continues to inspire communities in Australia and across the globe.”

Amongst them, five-time World Champion Mark ‘Mono’ Stewart (Byron Bay, NSW), a veteran of the sport, will be competing in his tenth World Championship.

“I’m stoked to again represent Australia as an Irukandjis at my tenth ISA World Championship. I’m really looking forward to travelling and competing as part of this team and hopefully reproduce a gold medal performance,”
At the 2024 ISA World Para Surfing Championship, the team crowned two new world champions, eight individual medals and brought home an overall bronze medal.

Jocelyn Neumueller (Park Holme, SA) and Kai Colless (Burleigh Heads, QLD) took home gold medals in their divisions. Joel Taylor (Lennox Head, NSW) claimed silver, while Emma Dieters (Mona Vale, NSW) and Cliff Gralton (Tuncurry, NSW) secured bronze. Mark ‘Mono’ Stewart (Byron Bay, NSW), Kirk Watson (Mona Vale, NSW) and Matt Formston (Wamberal, NSW), each earned copper in their respective divisions.

Hoping to continue building the nation’s success at the ISA World Para Surfing Championship, Dion Atkinson, Head of Podium at Surfing Australia, highlighted the team’s strength and momentum.

“We have a very strong team confirmed for this year’s ISA World Para Surfing Championship, and as we continue to build momentum on the world stage — while also growing the depth of talent in Australia — it’s an incredibly exciting time for our sport and our athletes.

The ISA World Para Surfing Championship returns to Oceanside, California, this November, and our Australian athletes are ready to represent with pride. Any support for our fundraising efforts will make a huge difference — not just for the athletes, but for the coaches, support teams, and the future of para surfing in Australia.”

While the 2025 team is focused on competition, they are also committed to raising funds to support their journey. As this trip is self-funded, athletes are relying on public donations to help cover their expenses.

“It’s an expensive trip as an adaptive athlete, with no government assistance, but thanks to Surfing Australia for launching a fundraising campaign to assist the whole team. Come on Aussies, get behind this team of amazing athletes.” said Mark ‘Mono’ Stewart (Byron Bay, NSW)

Joining the athletes at Oceanside will be Head Coach, Josh Fuller and Team Manager, Katie Waugh.

“After such a successful year with last year’s campaign, I’m really excited to be heading back to coach this year’s team. We were a few athletes short of a full squad last year, but thanks to the talent of the athletes surfing for Australia, we were still able to secure a podium finish. This year we have a bigger and stronger team. The event is back at Oceanside, which a lot of our athletes are familiar with, and carrying the momentum of a strong result with the recent ISA Open win, I know all the competitors are driven to bring another gold home for Australia and for themselves. I’m very excited and feel very fortunate to be supporting the athletes as a coach again this year. Let’s go, Australia—oi oi oi!” said Josh Fuller.

You can support the Irukandjis Para Surfing Team via their official fundraising campaign HERE.

2025 ISA World Para Surfing Championship – Team Irukandjis:
Mark ‘Mono’ Stewart – Para Surf Kneel
Toby Begg – Para Surf Kneel
Emma Dieters – Para Surf Kneel
Kai Colless – Para Surf Prone 1
Joel Taylor – Para Surf Prone 1
Grace Kennedy – Para Surf Prone 1
Cliff Gralton – Para Surf Prone 2
Jack Curphey – Para Surf Prone 2
Annie Goldsmith – Para Surf Prone 2
Kirk Watson – Para Surf VI 1
Steve Fox – Para Surf VI 1
Jack Jackson – Para Surf VI 2
Sarah Jane Gibson – Para Surf VI 2

Para Surfing has experienced incredible growth since the first ISA World Para Surfing Championship in 2015 (originally titled the World Adaptive Surfing Championship), and continues to grow. During that period, the ISA has continued to refine the Para Surfing Classification system in line with IPC requirements and encouraged its network of 116 member nations to host national and regional competitions.


U14 Club Championships in Basketball: Manly Warringah Sea Eagles Boys claim Silver medal

The 2025 Under 14 Club Championships were co-hosted by Basketball Australia and Willetton Basketball Association in Willetton, Western Australia. Commencing Sunday 28th September and concluding on Friday 3rd October, the event brought together the best of the best from around the country to shoot some hoops and make connections and memories to last a lifetime.

Two teams from Warriewood based club the Manly Warringah Sea Eagles headed west during the Spring school holidays and excelled in representing their state and our area, 

In the Shield competition, Canberra, Manly Warringah Sea Eagles, Bankstown Bruins and Nunawading Spectres (Boys), along with Perry Lakes Hawks, Ipswich Force, North Gold Coast Seahawks and hosts Willetton Tigers (Girls) all advanced to the Semi-Finals.

The MWSE then won their semi to advance to the Final.

The boys Shield gold medal match saw the Nunawading Spectres claim Phil Smyth Trophy, defeating the Manly Warringah Sea Eagles in a thriller 54 - 51. A very close contest after days of working their way through the heats, Quarters and Semi Finals.

The club said after the Grand Final:
''Shield Silver Medal to wrap the U14 Club Championship, and a lifetime of memories made. What a journey it’s been for these boys.
This silver medal holds the laughter, the grit, the growth, and the unforgettable experiences that will stay with them forever.
Proud of these boys and the coaches. Here’s to the memories.''

The girls did well too - always displaying great sports-person-ship and had a great time.
Congratulations to both teams - a brilliant effort and great representation of the Manly Warringah Sea Eagles and New South Wales Basketball.

Wakehurst MP Michael Regan, in a Members statement to the NSW Parliament on Thursday October 16, said:
''Today I congratulate the hardworking teams of the Manly Warringah Basketball Association who have had a phenomenal season this year. First up, both their U14 girls and boys teams have qualified for the national championships in Perth. These players, alongside their families and coaches, have been working tirelessly not just on the court but off it too, fundraising hard to make sure they get to show off their skills on the national stage. 

But wait, there's more! The Association also has 7 teams qualifying for the 2025 Waratah Junior Premier League & Under 12 Championships happening this August. Special congratulations goes to the U16 girls team who made it all the way to the grand final. What an amazing achievement! 

Since 1950, Manly Warringah Basketball has been a cornerstone of the northern beaches sporting scene, growing talent with a strong focus on skill and community spirit. Massive cheers to every player, coach, parent, and manager pouring heart, sweat, and soul into the game. Keep up the good work.''


Background
The Australian Junior Championships form a vital pathway from participation through to elite competition for the nation’s junior athletes and also illustrates the strength of our country programs. The U14 Club Championships sees the best 48 Club teams from around Australia compete on the big stage, 24 of each gender. 

Under the current format for the Australian U14 Club Championships, the 24 teams are divided into six pools of four teams and play a round robin competition. The top two teams in each pool then play for the Championship Division and the teams placed third and fourth in each pool compete for the Shield Division.

Ken Watson
The winner of the Australian U14 Boys Club Championships, will be presented with the Ken Watson Championship Trophy. Ken is widely recognised as the patriarch of Australian basketball. He coached our Olympic men’s team in 1956 – the first time Australia was involved in the competition – and again in 1968 after Australia had become recognised as an emerging international contender. Although Watson made a major impact on the international level, his real love was guiding his junior teams. During the Second World War he almost single-handedly kept basketball alive in Melbourne by promoting junior participation and organising competitions. Watson is the only coach in Australia to have won five consecutive Australian under 14 national titles in the 1980’s and continued with coaching under 12 junior teams until he was in his late eighties. Although he is no longer with us, the legacy of Ken Watson lives on through the hundreds of players he coached over his long career.

Michele Timms
The winner of the Australian U14 Girls Club Championships, will be presented with the Michele Timms Championship Trophy. Michele is one of Australia’s best-known basketballers and the premier female point-guard this country has ever seen and the trophy was named in her honour in 2004.

Her career with the Australian Opals spanned 14 years, across 264 games. Her finest international triumph came in her swansong at the 2000 Olympic Games in Sydney where she captained the Opals to their best-ever finish, a silver medal.

Timms broke new ground for Australian women basketballers by becoming the first to play internationally when she went to Germany to play with the Lotus Munchen team. While there, she was named the Women’s International Player of the Year in 1994 and 1996. 
Michele Timms was an extraordinary basketball player and whose success all young basketballers can strive to emulate.

Phil Smyth
The winner of the Shield Division of the Australian U14 Boys Club Championships will be presented with the Phil Smyth Shield.

Inducted into the Australian Basketball Hall of Fame in 2004, Phil Smyth had an outstanding career as a Boomer. Phil represented South Australia as a junior and senior and was first selected for Australia for the 1978 World Championships, held in Manila. Phil played in the NBL from 1982 through to 1995, hitting the court in a total of 356 games. He won three NBL Championships with the Canberra Cannons. He is ranked in the top ten in a number of NBL all-time statistics. He was names third in the NBL All-star team for the past 25 years. Phil retired as an athlete in 1994 and went on to be a very successful coach in the NBL with the Adelaide 36ers, coaching 365 games over 11 seasons, winning 205 games. Phil is one of the great basketballers produced by the Australian basketball system.

Rachael Sporn
Rachael first represented Australia in the 1990 World Championship and competed in a total of three world Championships (1994 and 1998). Rachael was selected for her first Olympic Games in 1996, where she was a member of the first team to win an Olympic medal finishing with a bronze. She went on to win two silver medals in the 2000 and 2004 Olympic Games.

Rachael was an excellent defender as well as being a great scorer, and was one of the most consistent players in the WNBL and also for Australia. He captained Australia on many occasions and was co-captain of the silver medallist Olympic teams of 2000 and 2004.

Photos: Basketball Australia


Australia’s ‘Golden Six’ clinch history

In related inspirational basketball news, Basketball Australia announced on September 30 a rollercoaster Asia Cup window has culminated in six titles for Australia’s national teams.

Details are:
Australia wrote themselves in history books as the first team ever to win four consecutive FIBA U16 Women's Asia Cup gold medals by conquering the 2025 competitions in Malaysia on Sunday September 28.

The Sapphires aced their date with destiny following another mighty beatdown of familiar foes New Zealand, 86-50, in the Final witnessed by a solid crowd that trooped to the Karisma Arena.

Quick were the charges of Coach Tom Garlepp in seizing control of the match, ending the first 10 minutes with a nine-point advantage. But it wasn't really until the next frame where the crew would break away for good.

Daisy Hocking perfected a trip to the line, Laura Seiz caught fire from deep and made eight straight points, before Matilda Trout came in with a stab underneath as the troika put together a 12-0 run toward a 36-15 lead.

And that scoring barrage was all they needed to set the tone for the rout, eventually hoisting the coveted trophy to mark the extension of an unprecedented dominion - and keeping their winning streak intact as well.

With this recent golden run, the Aussies have now won 23 successive games, which dates back to their U16 Women's Asia Cup debut back in 2017 in Bengaluru, India which they ruled via six-game sweep.

They have now become the winningest team in competition history, too, breaking a tie with China as both of the proud programs had three championships apiece coming into the biennial contest's eighth edition.

"I think ever since we've been able to compete in the Asia region, it has been fantastic for Australian basketball," said Tom Garlepp. "Notable Asian basketball nations like Japan, China, they force us to get better."

"Because, they're such class acts," he added. "Being able to compete against all of them - Korea, Chinese Taipei ... I think for us and New Zealand, it's been such a great honor to be part of it and it's really lifted our game."

"For us to become four-time champions in a row, especially knowing the competition we're going up against, it's something we're really proud of," continued Garlepp, who's been the team's mentor since 2023.

Madison Ryan led Australia with 15 points, alongside 5 rebounds, 4 assists, and 5 steals. Trout and Marianela Fakalata finished with 14 points apiece, while Seiz chipped in 11 - spiked by three triples.

Soon, the Sapphires will turn their attention to the prestigious FIBA U17 Women's Basketball World Cup next year in Czechia, where they will spearhead the Asian delegation that also has New Zealand, Japan, and China.

FIBA U16 Champions 2025: Australia

FINA U16 Champions 2025: Australia

Australia has swept the Asia Cup window with six titles claimed in seven months of tournament play.  
 
It's a massive achievement in the modern era of Australian basketball and the first time the feat has occurred since the re-zoning by FIBA alongside New Zealand into the Asia bracket in 2017. 
 
The green and gold wave started in March with the Gangurrus 3x3 men’s and women team reigning supreme in Singapore. The Seven Consulting Opals followed with their first ever Asia Cup in July and the world watched on as the Boomers clinched an insta-classic in the final against China in August.  
 
It was up to the junior U16 Crocs and U17 Sapphires to complete the streak; and both did so in compelling fashion to complete a historic window for Australian basketball.  

In reflection of a strong window of international performance, Jason Smith, EGM of High Performance at Basketball Australia noted an interconnected talent and performance pathway as a source of advantage.  
 
“To come away from the Asia Cup tournaments with six gold medals across both our junior and senior men’s and women’s programs is an incredible achievement, and one that reflects the depth, talent, and commitment we have across Australian basketball,” said Smith.  

“Success at this level and scale doesn’t happen by chance. It’s the result of the hard work of our athletes, coaches, and staff, and the strong foundations of our pathway,”  
 
“This sweep is something we can all be proud of as it highlights the strength of the respective States and Territories, their High Performance programs, and the exciting future that lies ahead for Australian basketball,” he added. 

The FIBA continental windows play an important role in the international cycle and each zone has unique characteristics, geography and traditions. 

Matt Scriven, Chief Executive Officer, Basketball Australia is a strong advocate for the role Australia does, and will continue to play, as a National Federation member in FIBA Asia. 
 
“It’s important to acknowledge that the success of the Australian National teams is built on decades of work, from the grassroots to the elite pathways. This starts with the unprecedented level of participation at junior level, our State & Territory representative bodies, and to the elite pathways of the BA Centre of Excellence and professional leagues,” said Scriven  
 
“The FIBA Asia conference is an essential and functional pathway in our journey to compete at the respective FIBA World Cups. The competition within FIBA Asia continues to go from strength to strength, which enables our National Teams to gain the necessary experience at the international level.” he added.

With the continental window in rear view mirror, the focus shifts to the FIBA World Cup 2027 Asian qualification pathway, which kicks off with the Boomers in November.  
 
More information on schedule of games to be announced soon.

High School Certificate exams begin

Thursday October 16, 2025
Close to 75,000 HSC students will put pen to paper over the next 17 test days as written exams officially get underway, beginning with English Paper 1 this morning.

HSC written exams mark the conclusion of 13 years of schooling for students, providing them with an opportunity to demonstrate what they have learned during their education.

When the written exams finish on Friday 7 November, with Food Technology being the final examination, HSC students will have sat over 400,000 exam sessions in 123 different subjects from Mathematics to Construction.

Students have already completed language oral exams, practical performances, and major projects during Term 3.

Thousands of dedicated teachers, principals, and support staff are working behind the scenes during the HSC, ensuring written exams run smoothly and delivering a fair outcome for every student. Students will receive their HSC results and ATAR on Thursday 18 December.

With an additional 9,000 students undertaking at least one exam as part of an accelerated pathway, or completing the HSC over multiple years, it means around 84,000 students will complete an HSC course in 2025.

The2025 HSC written exam timetable can be found on the NESA website, along with the 2025 HSC enrolment snapshot.

The Minns Labor Government has made a record investment in NSW schools since coming to office, with the 2025-26 Budget delivering $9 billion for public education infrastructure right across the state.

Alongside the Minns Labor Government’s investment in education infrastructure, we are making sure there are more teachers in front of students in NSW classrooms and rolling out a new, knowledge-rich curriculum.

We have reduced teacher vacancies by 61 per cent across the state, resulting in the number of cancelled classes in NSW nearly halving since the Minns Labor Government took office.

Acting Minister for Education and Early Learning Courtney Houssos said:

“On behalf of the entire NSW Government I want to wish students the best of luck as their HSC exams begin today.

“You have done the hard work - now is the time to stay focused, look after yourself, and follow a healthy study schedule.

“Thank you to the hard-working teachers of NSW who’ve prepared HSC students for this moment and to all the teachers who have guided students through their 13 years of schooling.”

NSW Education Standards Authority Chief Executive Officer Paul Martin said:

“The HSC exam period is a major statewide effort, coordinated by exam staff and school communities, to ensure every student has the chance to perform at their best.

“Teachers, families and caregivers have been a constant source of encouragement and support for these young people – and today is as much a milestone for them as it is for the students.”

8 Student-Backed Study Tips To Help You Tackle The HSC

For those who may spend some of this Spring School holidays break prepping for exams.
Tips By University of Sydney

Our students have been through their fair share of exams and learned a lot of great study tactics along the way. Here they share their top study tips to survive and thrive during exam time.

1. Start your day right

Take care of your wellbeing first thing in the morning so you can dive into your day with a clear mind. 

“If you win the morning, you can win the day,” says Juris Doctor student Vee Koloamatangi-Lamipeti.

An active start is a great way to set yourself up for a productive day. Begin your morning with exercise or a gentle walk, squeeze in 10 minutes of meditation and enjoy a healthy breakfast before you settle into study.

2. Schedule your study

“Setting up a schedule will help you organise your time so much better,” says Master of Teaching student Wesley Lai.

Setting a goal or a theme for each study block will help you to stay focused, while devoting time across a variety of subjects will ensure you've covered off as much as possible. Remember to keep your schedule realistic and avoid over-committing your time.

Adds Wesley, “Make sure to schedule in some free time for yourself as well!”

3. Keep it consistent

“Make studying a habit,” recommends Alvin Chung, who was undertaking a Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws when we first ran this list.

With enough time and commitment, sitting down to study will start to feel like second nature rather than a chore.

“Do it every day and you’ll be less likely to procrastinate because it’s part of your life’s daily motions,” says Alvin.

4. Maintain motivation

Revising an entire year of learning can seem like an insurmountable task, which is why it’s so important to break down your priorities and set easy-to-achieve goals.

“I like to make a realistic to-do list where I break down big tasks into smaller chunks,” says Bachelor of Arts and Advanced Studies student Dannii Hudec.

“It’s also really important to reward yourself after you complete each task to keep yourself motivated.”

Treat yourself after each study block with something to look forward to, such as a cup of tea, a walk in the park with a friend or an episode of your latest Netflix obsession.

5. Minimise distractions

With so many distractions at our fingertips, it can be hard to focus on the task at hand. If you find yourself easily distracted, an “out of sight, out of mind” approach might do the trick.

“What helps me is to block social media on my laptop. I put my phone outside of my room when I study, or I give it to my sister or a friend to hide,” says Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws student Caitlin Douglas.

While parting ways with your phone for a few hours may seem horrifying, it can be an incredibly effective way to stay on task.

“It really helps me to smash out the work and get my tasks done,” affirms Caitlin.

6. Beware of burnout

Think of the HSC period as a marathon rather than a sprint. It might be tempting to cram every single day but pacing out your study time will help to preserve your endurance.

“Don’t do the work for tomorrow if you finish today’s work early,” suggests Daniel Kim, who is currently undertaking a Bachelor of Commerce and Advanced Studies.

 “Enjoy the rest of your day and save the energy for tomorrow,” he recommends.

Savouring your downtime will help you to avoid burning out before hitting the finish line.

7. Get a good night's sleep

Sleep is one of your greatest allies during exam season.

“I’ve found that a good night’s sleep always helps with concentration and memory consolidation,” says Bachelor of Science (Medical Science) student Yasodara Puhule-Gamayalage.

We all know we need to be getting around 8 hours of sleep a night to perform at our best, but did you know the quality of sleep also matters? You can help improve the quality of your sleep with some simple tweaks to your bedtime routine.

“Avoid caffeine in the 6 hours leading up to sleep, turn off screens an hour before going to bed, and go to bed at the same time every night,” suggests Yasodara.

8. Be kind to yourself

With exam dates looming and stress levels rising, chances are high that you might have a bad day (or a few!) during the HSC period.

According to Bachelor of Arts and Advanced Studies student Amy Cooper, the best way to handle those bad days is to show yourself some kindness.

“I know that if I’m in a bad state of mind or having a bad day, I’m not going to be able to produce work that I’m proud of,” she says.

For Amy, the remedy for a bad day is to take some time to rest and reset.

“It’s much more productive in the long run for me to go away, do some things I love, and come back with a fresh mind.”

Immerse yourself in a mentally nourishing activity such as going for a bushwalk, cooking your favourite meal, or getting stuck into a craft activity.

If you feel completely overwhelmed, know you're not alone. Reach out to a friend, family member or teacher for a chat when you need support.

There are also HSC Help resources available at: education.nsw.gov.au/student-wellbeing/stay-healthy-hsc

Thursday 16 October, 2025:  HSC written exams start. Friday November 7, 2025: HSC exams finish.

ReachOut has a range of support for students including for sleepexam stress and school and study.  ReachOut also has an Online Community for young people and peer support available via ReachOut PeerChat.  

Parents and carers can play an important role in helping their teens manage their sleep and exam and study stress. For tips, information and support parents and carers can visit ReachOut Parents

If you are experiencing negative thoughts or feelings, there are services out there to listen and help you out. They are free, confidential, and available 24/7. 
Please contact:
  • Lifeline – 13 11 14
  • Kids Helpline – 1800 55 1800
  • 13YARN – 13 92 76 to speak with an Aboriginal & Torres Strait Islander crisis supporter
  • If you are in immediate danger dial 000

Links To ReachOut Support Content 

For young people:
ReachOut’s Online Community - Sleep discussion

For parents and carers:
For schools:
About ReachOut
ReachOut is the leading online mental health service in Australia supporting young people during tough times.

ReachOut helps young people feel better about today and the future, no matter what challenge they’re facing. They provide a safe place where young people can openly express themselves, explore what’s happening in their lives, connect with people who understand their situation, and find the resources to help them manage their challenges now and in the future.

Anonymous, free and 100% online, ReachOut has been designed specifically for – and with – young people. From one-to-one support from experienced peer workers, to online forums, as well as tips, stories and resources, ReachOut offers a wide range of support options that allow young people to engage in the ways they want to, when they want to, and has been doing so for more than 20 years.

And, ReachOut Parents and ReachOut Schools provide valuable information, resources and advice to help parents, carers and educators to better understand the young people in their lives and to play an active role in their wellbeing.

Year 12 are about to start their final exams. Here’s how to keep calm and stay positive

Klaus Vedfelt/ Getty Images
Kylie Trask-KerrAustralian Catholic University and Steven LewisAustralian Catholic University

Thousands of Year 12 students across Australia are getting ready to sit their final exams.

Students may be feeling a lot of things right now – from heightened pressure to excitement it will all be over soon. Families may be seeking strategies to help their young people to feel confident and stay calm.

Here are some research-backed strategies to help.

Reframe the narrative

Students, schools and the media often talk about Year 12 exams as the culmination of schooling. This may not be helpful to everyone, as not everyone will receive the results they want.

Stress tends to increase throughout the final year of school.

Although a moderate level of stress is normal, and some pressure may even be useful, too much worry about exams can affect performance and overall wellbeing.

Remember, one exam is not the whole story of your ATAR or your future.

It is healthier to think about the bigger picture. Education isn’t just about exams. They are one part of a bigger journey that includes the relationships you’ve formed with peers and teachers, all the things you learned and all the experiences you’ve had.

Students have already achieved a great deal in 13 years of school – regardless of what happens in their exams or ATAR.

What is ‘success’?

In our 2021 study, colleagues and I looked at how different ideas of “success” relate to young people’s wellbeing.

A review of existing studies suggests teenagers who focus on their connections to others and their personal growth may have greater wellbeing than those who focus on “extrinsic” goals or external approval.

Families can help students by emphasising the importance of life beyond the classroom.

You’ve got options!

Keep in mind, your future does not hinge on this result.

There are more alternative pathways into university or further study than ever before. This can include going to TAFE or non-ATAR entry schemes for university.

Reminding yourself – or your child – about these options may help to reduce stress.

Have a clear plan for your exams

As you near the end of your study revision period, think about your plan for certain exams.

You will likely already have done practice exams and revision questions, so you know what format to expect.

Remind yourself when you get into the exam room to take your time to read the instructions carefully and be aware of sections where there is a choice. Pay attention to the weighting of questions as this can help you to plan the time well.

And remind yourself to stop and understand the “command terms”. These are words that tell you what to do in a question, like “analyse”, “compare” or “discuss”.

What if something goes wrong?

You may come out of an exam feeling like you didn’t do your best or something didn’t go to plan. This is very common!

So having a strategy to manage when things do not go well can be important –especially when the setbacks happen early in the exam schedule.

Research tells us planning and persistence are key components of “academic buoyancy”, or students’ resilience in the face of a setback.

This means you should revisit your plan for the next exam, whether it is tomorrow or next week. Plan your timing and approach. Look at any feedback you received on the practice exams, or advice you have received from teachers. Feeling prepared for the next exam will increase your confidence.

Remember, resilience is not just an individual trait: it comes from relationships and contexts too.

You don’t have to handle setbacks alone. In fact, it’s better if you ask for help.

Talking with a trusted friend, teacher, family member or counsellor can put things into perspective or help reframe your approach for the next exam.

Keep some balance in your life

In among your revision and preparation, don’t forget to look after your health.

Get plenty of sleep, eat well, take breaks and spend time in nature – these will all help you maintain focus and wellbeing.The Conversation

Kylie Trask-Kerr, Senior lecturer, School of Education, Australian Catholic University and Steven Lewis, Associate Professor of Education Policy, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Avalon Preservation Association (APA) Annual General Meeting + October Updates + Avalon's 'Telford' Road to have signage about its Heritage 

When: 7pm Tuesday 4th November
Where: Avalon Surf Club, Bangalley Bar (enter via beach-side stairs)
Jacqui Scruby MP for Pittwater will be speaking and taking questions to reflect on her first year in NSW Parliament, representing our community. 

APA Updates: October 2025

Dunbar Park gym equipment has been installed
NBC will be updating the Dunbar Park web project page with information on lighting upgrade, seating, tables etc. There may also need to be some Sydney Water work in Dunbar Park which may impact the upgrade.

Off-road Cycle Track
After community consultation the Off-road Cycle Track will be located beside Careel Creek, the existing skate park and the existing half basketball court. An external consultant will be employed to develop this design. A Site Analysis will be undertaken, taking into account flood issues, with a Concept Design to be ready for community consultation in the New Year.


Shared Space Avalon
Tenders closed on 14th October for Design Consultancies/ Landscape Consultants for the design, coordination and project management of the final design of the Avalon Shared Space. APA will have an opportunity to engage with the successful tenderer. The design will be discussed with the community in 2026.

Delay of Sydney Water Work through Avalon Village, along Old Barrenjoey Rd
Sydney Water have been providing regular updates about the work they are undertaking to renew the Water Main along Old Barrenjoey Road. In their 7 October Update they advise that they won’t be able to finish by late October 2025 as originally planned. 

To accommodate the busy Christmas trading period, Sydney Water advise that most of their site compounds will be removed during November 2025 and parking spaces will be returned to the community. Work will begin again in March 2026 with planned completion now June 2026.

Sign designating Heritage-listed ‘Telford Road’ building technique
The council will install a sign along the dead end street, Bangalley Way, the section that runs off Barrenjoey Rd. near North Avalon Rd and hopefully directly near 'Telford Lane' at North Avalon. 

This street used to be part of the original Barrenjoey Road and there remains a small section of the original ‘Telford Road’ road building technique. This new sign will provide historical awareness of this significant road building technique and, it is hoped, will save this historic section of road from being inadvertently completely covered in bitumen. 

About Telford Lane, North Avalon Beach

Another local historical curiosity presented at an ABHS Meeting in 2021 is the remaining "cobblestone" section of the original Barrenjoey Road route at North Avalon. The road took a shape right just south of where North Avalon Rd is now to cross Careel Creek then continued north along present Bangalley Way.  The remaining piece of the original construction method is listed as a heritage item in the Pittwater LEP and was a larger section, until the Northern Beaches Council tarred it without consultation. 

Geoff Searl OAM personally ensured that the workmen did not completely cover this piece of local history. The engineer who used this method in difficult terrain was a Mr Thomas Telford, and the section is referred to as “Telford Lane".  ABHS began working then towards erection of a plaque nearby to inform people of the historical significance of the road. APA supported this.

Telford lane - north Avalon Beach, a few years ago. photo: Geoff Searl OAM

The NBC started covering over this Heritage listed item until GS informed those contracted to do this of the Heritage listing. Unfortunately some had already been destroyed by the NBC works. Photos: GS

Location of Telford road on the former Barrenjoey road - photo: ABHS

The original pathway for the Barrenjoey road ran down what is today's 'Telford Lane', along a section of North Avalon road ad then along today's 'Bangalley Way' to meet the road going north again. 

It's worth remembering that Dr. Sophie Scamps, MP for Mackellar, has committed to seeking a Heritage Listing for the whole of Pittwater, given the wealth of historic items that still form part of this place.

See April 2025 PON report: 

Dr Scamps’ plan to protect Pittwater: Nomination For Heritage Listing


Who Telford was and What a 'Telford' road is
Thomas Telford FRS FRSE (9 August 1757 – 2 September 1834) was a Scottish civil engineer. After establishing himself as an engineer of road and canal projects in Shropshire, he designed numerous infrastructure projects in his native Scotland, as well as harbours and tunnels. Such was his reputation as a prolific designer of highways and related bridges, he was dubbed the 'Colossus of Roads' (a pun on the Colossus of Rhodes), and, reflecting his command of all types of civil engineering in the early 19th century, he was elected as the first president of the Institution of Civil Engineers, a post he held for 14 years until his death. The town of Telford in Shropshire was named after him.


Portrait of Thomas Telford with one of his works in the background - an engraved version of this is published on front cover of: Atlas to the Life of Thomas Telford - Civil Engineer in 1838. Engraved by W. Raddon from a painting by S. Lan

Build roads from solid materials and speed up travel times across the UK
In 18th and early 19th century, Britain transport was mostly on foot, horseback or by stagecoach. Many roads were rough, sometimes little more than tracks, and progress could be very slow, especially in bad weather.

In 1801, after a career mostly designing and building bridges and canals, engineer Thomas Telford was commissioned by the government to improve road travel in his native Scotland. This massive project lasted 20 years and included 920 miles (1,480km) of new roads, as well as 1,000 new bridges, improvements to canals and 32 new churches.

Telford was also responsible for rebuilding sections of the London to Holyhead road. Much of his road is now part of the A5. Beyond Shrewsbury, the work often meant building a highway from scratch. Other projects included work on the north Wales coast road between Chester and Bangor and a road to cross the Isle of Arran. Nicknamed the ‘string road’ it allowed traffic to get from east to west without using the lengthy coastal route.

Telford’s work on improving the road from Glasgow to Carlisle (now the A74) has been described as a ‘model for future engineers’.
He continued to design and build until his death in 1834 – a total of 33 years improving road communication around the UK.

A Telford road: How the work was done
Road builders in the late 18th used stone, gravel and sand for construction. It was common to dump rough gravel onto mud without putting in proper drains.

Telford’s innovations included a system of raising a road’s foundation at its centre so water could drain away. He also improved the method of using broken stones to build roads – analysing thickness of stones, traffic movement and the gradient of slopes to come up with a more scientific approach.

Telford’s method was to use large and then smaller interlocking stones. These were graded and drained with a coating of smooth pebbles on top. His ideas were widely adopted and used for roads everywhere.

Difference the roads made
Before Telford and other road engineers started to build, travel around the UK countryside could be very slow and muddy. In the mid-17th century it was said to take four days to get from London to Birmingham. A hundred years later the journey took about two days.  But it was Telford’s road linking Birmingham, Coventry and Wolverhampton that made travel on this route something close to a modern journey.

The time saved travelling on Telford’s roads and those built by others was proportionately greater than the saving that later came from the first steam railways. His work sped up communication and helped underpin the industrialisation of Britain.

Barrenjoey Road Changes

So when did where this part of the Barrenjoey Road run to Palm Beach change? 

James Young, one of the original Directors of the Barrenjoey Land Company, a relative of Mr. Wolstenholme, who was in turn a son of Maybanke Anderson. He was a barrister by profession, served as President of Ku-ring-gai Council at one time. 

The Minutes of the Warringah Shire Council  Meeting of 27th October,1924 state ''The President verbally reported having interviewed Mr. James Young and submitted a letter from Mr. Young, offering to sell his 10 ¾ acres at Careel Bay fronting Barrenjoey Road for £700 on terms, namely, £50 deposit, and the balance in annual instalments of £100 each with interest at 6 ½ % on unpaid purchase money. It was resolved, - (Crs. Hewitt, Hitchcock) That the offer be accepted and the terms approved, but that the President endeavour to arrange for a smaller deposit. ''

This was formalised in 1926: Volume 3,847, folio 56 shows the land James Young and Robert Browning (Palm Beach Land Co - follow on from Barrenjoey Land Co.) sold to the then council. 

Volume 3,847, folio 56:

The President of Warringah Shire Council who spoke to Mr. Young, was Arthur George Parr (1876–1931; credited with being responsible for completion of Warringah public lighting and electrification; and the then second-longest-serving mayor or shire president, although electricity for our end of the peninsula didn't occur until 1933, long after he'd left.);

ELECTRICITY FOR WARRINGAH

To-night hundreds of electric lights will shed their cheerful radiance over the populated areas in B and C Ridings of Warringah Shire, when the president, Mr. A. G. Parr, switches on the current. For some months the work of erecting the poles and carrying out other work incidental to the installation of electric power, has been going on, and to-night's ceremony will crown the efforts of those who have advocated and worked for the project for some years past.

Mr. Parr is one of the pioneers in the move to have the electric light extended- to the populated areas of this rapidly-growing district. Since his election to the Shire Council over three years ago he has worked untiringly to achieve that end. To use his , own words, "I felt the battle was won when Sir Denison Miller, governor of the Commonwealth Bank, told the deputation that waited on him that he would favorably consider our request for a loan of £23,000 to carry out the work." 

Sir Denison was as good as his word, and Immediately the council received word that the money was available the work was put in hand. It is anticipated that a considerable increase in land values will take place in the area served by the electric light in the near future. Landholders will thus be recompensed for the additional payments they are called upon to meet In the current year's assessments.


Substation and motor house in Winbourne Road, Brookvale. Inset: Cr. A. G. Parr, president of Warringah Shire Council. 

ELECTRICITY FOR WARRINGAH (1923, March 29). The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW : 1883 - 1930), p. 7. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article245833900

By November 10th, 1924 a report regarding Careel Ocean Beach Estate Subdivision is being referred to the Works Committee, and the sub-dividers are to be asked what provision they are making for recreation area's at North Avalon. Bangalley Reserve, comprising Careel Head in old terminology, and North Avalon Headland Reserve includes lands reserved under the County of Cumberland Planning Scheme in the 1950's and subsequent open space contributions from subdivisions in the area. 

However, that first 5 acres that comp[rises Bangalley head was dedicated to wildlife, and to preserve plants, again in 1926:

Vol-Fol 3945-73 registers the Certificate of Title for that 5 acres and gives us a plan of its outline - although something clearly went wrong with WSC paperwork, which must have been lost or misfiled, as lands dedicated to the community decades before were not 'formalised' (or done again) until the 1970's in some cases: 

At the same time the WSC President reports on the Careel Bay Park purchase from James Young and an interview he had with Mr. James Young in regard to the purchase, for public recreation purposes of that gentleman's 10 ½ acres adjoining Barrenjoey road at Careel Bay, and it was resolved that the terms arranged with Mr. Young by the President be continued, namely ''That the Council pay a deposit of £10; £60 on 1st May next, and the balance of the £700 by 14 equal half-yearly instalments of £90, the first to be paid on 1st May, 1926  with interest at 6 ½ % to be paid on unpaid-balances of purchase money.'' 

With these dedications and sale of land to that council, the beginnings of 'parks for people' and all still living there in those places (birds, wallabies, koalas) became part of what living in Pittwater as all about and preserved this.

The Certificate of Title above also shows part of this was resumed in 1936 for roadworks - and this was when the route of the Barrenjoey road was changed as well as being where and when the Careel Creek road bridge and concrete drainage pipe was placed with works completed on March 10 1938 - this concrete drainway/roadbridge is still in place:

'Careel Creek looking south' 10.3.1938 - also road being built - Item: FL3663714, courtesy NSW Records and Archives

Same drain - May 2025 (during investigation works for upcoming Pittwater creeks history pages).

Warringah Shire Council Minutes of the Meeting held on November 6th, 1933 record:

36. Palm Beach District Cricket Club, 26/10/33, (a) inviting Councillors and Officers to attend the opening of the new cricket ground on Careel Bay Park on 11th November at 1.30 p.m; (b) requesting Council to call the reserve at Careel Bay "Hitchcock Park". Resolved, - That the reserve be called Hitchcock Park. .(Crs. Austin, Hughes)

For more on the Palm Beach District Cricket Club visit Iluka Park, Woorak Park, Pittwater Park, Sand Point Reserve, Snapperman Beach Reserve - Palm Beach: Some History

At the meeting held on the 25th of September 1933; That the sand pump at Newport Beach be sent to Careel Bay Park cricket ground and installed there.

Warringah Shire Council minutes of Meetings record, November 20th, 1933By Cr. Hitchcock - That the preparation of plans for drainage at Wilshire Park and Glenburnie Park be expedited. Careel Park; by Cr. Hitchcock - That plans for dredging Careel Park be prepared as soon as possible. 

Worth noting from the same council minutes is how that triangular piece of land where the North Avalon bus stop is was formed as part of those changes to where Barrenjoey Road ran and now runs:

Main Roads Department, 16/6/37, forwarding for Council's information, copy of plan showing the portion of Hitchcock Park Careel Bay, resumed for main road purposes. Resolved, Hitchcock' That the Department be asked to beautify the small triangular-cornered piece severed from the park by the deviation of the road. (Crs. Hitchcock, Ross)

On October 28th, 1941 that same Council records: Re Careel Bay Reserves, recommending that the Minister be requested to dedicate or reserve a strip between Hitchcock Park and highwater mark for public recreation purposes, as an addition to Hitchcock Park.

Although the above shows the Warringah Shire Council was calling this area 'Hitchcock Park' by October 1941, it wasn't officially known as Hitchcock reserve an area designated for public recreation and registered as such until November 13th, 1942.

Geoff Searl OAM, President of Avalon Beach Historical Society provides this aerial from 1951 which shows just a cricket pitch on the site of the Careel Bay Tennis Courts (directly opposite Whale Beach Road!).

Geoff says;

There seems to be some activity and an entrance to the mangroves from the entrance to the dairy buildings opposite.

No sign of the tip but I think some locals have begun to use the area for depositing rubbish (dairy mob.?).

No sign of the cricket club building before it was moved to Palm Beach to serve as the surf club for North Palm Beach SLSC. I think it had already been moved - soon after 1946?


At the November 24 1942, during WWII, Warringah Shire Council Meeting it is recorded that a building is on the park:

5. Reporting occurrences of vandalism at the building on Hitchcock Park, Careel Bay, recommending that all movable Hitchcock fittings (especially electrical) be moved to safe custody and that doors and windows be securely boarded and locked until such time as proper care and custody of the building can be arranged: Resolved, That the Inspector's recommendations be adopted. (Crs. Hitchcock, Batho) 6. Reporting on the result of the appeal of J. Homer against his conviction for rescuing an animal lawfully impounded: °Received; 

The 1950's were a busy time for subdivisions around Careel Bay from Stokes Point to Whale Beach and into Avalon Beach itself, the pages of the then published 'Construction' are filled with Building Approvals at many addresses. So much so that one visitor, possibly with a weekender, writes:

Dumped Rubbish
Sir,-Palm Beach is one of the beauty spots of the world.
The magnificent views of Pittwater and Careel Bay are spoilt by the enormous quantities of rubbish dumped in the bush by builders.
At the same time the wildflowers are being killed.
Nothing seems to be done to prevent this, nor is the rubbish being removed.
The result is: more and more rubbish. It is a disgrace. Perhaps the Queen's visit will help.
W. J. WATERMAN.
Wahroonga. 

Dumped Rubbish (1953, November 9). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 2. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article27523148 

However, dumping rubbish didn't seem to worry the then council.

Part of this area alongside that bought was later used as a tip, filling in what had been wetlands and an extensive mangrove area.

EB Studios (Sydney, N.S.W.). (1917). Panorama of Palm Beach, New South Wales11 Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.obj-162487775 - and section from to show Careel Bay saltmarsh detail - photo was taken from what we today call Mackay Reserve


Careel Bay - circa 1912-1917 - photos courtesy Peter Verrills, from Verrills Family Albums visit: Careel Bay Steamer Wharf and Boatshed

This was one of several places in Pittwater used as a tip; Porters Reserve at Newport, Apex Park at Mona Vale, North Narrabeen and Warriewood's current 'Rat Park'.

The filled in areas were then used for a tennis courts area, Hitchcock Park and the Careel Bay Soccer (Playing) fields.

The council tip was operated on the east side of Careel Creek in the 1960s which was filled and converted to playing fields in the late 1960's and early 1970s. 

An Equestrian area also occupied an area on this side of the creek. A number of tracks were established through the saltmarsh and mangroves as well - some of them still in use through boardwalks. 

Warringah Shire Council Records state on November 8th, 1965 a request was made by By Cr. Beckman that: ''Could the Careel Bay Tip area be cleaned up and a report given to the next Parks and Reserves Committee Meeting on possible extension of play areas in this area? Yes.''

Warringah Shire Council records show that a Report by Shire Engineer lodged on the 5th June, 1967 states; 'BEACHES & RESERVES. Careel Bay. Work commenced levelling section of tip for future playing area.' 

By the 28th August, 1967 meeting: PARKS AND RESERVES. ROCK POOLS. Avalon. Section of concrete wall on north eastern end of pool, 20' x 4'6" x 1'6", constructed. Mona Vale. 12 cubic yds. of concrete placed during repair to children's wading section and coping of adult area. Dee Why. Cleaned on 3.8.67. Collaroy. Approximately two thirds of the wall poured using 30 c:yds. of concrete. Bilgola, Safety net framework removed and work in progress on cliff face. AND 'BEACHES & RESERVE. Careel Bay-Reclamation Area. Sprigging of area with grass roots in progress.'

There's more on these sections of North Avalon Beach and Careel Bay coming up as we shift from rolling out some of the history of Pittwater Public Wharves to Pittwater creeks, with those at North Avalon (from Careel Bay to the north end of the beach) ready to rock - and just needing a few 49 hour days slipped into the usual week to load/set it for you. As most of Pittwater was 'enthreaded with glittering chirruping creeks' - it was a selling point in early land subdivisions, the shift from paddocks and bush to suburbia, before water running to your home through pipes and via a tap being turned on eventuated - and with more now reappearing out of the pipes they were encased in to further development, those suburb by suburb collecting and collating of records may be of interest. 

Your parents and grandparents can probably tell you that even into the 1980s council trucks were piping away sewerage from a septic tank installed on properties before pipes for this were installed, while newspapers advising of water being 'now available' for the Avalon to Palm Beach end of the Barrenjoey peninsula did not appear until the 1950's and 1960's for some roads/homes, due in part to that being when the homes were being built, and even though piped water had been outlaid under WSC to Narrabeen by 1912, and Palm Beach by the late 1930's. 

About Pittwater's Residents Associations

Across Pittwater there are residents associations in every suburb - these keep you up to date on what's happening where you live, cost an average of $20 per annum to be a part of (which goes towards looking after your home and its spaces). There's a list of them in the Community News page if you want to get notices and updates on what is happening in your area by becoming a member - they're all run by volunteers, some of whom have dedicated decades to looking after this place.

The Avalon Preservation Association started out as the Avalon Preservation Trust in July 1967 due to a Warringah Shire Council plan to turn the place into a ghetto for flats and developers. Warringah Shire Council was also sacked that year as there were some pretty dodgy characters on that council. Specifically, Warringah Shire Council was sacked in 1967 after two councillors, Dennis Thomas and George Knight, were jailed for bribery related to influencing planning and development decisions. The Askin State Government dismissed the council in April 1967 due to the conviction and they stayed sacked until December 1968.

They were sacked again in 1985, again due to allegations of corruption and mismanagement, particularly concerning development applications. A further kerfuffle occurred in 2001, and related to a 'toxic culture' and a 'councillor conduct' problem, according to the records and reports available.

The APT was a later version of the Avalon Progress Association, which began asking in 1923 how to set up a Pittwater Council and be free of them - although the first on record signal of this dates from 1912 (WSC was formed in 1906), when Bayview and Church Point residents were asking how to get their own council. Then, and until 1992 when Pittwater Council was formed, residents found the council south of the Narrabeen bridge were incessantly extracting money from Pittwater residents which was ever spent here - they stated it was about Warringah getting Pittwater to pay for their infrastructure and lifestyle while here was neglected and residents treated with contempt or being bullied by a council that treated them with disdain and 'lorded it over them'. 

Although many of these residents associations, and some of the schemes that went through under that council, and its culture, were ignored for the main part, at least residents being represented by residents existed, and exist, to challenge the bad ideas and plans, and the ignorance backed up by arrogance, with something not so bad.

The aims of APA are to
  • Preserve the natural beauty of the area through promoting proper planning of all future development
  • Express positively and in appropriate quarters the point of view of residents with regards to any proposed development and to protect the residential amenity of the area
  • Work with and assist local government in any efforts to improve and beautify the locality and where appropriate instigate such improvements
PO Box 1 Avalon Beach 2107 

APA today states:

In APA, we care for Avalon because we live here 

Ghostly shot of rare hyena in abandoned mining town wins Wildlife Photographer of the Year 2025

October 14,2025
South African wildlife photographer Wim van den Heever has been announced as Wildlife Photographer of the Year 2025 for his powerful image, ‘Ghost Town Visitor’. The competition’s Young Wildlife Photographer of the Year 2025 was announced as Andrea Dominizi, aged 17.

Selected from a record-breaking 60,636 entries from 113 countries and territories, the category and overall winners of the world’s leading wildlife photography competition, Wildlife Photographer of the Year, run by the Natural History Museum, London, were revealed at an awards ceremony this evening.

Among the winners are Western Australian photographer Georgina Steytler in the Behaviour: Invertebrates category for her ''Mad Hatterpillar'' image.

The Natural History Museum stated Georgina Steytler (Australia) showcases the strange headgear of a gum-leaf skeletoniser caterpillar. Georgina had been looking out for this caterpillar for years. When she noticed eucalyptus trees with skeletonised leaves, this was a sign that the animal had been grazing. 

She took this image backlit by the setting sun. A fill-in flash illuminated the living head at the base of the stack. 

This caterpillar’s unusual headgear is made up of old head capsules, which it keeps every time it sheds its skin. The resulting tower is believed to help deflect attacks by predators.

Georgina is a nature photographer with a passion for birds, conservation and ethics. As well as judging several nature photography competitions, she also conducts workshops and talks across Australia on ethical nature photography. She takes images for, and helps to manage, Australian conservation-based projects. She currently has two books published by Australian Geographic titled For the Love of Birds and For the Love of Flora, which celebrate the unique and beautiful birds and plants of Australia. More at: https://www.georginasteytler.com.au/

Georgina has been a winner in 2018 this category before for her 'Mud-Rolling Mud-Dauber' photo while her 2024 entrant, 'Centre of Attention' of a male Dawson’s burrowing bees vying for access to a female, was Highly Commended.

Georgina Steytler's 'Make and Mend', of a Male satin bowerbird. was also 'Highly Commended' in 2025 in the category for Behaviour: Birds - Portraying memorable, unusual or dramatic behaviour.

To get this picture she used a long lens to record this bowerbird with lilac-blue eyes placing a twig back into its bower.  Georgina had been visiting this site for a few days, watching the birds through bushes from a distance.

She took this image soon after the bower had been torn down, its decorations pillaged by a rival, as the bird began rebuilding.
Male satin bowerbirds build structures of interwoven twigs, called bowers. To lure prospective mates, they decorate the bowers with collected objects. Alongside natural materials, these displays often feature bottle tops, drinking straws and clothes pegs.

The overall winner in the Behaviour: Birds catgeory was  'Synchronised Fishing' by Qingrong Yang, China and shows a ladyfish snatching its prey from right under a little egret’s beak

The Behaviour: Invertebrates category is for:
Revealing the most interesting or memorable behaviour of any of the multitude of smaller animals without backbones – whether on land, in the air, or in water.


Behaviour: Invertebrates – Georgina Steytler (Australia) (Supplied:  Wildlife Photographer of the Year/Wim van den Heever, and courtesy Wildlife Photographer of the Year

Wildlife Photographer of the Year 2025

South African wildlife photographer Wim van den Heever has been announced as Wildlife Photographer of the Year 2025 for his powerful image, ‘Ghost Town Visitor’.


Wim van den Heever won the overall prize as well as the Urban Wildlife category with his photo called Ghost Town Visitor. (Supplied:  Wildlife Photographer of the Year/Wim van den Heever, and courtesy Wildlife Photographer of the Year

Highlighting how nature interacts with urban spaces in often unusual ways, Wim's photograph is a haunting yet mesmerising view of a brown hyena visiting the skeletal remains of a long-abandoned diamond mining town in Kolmanskop, Namibia. Testament to the photographer’s determination and patience, using camera trap technology, it took Wim a decade to get this single shot of a brown hyena after first noticing their tracks at the site.

The rarest hyena species in the world, brown hyenas are nocturnal and mostly solitary. They are known to pass through Kolmanskop on their way to hunt Cape fur seal pups or scavenge for carrion washed ashore along the Namib Desert coast. Brown hyenas are rarely seen, so camera trap technology is an effective way for scientists to monitor behaviour and better understand the species.

Kathy Moran, Chair of the Wildlife Photographer of the Year Jury, says: “How fitting that this photograph was made in a ghost town. You get a prickly feeling just looking at this image and you know that you’re in this hyena’s realm. I also love the twist on this interpretation of ‘urban’ – it was once but is no longer a human-dominated environment. Abandoned by miners, wildlife has taken over. Repopulated, if you will. Is it still a town – it would seem that way to me – just no longer ours.”

Akanksha Sood Singh, Jury Member for the sixty-first Wildlife Photographer of the Year competition, says: “This image is an eerie juxtaposition of the wild reclaiming human civilisation. The image is haunting yet mesmerising because the solitary hyena takes centre stage as a symbol of resilience amid the decay. This picture is a multi-layered story of loss, resilience and the natural world’s silent triumph, making it an unforgettable piece of wildlife and conservation photography.”

Young Wildlife Photographer of the Year 2025


After the Destruction by Andrea Dominizi, Italy. A longhorn beetle near abandoned machinery in the Lepini Mountains of central Italy. (Supplied: Wildlife Photographer of the Year/Andrea Dominizi)

The competition’s Young Wildlife Photographer of the Year 2025 was announced as Andrea Dominizi, the first ever Italian to land the prestigious award for wildlife photographers aged 17.

Andrea won for his image ‘After the Destruction’ which tells a poignant tale of habitat loss. Framed against abandoned machinery, the image spotlights a longhorn beetle in the Lepini Mountains of central Italy, an area once logged for old beech trees.

As longhorn beetles tunnel into dead wood, fungi make their way inside, helping to break it down and recycle nutrients. If the beetles’ habitat is disturbed or destroyed, the effects ripple across the entire ecosystem.

Andy Parkinson, Jury Member for the sixty-first Wildlife Photographer of the Year competition, says: “An image filled with as much narrative and importance as it is with detail. A compelling, but harrowing photograph, it’s one that encourages the viewer to contemplate the nature of this fraught relationship. This image, so beautifully and compositionally crafted will, I hope, stimulate conversation, discussion and an acceptance that we must deviate from our current path because it’s not just our own futures that we’re jeopardising.”

10 Years and Under Winner: The Weaver's Lair by Jamie Smart, UK. An orb weaver spider inside its silken retreat on a cold September morning. (Supplied: Wildlife Photographer of the Year/Jamie Smart)

11 to 14 Years Winner: Alpine Dawn by Lubin Godin, France. An alpine ibex rests above a sea of clouds. (Supplied:  Wildlife Photographer of the Year/Lubin Godin)

Impact Award 2025

Now in its second year, the competition’s Impact Award recognises a conservation success, a story of hope or positive change. This year, the award was given to Brazilian photographer, Fernando Faciole, for his image ‘Orphan of the Road’.

Orphan of the Road by Fernando Faciole, Brazil. An orphaned giant anteater pup follows its carer after an evening feed. (Supplied:  Wildlife Photographer of the Year/Fernando Faciole)

Spotlighting an orphaned giant anteater pup following its caregiver after an evening feed at a rehabilitation centre, Fernando’s photograph highlights the consequences of road collisions, a leading cause of the decline in giant anteater numbers in Brazil. The pup’s mother was killed by a vehicle, and the hope is that it will be released back into the wild after being encouraged to develop crucial survival skills by its caregiver.

Alongside rehabilitation centres, the Anteaters and Highways project of the Wild Animal Conservation Institute is developing strategies to reduce anteater deaths on Brazil’s roads. These include erecting fences and building underground tunnels to allow the anteaters to cross safely.

Hans Cosmas Ngoteya, Jury Member for the sixty-first Wildlife Photographer of the Year competition, says: “The anteater depicted in this image symbolises many endangered animals that require our assistance. These animals, without the ability to express themselves verbally, rely on us to ensure their protection and care. This image conveys that message effectively.”

Category Winners and the 61st Wildlife Photographer of the Year Exhibition

The winning photographs will be showcased in an exhibition at the Natural History Museum, London, from Friday 17 October 2025, including 19 category winners across topics ranging from underwater to urban wildlife, and photojournalism to mammal behaviour.

The exhibition will also help visitors understand how our planet’s habitats are changing. Alongside the award-winning photographs, the sixty-first exhibition will provide insight into some of the habitats pictured by including the Natural History Museum’s groundbreaking metric, the Biodiversity Intactness Index (BII). BII measures how much of a region’s natural biodiversity remains on a scale of 0 to 100%. Adopted as an official Global Biodiversity Framework indicator for decision-making, it is an essential tool for understanding, monitoring and communicating biodiversity changes on a global scale and tracking international progress towards conservation goals.

Dr Doug Gurr, Director of the Natural History Museum, says: “Now in its sixty-first year, we are thrilled to continue Wildlife Photographer of the Year as a powerful platform for visual storytelling, showing the diversity, beauty and complexity of the natural world and humanity's relationship to it. With the inclusion of our Biodiversity Intactness Index, this year’s exhibition will be our best combination of great artistry and groundbreaking science yet, helping visitors to become inspired to be advocates for our planet.”

The category winners, as well as the full 100 images selected for the competition’s sixty-first portfolio, were selected anonymously by an international panel of experts across the disciplines of wildlife photography, filmmaking, conservation and science. The images were selected for their originality, technical excellence, and creativity.

The 19 category winners across young and adult categories are:
  • 10 Years and Under: Jamie Smart (UK)
  • 11 – 14 Years: Lubin Godin (France)
  • 15 – 17 Years: Andrea Dominizi (Italy)
  • Animals in their Environment: Shane Gross (Canada)
  • Animal Portraits: Philipp Egger (Italy)
  • Behaviour: Birds – Qingrong Yang (China)
  • Behaviour: Mammals – Dennis Stogsdill (USA)
  • Behaviour: Amphibians and Reptiles – Quentin Martinez (France)
  • Behaviour: Invertebrates – Georgina Steytler (Australia)
  • Oceans: The Bigger Picture – Audun Rickardsen (Norway)
  • Plants and Fungi – Chien Lee (Malaysia)
  • Natural Artistry – Simone Baumeister (Germany)
  • Underwater – Ralph Pace (USA)
  • Urban Wildlife – Wim van den Heever (South Africa)
  • Wetlands: The Bigger Picture – Sebastian Frölich (Germany)
  • Photojournalism – Jon A Juárez (Spain)
  • Photojournalist Story Award – Javier Aznar González de Rueda (Spain)
  • Rising Star Award – Luca Lorenz (Germany)
  • Portfolio Award – Alexey Kharitonov (Israel/ Russia)
The sixty-first Wildlife Photographer of the Year exhibition at the Natural History Museum, London, will open on Friday 17 October 2025 until Sunday 12 July 2026. The exhibition will also embark on a UK and international tour to inspire millions to appreciate and conserve the natural world. 

The Wildlife Photographer of the Year comes to the Australian Maritime Museum in Sydney annually, with the exhibition running from May to October, well worth a visit next year to see these great shots up close. 

You can see all the Wildlife Photographer of the Year photographs online HERE, although please be aware some photographs are of animals hunting etc., and that may cause distress to view them.

Opportunities:

Narrabeen SLSC Ocean Swim 2025

Franco proves doubters wrong as stonemasonry career beckons

“I knew it was going to be a challenge and I was nervous about it. But the support I’ve had here has been amazing and without it, I would have taken a lot longer to get through the course.” - Franco Petruzzella, TAFE NSW Miller stonemasonry student

A Canada Bay man living with ADHD is on track to carve out a promising career in the ancient trade of stonemasonry with the help of TAFE NSW.

Franco Petruzzella, 20, struggled within the confines of traditional schooling and was told by a teacher that his disability would prevent him from completing a tertiary qualification.

Determined to prove them wrong, Mr Petruzzella followed the family tradition into stonemasonry, enrolling in a Certificate III in Stonemasonry at TAFE NSW Miller.

Provided with intensive support and learning adjustments from TAFE NSW Disability and Access Services, Mr Petruzzella had a rapid transformation and is now well on track to earning his qualification.

“School was not really good for me and even though I always wanted to be a stonemason, my teacher said there was no way I’d be able to get through my TAFE NSW studies,” he said.

“I knew it was going to be a challenge and I was nervous about it. But the support I’ve had here has been amazing and without it, I would have taken a lot longer to get through the course.

“If I ever get stuck on something or just start feeling nervous, my disability assistant is always there to get me through it.”

Mr Petruzzella is a fourth-generation stonemason, with his great-great-grandfather owning a stone quarry in Italy before the family emigrated to Australia, and his grandfather founding Italian Monuments in Lidcombe. Mr Petruzzella is a second-year apprentice stonemason at the business run by his mother, which specialises in making and restoring stone monuments in cemeteries. Eager to learn how to do the trade the “old-fashioned way”, his mother encouraged him to study at TAFE NSW.

As part of his disability support at TAFE NSW Miller, he was given two orientation sessions at TAFE NSW Miller before the course even started to familiarise him with the campus and put him at ease.

He initially received intensive disability support in both practical and theory classes. That support was so successful that Franco now attends practical classes independently and requires very little support in theory sessions.

“It was always going to be challenging for Franco to transfer from school to an adult learning environment and we knew he needed intensive support to set him up for success,” TAFE NSW Manager of Disability and Access Services Nicole Linnegar said. “He’s gone from a quiet and shy student at the start to an outgoing and talkative student now.

“He really is a young man that’s proven everyone wrong.”

TAFE NSW Miller Head Teacher of Stonemasonry Michael Landers said Mr Petruzzella’s transformation was a testament to his own determination and the power of disability support.

“He’s a completely different person to the one that walked in here as a first-year,” Mr Landers said.

“It’s a great industry and one I’m sure Franco will build a rewarding career in.

“It’s extremely gratifying to create things with your hands that will last longer than you do and knowing you can help preserve these magnificent old buildings or help a grieving family cherish the memory of loved ones.”

According to Jobs and Skills Australia, there are about 27,100 stonemasons employed nationally, with median weekly earnings of $1,597.

Emily defies the odds in male-dominated tiling trade

“It can be physically demanding but I constantly just try to push myself and prove girls can do this job just as well” Emily Blasig, TAFE NSW Bathurst tiling student

TAFE NSW Bathurst has helped a one-time nanny and café waitress perform an unlikely reinvention – as a tiler.

Disillusioned and not sure of her career path, Emily Blasig left school at the end of year 12, bouncing around a number of different jobs.

Desperate for a rewarding, in-demand career, she decided to follow her sister and brother into the trades, eventually landing an apprenticeship as a wall and floor tiler with Becker’s Tiling.

It comes as the Central West, and the nation, battles an ongoing trades shortage. Between 2019 and 2024, online vacancies for wall and floor tilers nationally surged 73 per cent, the highest of any of the building trades. Meanwhile, less than 2 per cent of tradies in the construction industry are female.

“After I left school, I knew I didn’t want to go to uni and study more and none of the jobs I did really excited me,” Ms Blasig, 24, said.

“I resolved to do something that was hands-on and knew tradies were in demand. I liked the idea of having a skill that I could keep with me for my career.”

She said despite being an anomaly in the heavily male-dominated trade, she wasn’t treated any differently on job sites.

“I do feel like I have to prove myself a bit more but there’s been no real discrimination,” she said. “It can be physically demanding but I constantly just try to push myself and prove girls can do this job just as well.”

The West Bathurst woman attends TAFE NSW Bathurst to hone her hands on skills and knowledge.

“I’m a very visual learner so it’s great that my TAFE NSW course is so hands-on,” Ms Blasig said. “It’s great to bounce off the other students and learn different ways of doing things.

“I didn’t really know what to expect when I entered the trade but it’s really enjoyable and I’d love to see more females doing it. You get to learn a lot about many different trades and you can sit back and see the fruits of your labour at the end of every day.”

TAFE NSW Bathurst wall and floor tiling teacher Darren Scott said the demand for tilers in the region remained strong.

“Emily is a great example of the opportunities for a rewarding, in-demand career as a wall and floor tiler,” Mr Scott said.

“You’ll never be out of work as a tiler and there are real opportunities to open your own business and have a long and lucrative career.”

He said the Certificate III in Wall and Floor Tiling covered all aspects of the industry, including surface preparation, tile cutting, grouting and sealing, tile installation, and water proofing.

Battle Of The Bands: opportunity to listen to great local music at Mona Vale

Every Friday in November
12 Bands | 4 Weeks | One Epic Showdown
At The Mona (Mona Vale Hotel - Park Street Mona Vale)
The Line Up has been finalised, and we're counting down the days! 
Get ready for an epic month of live music, incredible local talent and unforgettable Friday night at The Mona. 

FINAL LINE UP & DATES 
Week 1: Friday, 7th November 
  • Hour Language
  • Josh Evans 
  • Bangalley 
  • Necko 
Week 2: Friday, 14th November 
  • Ramstone 
  • There Goes me
  • Speaking Of Which 
  • Gilroy 
Week 3: Friday, 21st November 
  • Selene and The Strange 
  • Apocalypseboyo
  • Woodhill
  • Social Strangers 
Week 4: Friday, 28th November THE FINAL 
  • To be determined...

Open Mic at Palm Beach

Come on down this Sunday from 2–5pm for our Open Mic Afternoon — happening every last Sunday of the month!

Show off your talent, enjoy great vibes, and be part of a supportive local music scene. Don’t miss it!

Club Palm Beach

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Picture

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun 

1. a painting or drawing. 2. a photograph. 3. a film or image on a television screen. 4. an impression of something formed from a description. 5. (archaic) a person or thing resembling another closely.

Verb

1. represent in a photograph or picture. 2. describe in a certain way. 3. form a mental image of.

From: late Middle English: from Latin pictura, from pict- ‘painted’ from pictus, past participle of pingere "to make pictures, to paint, to embroider,".

Compare: paint(verb.)

From mid-13c., peinten, "represent (someone or something) in paint;" c. 1300, "decorate (something or someone) with drawings or pictures;" early 14c., "put colour or stain on the surface of; coat or cover with a colour or colours;" from Old French peintier "to paint," from peint, past participle of peindre "to paint," from Latin pingere "to paint, represent in a picture, stain; embroider, tattoo," from a nasalized form of word root peig- "to cut, mark by incision."

The sense evolution between word root and Latin was, presumably, "decorate with cut marks" to "decorate" to "decorate with colour." Compare Sanskrit pingah "reddish," pesalah "adorned, decorated, lovely;" Old Church Slavonic pegu "variegated;" Greek poikilos "variegated;" Old High German fehjan "to adorn;" Old Church Slavonic pisati, Lithuanian piešiu, piešti "to write." Probably also representing the "cutting" branch of the family is Old English feol 

From late 14c. as "represent persons and things in pictures or drawing, portray." To paint the town (red) "go on a boisterous or disorderly spree" is by 1883; to paint (someone or something) black "represent it as bad" is from 1590s. Adjective paint-by-numbers "simple" is attested by 1970; the art-for-beginners kits themselves date to c. 1953.

CONRAD MARTENS (1801-1878) Entrance to Narrabeen Lake 
watercolour signed, titled and inscribed verso: Entrance to Narrabeen Lake by Conrad Martens 39.5 x 44.5 cm
courtesy The Alan & Margaret Hickinbotham Collection

More in: 

A Historic Catalogue And Record Of Pittwater Art I – Of Places, Peoples And The Development Of Australian Art And Artists
Artists and Artists Colonies

What is a ‘dopamine detox’? And do I need one?

d3sign/Getty Images
Anastasia HronisUniversity of Technology Sydney

Advice about cutting down on dopamine is everywhere right now. From “dopamine fasting” to “anti-dopamine parenting” and even “raw-dogging” flights (going without any screens, books or music), TikTok influencers claim these practices have rewired their brains.

Modern life constantly bombards our brains with stimulation, through scrolling feeds, video games, email pings and sugary snacks. This keeps dopamine – the neurotransmitter linked to reward and motivation – in steady circulation.

Over time, this constant activation can leave us desensitised, chasing even more stimulation just to feel “normal”. Everyday life begins to seem bland by comparison.

So it’s no surprise people have tried to come up with ways to reset their dopamine and change their behaviour. But do these strategies actually work?

Can you actually detox from dopamine?

No, you can never actually “detox” from dopamine itself. A detox involves eliminating a chemical from your body. If you go through an alcohol detox, for example, you stop drinking and allow your body to rid itself of alcohol-related toxins.

In the context of dopamine, a detox is impossible. Dopamine is naturally occurring and plays a significant role in various aspects of human physiology. It’s involved in the pleasure and reward centre of the brain, as well as in motivation, movement, arousal and sleep.

If we were to completely detox from dopamine, we wouldn’t be able to function, let alone stay alive.

“Dopamine detoxes” have involved people intentionally avoiding behaviours or substances that trigger quick bursts of dopamine, such as gaming, social media, sugary foods or online shopping. These “pleasure detoxes” usually occur over a short, set period of time: around 24 hours.

A 24-hour dopamine detox might feel hard and like something significant is happening. People report uncomfortable urges, cravings and sometimes even feelings of fatigue, anxiety or irritability during the process. The discomfort can lead some to believe that they are successfully “resetting” their brains.

While a dopamine detox may feel intense, most people won’t experience any meaningful, lasting improvements by abstaining for a day or two. Dopamine regulation is a complex process influenced by many factors, and it doesn’t undergo a sudden reset in a short 24-hour period.

Research suggests that after the period of abstinence, old habits and urges often return, unless people actively build new routines and coping strategies that engage healthier reward pathways.

So what can you do instead?

If you want to change your relationship with dopamine-driven behaviours or substances, be prepared for this to take longer that 24 hours.

Substituting “fast dopamine” rewards with “slow dopamine” activities can gradually restore the brain’s sensitivity to pleasure and help life feel rich again.

This might involve returning to activities that naturally require more patience and effort, such as creative projects, exercising or learning something new.

But it can also include other pleasurable experiences, such as connecting with someone face-to-face, or listening to music you love.

These activities can activate dopamine pathways, as well as the release of other neurotransmitters, such as oxytocin and serotonin, which contribute to a positive mood.

The popularity of dopamine detoxes reflects a desire to feel better, regain motivation and reconnect with pleasures in a world overloaded by stimulation. But there’s no reset button for the brain’s dopamine system. Luckily, we can switch to longer-term rewards from movement, music, connection and stretching ourselves in other ways.The Conversation

Anastasia Hronis, Clinical Psychologist, Lecturer and Research Supervisor, Graduate School of Health, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The world wide web was meant to unite us, but is tearing us apart instead. Is there another way?

George BuchananRMIT University and Dana McKayRMIT University

The hope of the world wide web, according to its creator Tim Berners-Lee, was that it would make communication easier, bring knowledge to all, and strengthen democracy and connection. Instead, it seems to be driving us apart into increasingly small and angry splinter groups. Why?

We have commonly blamed online echo chambers, digital spaces filled with people who largely share the same beliefs – or filter bubbles, the idea that algorithms tend to show us content we are likely to agree with.

However, these concepts have both been challenged by a number of studies. A 2022 study led by one of us (Dana), which tracked the social media behaviours of ten respondents, found people often engage with content they disagree with – even going so far as to seek it out.

When an individual engages with a disagreeable post on social media – whether it’s “rage bait” or something else that offends you – it drives income for the platform. But on a societal scale, it drives antisocial outcomes.

One of the worst of these outcomes is “affective polarisation”, where we like people who think similarly to us, and dislike or resent people who hold different views. Research and global surveys both show this form of polarisation is growing across the world.

Changing the economics of social media platforms would likely reduce online polarisation. But this won’t be possible without intervention from governments, and each of us.

How our views get reinforced online

Social media use has been associated with growing affective polarisation.

Online, we can be influenced by the opinions of people we agree or disagree with – even on topics we had previously been neutral towards. For instance, if there’s an influencer you admire, and they express a view on a new law you hadn’t thought much about, you’re more likely to adopt their viewpoint on it.

When this happens on a large scale, it gradually separates us into ideological tribes that disagree on multiple issues: a phenomenon known as “partisan sorting”.

Research shows our encounters on social media can lead to us developing new views on a topic. It also shows how any searches we do to get more insight can solidify these emerging views, as the results are likely to contain the same language as the original post that gave us the view in the first place.

For example, if you see a post that inaccurately claims taking paracetamol during pregnancy will give your baby autism, and you search for other posts using the key words “paracetamol pregnancy autism”, you will probably get more of the same.

Being in a heightened emotional state has been linked to higher susceptibility to believing false or “fake” content.

Why are we fed polarising content?

This is where the economics of the internet come in. Divisive and emotionally laden posts are more likely to get engagement (such as likes, shares and comments), especially from people who strongly agree or disagree, and from provocateurs. Platforms will then show these posts to more people, and the cycle of engagement continues.

Social media companies leverage our tendency towards divisive content to drive engagement, as this leads to more advertising money for them. According to a 2021 report from the Washington Post, Facebook’s ranking algorithm once treated emoji reactions (including anger) as five times more valuable than “likes”.

Simulation-based studies have also revealed how anger and division drive online engagement. One simulation (in a yet to be peer-reviewed paper) used bots to show that any platform measuring its success and income by engagement (currently all of them) would be most successful if it boosted divisive posts.

Where are we headed?

That said, the current state of social media need not also be its future.

People are now spending less time on social media than they used to. According to a recent report from the Financial Times, time spent on social media peaked in 2022 and has since been declining. By the end of 2024, users aged 16 and older spent 10% less time on social platforms than they did in 2022.

Droves of users are also leaving bigger “mainstream” platforms for ones that reflect their own political leanings, such as the left-wing BlueSky, or the right-wing Truth Social. While this may not help with polarisation, it signals many people are no longer satisfied with the social media status quo.

Internet-fuelled polarisation has also resulted in real costs to government, both in mental health and police spending. Consider recent events in Australia, where online hate and misinformation have played a role in neo-Nazi marches, and the cancellation of events run by the LGBTQIA+ community, due to threats.

For those of us who remain on social media platforms, we can individually work to change the status quo. Research shows greater tolerance for different views among online users can slow down polarisation. We can also give social media companies less signals to work from, by not re-sharing or promoting content that’s likely to make others irate.

Fundamentally, though, this is a structural problem. Fixing it will mean reframing the economics of online activity to increase the potential for balanced and respectful conversations, and decrease the reward for producing and/or engaging with rage bait. And this will almost certainly require government intervention.

When other products have caused harm, governments have regulated them and taxed the companies responsible. Social media platforms can also be regulated and taxed. It may be hard, but not impossible. And it’s worth doing if we want a world where we’re not all one opinion away from becoming an outcast.The Conversation

George Buchanan, Deputy Dean, School of Computing Technologies, RMIT University and Dana McKay, Associate Dean, Interaction, Technology and Information, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Taylor Swift has branded herself a showgirl. These hardworking women have a long and bejewelled history

Taylor Swift/Instagram
Emily BrayshawUniversity of Technology Sydney

The iconic feathered showgirl was born amid the chaos of the first world war, when the wealthy, global French superstar Gaby Deslys entertained Parisians and Allied soldiers in a 1917 show called Laissez-les tombe! (Let Them Fall), a dazzling spectacle of ostrich feathers, rhinestones and beauty.

Although showgirls first appeared in late-19th century music halls, the red, white and blue feathered costumes in Deslys’ revue offered Paris something new and triumphal. The massed plumes, wild dancing and bodily displays celebrated French aesthetics and extravagance and communicated that France and her allies would not bow to Germany.

Gaby Deslys, resplendent in ostrich plumes and jewels, photographed in 1919 by Henri Manuel. Wikimedia

Prior to 1914 Deslys’s expensive jewellery, haute couture and expansive feathered hats – along with her affairs with powerful men such as department store magnate Harry Selfridge and King Manuel II of Portugal – created countless headlines.

But she was also outspoken about a woman’s right to support herself financially and worked tirelessly during the war raising funds for the Allies. Deslys was so passionate about aiding the devastated Parisian nightlife that she paid for all the costumes in Laissez-les tombe! herself.

Deslys’s cultural impact has inextricably linked feathers, high fashion, celebrity and showgirls ever since.

From France to Broadway

Feathered showgirl revues were so popular that they quickly went global. In 1920s New York, impresarios such as Florenz Ziegfeld staged luxurious Broadway productions that glorified the American showgirl.

But he made exceptions to American women. One of Ziegfeld’s most famous showgirls, Dolores, was born into poverty in London’s East End as Kathleen Mary Rose. She rose to become a supermodel who walked for the couturier Lady Duff-Gordon, known professionally as Lucile.

Ziegfeld considered Dolores one of the world’s most beautiful women. Tall, slender and graceful, she drove audiences wild when she glided across Ziegfeld’s stage and posed in opulent costumes.

The famous haute couture model and showgirl known as ‘Dolores’ posing as the White Peacock in Ziegfeld’s Midnight Frolics (1919). Wikimedia Commons

On becoming a showgirl, Dolores used her modelling ability to make her fortune, earning today’s equivalent of US$10,000 a week by 1923.

Other performers harnessed the feathered showgirl aesthetic, including the celebrated twins Jenny and Rosie Dolly, who came from humble origins and used their beauty, talent and hard work to dominate American and European stages in the 1910s and 1920s.

Ziegfeld paid the Dollys the equivalent of US$64,000 weekly in 1915. Like Deslys, they became notorious for their consumption of fashion and affairs with famous men.

Two women wearing sequinned, feathered headdresses.
The Dolly Sisters, famous performers in the Ziegfeld Follies of the 1910s and 1920s. The Metropolitan Museum of Art

However, stage revues became unpopular around 1930 due to their vast expense and the rise of cinema – so the showgirl travelled to Hollywood.

There, she was celebrated in biopics such as The Great Ziegfeld (1936) with its glittering, feathered costumes by the designer Adrian.

In the second world war, showgirls boosted troop morale, like Deslys did in 1917.

Hollywood made feel-good films including the biopic The Dolly Sisters (1945), which reimagined the brunette twins as all-American blondes by casting 1940s pinup stars Betty Grable and June Haver.

From Hollywood to Vegas

From there, the American showgirl arrived in Las Vegas, performing in every hotel and casino on the strip during the 1950s and 1960s.

Like the showgirls of yore, these performers’ allure was their grace, beauty, and extravagant, expensive costumes, produced by the world’s leading designers.

Showgirls remained a fixture of Las Vegas entertainment throughout the 1970s and 1980s. Choreographers including Donn Arden and Madame Bluebell (who also worked in the Parisian revues) created hallmark, visual spectacles featuring costumes by Bob Mackie.

Jubilee!, which opened at the old MGM Grand casino in 1981, was one such revue. In addition to the vast volume of plumes, it was claimed the show had caused a global shortage of Swarovski crystals because the costumes had used them all.

In 1986 the old MGM Grand became Bally’s Casino, but Jubilee! stayed. The costumes, some of which cost more than US$7,000 each (roughly US$25,000 today), were used six nights a year for 35 years and maintained by 18 wardrobe staffers.

Jubilee! closed in 2016, but its costumes live on as valuable cultural artefacts that celebrities borrow to reinterpret the American showgirl for 21st-century audiences.

This includes demonstrating that showgirls are independent, hardworking and talented women.

From Vegas to Taylor Swift

Burlesque performer Dita Von Teese draws on the American showgirls’ legacy by wearing costumes from Jubilee! in her Las Vegas cabaret, and called the 1945 Dolly Sisters film one of her inspirations.

Pamela Anderson wore Jubilee! costumes in The Last Showgirl (2024), a film that highlights the sacrifices female performers often have to make to pursue their dreams.

Taylor Swift is the latest superstar to harness showgirl iconography. Photographs from her new album show Swift wearing the Jubilee! “Diamond” and “Disco” costumes by Mackie.

Another photograph shows Swift in a cloud of ostrich plumes and rhinestones wearing a dark, bobbed wig: a direct reference to 1920s American showgirls and performers such as the Dolly Sisters.

Swift’s stage costumes are by the world’s leading fashion designers, while her songs often reference historical celebrities to critique how the entertainment and media industry treat female performers.

Choosing Mackie’s Jubilee! costumes allows Swift to become the American showgirl (Taylor’s Version), by tapping into a century of glamour and signalling that she too has worked hard and made sacrifices to reach the top.The Conversation

Emily Brayshaw, Honorary Research Fellow, School of Design, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Hindi, Greek and English all come from a single ancient language – here’s how we know

Cast of a Neo-Hittite relief, dating to the 10thC BC. © The Trustees of the British MuseumCC BY-NC-SA
Mark W. PostUniversity of Sydney

If you have studied almost any European language, you will have noticed words that felt oddly familiar. French mort (dead) recalls English murder. German Hund (dog) is a dead ringer for hound. Czech sestra resembles English sister. No prizes for guessing the meaning of Albanian kau (OK, well – it’s actually ox).

You might have wondered: could these words be in some way related?

Of course, words can look similar for various reasons. Unrelated languages borrow from one another: consider English igloo, from Inuktikut iglu (house), or wok from Cantonese 鑊 wòk (frying pan). And there are plenty of sheer coincidences: Thai ไฟ fai resembles its English translation fire for no particular reason at all.

But the preceding sets of words actually are related to one another. They are cognate, which means they share a common origin in descent from a single ancestral language.

This now-extinct tongue was probably spoken somewhere in Eurasia as many as 8,000 years ago. Long predating the advent of writing systems, its words – and its name, if it had one – were never written down. Lacking such direct knowledge, linguists have therefore developed methods for reconstructing aspects of its structure, and refer to it using the label Proto-Indo-European – or PIE.

But how do we know Proto-Indo-European must have existed?

Shared ancestry of language

Our modern-day awareness of the shared ancestry of Indo-European languages first took shape in the Renaissance and early colonial periods.

India-based European scholars such as Gaston Coeurdoux and William Jones were already familiar with the ties among European languages.

But they were astonished to find echoes of Latin, Greek and German in Sanskrit words such as mā́tṛ (mother), bhrā́tṛ (brother) and dúhitṛ (daughter).

Such words could not plausibly be borrowings, given these languages’ lack of historical contact. Sheer coincidence was obviously out of the question.

Even more striking was the systematic nature of the correspondences. Sanskrit bh- matched Germanic b- not only in bhrā́tṛ (brother) but also in bhar (bear). Meanwhile, Sanskrit p- aligned with Latin and Greek p-, but with Germanic f-.

There could be only one explanation for such regular correspondences. The languages must have descended from a single common ancestor, whose ancient breakup led to their distinct evolutionary pathways.

Philologists from the 19th century, such as Rasmus Rask, Franz Bopp and August Schleicher, later systematised these observations. They showed that, by comparing and reverse-engineering the changes each descendant language’s words had undergone, the words of the lost ancestral language could be reconstructed.

These insights not only laid the foundations of modern-day historical linguistics, but also went on to influence Darwin’s conception of biological evolution.

Forming a family

Like a biological genus, the Indo-European languages became understood as forming a family. At their root was the PIE ancestor, while the descendant languages branched out (like species) to form a tree.

The Indo-European family includes Indo-Aryan languages such as Sanskrit and Hindi; Iranian languages (including Persian and Kurdish); Hellenic (including Greek and Ancient Macedonian); Italic (including Latin, Spanish and Italian); Germanic (including English, Dutch and German); Balto-Slavic (including Russian and Lithuanian) and Celtic languages (including Welsh and Breton), as well as Armenian and Albanian.

Extinct branches – attested only through written records – include Anatolian (Hittite) and Tocharian. Languages like Phrygian, Dardanian and Thracian seem likely to have been Indo-European, but are not as well attested in historical records.

But not all Indian or European languages are Indo-European!

Non-Indo-European languages of India include Dravidian languages such as Tamil and Telugu, while European languages outside the family include Basque, Georgian, Maltese and Finnish. Compare with the above table the quite different Finnish words jalka (foot), isä (father) and viisi (five).

Learning about those who spoke PIE

Reconstructed PIE vocabulary has also yielded insights into the lives of its speakers: what their culture may have been like, where they might have lived, and what may have fuelled their language’s diversification and expansion.

Roots such as *rēg-, (tribal) king, and *pelə-, fortified high place, suggest a martial, hierarchical society.

Speakers knew grain agriculture (*agro, field; *grə-no, grain), animal domestication (*ghaido, goat; *gwou, cattle), vehicular transport (*wogh-no, wagon; *aks-lo, axle), metalworking (*arg-, shine or silver; *ajes, copper or bronze), trade (*wes-no buy; *k(a)mb-yo, exchange) and religion (*deiw-os, god; *meldh, pray).

From such evidence, scholars such as V. Gordon Childe linked Proto-Indo-European to the Late Neolithic/Early Bronze Age Kurgan culture of the Pontic-Caspian steppe (today’s Ukraine and southern Russia).

Black and white photo of a tablet with cuneiform script.
The extinct Hittite language, as seen on his clay tablet, was a part of the Indo-European family. © The Trustees of the British MuseumCC BY-NC-SA

More recent studies have (somewhat controversially) employed phylogenetic methods derived from evolutionary biology to argue for a PIE origin in Anatolia (modern-day Turkey), suggesting that agriculture was most probably the engine of Indo-European expansion.

Alas, spoken languages do not fossilise well. The actual words, ideas and identities of Proto-Indo-European speakers vanished into the air many millennia ago.

Yet patterns in their descendant languages preserve enough structure to enable us to manage at least a shadowy glimpse of them. The theories and methods pioneered through this work will continue to fuel research into the reconstruction of human ethnolinguistic prehistories worldwide for many years to come.The Conversation

Mark W. Post, Senior Lecturer in Linguistics, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What’s the difference between moths and butterflies? Look at their antennae

Madagascan sunset moth (Chrysiridia rhipheus). kristofz/iNaturalistCC BY-NC-SA
Caitlyn ForsterUniversity of Sydney

As the weather starts to warm in Australia, you might notice the pleasant flutter of butterflies in your garden during the day. And perhaps if you’ve left a porch light on during the night, you will see a flurry of moths have gathered around it.

To an untrained eye, these fluttering insects can seem similar. And indeed, both are from the order of insects called Lepidoptera, which roughly translates to “scaly wings”. That’s because the wings of butterflies and moths are covered in microscopic scales. These scales are important for providing these insects with their beautiful colours, and they’re the cause of the “dust” that often comes off moths when handled or found in the back of a pantry.

But there are some key differences between these two kinds of creatures. So what makes a moth a moth and a butterfly a butterfly?

What is a moth?

When we think about moths, we’re often thinking about little, brown, (definitely not) boring insects in our pantries, and flying around our porch lights. However, there is so much variation in this group of insects, given there are about 22,000 species in Australia.

Moths generally have straight antennae. But if they’re males, their antennae are often fluffy and feather-like. These fluffy antennae are used to help them find mates from large distances.

A yellow and pink moth with feathery antennae.
Rosy maple moths have fluffy antennae. chelsealynne/iNaturalistCC BY-NC

Most moths are nocturnal, preferring to fly at night. And many flowers are adapted to be pollinated by night-flying insects such as moths. Dragonfruit, for example, benefit from pollination by moths and the flowers bloom at night.

Because they fly at night, moths can’t use the same visual cues, such as sunlight, that butterflies use to navigate. Instead, they use a range of non-visual cues to know where they are in the dark. For example, Australian bogong moths, which can travel up to 1,000 kilometres during their migrations, are known to use magnetic fields and stars to navigate.

Many moths are excellent at camouflage. Historically, there have been stories surrounding how peppered moths became darker due to the industrial revolution, but there are much more impressive moths! For example, moths from the genus Eudocima manage to look like a curled leaf with completely flat wings. Bee hawk-moths can trick us into thinking they’re bees.

Due to the significant amount of time they spend camouflaging and travelling at night, there’s less value to moths to be extremely colourful. So many moth species are duller in colour than their flamboyant cousins, the butterflies.

They’re also less hungry. Generally speaking, lepidopterans have a long coiled mouthpart to help them feed on nectar (and sometimes other things, including corpses).

However, many moths spend so much time feeding as caterpillars, that as adult moths they don’t have mouthparts. They live short adult lives that include mating and starving to death.

A leaf-like moth on a leaf.
The green fruit-piercing moth (Eudocima salaminia) has excellent camouflage. sohaildatadump/iNaturalistCC BY-NC-SA

What is a butterfly?

Butterflies are the charismatic, popular members of the insect world, and with good reason. They come in a range of colours, and can be large and relatively easy to see. However, there are a lot less butterflies in Australia compared to moths, approximately 450 species.

So what makes a butterfly a butterfly?

The main factor that determines a butterfly is its clubbed antennae. Unlike those of moths, butterfly antennae consist of a long thread with a bead at the end. However, this can be pretty hard to see while they are fluttering around!

Butterflies are also day flying. This drastically changes how they look and behave in comparison to moths. Butterflies come in a range of bright and beautiful colours because they can be seen during the day.

Some butterflies are colourful simply to attract mates. Some, such as monarch butterflies, have aposematic displays, which aim to warn off predators by advertising the butterfly’s potential to be poisonous. Others, such as European swallowtails use deimatic displays, aimed to startle predators by imitating something scary like a face.

There are also examples of caterpillars that mimic bird poo, but that’s less of a defining factor.

Orange and black butterfly on a yellow flower.
The monarch butterfly (Danaus plexippus) has orange and black colouring to warn off predators. dbrudin/iNaturalistCC BY-NC-ND

There are always exceptions to the rules

We can’t talk about moths without discussing some of the species that don’t necessarily follow all the rules. There are many brightly coloured moths, including the Madagascan sunset moth and the heliotrope moth.

To make things more confusing there are also groups of moths that have hardly any scales on their wings, including clearwing moths.

Not all moths fly around at night, either. Tiger moths, for example, are frequently seen flying during the daytime, and are brightly coloured.

So sometimes, it can be really hard to determine where the line is between a moth and a butterfly.

A black and orange moth on a leaf.
The white antennae wasp moth (Amata nigriceps) is commonly seen during the day. mattcampbellaus/iNaturalistCC BY-NC-SA

How can we help moths and butterflies?

Our fluttering insects face many threats, including pesticide use, climate change and habitat loss. Planting a range of flowers in your garden can help provide food and habitat for moths and butterflies.

You can also get involved in citizen science, by uploading sightings of insects you see on apps like iNaturalist. If you’re interested in learning more about the grand travel of bogong moths, take photos of ones you see and upload them to Bogong Watch.The Conversation

Caitlyn Forster, Associate Lecturer, School of Life and Environmental Sciences, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Unusual red rocks in Australia are rewriting the rules on exceptional fossil sites

Fossilised fish from McGraths Flat. Salty Dingo
Tara DjokicAustralian MuseumUNSW Sydney

Hidden beneath farmland in the central tablelands of New South Wales lies one of Australia’s most extraordinary fossil sites – McGraths Flat. It dates back between 11 million and 16 million years into the Miocene epoch, a time when many of today’s familiar plants and animals evolved.

It is here that palaentologists and geologists from the Australian Museum Research Institute have made remarkable fossil discoveries. Where dust and drought now dominate, a lush rainforest once flourished. In stunning ecological detail, fossils at McGraths Flat reveal this ancient ecosystem.

Strikingly red in appearance, the sedimentary rocks here are composed entirely of goethite – a fine-grained mineral that contains iron. This iron has preserved a range of plants, insects, spiders, fish and feathers with exceptional detail.

Our new study, published in the journal Gondwana Research, shows there’s another reason these rocks are so intriguing. They fundamentally challenge ideas about where well-preserved fossil sites on Earth can be found, and why.

Large trapdoor spider fossil preserved on a red rock
A large trapdoor spider preserved in McGraths Flat. Michael Frese

Beyond shale and sandstone

Traditionally, the most exceptionally well-preserved fossil sites are from rocks dominated by shale, sandstone, limestone, or volcanic ash.

Consider Germany’s Messel Pit or Canada’s Burgess Shale. At these sites, organisms were rapidly buried in fine-grained sediments, allowing the exceptional preservation of soft tissues, not just hard parts.

Messel Pit has preserved roughly 47 million-year-old fossils showing the outlines of feathersfur and skin. Meanwhile, the Burgess Shale contains soft tissues from some of Earth’s earliest animal life, dating back about 500 million years.

By contrast, sedimentary rocks made entirely of iron are the last place you’d expect to find well-preserved remains of land-based (terrestrial) animal and plant life.

That’s because iron-rich sedimentary rocks are predominantly known from banded iron formations. These massive iron deposits largely formed around 2.5 billion years ago in Earth’s ancient oxygen-depleted oceans, long before complex animal and plant life evolved.

In more recent history, iron is considered a mere weathering product, forming rust on the continents when exposed to our oxygen-rich atmosphere. Just look at Australia’s iconic red-rocked outback landscape that preserves these million- to billion-year-old features.

Yet the discovery of McGraths Flat has defied these expectations.

Large rectangular block of red rock composed of goethite, an iron-rich mineral.
Strikingly red fossil-bearing rocks of McGraths Flat, composed of an iron-oxyhydroxide mineral called goethite. Tara Djokic

Terrestrial life entombed in iron

McGraths Flat is made from a very fine-grained, iron-rich rock called ferricrete. It’s essentially a cement made from iron.

The ferricrete consists almost entirely of microscopic iron-oxyhydroxide mineral particles, each just 0.005 millimetres across. When an animal died and was buried in the sediment, this minute scale is what allowed the iron particles to fill every cell. The result? Extraordinarily well-preserved soft tissue fossils.

Compared with marine life, fossil sites preserving terrestrial life are notoriously rare. Terrestrial sites that preserve soft tissues? Even rarer. The exceptional detail captured in the McGraths Flat fossils reveals new snapshots of past life we don’t often get to find.

These fossils are so perfectly preserved that individual pigment cells in fish eyes, internal organs of insects and fish, and even delicate spider hairs and nerve cells can be seen.

This level of preservation rivals other well-preserved fossil sites, such as those consisting of shale or sandstone. Except here, they are entombed in iron.

Three people, two men standing on either side of one woman, in a rural field wearing outdoor gear with work boots and wide brimmed hats.
Australian Museum Research Institute researchers Matthew McCurry, Tara Djokic and Patrick Smith (left to right), three of 15 co-authors who collaborated on this study published in Gondwana Research. Salty Dingo

How did McGraths Flat form?

Our new study sheds light on how this fossil site came to be – a crucial step for finding similar terrestrial fossil troves in iron.

McGraths Flat began forming during the Miocene when iron leached from weathering basalt under warm, wet rainforest conditions.

Acidic groundwater then carried the dissolved iron underground until it reached a river system with an oxbow lake – an abandoned river channel. There, the iron became ultra-fine iron-oxyhydroxide sediment.

It rapidly coated dead organisms on the lake floor and replicated their soft tissue structures down to the cellular level.

A new fossil roadmap

Understanding how McGraths Flat formed could provide a roadmap for finding similar iron-rich fossil sites worldwide.

Key features to look for include very fine-grained and finely layered ferricrete in areas where:

  • ancient river channels cut through older iron-rich landscapes, such as basaltic rocks from volcanoes

  • ancient warm, humid conditions once promoted intense weathering, and

  • the surrounding geology lacks significant limestone or sulphur-containing minerals (such as pyrite), because these could interfere with the formation of the iron-oxyhydroxide mineral sediments.

The red rocks of McGraths Flat open an entirely new chapter in our understanding of how exceptionally well-preserved fossil sites can form.

The next breakthrough in understanding ancient terrestrial life might not come from traditional shale or sandstone fossil beds, but from rusty-red rocks hidden beneath our feet.

Four people kneeling on the ground over red rocks, with hammer and chisels spitting the rocks apart to search for fossils.
Palaeontologists from the Australian Museum Research institute at the McGraths Flat field site, splitting the red rocks apart with a hammer and chisel to search for fossils. Tara Djokic

The study’s authors acknowledge the traditional custodians of the land and waterways on which McGraths Flat is located, the Wiradjuri Nation people.The Conversation

Tara Djokic, Scientific Officer, Palaeontology, Australian MuseumUNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Toothpick grooves’ in ancient fossil human teeth may not be from toothpicks after all

A Neanderthal molar. Nowaczewska et al., 2021
Ian TowleMonash University and Luca FiorenzaMonash University

For decades, small grooves on ancient human teeth were thought to be evidence of deliberate tool use – people cleaning their teeth with sticks or fibres, or easing gum pain with makeshift “toothpicks”. Some researchers even called it the oldest human habit.

But our new findings, published in the American Journal of Biological Anthropology, challenge this long-held idea about human evolution. We found these grooves also appear naturally in wild primates, with little support for tooth-picking as the cause.

Even more striking, in more than 500 wild primates, across 27 species both living and fossil, we found no trace of a common modern dental disease: deep, V-shaped gumline notches called abfraction lesions.

Together, these findings can help reshape how we interpret the fossil record and raise fresh questions about the uniquely human ways our teeth are affected today.

Orangutan mandible showing a full dentition, with one tooth displaying an unusual groove on its root.
Orangutan (Pongo pygmaeus) with a ‘toothpick groove’ on the lower left second molar (specimen FMNH 19026; Field Museum Chicago). An orange arrow indicates the position of the groove. Ian Towle

Why teeth matter in human evolution

Teeth are the most durable part of the skeleton and often survive long after the rest of the body has decayed. Anthropologists rely on them to reconstruct ancient diets, lifestyles and health.

Even tiny marks can carry important meaning. One recurring feature is the thin groove across exposed tooth roots, especially between teeth. Since the early 20th century, these have been labelled “toothpick grooves” and interpreted as signs of tool use or dental hygiene.

They have been reported across our recent evolutionary history, from 2-million-year-old fossils through to Neanderthals. But until now, no one had really checked whether other primates also have them.

A different condition, abfraction, looks very different – deep wedge-shaped notches near the gumline. These are very common in modern dentistry and often linked to tooth grinding, forceful brushing, or acidic drinks. Their absence in the fossil record has long puzzled researchers. Do other primates really never suffer from them?

What we did

To test these assumptions, we analysed more than 500 teeth from 27 primate species, both extinct and living. The sample included gorillas, orangutans, macaques, colobus monkeys, fossil apes and more.

Crucially, all specimens came from wild populations, meaning their tooth wear could not have been influenced by toothbrushes, soft drinks or processed foods.

We looked for non-carious cervical lesions – a name for tissue loss at the tooth neck not caused by decay. Using microscopes, 3D scans and tissue-loss measurements, we documented even the smallest lesions.

Primate dentitions with different types of dental pathologies
Different types of root lesions found in the wild primates. Including acidic erosion (top left), and grooves with similar characteristics to tooth picking grooves in fossil human samples. Ian Towle

What we found

About 4% of individuals had lesions. Some looked almost identical to the classic “toothpick grooves” of fossil humans, complete with fine parallel scratches and tapering shapes.

Orangutan tooth 3D models and microwear analysis
3D map of tissue loss within a root groove (scale in microns) and microwear features in the same groove, showing parallel fine scratches, in an orangutan (Pongo pygmaeus)

Others were shallow and smooth, especially on front teeth, likely caused by acidic fruits that many primates consume in large amounts.

But one absence stood out. We found no abfraction lesions at all. Despite studying species with extremely tough diets and powerful chewing forces, not a single primate showed the wedge-shaped defects so commonly seen in modern dental clinics.

An illustration of what abfraction lesions look like in modern human teeth. Wikimedia CommonsCC BY

What does this mean?

First, grooves that resemble “toothpick” marks don’t necessarily prove tool use. Natural chewing, abrasive foods, or even swallowed grit can produce similar patterns. In some cases, specialised behaviours like stripping vegetation with the teeth may also contribute. We therefore need to be cautious about interpreting every fossil groove as deliberate toothpicking.

Second, the complete absence of abfraction lesions in primates strongly suggests these are a uniquely human problem, tied to modern habits. They are far more likely caused by forceful brushing, acidic drinks and processed diets than by natural chewing forces.

This places abfraction alongside other dental issues, such as impacted wisdom teeth and misaligned teeth, which are rare in wild primates but common in humans today. Together, these insights are shaping a growing subfield known as evolutionary dentistry, using our evolutionary past to understand the dental problems of the present.

Why it matters today

At first glance, grooves on fossil teeth may sound trivial. But they matter for both anthropology and dentistry.

For evolutionary science, they show why we must check our closest relatives before assuming a specific, or unique, cultural explanation. For modern health, they highlight how profoundly our diets and lifestyles alter our teeth in ways that set us apart from other primates.

By comparing human teeth with those of other primates, we can tease apart what’s universal (the inevitable wear and tear of chewing) and what’s uniquely human – the result of modern diets, behaviours and dental care.

What’s next?

Future research will expand to larger primate samples, investigate diet-wear links in the wild, and apply advanced imaging to see how lesions form. The aim is to refine how we interpret the past while finding new ways on how to prevent dental disease today.

What may look like a fossil human tooth-picking groove could just as easily be the by-product of everyday chewing. Equally, it might reflect other cultural or dietary behaviors that leave similar marks. To untangle these possibilities, we need much larger comparative datasets of lesions in wild primates, only then can we begin to trace broader patterns and refine our interpretations of the fossil record.

Meanwhile, the absence of abfraction lesions in primates suggests that some of our most common dental problems are uniquely human. It’s a reminder that even in something as everyday as toothache, our evolutionary history is written in our teeth, but shaped as much by modern habits as by ancient biology.The Conversation

Ian Towle, Research Fellow in Biological Anthropology, Monash University and Luca Fiorenza, Senior Lecturer in Anatomical Sciences, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Your body can be a portable gym: how to ditch membership fees and expensive equipment

monika kabise JeCVBSpS xU unsplash. Monika Kabise/Unsplash
Dan van den HoekUniversity of the Sunshine Coast and Jackson FyfeDeakin University

You don’t need a gym membership, dumbbells, or expensive equipment to get stronger.

Since the beginning of time, we’ve had access to the one piece of equipment that is essential for strength training – our own bodies.

Strength training without the use of external forces and equipment is called “bodyweight training”.

From push-ups and squats to planks and chin-ups, bodyweight training has become one of the most popular ways to exercise because it can be done anywhere – and it’s free.

So, what is it, why does it work and how do you get started?

A man attempts a chin-up on a metal bar in a park outside
Lawrence Crayton/Unsplash

What is bodyweight training?

Bodyweight training simply means you use your own body weight as resistance, instead of external weights such as barbells and dumbbells.

Common exercises include push-ups, squats, lunges and sit-ups.

But bodyweight training can also use static holds that challenge your body without moving, like planks or yoga poses.

Bodyweight training can be used for any muscle group. Typically, we can break down the exercises by movement type and/or body region:

  • upper body: push-ups, pull-ups, handstands
  • lower body: squats, lunges, step-ups, glute bridges
  • core: sit-ups, planks, mountain climbers
  • whole body: burpees, bear crawls, jump squats.

Bodyweight training can also be done with equipment: calisthenics is a style of bodyweight training that uses bars, rings and outdoor gyms.

What are the main forms?

Types of bodyweight training include:

  • calisthenics: often circuit-based (one exercise after another with minimal rest), dynamic and whole-body focused. Calisthenics is safe and effective for improving functional strength, power and speed, especially for older adults
  • yoga: more static or flowing poses with an emphasis on flexibility and balance. Yoga is typically safe and effective for managing and preventing musculoskeletal injuries and supporting mental health
  • Tai Chi: slower, more controlled movements, often with an emphasis on balance, posture and mindful movement
  • suspension training: using straps or rings so your body can be supported in different positions while using gravity and your own bodyweight for resistance. This type or training is suitable for older adults through to competitive athletes
  • resistance bands: although not strictly bodyweight only, resistance bands are a portable, low-cost alternative to traditional weights. They are safe and effective for improving strength, balance, speed and physical function.

What are the pros and cons?

There are various pros and cons to bodyweight exercises.

Pros:

  • builds strength: a 2025 meta-analysis of 102 studies in 4,754 older adults (aged 70 on average) found bodyweight training led to substantial strength gains - which were no different from those with free weights or machines. These benefits aren’t just for older adults, though. Using resistance bands with your bodyweight workout can be as effective as traditional training methods across diverse populations
  • boosts aerobic fitness: a 2021 study showed as little as 11 minutes of bodyweight exercises three times per week was effective for improving aerobic fitness
  • accessible and free: bodyweight training avoids common barriers to exercise such as access to equipment and facilities, which means it can be done anywhere, without a gym membership
  • promotes functional movement: exercises like squats and push-ups mimic everyday actions like rising from a chair or getting up from the floor.

Cons:

  • difficulty progressing over time: typically, we can add weight to an exercise to increase difficulty. For bodyweight training, you need to be creative, such as slowing your tempo or progressing to unilateral (one-sided or single-limb) movements
  • plateau risk: heavy external loads are more effective than bodyweight training for increasing maximal strength. This means if you stick to bodyweight training alone, your strength gains are more likely to plateau than if you use machines or free weights.

Tips for getting started (safely)

As with any form of exercise, it’s always best to speak to a medical professional before starting.

If you are ready to get going, here’s some tips:

  • start small: pick simple moves to begin and progress them as you gain strength, confidence and experience
  • focus on form: think quality over quantity. Completing movements with good control and body position is more important than how many you can do with poor control
  • progress gradually: vary the number of sets or repetitions to make your exercise more challenging. You can progress the movements from easier (push-ups on your knees) to harder (decline push-ups) as you get stronger and need more of a challenge
  • mix it up: use a variety of types of bodyweight training as well as targeting different muscle groups and movements
  • seek guidance: reach out to your local exercise professionals or use apps like the Nike Training Club to help guide your planning and progress.

Bodyweight training means you don’t need expensive equipment to improve your health. Whether it’s squats in the park, push-ups at your children’s football game, or yoga at home, your body is a portable gym.

With consistency, creativity and time, bodyweight exercises can help you build strength and fitness.The Conversation

Dan van den Hoek, Senior Lecturer, Clinical Exercise Physiology, University of the Sunshine Coast and Jackson Fyfe, Senior Lecturer, Strength and Conditioning Sciences, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What is gingivitis? How do I know if I have it?

Helena Lopes/Pexels
Dileep SharmaUniversity of Newcastle

Do your gums look red and often bleed when you brush them, but they’re not painful? If so, you could have the gum disease gingivitis.

Gingivitis is one of the most common inflammatory oral diseases. It affects an estimated 50–100% of adults and children at some point in their lives.

Luckily, gingivitis can be treated if caught in time. However, if left untreated, it can lead to more severe disease that could mean losing your teeth.

Here are some tell-tale signs of gingivitis and how you can work with a dental professional to treat it.

What does gingivitis look like?

The term gingivitis tells us what to expect. It’s when the gums (the gingiva) are inflamed (-itis). It’s essentially the body’s immune response to microbes in the sticky biofilm or plaque on the tooth surface.

You might notice subtle redness of the gums, close to where they meet the teeth, or of the part of the gums between the teeth. You might notice mild-to-moderate swelling of the gums. Or your gums might bleed when you brush or floss.

It can affect the gums close to a few or multiple teeth. Sometimes, it can lead to bad breath (halitosis).

Gingivitis generally develops over time. And you’ll see the most common form starting to develop if you haven’t brushed your teeth well (and have not removed the plaque) for a few days. Gingivitis is painless to start with.

But if it’s not treated it may lead to a more severe form of disease called periodontitis. This is when you also lose some of the bone that holds teeth in place. If periodontitis is left untreated, your teeth loosen and may fall out.

Close-up of mouth, showing teeth and gums.
See how the gums are red and inflamed close to where they meet the bottom front teeth. This could be gingivitis. Ozkan Guner/Unsplash

How did I get it?

Several factors increase the chances and severity of gingivitis, beyond poor oral hygiene.

For instance, changes in sex hormones during puberty, the menstrual cycle, pregnancy and oral contraceptive use can increase the severity of gingivitis. This is due to increased blood flow or a change in plaque’s microbial composition.

Other conditions that can worsen gingivitis include diabetes, leukaemia, if you don’t produce much saliva, and certain medications.

An infectious disease could also be behind gingivitis. Bacterial infections (such as streptococcal disease, syphilis and tuberculosis); viral infections (herpes, human papillomavirus, hand-foot-and-mouth disease); and fungal infections (candida thrush) can all involve gingivitis. But unlike the more common type, gingivitis related to infectious disease can also come with fever and enlarged lymph nodes.

A new growth – whether benign (non-cancerous), precancerous (could develop into cancer) or cancer – can present as localised lesions with inflamed gums.

Finally, gingivitis can be traumatic. That is, if you brush your teeth too hard, use cocaine or other drugs, or burn your mouth while eating or drinking hot food and drink, you might see acute inflammation of the gums.

Can I manage it at home?

Only to a limited extent. If you get in at the early stage (one to three days of symptoms), brushing your teeth well will help remove plaque, and so some of the microbes that cause the inflammation.

But if you leave it any longer and the plaque begins to calcify, a dentist or a dental hygienist will need to remove these hardened, rough, surface deposits known as calculus.

They use tools called ultrasonic scalers or manual scalers to remove the calculus and overlying plaque. After this treatment, signs of gingivitis usually resolve.

However, if there are underlying health issues that contribute to gingivitis, they will need to be addressed to see any improvement.

For instance, this could be treating an infection before, during or after scaling. You might also be prescribed a special mouthwash to help healing or relieve symptoms.

If you have a growth, or are diagnosed with periodontitis, you’ll be referred for specialist treatment.

Can mouthwash help?

Mouthwash often helps reduce the bacterial load in plaque. But you can’t rely on it as your only treatment. It is, however, often recommended after your gingivitis has been treated professionally, during the healing phase.

Your dental health professional may recommend chlorhexidine mouthwash twice daily for up to two weeks. You can buy this in the supermarket or pharmacy.

But using mouthwash long term to manage gingivitis (or for other reasons) is not advised. Prolonged use of chlorhexidine mouthwash can lead to side effects such as staining of the teeth and an altered sense of taste.

Some mouthwash also contains a small percentage of alcohol, which might not be the best option for people with a dry mouth as alcohol can be dehydrating. You might also want to avoid these in children, who might not like the burning sensation. There are alcohol-free versions, which are just as effective.

How do I prevent gingivitis returning?

You can prevent gingivitis, and most oral diseases, by brushing your teeth well twice a day and flossing once a day.

Regular dental check-ups also give dental professionals a perfect opportunity to detect and manage most gingivitis (and tooth decay) before it progresses.The Conversation

Dileep Sharma, Professor and Head of Discipline - Oral Health, University of Newcastle

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Diane Keaton thrived in the world of humour – and had the dramatic acting chops to back it up

Chris ThompsonAustralian Catholic University

In the chilling final scene of Francis Ford Coppola’s 1972 masterpiece, The Godfather, the door to Michael Corleone’s office is closed in the face of his wife, Kay. It simultaneously signified the opening of many more doors for the career of actor Diane Keaton.

In that film, so heavily dominated by male actors, Keaton more than holds her own. For someone who would become known for her daffy, comic style, it showed us she also had serious dramatic acting chops.

The multi-award-winning actor, producer and director has died at the age of 79. She leaves behind a legacy of memorable roles in films that include classics such as The Godfather and Annie Hall, spanning genres from comedy to drama.

First steps on stage

Keaton started life in Los Angeles as Diane Hall on January 5 1946. The eldest child of Dorothy and Jack Hall, she was the only one of her siblings – brother Randy and sisters Robin and Dorrie – to show interest in the theatre. It came about in an unconventional way.

When she was “eight or nine”, she told NPR’s Fresh Air in 2004, her mother won “Mrs Los Angeles”

I remember sitting down [in the audience] watching her being crowned. It was that she was the perfect homemaker. […] I did not want to be a happy homemaker, that did not appeal to me. But I did want to go on stage. I saw that that was something that did appeal to me. There she was in the theatre, and I saw the curtain open and there was my mother. And I thought, ‘I think I like that for myself’.

Her career began as a teenage Blanche in Santa Ana High School’s production of A Streetcar Named Desire.

In her 2011 memoir, Then Again, she remembers her father coming backstage:

I could tell he was surprised by his awkward daughter – the one who’d flunked algebra and smashed the new Ford station wagon. For one thrilling moment, I was his Seabiscuit, Audrey Hepburn, and Wonder Woman rolled into one.

She began drama studies at nearby Santa Ana College but soon dropped out, took her mother’s maiden name – Keaton – and travelled to New York to study at the Neighbourhood Playhouse.

In a mini-dress wearing a beret.
Diane Keaton photographed in 1969. Nick Machalaba/WWD/Penske Media via Getty Images

In 1968, after a stint in summer stock, she was cast as an understudy in Hair on Broadway. She was 19 and famously refused to do the nude scene.

“It wasn’t for any sort of philosophical reason,” she told the New York Times in 1972, “It was just that I was too scared.”

Silver screen breakout

Her heart was set on the big screen which, of course, meant starting out on the small screen in shows like The FBI (“The worst thing I have ever done,” she told the New York Times. “I was unanimously, resoundingly bad!”) and Night Gallery.

Instead, it was theatre that led to her breakout screen roles.

In 2023, Francis Ford Coppola revealed to Hollywood Reporter he had seen Keaton in Hair.

He later told Keaton he cast her in The Godfather because,

although you were to play the more straight/vanilla wife, there was something more about you, deeper, funnier, and very interesting. (I was right).

Allen plays a guitar while Keaton watches.
Woody Allen and Diane Keaton in a scene from Allen’s 1971 film Play It Again, Sam. FilmPublicityArchive/United Archives via Getty Images

Then she auditioned for a new theatrical comedy, Play it Again, Sam, by up-and-coming comedian Woody Allen. That turned out to be what’s known in romantic comedies as a meet cute.

It led not only to their much-publicised relationship, but to a significant collaboration in eight films including the 1977 hit Annie Hall.

For that role, Keaton won the Oscar for best actress. And her costume, designed by Ruth Morley, made her a fashion icon of the 70s. She also gave us the whimsical phrase, “la di dah”.

It’s often thought that Annie Hall was about her relationship with Allen, but as she told the New York Times, “It’s not true, but there are elements of truth in it”.

A force

For the next five decades, Keaton would become a Hollywood force.

She had comic roles in films like The First Wives Club (1996), Something’s Gotta Give (2003) and the Father of the Bride franchise. Alongside these comedies were remarkable dramatic roles in Looking for Mister Goodbar (1977), Reds (1981), The Little Drummer Girl (1984), Crimes of the Heart (1986), Marvin’s Room (1996) and two more Godfather films.

She was also a notable director of films like Unstrung Heroes (1995), Hanging Up (2000), Heaven (1987) and even an episode of Twin Peaks.

Keaton smiles while Gould gestures.
Diane Keaton and Elliott Gould in a scene from the 1989 movie The Lemon Sisters. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

In addition to Annie Hall’s Oscar, BAFTA and Golden Globe, she received Oscar nominations for Reds, Marvin’s Room and Something’s Gotta Give (for which she won her second Golden Globe). She was also nominated for a Tony, two Emmys and another seven Golden Globes.

Despite much-publicised relationships with Al Pacino, Woody Allen and Warren Beatty, Keaton chose to remain single her whole life. In her 50s, she adopted two children, Dexter and Duke.

On the red carpet.
Keaton with her co-stars in 2023’s Book Club: The Next Chapter, L-R Mary Steenburgen, Jane Fonda, Candice Bergen and Keaton. Dimitrios Kambouris/Getty Images

A rich creative life

Keaton made comedy look easy but told the New York Times in 1977 that “both comedy and drama are equally difficult”.

She later told Fresh Air,

You’re constantly battling with yourself when you’re acting in a [dramatic] part, at least I am. Because it’s just not that easy for me. I think I’m more inclined to live comfortably in the world of humour.

Either way, we were the richer for her creative life and are the poorer for her loss.The Conversation

Chris Thompson, Lecturer in Theatre, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How we sharpened the James Webb telescope’s vision from a million kilometres away

A ‘selfie’ taken during Webb’s testing on Earth. Ball Aerospace
Benjamin PopeMacquarie University

After Christmas dinner in 2021, our family was glued to the television, watching the nail-biting launch of NASA’s US$10 billion (AU$15 billion) James Webb Space Telescope. There had not been such a leap forward in telescope technology since Hubble was launched in 1990.

En route to its deployment, Webb had to successfully navigate 344 potential points of failure. Thankfully, the launch went better than expected, and we could finally breathe again.

Six months later, Webb’s first images were revealed, of the most distant galaxies yet seen. However, for our team in Australia, the work was only beginning.

We would be using Webb’s highest-resolution mode, called the aperture masking interferometer or AMI for short. It’s a tiny piece of precisely machined metal that slots into one of the telescope’s cameras, enhancing its resolution.

Our results on painstakingly testing and enhancing AMI are now released on the open-access archive arXiv in a pair of papers. We can finally present its first successful observations of stars, planets, moons and even black hole jets.

Working with an instrument a million kilometres away

Hubble started its life seeing out of focus – its mirror had been ground precisely, but incorrectly. By looking at known stars and comparing the ideal and measured images (exactly like what optometrists do), it was possible to figure out a “prescription” for this optical error and design a lens to compensate.

The correction required seven astronauts to fly up on the Space Shuttle Endeavour in 1993 to install the new optics. Hubble orbits Earth just a few hundred kilometres above the surface, and can be reached by astronauts.

A moody image of the honeycomb-like mirror layout still in a lab with people in protective gear inspecting it.
The primary mirror of the Webb telescope consists of 18 precisely ground hexagonal segments. NASA/Chris Gunn

By contrast, Webb is roughly 1.5 million kilometres away – we can’t visit and service it, and need to be able to fix issues without changing any hardware.

This is where AMI comes in. This is the only Australian hardware on board, designed by astronomer Peter Tuthill.

It was put on Webb to diagnose and measure any blur in its images. Even nanometres of distortion in Webb’s 18 hexagonal primary mirrors and many internal surfaces will blur the images enough to hinder the study of planets or black holes, where sensitivity and resolution are key.

AMI filters the light with a carefully structured pattern of holes in a simple metal plate, to make it much easier to tell if there are any optical misalignments.

A metal plate with a hexagonal pattern on it, and several hexagon shaped holes.
AMI allows for a precise test pattern that can help correct any issues with JWST’s focus. Anand Sivaramakrishnan/STScI

Hunting blurry pixels

We wanted to use this mode to observe the birth places of planets, as well as material being sucked into black holes. But before any of this, AMI showed Webb wasn’t working entirely as hoped.

At very fine resolution – at the level of individual pixels – all the images were slightly blurry due to an electronic effect: brighter pixels leaking into their darker neighbours.

This is not a mistake or flaw, but a fundamental feature of infrared cameras that turned out to be unexpectedly serious for Webb.

This was a dealbreaker for seeing distant planets many thousands of times fainter than their stars a few pixels away: my colleagues quickly showed that its limits were more than ten times worse than hoped.

So, we set out to correct it.

How we sharpened Webb’s vision

In a new paper led by University of Sydney PhD student Louis Desdoigts, we looked at stars with AMI to learn and correct the optical and electronic distortions simultaneously.

We built a computer model to simulate AMI’s optical physics, with flexibility about the shapes of the mirrors and apertures and about the colours of the stars.

We connected this to a machine learning model to represent the electronics with an “effective detector model” – where we only care about how well it can reproduce the data, not about why.

After training and validation on some test stars, this setup allowed us to calculate and undo the blur in other data, restoring AMI to full function. It doesn’t change what Webb does in space, but rather corrects the data during processing.

It worked beautifully – the star HD 206893 hosts a faint planet and the reddest-known brown dwarf (an object between a star and a planet). They were known but out of reach with Webb before applying this correction. Now, both little dots popped out clearly in our new maps of the system.

A dark circle on a grey background showing two spots of light labelled B and C.
A map of the HD 206893 system. The colourful spots show the likelihood of there being an object at that position, while B and C show the known positions of the companion planets. The wider blob means the position of C is less precisely measured, as it’s much fainter than B. This is simplified from the full version presented in the paper. Desdoigts et al., 2025

This correction has opened the door to using AMI to prospect for unknown planets at previously impossible resolutions and sensitivities.

It works not just on dots

In a companion paper by University of Sydney PhD student Max Charles, we applied this to looking not just at dots – even if these dots are planets – but forming complex images at the highest resolution made with Webb. We revisited well-studied targets that push the limits of the telescope, testing its performance.

A red sphere with four brighter spots clearly visible.
Jupiter’s moon Io, seen by AMI on Webb. Four bright spots are visible; they are volcanoes, exactly where expected, and rotate with Io over the hour-long timelapse. Max Charles

With the new correction, we brought Jupiter’s moon Io into focus, clearly tracking its volcanoes as it rotates over an hour-long timelapse.

As seen by AMI, the jet launched from the black hole at the centre of the galaxy NGC 1068 closely matched images from much-larger telescopes.

Finally, AMI can sharply resolve a ribbon of dust around a pair of stars called WR 137, a faint cousin of the spectacular Apep system, lining up with theory.

The code built for AMI is a demo for much more complex cameras on Webb and its follow-up, Roman space telescope. These tools demand an optical calibration so fine, it’s just a fraction of a nanometre – beyond the capacity of any known materials.

Our work shows that if we can measure, control, and correct the materials we do have to work with, we can still hope to find Earth-like planets in the far reaches of our galaxy.The Conversation

Benjamin Pope, Associate Professor, School of Mathematical and Physical Sciences, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Congratulations Beryl

On Monday October 13 over 100 friends gathered at Club Palm Beach (Palm Beach RSL) to celebrate 50 years of Variety the Children's Charity and raise funds to support the vital work Variety Australia and NSW undertakes.

The 'do' organised by Beryl Driver OAM, now 92 years young, was the 28th fundraiser this original 'Mermaid of Palm Beach' has organised and supported by the wonderful red and gold decorations Julie Smit, Secretary Manager, installed this year, along with equally long-term for decades supporters Rudi Annus and wife Avalon, who won 'best dressed' for their own red and gold outfits. The night was a sharing of anecdotes from that first fundraiser, at which the wonderful voice of Kamahl filled guests ears (Kandiah Kamalesvaran AM), auctioning great items, including one gentleman paying $2k for a special red and gold cake, as well as extracting from Beryl a commitment for a 2026 edition at Palm Beach RSL. 

Beryl's over a quarter century of getting in the vrooms vrooms to go and visit wonderful Australian places and meet gorgeous Aussie children has seen her and her supporters contribute well over one million dollars to the vital work Variety does for youngsters - something else worth singing about.

A full wrap runs as this week's Profile, along with a few insights into where it all began for Beryl  - but first, a picture of the lady herself from the March 2025 4WD 'Bash' - which Beryl and her family have been going in lately (9 of them in the 2026 one), having swapped over from the B to B's a few years back:

Congratulations Geoff - Roger - Warren

Residents state the 100 Years Historic Exhibition celebrating the service of Avalon Beach SLSC over the October long weekend was a glorious display of the club's many achievements and Life Members.

Curated by Avalon Beach Historical Society President Geoff Searl OAM, who commenced working on this much earlier this year, with great input from Roger Sayers OAM and Warren Young OAM, all Life Members of ABSLSC themselves and members of the club's History committee, the exhibition featured portraits and biographies by Geoff, some insights into the IRB that came into surf lifesaving through Roger and past President Warren, also known as 'Wazza About' due to his decades of organising community events and photographing club times contributed these along with films. 

Avalon Beach SLSC has had many famous members of the Surf Life Saving community throughout the years, but is best known for the development and first use of the Inflatable Rescue Boat for surf rescues by Club member Warren Mitchell in the 1960’s.   

The Club today is family oriented, with a large Nipper program and is proud of its reputation for excellence in training and education.  The Club has a number of current State, national and world title holders in surf competition events and currently has around 1100 members.

Opening night. Photo: Roger Sayers OAM

Congratulations Bilgola Plateau Probus Club

Happy third birthday Bilgola Plateau Probus Club, who recently celebrated their club in conjunction with Probus Month.

''What a magical day it was! Members dressed in the Probus colours of blue and yellow - we had everything from stunning magical capes, duck shirts, bubbles, braces, beads, earrings, ties and scarves to party hats, streamers, balloons, crocheted flowers and paper garlands. 

One of our members even made the birthday cake for 100 people. Lucky door prizes, lots of laughter and a guest speaker topped off a perfect day.'' Mary Musgrave, Secretary,  Bilgola Plateau Probus Club said

''Now it’s down to planning the Christmas Party!'' 


Left to right: Brian Cross, Vice President; Mike Musgrave, President; Ray Pride, Treasurer; Cr. Rowie Dillon, special guest for the celebrations and that cake - yum!

Superannuation fix a huge boost for low paid workers: COTA Australia

October 13, 2025
The Federal Government’s move to lift the Low-Income Super Tax Offset (LISTO) will deliver a significant superannuation boost to millions of lower-paid workers – many of them women – and make the system fairer, COTA Australia says.

COTA Australia Chief Executive Patricia Sparrow welcomed the decision as “a win for fairness and common sense”.

“If you’re on a low income, every dollar in super counts,” Ms Sparrow said.

“This change will help more Australians retire with dignity and it will particularly benefit women, who are over-represented in lower-paid and part-time roles.”

Ms Sparrow said the reform responds to calls from COTA and others.

“COTA has advocated lifting LISTO so low-paid workers get a fairer super tax cut. It’s good policy that helps the people who need it most,” she said.

“Around 60 per cent of those who benefit are women, and women retire with far less super on average. Today’s announcement is a practical step toward closing that gap.

Ms Sparrow said that in addition to the LISTO changes, the broader suite of super reforms on the table are also welcomed.

“Australia’s superannuation system was aways designed to deliver dignity in retirement. Proposals relating to indexation and realised-gains, are sensible adjustments.

“COTA Australia will engage closely in consultation to help ensure Australians get fair, practical changes that improve retirement outcomes.”

Payday super legislation a boost for older Australians: COTA

October 9, 2025
The introduction of legislation requiring super to be paid on payday is a crucial move that will make a significant difference to the retirement incomes of older Australians, COTA Australia says.

The Federal Government today introduced legislation that will require employers to pay their employees’ super at the same time as their salary and wages.

Chief Executive of COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Patricia Sparrow, said older Australians will now look to Parliament to pass the legislation quickly.

“Timely super payments mean more Australians can look forward to financial independence and dignity in their later years,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Every missed or delayed super payment compounds over time – and for older Australians, that can mean the difference between comfort and hardship in retirement.

“As Australians live longer and healthier we need to ensure the retirement phase of superannuation is set up to better support older Australians.

Ms Saprrow said the move will benefit all Australians, including women and our more vulnerable who can often work in lower paid, insecure work

“This reform closes a loophole that has cost workers thousands over their careers. Paying super at the same time as wages is fair, transparent, and long overdue,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Australians work hard all their lives – they deserve a system that values their contribution and pays what they’ve earned, when they’ve earned it.”

“We’ve been calling for this for years because we know the difference it makes. We welcome the Government’s leadership in making super payments fairer and more transparent and we’re looking forward to the legislation passing swiftly through Parliament.

“Of course this won’t solve all the problems people face when it comes to retirement income, but it’s a common-sense change that will benefit help more Australians retire with dignity, like they deserve to.''

COTA Australia welcomes Senate report; urges compassionate, timely access to home care

October 2, 2025
COTA Australia welcomes the release of the Senate Community Affairs References Committee report into aged care service delivery – including recommendations to improve access to home care and support.

Patricia Sparrow, Chief Executive of COTA Australia, said the report reflects what older people and their families experience every day: delays, rationing and limited transparency.

“Australia has an ageing population. We need a system that can meet current demand and be sustainable for the future.”

Ms Sparrow said the fact that we have more than 200,000 older Australians either waiting for home care packages or waiting to be assessed for a package should alarm everyone.

“No one should be left without the support they need to remain independent at home,” Ms Sparrow said.

“The current backlog undermines independence, health and dignity. Timely access to care at home is an essential element of a rights-based aged care system. Every extra week on a waitlist adds stress for older people and their families.”

“We welcome the Government’s commitment to release 83,000 packages between now and the end of the financial year and we must ensure ongoing and sustained investment.

“COTA has long said no one should have to wait more than 30 days to receive home care services, and this report reinforces that position.”

Ms Sparrow said the Senate report is a crucial contribution to aged care reform making important recommendations to:
  • Increase the availability of Support at Home places and release promised Home Care Packages to meet demand.
  • Publish regular, accessible data on assessment and care start times to improve transparency and accountability.
  • Review and improve the single assessment system to ensure it is fair, timely and fit for purpose.
“Reform implementation commences on 1 November. It won’t be perfect from day one, but having a rights-based system is critical. Monitoring, adjusting and improving reforms throughout implementation will be essential to address any unintended consequences and ensure a rights-based system becomes a reality.

“This report points to where we can keep strengthening the agenda,” Ms Sparrow said.

Worried about turning 60? Science says that’s when many of us actually peak

Gilles E. GignacThe University of Western Australia

As your youth fades further into the past, you may start to fear growing older.

But research my colleague and I have recently published in the journal Intelligence shows there’s also very good reason to be excited: for many of us, overall psychological functioning actually peaks between ages 55 and 60.

And knowing this highlights why people in this age range may be at their best for complex problem-solving and leadership in the workforce.

Different types of peaks

There’s plenty of research showing humans reach their physical peak in their mid-twenties to early thirties.

A large body of research also shows that people’s raw intellectual abilities – that is, their capacity to reason, remember and process information quickly – typically starts to decline from the mid-twenties onwards.

This pattern is reflected in the real world. Athletes tend to reach their career peak before 30. Mathematicians often make their most significant contributions by their mid-thirties. Chess champions are rarely at the top of their game after 40.

Yet when we look beyond raw processing power, a different picture emerges.

From reasoning to emotional stability

In our study, we focused on well-established psychological traits beyond reasoning ability that can be measured accurately, represent enduring characteristics rather than temporary states, have well-documented age trajectories, and are known to predict real-world performance.

Our search identified 16 psychological dimensions that met these criteria.

These included core cognitive abilities such as reasoning, memory span, processing speed, knowledge and emotional intelligence. They also included the so-called “big five” personality traits – extraversion, emotional stability, conscientiousness, openness to experience, and agreeableness.

We compiled existing large-scale studies examining the 16 dimensions we identified. By standardising these studies to a common scale, we were able to make direct comparisons and map how each trait evolves across the lifespan.

Peaking later in life

Several of the traits we measured reach their peak much later in life. For example, conscientiousness peaked around age 65. Emotional stability peaked around age 75.

Less commonly discussed dimensions, such as moral reasoning, also appear to peak in older adulthood. And the capacity to resist cognitive biases – mental shortcuts that can lead us to make irrational or less accurate decisions – may continue improving well into the 70s and even 80s.

When we combined the age-related trajectories of all 16 dimensions into a theoretically and empirically informed weighted index, a striking pattern emerged.

Overall mental functioning peaked between ages 55 and 60, before beginning to decline from around 65. That decline became more pronounced after age 75, suggesting that later-life reductions in functioning can accelerate once they begin.

Getting rid of age-based assumptions

Our findings may help explain why many of the most demanding leadership roles in business, politics, and public life are often held by people in their fifties and early sixties. So while several abilities decline with age, they’re balanced by growth in other important traits. Combined, these strengths support better judgement and more measured decision-making – qualities that are crucial at the top.

Despite our findings, older workers face greater challenges re-entering the workforce after job losses. To some degree, structural factors may shape hiring decisions. For example, employers may see hiring someone in their mid-fifties as a short-term investment if retirement at 60 is likely.

In other cases, some roles have mandatory retirement ages. For example, International Civil Aviation Organisation sets a global retirement age of 65 for international airline pilots. Many countries also require air traffic controllers to retire between 56 and 60. Because these jobs demand high levels of memory and attention, such age limits are often considered justifiable.

However, people’s experiences vary.

Research has found that while some adults show declines in reasoning speed and memory, others also maintain these abilities well into later life.

Age alone, then, doesn’t determine overall cognitive functioning. So evaluations and assessments should focus on individuals’ actual abilities and traits rather than age-based assumptions.

A peak, not a countdown

Taken together, these findings highlight the need for more age-inclusive hiring and retention practices, recognising that many people bring valuable strengths to their work in midlife.

Charles Darwin published On the Origin of Species at 50. Ludwig van Beethoven, at 53 and profoundly deaf, premiered his Ninth Symphony. In more recent times, Lisa Su, now 55, led computer company Advanced Micro Devices through one of the most dramatic technical turnarounds in the industry.

History is full of people who reached their greatest breakthroughs well past what society often labels as “peak age”. Perhaps it’s time we stopped treating midlife as a countdown and started recognising it as a peak.The Conversation

Gilles E. Gignac, Associate Professor of Psychology, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Diane Keaton thrived in the world of humour – and had the dramatic acting chops to back it up

Chris ThompsonAustralian Catholic University

In the chilling final scene of Francis Ford Coppola’s 1972 masterpiece, The Godfather, the door to Michael Corleone’s office is closed in the face of his wife, Kay. It simultaneously signified the opening of many more doors for the career of actor Diane Keaton.

In that film, so heavily dominated by male actors, Keaton more than holds her own. For someone who would become known for her daffy, comic style, it showed us she also had serious dramatic acting chops.

The multi-award-winning actor, producer and director has died at the age of 79. She leaves behind a legacy of memorable roles in films that include classics such as The Godfather and Annie Hall, spanning genres from comedy to drama.

First steps on stage

Keaton started life in Los Angeles as Diane Hall on January 5 1946. The eldest child of Dorothy and Jack Hall, she was the only one of her siblings – brother Randy and sisters Robin and Dorrie – to show interest in the theatre. It came about in an unconventional way.

When she was “eight or nine”, she told NPR’s Fresh Air in 2004, her mother won “Mrs Los Angeles”

I remember sitting down [in the audience] watching her being crowned. It was that she was the perfect homemaker. […] I did not want to be a happy homemaker, that did not appeal to me. But I did want to go on stage. I saw that that was something that did appeal to me. There she was in the theatre, and I saw the curtain open and there was my mother. And I thought, ‘I think I like that for myself’.

Her career began as a teenage Blanche in Santa Ana High School’s production of A Streetcar Named Desire.

In her 2011 memoir, Then Again, she remembers her father coming backstage:

I could tell he was surprised by his awkward daughter – the one who’d flunked algebra and smashed the new Ford station wagon. For one thrilling moment, I was his Seabiscuit, Audrey Hepburn, and Wonder Woman rolled into one.

She began drama studies at nearby Santa Ana College but soon dropped out, took her mother’s maiden name – Keaton – and travelled to New York to study at the Neighbourhood Playhouse.

In a mini-dress wearing a beret.
Diane Keaton photographed in 1969. Nick Machalaba/WWD/Penske Media via Getty Images

In 1968, after a stint in summer stock, she was cast as an understudy in Hair on Broadway. She was 19 and famously refused to do the nude scene.

“It wasn’t for any sort of philosophical reason,” she told the New York Times in 1972, “It was just that I was too scared.”

Silver screen breakout

Her heart was set on the big screen which, of course, meant starting out on the small screen in shows like The FBI (“The worst thing I have ever done,” she told the New York Times. “I was unanimously, resoundingly bad!”) and Night Gallery.

Instead, it was theatre that led to her breakout screen roles.

In 2023, Francis Ford Coppola revealed to Hollywood Reporter he had seen Keaton in Hair.

He later told Keaton he cast her in The Godfather because,

although you were to play the more straight/vanilla wife, there was something more about you, deeper, funnier, and very interesting. (I was right).

Allen plays a guitar while Keaton watches.
Woody Allen and Diane Keaton in a scene from Allen’s 1971 film Play It Again, Sam. FilmPublicityArchive/United Archives via Getty Images

Then she auditioned for a new theatrical comedy, Play it Again, Sam, by up-and-coming comedian Woody Allen. That turned out to be what’s known in romantic comedies as a meet cute.

It led not only to their much-publicised relationship, but to a significant collaboration in eight films including the 1977 hit Annie Hall.

For that role, Keaton won the Oscar for best actress. And her costume, designed by Ruth Morley, made her a fashion icon of the 70s. She also gave us the whimsical phrase, “la di dah”.

It’s often thought that Annie Hall was about her relationship with Allen, but as she told the New York Times, “It’s not true, but there are elements of truth in it”.

A force

For the next five decades, Keaton would become a Hollywood force.

She had comic roles in films like The First Wives Club (1996), Something’s Gotta Give (2003) and the Father of the Bride franchise. Alongside these comedies were remarkable dramatic roles in Looking for Mister Goodbar (1977), Reds (1981), The Little Drummer Girl (1984), Crimes of the Heart (1986), Marvin’s Room (1996) and two more Godfather films.

She was also a notable director of films like Unstrung Heroes (1995), Hanging Up (2000), Heaven (1987) and even an episode of Twin Peaks.

Keaton smiles while Gould gestures.
Diane Keaton and Elliott Gould in a scene from the 1989 movie The Lemon Sisters. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

In addition to Annie Hall’s Oscar, BAFTA and Golden Globe, she received Oscar nominations for Reds, Marvin’s Room and Something’s Gotta Give (for which she won her second Golden Globe). She was also nominated for a Tony, two Emmys and another seven Golden Globes.

Despite much-publicised relationships with Al Pacino, Woody Allen and Warren Beatty, Keaton chose to remain single her whole life. In her 50s, she adopted two children, Dexter and Duke.

On the red carpet.
Keaton with her co-stars in 2023’s Book Club: The Next Chapter, L-R Mary Steenburgen, Jane Fonda, Candice Bergen and Keaton. Dimitrios Kambouris/Getty Images

A rich creative life

Keaton made comedy look easy but told the New York Times in 1977 that “both comedy and drama are equally difficult”.

She later told Fresh Air,

You’re constantly battling with yourself when you’re acting in a [dramatic] part, at least I am. Because it’s just not that easy for me. I think I’m more inclined to live comfortably in the world of humour.

Either way, we were the richer for her creative life and are the poorer for her loss.The Conversation

Chris Thompson, Lecturer in Theatre, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

u3a at Newport Community Centre: 

About Our Courses and Activities
Sydney u3a comprises seven regions covering the greater Sydney metropolitan area. The local one is U3A Northern Beaches Region.

Sydney u3a is managed and run entirely by volunteers who contribute time and energy to provide life-long learning and social activities for everyone.  Join in to enjoy the benefits of membership!  At the one affordable annual membership fee of $85.00 (less than $2 per week), you’ll get:
  • access to a wide range of courses and presentations
  • friendly and inviting social events in your region

Members can attend any course in any of the seven regions
  • Volunteers lead and administer the courses and talks
  • A wide range of topics is covered – from learning foreign languages to table tennis to history to book/movie clubs to philosophy to science related issues. There’s something for everyone!
  • Courses are held in a variety of local venues and via Zoom
  • Events, visits, tours and social activities are also offered
  • Full details of activities are listed each semester in the Course Book and on individual regional pages
From time to time there are changes to course details after publication of the Course Book. Please keep checking your region’s website or the website home page for updates.

u3a Northern Beaches Region
Our current newsletter includes up to date information on courses, events and any changes to the program.  Previous newsletters are available here if you missed any information or wish to refresh your memory.

Please note:  The newsletter is distributed to members by email at the end of each month. If you haven’t received the latest copy please check as it may have been captured in your Junk email folder. If this is the case, please adjust your settings so that you receive future newsletters as soon as possible. We also take this opportunity to issue a friendly reminder to contact us with your updated details if you change your home or email address. Thank you.

COTA Australia welcomes Aged Care Complaints Commissioner appointment

October 10, 2025
COTA Australia has welcomed the appointment of Treasure Jennings as Aged Care Quality and Safety Complaints Commissioner, saying it is an important step to ensuring all older Australians get the quality aged care they deserve.

Treasure Jennings will take on the new role on 1 November, coinciding with the new aged care reforms.

Patricia Sparrow, Chief Executive of COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – said having Treasure Jennings in the important role of Complaints Commissioner will help ensure the rights of older people accessing aged care are front and centre of the system.

“Central to improving the way aged care is delivered in Australia is having a robust, independent, mechanism for hearing and dealing with complaints,” Ms Sparrow said.

“We welcome Treasure Jennings’ appointment to this crucial role.

“COTA, along with other organisations, advocated strongly for an independent Complaints Commissioner because we believe it’s essential to ensuring the rights of older people are upheld.

“Having a Complaints Commissioner is important in order to restore trust in the system. Treasure Jennings, with her very strong track record of leading consumer complaints and dispute resolution processes, is well positioned to help uphold the rights of older people in aged care.

“There’s still a way to go when it comes to ensuring we have the aged care system all Australians expect and deserve, but this is yet another positive step towards that.

The Commissioner will play a key role in the aged care regulatory and governance system under the new Act, helping older Australians, their families and carers to understand how to make a complaint, and how those complaints will be managed and resolved. 

Ms Jennings has a proven track record in leading consumer complaints and dispute resolution, including as the Victorian Mental Health Complaints Commissioner and Disability Services Commissioner. 

Ms Jennings is committed to guiding the community through the transition to the new Act and working alongside Aged Care Quality and Safety Commissioner, Ms Liz Hefren-Webb, to help respond to failures in aged care service delivery and enable older people, their families and carers to pursue complaints. 

Complaints can be made directly to the office of the Complaints Commissioner. Anyone can make a complaint to the Commission online or call 1800 951 822.

The Albanese Government funds the Older Persons Advocacy Network (OPAN) to provide a free, independent, and confidential service to help older people make a complaint or find information, call 1800 700 600. 

Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, Sam Rae said:

“When developing the Aged Care Act we heard clear feedback on the need for an independent Complaints Commissioner. I am delighted to announce the appointment of Ms Treasure Jennings to the Complaints Commissioner role. 

“This appointment brings us one step closer to the rights-based, person-centred aged care system that’s safer and fairer aged care system for everyone.”

Anyone can make a complaint to the Complaints Commission by calling 1800 951 822.

Time is running out for cash mandate

September 29, 2025
National Seniors Australia (NSA) is reminding the Federal Treasurer that time is running out for government to legislate the promised cash mandate due 1 January 2026.

“Bringing legislation into Parliament and processing it through to law takes time and with just three sitting weeks between now and Christmas, the pressure is on the government to keep its promise,” NSA Chief Executive Officer Chris Grice said.

“As a peak consumer advocacy body leading the KEEP CASH campaign, NSA, together with our 273,000 community members, welcomed the opportunity to contribute to the government’s mandating cash acceptance consultation back in February.

“Seniors, like most people, value the convenience of card payments; but as a key part of the payments and financial system, cash must be accessible and accepted.

“As detailed in our submission, we need to keep cash for a range of reasons including reliability during outages; privacy, security, and trust; and budgeting. Cash can be easier for people living with a disability to use; it allows for small payments to children, grandchildren as well as charities; and it negates bank charges
and card charges.

“While NSA congratulated the government for taking this step to ensure cash remains accepted, we were disappointed by the extent of the potential limitations. Exactly what items are deemed ‘essential’ goods and services are restricted. Details such as how the mandate will operate in practice, how it will be enforced and communicated, supports for small businesses, and impacts in regional areas need to be determined.

“We’re also disappointed that despite government setting a clear time frame for updates, it’s almost October and we have heard nothing.

“NSA accepts the need for the government to get the mandate and processes around it right, but we can’t understand why the government hasn’t delivered on its promise to provide more information about the mandate, its progress, and how it will work.”

On Valentine’s Day in February this year, NSA took over a billboard with a poem that read, “Roses are red, violets are blue. Dear Treasurer, KEEP CASH, banks, and ATMS too!”

The poem has been updated to read, “Roses are red, violets are blue. Dear Treasurer, please follow through. The Cash Mandate’s soon due!” 

“Behind these light-hearted messages is a serious message about the need to keep cash, banks, and ATMs for older Australians and others who rely on and use cash and traditional banking services,” Mr Grice said.

“We need to KEEP CASH, banks, and ATMs and hope, with all our heart, the Federal Treasurer considers the varied needs of cash users around the country and delivers on its promise.”

As part of the Treasury consultation, it was detailed:
  • Consultation on the proposed mandate would occur in Q4 of 2024
  • Proposed policy design for the mandate would be announced in Q1 of 2025
  • Exposure draft legislation would be released Q3 of 2025
  • Cash mandate legislation would be put to Parliament in Q4 of 2025
  • The mandate would commence from 1 January 2026.

The Chanterelle String Quartet with special guest Ben Jacks – French horn

Wyvern Music Forestville is delighted to present an afternoon of evocative chamber music featuring the acclaimed Chanterelle String Quartet and special guest Ben Jacks - French horn.

This is Wyvern Music Forestville's final concert for 2025 and will run on Sunday 9th November at 3pm, at Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, Forestville. 

The program offers a compelling blend of classical refinement and contemporary vitality, opening with Mozart’s delightful String Quartet K168 in F Major followed by Mozart’s Rondo from the Concerto in E-flat for Horn and String Quartet – a sparkling arrangement that showcases classical elegance and virtuosity. The enchanting Three Preludes on Welsh Hymn Tunes for Horn and String Quartet by Ralph Vaughan Williams, blend pastoral lyricism with spiritual depth. A trio of passionate tangos by Astor Piazzolla – Libertango, Oblivion, and La Muerte del Ángel – bring the concert to a striking conclusion.

The Chanterelle String Quartet, with violinists Fiona Ziegler and Leone Ziegler, violist Jane Hazelwood and cellist Adrian Wallis, made its debut in 2010 performing at the Spring Festival Chamber Music Series for the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The players are all accomplished and well-respected members of the SSO with extensive experience in chamber music.

Ben Jacks is one of the most accomplished horn players of his generation, celebrated for his artistry and technical excellence. For 25 seasons, he served as Principal Horn with the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. More recently Ben has performed with the London Symphony Orchestra under Sir Simon Rattle and Daniel Harding, the Hong Kong Philharmonic and the Australian World Orchestra.
Join us for an afternoon of vibrant and expressive music, performed by outstanding Australian musicians in an inviting and intimate setting.
Ben Jacks 

When: Sunday, 9th November, 2025 at 3:00pm
Where: Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, 9 Currie Rd, Forestville
Tickets: Full:$35, Concession:$25, Students:$20, Children under 16 Free
Enquiries: Wyvern Music Forestville Tel: 9416 5234

The Chanterelle String Quartet

It’s been 50 years since the Balibo 5 were killed in Timor-Leste. No one’s been held accountable

Shannon BrincatUniversity of the Sunshine Coast

On October 16, 1975, five journalists were killed in the remote Timorese town of Balibo. To this day, no one has been charged with their deaths.

Known as the “Balibo Five”, the men were reporting on the covert Indonesian invasion of Timor-Leste. They were Greg Shackleton and Tony Stewart from Australia, Malcolm Rennie and Brian Peters from the United Kingdom, and Gary Cunningham from New Zealand.

Several months later, another Australian journalist, Roger East who went to investigate their disappearance, was executed. His body was never recovered.

Fifty years on, the case remains one of the most egregious examples of atrocities committed against war correspondents. It’s also a chilling case of a state failing to prosecute the murder of its own citizens.

The 1975 invasion

In 1975, Portugal abruptly decolonised Timor-Leste. The left-leaning FRETILIN party declared Timorese independence that November.

Indonesia, motivated by high estimates of oil and gas in the Timor Sea, launched a covert invasion under the pretext of anti-colonial stability.

Indonesian authorities felt they could operate with impunity because of the country’s strategic importance to the West’s fervent anti-communism agenda.

Indeed, it had done so in the previous decade, with mass killings of political dissidents in the 1960s.

It’s against this backdrop that the journalists, or the “Mártires de Balibo” (the Martyrs of Balibo), as they’re called in Timor, arrived to report on the illegal incursion of Indonesian forces. They had been guided to the town by the current Timorese President Jose Ramos-Horta, then in his 20s.

They famously painted the Australian flag on a nearby building they took shelter in, hoping it would protect them from attack. This failed plea remains in Balibo today.

President Ramos-Horta has said in a statement the Balibo tragedy “remains a symbol of the sacrifice of journalists in conflict zones and the struggle for accountability and justice for war crimes”.

Honouring them as “national martyrs”, the President posthumously awarded the Collar of the Order of Timor-Leste – the nation’s highest honour – to Greg Shackleton (in 2014) and which will be declared to Cunningham, Stewart, Rennie, and Peters at a commemoration service at Balibo today – the Timorese national day for press freedom.

A ‘deliberate killing’

From the perspective of international law, the killings of the Balibo Five constitute a clear set of violations. Journalists are protected under the Geneva Conventions. They were unarmed and identifiable as foreign journalists.

A black and white photo of a group of soldiers and a young shirtless man
A young Jose Ramos-Horta, pictured far right, with Fretilin freedom fighters, two weeks before the Balibo Five were killed. Penny Tweedie/Getty

An inquest by the New South Wales coroner in 2007 concluded the journalists had been “deliberately killed” by the Indonesian army to prevent them from reporting on the impending invasion.

This presaged the atrocities to come. While death tolls during Indonesia’s 24-year occupation of Timor-Leste are contested, we know hundreds of thousands of people died, many from forced starvationMany scholars say Indonesia perpetrated a genocide.

Despite contradictory evidence, Indonesia maintains the five men were killed in crossfire.

Diplomacy over accountability

While the immediate facts of their execution by Indonesian Forces are now widely accepted by others and available in National Archives of Australia records, the subsequent legal and diplomatic story reveals a profound failure of international justice.

The pathway to justice for the Balibo Five has been systematically obstructed by the geopolitical calculus of Australia-Indonesia relations. For decades, the Australian government, regardless of political affiliation, prioritised maintaining a stable and cooperative relationship over pursuing legal accountability, including resisting calls for a full, transparent inquiry.

At the time of the killings, the Australian government had a clear picture of Indonesian intentions and military movements. Yet, it chose not to intervene to protect the journalists and, in the aftermath, has actively downplayed evidence of Indonesian responsibility to preserve diplomatic relations.

Australia also had an economic incentive to work with Indonesia. The two countries signed the Timor Gap Treaty in 1989, allowing both to explore the area’s oil and gas reserves. It’s likely pursuing justice for the Balibo Five would have risked this economic benefit.

Decades of obstruction

Obstructions have been on both sides. In 2003, the United Nations-sponsored Serious Crimes Unit in Timor-Leste indicted former Indonesian officers for the Balibo killings.

But Indonesia refused to recognise the jurisdiction of the Timorese courts over its nationals.

The Rudd government promised a shift in Australia’s response, calling for a robust inquiry. It officially endorsed the findings of the New South Wales coroner in 2007 and opened an Australian Federal Police investigation.

But without Indonesia’s cooperation, an Australian prosecution was impossible as the suspects in Indonesia could not be extradited. Rudd’s actions ultimately collided with the same geopolitical reality that had constrained all previous governments.

This decades-long impunity sends a dangerous message: powerful states can shield their military personnel from accountability for grave international crimes, provided they maintain sufficient strategic importance to their allies.

Australia continues to lag on press freedom, even threatening prosecution of reporters for investigating allegedly unlawful killings by Australian special forces in Afghanistan.

Protecting press freedom

Attacks against journalists globally are increasing at an alarming rate. Even as the Balibo case was re-opening in 2007, the comparison to the deaths of journalists in Palestine was already being made.

More than 210 journalists have since been killed in the recent Gaza crisis. At least 56 of them were intentionally targeted, according to Reporters Without Borders.

With this in mind, alongside the Balibo Five anniversary, there must be a renewed and unwavering commitment to protect journalists. They are the eyes and ears of the international community, especially in conflict zones. Their work is protected under international law, not as a privilege, but as a necessity.

Half a century on, the Balibo Five are remembered as martyrs for press freedom, yet justice remains elusive.

For the Timorese, the unresolved case symbolises the unfinished business of their struggle. It’s a painful reminder that while their nation is now free, the full truth and reconciliation with its past and powerful neighbours remain incomplete.The Conversation

Shannon Brincat, Senior Lecturer in Politics and International Relations, University of the Sunshine Coast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Noodles, pita bread, rice? How more diverse hospital menus can improve care – and reduce costs

Koumaru/Getty Images
Zhaoli Dai-KellerUNSW Sydney and Yogesh SharmaFlinders University

More than 5,400 cases of malnutrition develop in Australian hospitals each year. This means a patient doesn’t get enough nutrients during their stay for their body’s needs.

Malnutrition delays recovery, increases the risk of complications and readmission, and ultimately pushes older adults into aged care. It’s estimated to cost the health-care system A$240 million each year.

In the community, malnutrition affects about 10% of adults aged 65 and older. But in hospitals, this jumps to around 30–40%.

So, why does this happen? It may be because the food is low quality. But malnutrition can also develop when patients are dissatisfied with hospital meals and simply eat less.

In our recent study, we interviewed 30 older patients from Anglo and other cultural backgrounds about their experiences of hospital food.

We found a lack of familiar options can mean people from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds don’t eat properly. Here’s why this matters, and what we can do about it.

Patients are diverse – but menus aren’t

Australia’s ageing population is growing fastest among migrants aged 65 and over, especially those from Asia, the Middle East and Sub-Saharan Africa.

Yet hospital meals often fail to reflect their cultural preferences. Australia’s national service standards for health care explicitly mention meeting patients’ nutritional needs, but don’t reference cultural differences.

Public hospital meals are typically “Western-style”: cereals, sandwiches, meat-based mains and desserts. Non-Anglo staples such as rice, pita bread, noodles and even pasta – as well as non-Anglo sauces and desserts – are often missing.

Given the scale of malnutrition in hospitals, understanding older patients’ cultural barriers to eating hospital food is crucial.

Tray of hospital food including mash potato and a bread roll
Public hospital food is typically heavy on staples such as potato, cereal and bread. Japatino/Getty

Here’s what older patients told us

We interviewed 30 older patients in a large public hospital in Adelaide. Of these, 15 were Anglo-Australian (with an average age of 83) and 15 came from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds (average age 78).

We found both groups shared a “no complaints” attitude and felt the food was “good enough”. People in both groups acknowledged the difficulties hospitals had catering for diverse groups.

But many from non-English speaking backgrounds expressed deeper cultural disconnects that affected how they ate:

Actually it is good. But the problem is that I am not used [to] it. (Ana*, 83, Indo-Fijian)

I just can’t swallow down the flavour. (Sam, 86, Greek)

I prefer if they give me some noodles, but they don’t have any noodles. (Susan, 73, Filipino)

English language barriers also made it hard for some to express dietary needs. Many relied on family members to bring in food from home.

Patients in both groups suggested adding options, rather than changing the whole menu, would help:

It would be nice, just have one option which is coming from different country […] because there’s plenty of people here, not born in Australia. (Jack, 75, Polish)

However some also told us they needed more help to eat:

It’s hard to carry up the food […] because my hand shaking and I lose the food. (Tom, 78, Congolese)

Food satisfaction affects how well you recover

In another study from 2024, we surveyed patients in New South Wales about hospital food and their health.

We spoke to 21,900 adults (with an average age of 60) across 75 public hospitals.

Those who rated hospital food poorly were:

  • 2.7 times more likely to be dissatisfied with overall care

  • 1.4 times more likely to develop medical complications

  • 1.9 times more likely to have delayed discharge.

For non-English speaking patients from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds, the risks were even higher. They were:

  • ten times more likely to be dissatisfied with care

  • three times more likely to have delayed discharge.

So, what would help?

Based on our research, here are four practical steps that could improve care for people from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds:

  1. Offer more culturally familiar meals: rotate menus and include at least one culturally diverse option per meal.

  2. Improve communication: include food service staff from similar cultural backgrounds as in-person interpreters or AI interpreting tools to help patients with limited English express their dietary needs.

  3. Train staff to engage: encourage proactive, friendly communication to invite patient feedback and meet cultural and nutritional needs.

  4. Screen older people: proactively identify who might be at risk – for example, at GP clinics and during hospital admission – to prevent rather than simply treat malnutrition.

The bottom line

Hospital food isn’t just about nutrition – it’s about care. Making meals more inclusive can improve recovery and reduce costs.

Importantly, it can also enhance quality of life. As one patient in Adelaide told us:

Even when you are in hospital, you are sick, you not only eat to be alive, but eat to have some pleasure. (Jack, 75, Polish)

*Names have been changed to protect patients’ privacy.The Conversation

Zhaoli Dai-Keller, Honorary Senior Lecturer, School of Pharmacy, University of Sydney; Nutritional Epidemiologist and Lecturer, School of Population Health, UNSW Sydney and Yogesh Sharma, Associate Professor, College of Medicine and Public Health, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Walk & Talk: Narrabeen

The Belong Club invites anyone to come and participate in the Belong Club Walking Group!

Every Tuesday we walk along the pathway beside the Narrabeen Lagoon, from the Tramshed Arts and Community Centre to Jamieson Park and back. The route is about 1.8km each way, and is estimated to take 45 minutes.

The up and back walk allows for people of any walking speed to participate and enjoy the walk at their own comfortable pace. Walkers often split into smaller groups naturally along the route allowing everyone to go at their preferred pace. The aim here is for everyone to be included and to have an enjoyable walk.

Our meeting spot is to the right of the Tramshed Community Centre, between the basketball court and kids playground.

Avalon Beach SLSC turns 100 in 2025!

2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.

Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!

A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year. 

The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area.  The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.

Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au  with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.

If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on. 

The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.

Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee

ASIC flags risks in offshore outsourcing after review identifies governance gaps

October 10, 2025
ASIC is calling on financial services entities to strengthen governance and risk management after a review found weaknesses in the use of offshore service providers (OSPs) exposing consumers and investors to potential harm.

The review into the use of OSPs by financial advice licensees and responsible entities (REs) of registered managed investment schemes found that the quality of risk management arrangements relating to their use varied significantly, with some entities failing to have a framework in place.

ASIC Commissioner Alan Kirkland said that Australian financial services (AFS) licensees are ultimately responsible for the operation of their businesses, even when they outsource to offshore service providers directly or through an intermediary.

‘Advice licensees and REs can outsource services but they cannot outsource their fundamental obligations,’ said Commissioner Kirkland.

‘When licensees neglect their responsibilities, consumers, investors, and financial services businesses can be exposed to harm, such as exposure of personal information through cyber incidents.’

Commissioner Kirkland said Australian AFS licensees should have sufficient skills to independently identify material risks and to assess an OSP’s performance and ongoing suitability.

‘The more critical the outsourced function, the greater the risks to consumers and investors,’ Commissioner Kirkland said.

‘The risks can be exacerbated when outsourced functions are not supervised adequately, particularly if they are outsourced internationally.’

Commissioner Kirkland also flagged critical risks associated with the loss of control over a businesses’ key functions to OSPs, disruptions to operational services, and conflicting obligations for OSPs subject to foreign laws.

‘Financial services firms cannot drop their guard. Cyber-attacks, for example, are more prevalent and growing in sophistication. All licensees must proactively review governance frameworks and address issues that threaten to undermine public confidence in their business and in turn, the financial system.’

ASIC will continue to monitor the governance and risk management frameworks of financial services entities, and where necessary, hold them to account for failing to have the right processes in place to protect consumers and investors’ interests.

In relation to general concerns about cybersecurity, ASIC has taken enforcement action against FIIG Securities and Fortnum Private Wealth for alleged failures to adequately manage cybersecurity risks.

In 2022, the Federal Court also ruled in ASIC’s favour in a landmark case against RI Advice, which was found to have breached its license obligations to act efficiently and fairly when it failed to have adequate risk management systems to manage its cybersecurity risks.

Background
As set out in ASIC regulatory guidance, it is open to AFS licensees to outsource functions. However, regardless of whether these functions are outsourced directly or via an intermediary business, licensees remain responsible for complying with their obligations.  

Where functions are outsourced, licensees must:  
  • have measures in place to ensure that due skill and care is taken in choosing suitable service providers,  
  • monitor the ongoing performance of service providers, and  
  • appropriately deal with any actions by service providers that breach service level agreements or the licensee’s general obligations (see ASIC Regulatory Guide 104 [paragraph 104.36]). 
  • Failing to adequately supervise outsourced functions could lead to detrimental effects on the operation of the licence, its compliance with legal obligations and cause harm to consumers.

Luke Woodward appointed ACCC Commissioner

October 9, 2025
ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb has welcomed the appointment of Luke Woodward as a Commissioner for a 5-year term at the ACCC, commencing from 10 October 2025.

Mr Woodward is regarded as one of Australia’s leading competition and consumer law practitioners. He has more than 30 years of experience spanning competition and consumer matters, mergers and acquisitions, and infrastructure regulation in a range of sectors.

Mr Woodward worked at the ACCC between 1993 and 2000 in roles including executive general manager, general counsel and senior assistant commissioner.

He was most recently a competition and regulation partner and national head of competition law at King and Wood Mallesons.

“I am delighted to welcome Luke back to the ACCC. His expertise and experience across a wide range of fields relevant to the work of the ACCC is recognised not only in Australia but globally,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“Luke’s strong litigation experience will be an asset to the ACCC’s work, particularly in our enforcement program and in Australia’s new merger regime.”

Mr Woodward holds a Master of Public Administration from Harvard Kennedy School and degrees in economics and law from the University of Sydney.

He fills a position left vacant after the departure of former ACCC Commissioner Liza Carver.

Further information about the ACCC’s Chair, Deputy Chair and Commissioners is available at ACCC Chair & Commissioners.

Telstra fined $18 million for misleading Belong customers over broadband speed claims

October 3, 2025
  • Scam warning: The ACCC is aware that scammers may call, email or text to falsely offer to help get compensation from various businesses. They may use this media release about compensation to convince people their contact is real.
  • STOP – Don’t give money or personal information to anyone if you’re unsure. Scammers will create a sense of urgency. Don’t rush to act. Don’t click on links even if the message appears to come from Optus. Say ‘no’, hang up, delete.
  • CHECK – Ask yourself could the call, email or text be fake? Scammers pretend to be from organisations and entities you know and trust. Contact the organisation using information you source independently, so that you can verify if it is real or not.
  • PROTECT – Act quickly if something feels wrong. Contact your bank immediately if you lose money. If you have provided personal information call IDCARE on 1800 595 160. The more we talk the less power they have. Report scams to the National Anti-Scam Centre’s Scamwatch service at scamwatch.gov.au when you see them.
Telstra has been ordered by the Federal Court to pay a penalty of $18 million for breaching the Australian Consumer Law after it moved almost 9,000 Belong customers to a lower speed plan without telling them.

In October and November 2020, Telstra migrated 8,897 customers on its Belong brand NBN plans from their current plan which provided a maximum upload speed of 40 Mbps to a service that provided a maximum upload speed of only 20 Mbps. The download speed was unchanged at 100Mbps.

Telstra did not tell customers of the change in maximum upload speed in their service at the time of the change.

“The $18 million penalty sends a strong message to all businesses that they cannot mislead consumers by making changes to key aspects of a service without informing customers of those changes” ACCC Commissioner Anna Brakey said.

In addition to the penalty, all affected customers have, or will be, remediated by Telstra with a credit or payment of $15 for each month the customer had been on the lower upload speed plan.

The total remediation that Telstra will pay to affected customers exceeds $2.3 million.

“Telstra’s failure to inform customers that their broadband service had been changed denied them the opportunity to decide whether the changed service was suitable for their needs,” Ms Brakey said.

“Misleading pricing and claims in relation to essential services, with a particular focus on telecommunications, is one of ACCC’s current enforcement priorities.”

Telstra made payments to some affected customers prior to the ACCC commencing proceedings. The remaining payments to customers are being made in accordance with a court-enforceable undertaking Telstra has given to the ACCC. Those customers will be contacted by Belong via email.  

The Court also ordered Telstra to pay a contribution to the ACCC’s costs. The Court will publish its reasons for judgment at a later date.

Telstra co-operated with the ACCC by making joint submissions to the Court about orders, including in relation to penalties.

Background
  • Belong was launched by Telstra in 2013 as a low-cost mobile and internet service provider, operating semi-independently in a number of areas, including products, marketing, service, billing and parts of IT.
  • Upload speed refers to the speed an individual’s internet connection can allow data to be sent from their devices to the internet e.g. sending emails, streaming video calls and conferences.
  • In May 2020, NBN Co launched a series of new wholesale consumer speed tiers, including a new 100/20Mbps wholesale speed tier, which provided a maximum download speed of 100mbps and a maximum upload speed of 20mbps. This speed tier costs retail service providers $7 less per month than the 100/40Mbps plan on a wholesale level.
  • The ACCC commenced its court action against Telstra on 6 December 2022, and the Federal Court made findings against Telstra on 21 February 2025.

NSW Government commits $30 million to speed up surgeries

October 8 2025
The NSW State Government has announced a one-off $30 million investment in short stay surgery. The government stated the funding will help identify and implement innovative models of care to increase short stay surgical capacity and, where appropriate, prevent avoidable surgery. The changes implemented are expected to have long-term outcomes on surgical services, with the potential for successful innovations to be adopted across other hospitals.​​​

This is expected to improve access to surgery, reduce wait times, save on costs, and enhance patient experience and integration between primary, community and specialist care. 

As part of this funding injection, local health districts and networks were invited to submit proposals to: 
  • Establish or expand high-volume short stay centres to improve people’s access to common, frequently performed surgeries such as tonsil removals and hernia repairs; or 
  • Identify and fund programs that reduce the need for surgical intervention, maximise patient outcomes and prevent unnecessary hospital admissions
High volume short stay surgeries are planned surgeries or procedures which require patients to be admitted for up to 72 hours. 

These surgeries generally include ear, nose and throat surgery, general surgery, gynaecology, urology, ophthalmology and orthopaedics, and account for more than 80 per cent of all surgery undertaken in NSW public hospitals. 

This additional investment builds on the $23 million already delivered by the Minns Labor Government as part of the 2025-26 Budget and the $186 million provided at the end of 2024 to reduce the number of patients waiting longer than clinically recommended for their planned surgery. 

All applications will be assessed by an expert panel, including some of NSW Health’s leading surgeons and clinicians.  Successful proposals are expected to be announced in the coming weeks. 

More veg, less meat: the latest global update on a diet that’s good for people and the planet

Getty Images
Sheila SkeaffUniversity of Otago

A long-awaited expert update on the dietary changes needed to support both human and planetary health comes out clearly in favour of a plant-based approach.

The EAT-Lancet Commission says a shift towards its planetary health diet, released last week, could prevent 40,000 early deaths a day across the world and cut agricultural methane emissions by 15% by 2050.

The diet promotes more vegetables, fruits, whole grains, legumes and nuts, with only modest amounts of meat, fish, poultry and dairy.

If you imagine a plate, half would be filled with vegetables and fruit (with more vegetables than fruit). Most of the remaining half would be whole grains and plant proteins. There’s room for small amounts of animal products and healthy fats, but very little added sugar. Notably, butter doesn’t get a mention.

The most contentious aspect is the commission’s recommendation on meat: just 14 grams per day of red meat and 29 grams per day of poultry – that’s roughly one small steak, one lamb chop, or two chicken drumsticks per week.

New Zealand’s traditional diet is a long way off this recommendation. But my recent study of teenage girls across the country suggests a shift is underway, with most embracing a predominantly plant-based diet.

How we know what’s best to eat

Many factors influence food choices – hunger, emotions, health, culture, media, taste, habits and family traditions.

Evidence-based dietary guidance, such as national food and nutrition guidelines, also plays a role.

In New Zealand, people may be familiar with the “5+ a day” message promoting fruit and vegetable consumption. That recommendation has since shifted to “7+ a day” as new evidence has emerged.

Over the past decade, nutritional guidelines have increasingly incorporated environmental sustainability, acknowledging that around 30% of global emissions come from growing, processing and transporting food.

The EAT-Lancet Commission took this sustainability focus further in its first release of the planetary health diet in 2019. It argued that by changing what we eat, reducing food waste and improving food production systems, we could feed a growing global population while minimising environmental damage.

Less meat is a win-win

This approach is a significant departure from traditional diets in Aotearoa New Zealand. The British-influenced “meat and three veg” (often with potatoes as one of the vegetables) and the Māori hāngi of pork, seafood, kumara and local greens don’t align neatly with the EAT-Lancet recommendations.

One criticism of the original report was its limited consideration of indigenous food systems. In my view, the minimal inclusion of starchy vegetables such as potatoes, cassava, kumara, maize and millet is hard to justify. These are staple foods – affordable, widely available and important sources of energy for many communities.

But most New Zealand adults consume nearly twice the recommended amount of protein. Reducing meat is therefore unlikely to lead to inadequate protein intakes.

Currently, about 40% of New Zealanders’ protein comes from animal sources (meat, dairy, fish). The remaining 60% comes from plants.

The belief that only animal proteins are of high quality – due to their amino acid profile and digestibility – is outdated. It’s a common misconception that some amino acid are only available through meat. Plants contain all essential amino acids, albeit in varying proportions.

For most adults, a diet with smaller amounts of meat would be a win-win: better for their health and better for the planet.

So, should New Zealand embrace the planetary health diet?

In many ways, we already are. My study of teenage girls found those following an omnivorous diet got 69% of their energy from plant-based foods (ranging from 43% to 92%), while vegetarians averaged 83% (ranging from 51% to 100%).

However, New Zealanders still consume more saturated fat than recommended and not enough dietary fibre. Shifting further toward the planetary health diet could help address these imbalances and reduce the risk of premature death from heart disease and cancer, our leading causes of mortality.

A diet for people and the planet

Perhaps unsurprisingly, the meat industry has been pushing back against the commission’s recommendations ever since the first release of the planetary health diet.

A recent report published by the Changing Markets Foundation identifies a network of influential pro-meat voices in industry, academia and governments actively working to discredit the commission’s findings.

Some nutrition academics have raised concerns about the relatively low quantity of meat and fish. Some experts argue the low amount of meat may not meet the nutritional needs of certain groups such as pregnant women and young children, who would benefit from the iron and zinc found in red meat because it is easier to absorb than from vegetable sources.

Adding to the complexity is the global obsession with protein – often associated with meat. While fat and carbohydrates have been vilifiedprotein enjoys a nutritional halo.

The updated guidelines place greater emphasis on environmental sustainability and, importantly, acknowledge the need to respect and empower diverse food cultures and uphold the universal human right to food.

As we face the twin challenges of climate change and rising rates of diet-related disease, I argue the planetary health diet offers a recipe for a healthier, more sustainable future.

It’s not about eliminating entire food groups or enforcing a one-size-fits-all approach. Rather, it’s about making thoughtful, evidence-based choices that nourish both people and the planet.The Conversation

Sheila Skeaff, Professor of Human Nutrition, University of Otago

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

An Australian chemist just won the Nobel prize. Here’s how his work is changing the world

Prof Robson in 2018, Auckland, New Zealand. Deanna D'Alessandro/6th Global MOFs Conference
Deanna D'AlessandroUniversity of Sydney

The 2025 Nobel prize in chemistry has been awarded for the development of metal–organic frameworks: molecular structures that have large spaces within them, capable of capturing and storing gases and other chemicals.

The prize is shared by Susumu Kitagawa from Kyoto University, Omar M. Yaghi from the University of California, Berkeley, and an Australian professor – Richard Robson from the University of Melbourne.

Robson first discovered the metal–organic frameworks, known as MOFs for short, in 1989, with his close collaborator Bernard Hoskins.

At a time when the value of research is being questioned, Robson’s story is a powerful reminder of how scientific research leads to real-world impact after years of sustained effort and support.

A personal connection

Like many other Australian scientists, I was inspired to pursue research in MOFs because of professor Richard Robson. He’s still working in the lab at nearly 90, mentoring students, teaching and collaborating with many of us. This recognition honours Richard’s decades of dedication as a researcher and educator in coordination and inorganic chemistry.

I’ve had the great fortune of being among his many collaborators, and he’s left an indelible mark. With Richard and his close colleague, University of Melbourne professor Brendan Abrahams, we have explored how electrons move around inside MOFs.

As young chemists, we first learnt about Richard’s discovery in undergraduate lectures. It’s an inspiring story of the deep connection between teaching and research in our universities.

While the work that led to these materials was fundamental science, Richard’s achievement shows that deep, curiosity-driven research has critically important real-world impacts.

What began as scientific curiosity for Richard as he prepared models of chemicals to demonstrate to his undergraduate chemistry students, has grown into a transformative innovation. MOFs are now helping solve some of the world’s biggest challenges, from greenhouse gas capture to drug delivery and medical imaging.

Olof Ramström, professor of organic chemistry and member of the Nobel Committee for Chemistry, explains MOFs.

So, what are MOFs?

Metal–organic frameworks are incredibly porous crystalline materials that are made up of metal ions, linked by organic bridges.

Think of a sponge where the holes are on the atomic scale. One teaspoon of one of these materials can have a surface area of a football field.

The shapes, sizes and functionality of these tiny pores can be changed, much like an architect designing a building where the rooms each have different functions and can carry out different tasks.

There are now tens of thousands of MOFs. Some are used to capture water from desert air. Others have been designed to remove greenhouse gases such as carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Yet others can clean Earth’s waterways by capturing and removing potentially harmful chemicals.

The long road to real-world applications

While there are now companies scaling MOFs to help address major global problems, Richard began this work many decades ago.

In 2018, in a plenary lecture at the 6th global MOFs conference in Auckland, New Zealand, he described how he was preparing molecular models for a lecture when the idea struck him.

Richard reasoned that metal ions such as copper could be connected in a systematic and controlled way to other atoms such as carbon and nitrogen using coordination chemistry. It’s essentially like molecular Lego, where one piece can only click into the other in a particular way.

With his colleague Bernard Hoskins, they recognised that the geometric structure was ordered and contained innumerable cavities. Over the following decade, fellow Nobel recipients Kitagawa and Yaghi made subsequent discoveries that showed how these materials could be made stable, and designed in a controlled way.

Richard Robson was making a molecular model for class when he came up with the idea that became MOFs. Paul Burston/University of Melbourne

Of the tens of thousands of MOFs now known, a number are making it through to commercial application. For example, Richard’s work with Brendan Abrahams has shown these materials can remove excesses of anesthetic greenhouse gases from operating room theatres. These greenhouse gases are many tens of thousands of times more potent than carbon dioxide.

MOFs are also being used to pull water out of thin air, especially important in dry and arid environments where there is water scarcity.

At a time when Australia is debating the contribution of research, the value of higher education and universities, and how to increase productivity, Richard’s legacy highlights the profound value of education and research, and the way they are deeply interconnected.

But to truly thrive, they require sustained support over many years, far beyond the short-term horizon of political cycles.

Fundamental science, often driven by curiosity and without an immediate application, lays the groundwork for breakthroughs that can help solve the pressing challenges we face today and those yet to come.

Richard Robson now joins just 11 other Australian scientists whose work has been recognised with a Nobel prize. All Australians can be very proud of Richard’s achievement on the world stage.


Correction: this article has been amended to correct Brendan Abrahams’ name.The Conversation

Deanna D'Alessandro, Professor & Director, Net Zero Institute, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nobel physics prize awarded for pioneering experiments that paved the way for quantum computers

Rob MorrisNottingham Trent University

The 2025 Nobel prize in Physics has been awarded to three scientists for the discovery of an effect that has applications in medical devices and quantum computing.

John Clarke, Michel Devoret and John Martinis conducted a series of experiments around 40 years ago which would go on to shape our understanding of the strange properties of the quantum world. It’s a timely award, since 2025 is the 100th anniversary of the formulation of quantum mechanics.

In the microscopic world, a particle can sometimes pass through a barrier and appear on the other side. This phenomenon is called quantum tunnelling. The laureates’ experiments demonstrated tunnelling in the macroscopic world – in other words, the world that’s visible to the naked eye. They showed that it could be observed on an experimental electrical circuit.

Quantum tunnelling has potential future applications in improving memory for mobile phones and has been important for the development of “qubits”, which store and process information in quantum computers. It also has applications in superconducting devices, those that conduct electricity with very little resistance.

British-born John Clarke is Professor of Physics at the University of California, Berkeley. Michel Devoret was born in Paris and is the F. W. Beinecke Professor of Applied Physics at Yale University. John Martinis is Professor of Physics at the University of California, Santa Barbara.

What is quantum tunnelling?

Quantum tunnelling is a counter-intuitive phenomenon where the tiny particles which make up everything we can see and touch can appear on the other side of a solid barrier, which you would otherwise expect to stop them.

Since it was first proposed in 1927, it has been observed for very small particles and it is responsible for our explanation of the radioactive decay of large atoms into smaller atoms and something else called an alpha particle. However, it was also predicted that we might be able to see this same behaviour for larger things. We call this macroscopic quantum tunnelling.

How can we see quantum tunnelling?

The key to observing this macroscopic tunnelling is something called a Josephson junction, which is essentially a fancy broken wire. The wire is not a typical wire which you might use to charge your phone, instead it is a special type of material known as a superconductor. A superconductor has no resistance, which means that a current can flow through it forever without losing any energy. They are used, for example, to create the very strong magnetic fields in magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scanners.

So how does this help us to explain this strange quantum tunnelling behaviour? If we put two superconducting wires end to end, separated by an insulator, we create our Josephson junction. This is normally manufactured in a single device which, with a basic understanding of electricity, shouldn’t conduct electricity. However, thanks to quantum tunnelling we can see that current can flow across the junction.

The three prize winners demonstrated quantum tunnelling in a paper published in 1985 (it’s common to have such large gaps in time before Nobel prizes are awarded). Quantum tunnelling had previously been suggested to be caused by a breakdown in the insulator. The researchers started by cooling their experimental apparatus to within a fraction of a degree of absolute zero, the coldest temperature which can be achieved.

Heat can give the electrons in conductors just enough energy to get through the barrier. So it would make sense that the more the device is cooled, the fewer electrons would escape. If however quantum tunnelling is taking place, there should be a temperature below which the number of electrons which escape should no longer decrease. The three prize winners found exactly this.

Why is this important?

At the time, the three scientists were trying to prove this developing theory about macroscopic quantum tunnelling through experiments. Even during the announcement of the 2025 prize, Clarke downplayed the importance of this discovery, even though it has been pivotal in so many developments which are at the forefront of quantum physics today.

Quantum computing remains one of the most exciting opportunities which is promised for the near future, and is the source of significant investment worldwide. It comes with much speculation about the risks to our encryption technologies.

It will also ultimately solve problems which are outside the reach of even the largest of today’s supercomputers. The handful of quantum computers which are in existence today, rely on the work of the three 2025 physics Nobel laureates and no doubt will be the subject of another physics Nobel prize in the coming decades.

We are already exploiting these effects in other devices such as superconducting quantum interference devices (SQuIDs) which are used to measure small variations in magnetic fields from the Earth, allowing us to find minerals below the surface. SQuIDs also have uses in medicine since they can detect the extremely weak magnetic fields emitted from the brain. This technique, known as magnetoencephalography, or MEG, can be used for example to find the specific area of the brain from which epileptic seizures emanate.

We can’t predict if and when we will have quantum computers in our homes, or indeed in our hands. One thing that is for certain, though, is that the speed of development of this new technology is thanks in no small part to the winners of the 2025 Nobel prize in physics, demonstrating macroscopic quantum mechanical tunnelling in electric circuits.The Conversation

Rob Morris, Professor of Physics, School of Science and Technology, Nottingham Trent University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Nobel chemistry prize awarded for crystal materials that could revolutionise green technology

John GriffinLancaster University

Three scientists have been awarded the 2025 Nobel prize in chemistry for discovering a new form of molecular architecture: crystals that contain large cavities.

Susumu Kitagawa from Kyoto University, Japan, Richard Robson from the University of Melbourne, Australia, and Omar M. Yaghi from the University of California, Berkeley, in the US, will share a prize sum of 11 million Swedish kronor (£870,000).

The prize recognises the pioneering contributions of the three scientists in the development of something called metal-organic frameworks (Mofs). Mofs are a diverse class of crystalline materials that have attracted much attention in chemistry due to the presence of microscopic open cavities in their structures. They are helping to revolutionise green technology, such as harvesting water from desert air and capturing CO₂.

The widths of the cavities can range from a few angstroms (an angstrom is a unit of length equal to one hundred-millionth of a centimetre) to several nanometres (a millionth of a millimetre). That means they are far too small to see with the naked eye or even with most forms of microscopes. But they’re the perfect size for housing various molecules.

The development of Mofs can be traced back to the late 1950s when researchers started to discover “coordination polymers”. These are materials made up of linked chains of metal ions (atoms that have lost or gained electrons) and carbon-based bridging molecules known as linkers. These materials did not contain cavities, but they were based on the same metal-organic chemistry that would later give rise to Mofs.

In the late 1980s, Robson’s research group reported that some coordination polymers could be prepared as framework-like structures where, crucially, the carbon-based linkers formed three-dimensional arrangements around clusters of liquid solvent molecules. As mentioned in Robson’s research article, this revealed “an unusual situation in which approximately two-thirds of the contents of what is undoubtedly a crystal are effectively liquid”.

Image of Robson's structure made of copper ions and a molecule with four arms, each with a nitrile at the end. When the substances were combined, they formed an ordered and very spacious crystal.
Screenshot at. Nobelprize outreachCC BY-SA

In the mid-late 1990s, Yaghi’s group demonstrated that it was possible to prepare coordination polymers that retained their structures even after the solvent molecules were removed from the cavities. This was a surprising result, which dispelled the prevailing assumption that such frameworks are fragile and would collapse if the solvent was removed.

In 1997, Kitigawa’s research group showed that the open cavities could be used to absorb gas molecules. He also showed that, in many cases, the framework itself expands as gas molecules are absorbed into it and contracts as they are released. These coordination polymers with permanent, open cavities came to be known as Mofs.

Image of Yaghi's stable material, which has cubic spaces. Just a couple of grams can hold an area as big as a football pitch.
In 1999, Yaghi constructed a very stable material, MOF-5, which has cubic spaces. Just a couple of grams can hold an area as big as a football pitch. Nobel prize outreach

The discoveries by the three scientists effectively marked the birth of modern Mof chemistry, with many thousands of research articles published on them since.

Wide range of applications

Why are Mofs so interesting for chemists? The microscopic cavities within Mofs provide a unique and controllable location for chemistry to take place. A key application of Mofs is gas storage. In many cases, these materials can hold gases at much higher densities than in their free gaseous state.

This offers significant advantages for green technologies such as fuel-cell-powered vehicles, in which hydrogen fuel has to be transported as efficiently as possible. Many Mofs work particularly well for specific gases, which means they can also help separate gas mixtures in exhaust streams, or capture CO₂ from the air to mitigate the effects of global warming.

Mofs can also act as effective catalysts for chemical reactions taking place in the cavities. One of the key advantages of Mofs as catalysts is that it is relatively straightforward for chemists to switch and swap the metals and carbon-based linkers in order to tune the properties for a particular purpose.

As well as gas molecules, Mofs can also accommodate other small molecules, such as pharmaceuticals. This means they can be used to store and deliver drugs to a particular target, where their porous nature allows for controlled release of therapeutic chemicals.

In recent years, Mofs have shown promise for many other applications, including batteries, thermal energy storage and chemical sensors (devices that can monitor and detect chemicals such as contaminants). Excitingly, there remain many other applications that have yet to be explored.

Despite having been discovered over three decades ago, Mofs remain one of the hottest research areas in materials chemistry and will no doubt do so for many years to come.The Conversation

John Griffin, Professor in Materials Chemistry, Lancaster University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

These 7 factors increase the risk someone will become violent towards their partner

Iana WongUniversity of Sydney and Tom DensonUNSW Sydney

We’re beginning to build a better picture of just how many people are affected by intimate partner violence – a crisis that disproportionately impacts women and girls.

Around one in six Australian women and one in 18 men report they have experienced physical and/or sexual violence from an intimate partner at some point since age 15. About one in four women and one in seven men have experienced emotional abuse by a partner since age 15.

But what do we know about the perpetrators?

Two major studies recently found people with an insecure attachment – meaning they’re less likely to trust others and often have difficulties with intimacy – are at higher risk of perpetrating intimate partner violence than others.

But not everyone with insecure attachment will perpetrate this kind of violence. So, we suspected there must be additional risk factors.

In our recently published research, we analysed the findings of 46 other studies on the topic, to see who had a greater risk of perpetrating violence against a partner. Our study identified seven risk factors – and two were more important than the others.

Let’s take a look.

First, what is insecure attachment?

Several social factors contribute to intimate partner violence, including high rates of unemployment and poverty, living in regional and remote areas, and weak social policies and law.

But the perpetrator’s individual psychology also plays a role.

According to attachment theory, the emotional bonds we form early in life affect our behaviour within romantic relationships as adults.

As young children, if we experience our parents as consistently there for us when we are upset, we learn that other people we’re close to will be there for us too. In this case, we become securely attached.

However, if we experience our parents as unavailable, unresponsive, dismissive or neglectful, we learn we cannot count on people we’re close to for support. In that case, we become insecurely attached.

Insecurely attached individuals tend to show two main patterns in relationships – anxiety and/or avoidance.

Anxiously attached individuals may constantly worry their partner will leave them. Avoidantly attached individuals often remain cold and aloof with partners, because they’re uncomfortable with intimacy.

Importantly, your attachment style isn’t your destiny. But it can be a starting point to understand how you relate to others.

While an estimated one in two of us is insecurely attached, not everyone with this attachment style will go on to perpetrate intimate partner violence.

Still, there is a link between insecure attachment and intimate partner violence – and we wanted to know why.

We found 7 risk factors

Our study analysed the findings of 46 international and Australian studies about insecure attachment and intimate partner violence. In these, we identified seven factors that increase insecurely attached people’s risk for perpetrating intimate partner violence.

These included:

  • experiencing negative emotions towards a partner (jealousy, anger and distrust)
  • emotion dysregulation (having low ability to manage emotions)
  • destructive communication styles (for example, refusing to talk to a partner)
  • maladaptive personality traits, such as narcissism
  • maladaptive beliefs about relationships (such as expecting your partner can read your mind).

But two other factors had the largest effect. Intimate partner violence was most likely when insecurely attached people experienced relationship dissatisfaction and/or a desire for dominance over their partner.

The desire to dominate a partner is more common among those who were anxiously attached (who are usually concerned with keeping their partner close).

Relationship dissatisfaction is more common among people who are avoidantly attached (who are uncomfortable with intimacy).

So, does this change how we tackle violence?

Our findings suggest understanding two risk factors for insecurely attached people in particular – relationship dissatisfaction and the desire for dominance – should be a part of therapies for intimate partner violence perpetrators.

Many of the current interventions for intimate partner violence have been shown to be ineffective or only slightly effective in reducing perpetration.

Most address the risk factors – for example, a desire for dominance – without considering a person’s attachment style.

One treatment that does address attachment is emotionally-focused therapy. This therapy helps partners understand each other’s unexpressed attachment needs and fosters more security in the relationship. But the focus is emotion dysregulation and destructive communication patterns, which our study found were less important risk factors.

Our results suggest interventions that address insecure attachment along with associated risk factors could be more effective at reducing violence. For example, interventions could help insecurely attached people understand why they experience a desire for dominance or relationship dissatisfaction, and how it is linked to their early experiences of caregivers.

We also need more research and long-term studies to confirm the strength of the links we found. The more we understand perpetrators’ risk factors, the better we can tackle the epidemic of intimate partner violence in Australia.

For information and advice about family and intimate partner violence contact1800 RESPECT(1800 737 732). If you or someone you know is in immediate danger, contact 000.Men’s Referral Service(call 1300 766 491) offers advice and counselling to men looking to change their behaviour.The Conversation

Iana Wong, Postdoctoral Research Associate in Psychology, University of Sydney and Tom Denson, Professor of Psychology, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

News of a ‘giant’ baby boy is all over TikTok. Here’s what women really need to know

Hannah DahlenWestern Sydney University

Baby boy Cassian is an internet sensation. He was born earlier this year in the United States weighing 5.8 kilograms. But after his mum and the hospital shared the news recently, it wasn’t long before headlines about the “giant” baby spread around the world. These included:

‘Are you OK’?: Woman breaks record with giant newborn baby

Record-breaking baby tips the scales at almost double the average size of a newborn

While baby Cassian was born heavier than average, he’s not unique. There have been other examples in the news of babies born heavier. That includes a baby boy born in Brazil in 2023 who weighed 7.3kg.

These stories might make women all over the world cross their legs. But how common are big babies, and does their birth always lead to complications?

What are big babies?

Macrosomia describes babies born over 4kg or 4.5kg, depending on the definition.

A big baby can also be defined as having a birth weight over the 90th percentile at a particular gestational age. In other words, more than 90% of babies have a lower birth weight at this particular stage of the pregnancy. The term “large for gestational age” is probably a more accurate term as the weeks of gestation is used alongside the weight.

There has been little change overall in the percentage of large babies in the past decade in Australia. While stories of such births hit the media, their proportion hovers around 9–10% of births.

What are the problems for big babies and their mums?

We don’t know the specific circumstances of Cassian’s birth, his health or that of his mother. And we don’t know whether common reasons for larger babies are relevant in this situation.

But, generally speaking, birth complications can be higher for mothers and babies when the baby is big, especially if more than 4.5kg. This is certainly not always the case, however.

There is an increased need for interventions during the birth, such as forceps or vacuum delivery, or a caesarean section the bigger the baby is. Having these interventions can impact a women’s recovery after the birth, and options for the next birth.

For the baby there are higher risks of the shoulders getting stuck in the birth canal during the birth (known as shoulder dystocia).

Midwives and obstetricians also may need to make extra manoeuvres for the baby to be safely delivered. For instance, they may need to try and bring down one shoulder if it’s stuck behind the mother’s pubic bone.

These manoeuvres can damage the baby or lead to oxygen restrictions, with the baby needing to be resuscitated. However, these complications are rare and can occur when a big baby was not expected.

What leads to a big baby?

Big babies are most often healthy babies, and there are a number of reasons for them.

Genetic factors mean babies are always big in some families.

Babies that go over their due dates tend to be a bit bigger as they have more time to grow inside their mothers.

Having diabetes, especially if this is poorly controlled, can lead to larger babies. This is because the mother’s higher blood sugar leads to the baby receiving more energy than it needs, so it stores this extra energy as fat.

Babies of mothers with diabetes diagnosed for the first time in pregnancy (gestational diabetes) are at increased risk of being obese and developing diabetes in the future.

Mothers who are larger before pregnancy, or when pregnant, may also be more likely to have big babies. This is mostly due to the increased likelihood of developing diabetes in pregnancy, and perhaps poorer nutrition choices.

Can you predict a big baby?

Estimations of babies’ weights before they are born are imprecise. That’s why so many women are told they are going to have a big baby and don’t, and others are surprised by a big baby when it arrives.

Midwives and obstetricians routinely feel a woman’s growing uterus when they provide antenatal check-ups. They are looking at the position the baby is lying in the uterus as well as where the top of the uterus is compared to the woman’s belly button. This gives an idea of whether the baby is growing as you would expect at that time.

They also measure from the top of a woman’s belly to the top of her pubic bone with a tape measure. The weeks of pregnancy usually correspond to the measurement within a couple of centimetres.

For example, at 36 weeks of pregnancy the tape measurement would be somewhere between 34cm and 38cm. If there is more or less than a 3cm difference between the measurement and the numbers of weeks of pregnancy then an ultrasound would be offered to look at how the baby’s growing and to estimate the size.

But ultrasounds are poor predictors of actual birth weight. The Big Baby Trial was published earlier this year. It randomised nearly 3,000 women in the United Kingdom to being induced at 39 weeks if suspected to be having a big baby (according to an ultrasound) or waiting for labour to start.

There was little difference in birth weight or poor outcomes, such as shoulder dystocia for the baby, leading to the trial being stopped early. Around 60% of babies screened as being big babies were not actually big at birth, showing the inaccuracy of ultrasounds in predicting birth weight.

What can women do?

The best health advice for women is to try to be a healthy weight (under a BMI of 30) before getting pregnant.

Eat a balanced diet and limit your intake of foods and drinks high in saturated fats and sugar. Try not to put too much weight on during pregnancy and exercise regularly. Talk to your midwife or obstetrician for advice and support about this.

If you have diabetes, or if this has been diagnosed during the pregnancy, close monitoring of your blood sugar and baby’s growth is important.The Conversation

Hannah Dahlen, Professor of Midwifery, Associate Dean Research and HDR, Midwifery Discipline Leader, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

María Corina Machado’s peace prize follows Nobel tradition of awarding recipients for complex reasons

Venezuelan opposition leader Maria Corina Machado gestures during a protest in Caracas on Jan. 9, 2025. Juan Barreto/AFP via Getty Images
David SmildeTulane University

Few can doubt the courage María Corina Machado has shown in fighting for a return to democracy in Venezuela.

The 58-year-old politician and activist is the undisputed leader of the opposition to Nicolás Maduro – a man widely seen as a dictator who has taken Venezuela down the path of repression, human rights violations and increasing poverty since becoming president in 2013.

Maduro is widely believed to have lost the 2024 presidential election to rival Edmundo González, a candidate substituting Machado, yet still claimed victory.

Machado has been in hiding since the fraudulent vote. And her courage in having participated in an unfair contest and in exposing Maduro’s fraud by publishing the true vote tallies on the internet, surely made Machado stand out to the Nobel committee.

Indeed, in making Machado the 2025 recipient of the Nobel Peace Prize, organizers stated they were recognizing her “tireless work promoting democratic rights for the people of Venezuela and for her struggle to achieve a just and peaceful transition from dictatorship to democracy.”

But as a scholar of Venezuela’s political process, I know that is only part of the story. Machado is in many ways a controversial pick, less a peace activist than a political operator willing to use some of the trade’s dark arts for the greater democratic good.

Joining a controversial list of laureates

Of course, many Nobel Peace Prize awards generate controversy.

It has often been bestowed on great politicians over activists. And sometimes the prize’s winners can have complex pasts and very non-peaceful resumes.

Past recipients include Henry Kissinger, who as U.S. secretary of state and Richard Nixon’s security adviser was responsible for the illegal bombing of Cambodia, supporting Indonesia’s brutal invasion of East Timor and propping up dictators in Latin America, among many other morally dubious actions. Similarly, former Palestinian Liberation Organization leader Yasser Arafat and Israeli Prime Minister Menachem Begin were both awarded the prize, in 1994 and 1978 respectively, despite their past association with violent activities in the Middle East.

Three men stand, two shaking hands.
Yasser Arafat, Henry Kissinger and Yitzhak Rabin – all Nobel Peace Prize laureates. Duclos/Merillon/Gamma-Rapho via Getty Images

The Nobel Committee often seems to use these awards not to celebrate past achievements but to affect the future course of events. The nods to Begin and Arafat were, in this way, used for encouragement of the Middle East peace process.

In fact, sometimes, the peace prize is seemingly bestowed as a sign of approval for a break from the past.

Barack Obama won his in 2009 despite only being nine months into his presidency. It was taken by many as a rejection of the previous presidency of George W. Bush, rather than recognition of Obama’s limited achievements at that time.

In 2016, Colombian President Juan Manuel Santos was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize just days after his peace plan was rejected in a referendum. In that instance, the committee seemed to want to give his efforts a push just after a major setback.

Democratic path or dark arts?

So what should be made of the Nobel Peace Prize committee’s decision to recognize opposition to Maduro now?

Certainly Machado’s profile is ascendant. In her political career, she has participated in elections – winning a seat in the National Assembly in 2010 – but boycotted many more. She also boycotted negotiation processes, suggesting instead that foreign intervention was the only way to remove Maduro.

In 2023 she returned to the electoral path and steadfastly mobilized the Venezuelan population for opposition primaries and presidential elections, even after her candidacy was disqualified by the government-controlled electoral authority, and innumerable other obstacles were put in her path.

The campaign included spearheading caravans and events across the country at significant personal risk.

However, much of her fight since then has been via less-democratic means.

Machado has shunned local and regional elections suggesting there was no sense in participating until the government honored the results of the 2024 presidential election. She has also again sought international intervention to remove Maduro.

Over the past year she has aggressively promoted the discredited theory that Maduro is in control of the Tren de Aragua gang and is using it to invade the United States – a narrative gladly accepted and repurposed by U.S. President Donald Trump.

In addition to being the expressed motivation for a U.S. military buildup off the coasts of Venezuela, this theory has also been the central justification cited by the Trump administration for using the Alien Enemies Act to deport, without due process, 238 Venezuelan men to a horrific prison in El Salvador.

A large painting of a man is held aloft.
Nicolas Maduro continues to loom large and rule Venezuela despite María Corina Machado’s efforts. Jesus Vargas/Getty Images

Relations with Trump

The Nobel Peace Prize could help unify the Venezuelan opposition movement, which over the past year has begun to fray over differences in strategy, especially with respect to Machado’s return to electoral boycotts.

And it will certainly draw more international attention to Venezuelans’ struggle for democracy and could galvanize international stakeholders to push for change.

What it will mean in terms of Trump’s relationship to Machado and Venezuela is yet to be seen. Her main connection with the administration is through Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who has aggressively represented her views and is pushing for U.S. military intervention to depose Maduro

Awarding Machado the prize could strengthen Trump’s resolve to seek regime change in Venezuela. Or, if he feels snubbed by the Nobel committee after very vocally lobbying to be awarded the peace prize himself, it could be a wedge between the U.S. president and Machado.

Machado seems to understand this. After not mentioning him in her first statement after the award was announced, she has since mentioned him multiple times, even dedicating the prize to both the Venezuelan people and Trump.

Trump has subsequently called to congratulate her.

A game changer? Perhaps not

To the degree that the Nobel Peace Prize is not just a model of change but a model for change, the decision to award it to Machado could conceivably affect the nature of Venezuela’s struggle against authoritarianism, leading her to continue to seek the restoration of democracy with a greater focus on reconciliation and coexistence among all Venezuelans, including the still politically relevant followers of the late Hugo Chávez.

Whatever the impact, it probably will not be game-changing. As we have seen with other winners, the initial glow of public recognition is quickly consumed by political conflict.

And in Venezuela, there is no easy way to translate this prize into real democratic progress.

While Machado and other Venezuelan democrats may have more support than ever among global democrats, Nicolás Maduro controls all of Venezuela’s institutions including the armed forces and the state oil company, which, even when sanctioned, provides substantial resources. Maduro also has forged strategic alliances with China, Russia and Iran.

The only way one can imagine the restoration of democracy in Venezuela, with or without military action, is through an extensive process of negotiation, reconciliation, disarmament and justice that could lay the groundwork for coexistence. This Nobel Peace Prize could position Machado for this task.The Conversation

David Smilde, Professor of Sociology, Tulane University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

the US becomes an autocracy and the presidency a dictatorship

Emma ShortisRMIT University

[…]we took the freedom of speech away.

We should use some of these dangerous cities as training grounds for our military[…]

They’re poisoning the blood of our country.

Stand back and stand by.

The president has been saying it out loud all along.

During his first administration, in 2019, US President Donald Trump said the Constitution gave him “the right to do whatever I want”. Five years later, the Supreme Court affirmed that view when it ruled the president has quasi-regal powers of immunity for “official acts”.

And then last week at the Marine Corps base in Quantico, Virginia, Trump’s existential threat to American democracy escalated significantly.

Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth had assembled around 800 of the United States military’s top leaders. Hegseth convened the conference in an attempt to impose an ex-National Guard major’s authority on America’s professional military leadership. He reduced professionalism to physical appearance and fitness standards dressed up as “the warrior ethos” and “lethality”.

His speech was a charge of far-right talking points. Obesity and beards are out. Hyper-masculinisation and misogyny are in.

No more identity months, DEI (Diversity, Equity, Inclusion) offices, dudes in dresses, no more climate change worship, no more division, distraction or gender delusions – we are done with that shit.

Trump commandeered the event. The president’s stream-of-consciousness, campaign-style speech took an even more radical turn.

His disdain for the admirals and generals was clear from the outset. “If you don’t like what I’m saying, you can leave the room – of course, there goes your rank, there goes your future.”

From both Hegseth and Trump, the message was clear. The military leaders in the room – who have all sworn an oath to defend and uphold the Constitution (not, it should be noted, the commander-in-chief) – should consider themselves nothing more than obedient servants of the president.

That in itself would represent a radical shift in civil-military relations.

But Trump, as he always does, took things even further.

He said:

I told Pete [Hegseth] we should use some of these dangerous cities [Washington DC, San Francisco, New York, Los Angeles, Portland] as training grounds for our military.

The president of the United States has decided that the US military, which is now meant to be more focused than ever on “lethality”, should include American cities and the people who live in them in their operational plans.

‘Do whatever the hell you want’

Trump’s main audience for this speech, as usual, was not really the people in the room. It was his MAGA (Make America Great Again) base, a movement that he knows well and plays like a virtuoso. The same base he told to “stand back and stand by” in 2020, just before the January 6 insurrection.

We can bet they are listening. That base knows, instinctively – as does the leadership of the movement – that Trump’s promise of no consequences extends beyond the military. He showed them that when he pardoned those that had tried to overthrow a democratically elected government on his behalf.

This context matters, because Trump, Hegseth and the rest are reshaping not just the military but the entire federal government in their ideological image. Through mass layoffs and recruitment – all laid out in Project 2025 – they are consolidating their power everywhere.

The cities Trump wants the military to use as “training grounds” are the same cities being targeted by violent, oppressive enforcement of the Trump administration’s “mass deportations” policy, led by the Department of Homeland Security and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE).

In practice, those operations include the arbitrary arrest and detention of American citizens and the denial of legal rights and due process. In Chicago, where Trump has just deployed the National Guard, raids have reportedly included pulling children naked from their beds in the middle of the night and separating them from their mothers. Those same agencies using these practices are clashing with protesters in increasingly violent confrontations, and the National Guard is being deployed as reinforcement.

At times during his speech, Trump spoke directly to “border patrol, ICE” saying that if they were spat at or had bricks thrown at their vehicles, “you get out of that car and you can do whatever the hell you want to do”.

The president then went on to immediately compare this to the administration’s attacks on Venezuelan boats in international waters, which the New York City Bar Association has described as “unlawful executions”. As Trump put it: “we take them out.”

ICE is currently engaged in a program of mass recruitment, spending $30 billion to find 10,000 new deportation officers, even going so far as to offer $50,000 bonuses. In July, DHS Secretary Kristi Noem said that recruits were needed because “Together, we must defend the homeland”.

This blood-and-soil style violent nationalism infuses everything the administration is doing, from its recruitment to its firings, from its promises to crackdown on the “radical left” to its suppression of free speech.

The president has repeatedly told the movement behind him, and the military and law enforcement agencies, directly and indirectly, that they are free to impose this radical vision for America violently – without fear of consequence.

An American tragedy

Trump has long mused about using the military against his own people. According to former Defense Secretary Mark Esper, during his first administration, enraged at Black Lives Matter protests, Trump reportedly asked “Can’t you just shoot them, just shoot them in the legs or something?”

On Thursday US time, NBC reported that officials in the White House were having “increasingly serious discussions” about invoking the Insurrection Act, which would allow the President to deploy the military domestically for civilian law enforcement. That process is now, according to an unnamed source, on its way up “an escalatory ladder”.

As has been noted many times, Trump is now surrounded by people who are all-in on his agenda. The guardrails have been dismantled.

What Trump suggested in Quantico would mean the use of unaccountable, unsanctioned force against American citizens delivered by the all-volunteer personnel of the US military.

None of the assembled generals or admirals walked out when he said that.

In the absence of resistance, this transforms the US military into a domestic political tool of the executive and turns American military leaders into the enforcers of presidential political will against the American people themselves.

The meeting at Quantico was a transformation point in the second Trump presidency. It turned the assembled admirals and generals into a de facto enemy of the people.

It transforms the United States into an autocracy and the presidency into a dictatorship.

This is the tragedy of Trump’s America.The Conversation

Emma Shortis, Adjunct Senior Fellow, School of Global, Urban and Social Studies, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.